open
Upgrade to a better browser, please.

Search Worlds Without End

Advanced Search
Search Terms:
Award(s):
Hugo
Nebula
BSFA
Mythopoeic
Locus SF
Derleth
Campbell
WFA
Locus F
Prometheus
Locus FN
PKD
Clarke
Stoker
Aurealis SF
Aurealis F
Aurealis H
Locus YA
Norton
Jackson
Legend
Red Tentacle
Morningstar
Golden Tentacle
Holdstock
All Awards
Sub-Genre:
Date Range:  to 

Search Results Returned:  1062


The Time Traveler's Handbook: 18 Experiences from the Eruption of Vesuvius to Woodstock

Johnny Acton
James Wyllie
David Goldblatt

Not many of us can claim to have thrown chests of tea into the Boston Harbor or to have watched Vesuvius erupt, but that's about to change...

Wyllie, Acton, and Goldblatt's The Time Traveler's Handbook offers eighteen exceptional trips to the past, transporting you back to the greatest spectacles in history. You have the chance to join Henry VIII at the Field of the Cloth of Gold and to march on Versailles with the revolutionary women of Paris. You can sail with Captain Cook to Tahiti and Australia, and spend time at Xanadu with Marco Polo and Kublai Khan. Or, closer to the present, you might accompany Charlie Parker at the birth of bebop or the Beatles in Hamburg, or take part in the VE Day celebrations in London or the Fall of the Berlin Wall.

The notable authors and time travel agents Wyllie, Acton, and Goldblatt are your guides to these and other unmissable events, charting the action as it unfolds, while advising on local customs and what to wear, eat, and drink for the most authentic of experiences.

Forget museums, forget history books, the only way to do history is to live it.

Assemblers of Infinity

Doug Beason
Kevin J. Anderson

It is the twenty-first century. Earth's space program is thriving, with a colony in place in the Moon. And then an incredible discovery is made on the lunar farside. A massive structure is being erected by living machines--microscopically small, intelligent, unstoppable, consuming whatever they touch. All who come near them die horribly. Meanwhile, the mysterious structure continues to grow, expand, take shape. And its creators begin to multiply....

Is this the first strike in an alien invasion from the stars? Or has human nanotech experimentation gone awry, triggering a long-predicted disaster? As riots rage across a panicked Earth, scientists on Earth and on the Moon race to learn the truth before humanity's home is engulfed by the voracious machines and its inhabitants perish in the most terrifying plague ever known.

The Gambler

Paolo Bacigalupi

In this Hugo and Nebula Award-nominated short story, a Laotian journalist, Ong, tries to succeed in an American news agency where glamorous "click-bait" stories drive revenue, and in-depth news stories are a dying breed. As Ong struggles to survive in the newsroom, he must choose whether he will pursue clicks and success, or stay true to his ideals, and risk everything because of it.

This story was originally published in Fast Forward 2 (2008), edited by Lou Anders. It can also be found in the anthologies The Best Science Fiction and Fantasy of the Year: Volume Three (2009), edited by Jonathan Strahan, The Year's Best Science Fiction: Twenty-Sixth Annual Collection (2009), edited by Gardner Dozois and 21st Century Science Fiction (2013), edited by David G. Hartwell and Patrick Nielsen Hayden.

Read the full story for free at the Pyr blog.

Hitler Victorious: 11 Stories of the German Victory in World War II

Gregory Benford
Martin H. Greenberg

Eleven well-known British writersM. Kornbluth, Hilary Bailey, Greg Bear, Keith Roberts, David Brin, Brad Linaweaver, Sheila Finch, Algis Budrys, Howard Goldsmith, Tom Shippey and Gregory Benfordcontribute tales that delineate a theme: even if the Nazis had won World War II, it would have been a hollow victory. The Germans portrayed here are as gray as the field-grade uniform. The settings range from a psychedelic trip by an American physicist in Los Alamos to a house haunted by the fetuses of murdered Jewish mothers to excerpts from Joseph Goebbels' postwar diaries. The volume has a seminal flaw, however. No matter how powerful the fiction or symbolic the myth, neither is as compelling as what actually happened during the years of the Third Reich. - Publishers Weekly

Table of Contents:

  • Preface: Imagining the Abyss - (1986) - essay by Gregory Benford
  • Introduction: Hitler Victorious - (1986) - essay by Norman Spinrad
  • Two Dooms - (1958) - novella by C. M. Kornbluth
  • The Fall of Frenchy Steiner - (1964) - novelette by Hilary Bailey
  • Through Road No Whither - (1985) - shortstory by Greg Bear
  • Weihnachtsabend - (1972) - novelette by Keith Roberts
  • Thor Meets Captain America - (1986) - novelette by David Brin
  • Moon of Ice - (1982) - novella by Brad Linaweaver
  • Reichs-Peace - (1986) - novelette by Sheila Finch
  • Never Meet Again - (1958) - shortstory by Algis Budrys
  • Do Ye Hear the Children Weeping? - (1986) - shortstory by Howard Goldsmith
  • Enemy Transmissions - (1986) - shortstory by Tom Shippey
  • Valhalla - (1982) - shortstory by Gregory Benford

The Seven Whistlers

Christopher Golden
Amber Benson

Legends say that on stormy nights, or during sunsets, there sometimes comes a strange whistling in the sky followed by sightings of enormous black dogs. But these are no ordinary dogs. They are demonic things, hounds loose from the Wild Hunt, and they are searching for lost souls. They are rarely sighted more than one at a time, but if all seven should come together, it will mean the end of the world.

In the picturesque New England town of Kingsbury, Vermont, a young woman named Rose Kerrigan mourns the death of her grandfather, the sweet but strange old man who raised her. Soon, Rose will learn the legend of the Seven Whistlers. They've come to Kingsbury in search of a soul that has been hidden from them, and they will not leave without it. First there was one, then two... then four... If they don't find what they're looking for soon, perhaps all seven will gather in Kingsbury. And if all seven should come together....

Ten Rules for Being an Intergalactic Smuggler (the Successful Kind)

Holly Black

This novelette originally appeared almost simultaneously in Lightspeed, September 2014, and the anthology Monstrous Affections: An Anthology of Beastly Tales (2014), edited by Kelly Link and Gavin J. Grant. It can also be found in the anthologies The Best Science Fiction and Fantasy of the Year: Volume Nine (2015), edited by Jonathan Strahan and The Year's Best Military SF & Space Opera: First Annual Edition (2015), edited by David Afsharirad.

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

Science Fiction Writers: Critical Studies of the Major Authors from the Early Nineteenth Century to the Present Day

Everett F. Bleiler

Essays discuss the major works of science fiction authors from Poe to Niven, and includes bibliographies for each writer.

Table of Contents:

  • xi - Introduction (Science Fiction Writers) - essay by Everett F. Bleiler
  • 3 - Mary Wollstonecraft Shelley - essay by Brian W. Aldiss
  • 11 - Edgar Allan Poe - essay by Everett F. Bleiler
  • 19 - H. Rider Haggard - essay by John Scarborough
  • 25 - H. G. Wells - essay by Brian W. Aldiss
  • 31 - M. P. Shiel - essay by Everett F. Bleiler
  • 39 - Garrett P. Serviss - essay by James L. Campbell, Sr.
  • 45 - Arthur Conan Doyle - essay by James L. Campbell, Sr.
  • 53 - Luis Philip Senarens - essay by Everett F. Bleiler
  • 59 - Edgar Rice Burroughs - essay by Everett F. Bleiler
  • 65 - A. Merritt - essay by Everett F. Bleiler
  • 75 - John Taine - essay by James L. Campbell, Sr.
  • 83 - S. Fowler Wright - essay by Everett F. Bleiler
  • 91 - Olaf Stapledon - essay by James L. Campbell, Sr.
  • 101 - Aldous Huxley - essay by John R. Pfeiffer
  • 111 - Murray Leinster - essay by John Clute
  • 119 - David H. Keller - essay by Brian Stableford
  • 125 - E. E. Smith - essay by John Clute
  • 131 - H. P. Lovecraft - essay by Colin Wilson
  • 139 - Clark Ashton Smith - essay by Brian Stableford
  • 145 - Stanley G. Weinbaum - essay by Brian Stableford
  • 151 - John W. Campbell, Jr. - essay by Everett F. Bleiler
  • 161 - C. L. Moore and Henry Kuttner - essay by Frederick Shroyer
  • 171 - Ray Bradbury - essay by Willis E. McNelly
  • 179 - L. Sprague de Camp - essay by Brian Stableford
  • 185 - Robert A. Heinlein - essay by Peter Nicholls
  • 197 - Eric Frank Russell - essay by Malcolm Edwards
  • 203 - Theodore Sturgeon - essay by Brian Stableford
  • 209 - A. E. van Vogt - essay by Colin Wilson
  • 219 - John Wyndham - essay by John Scarborough
  • 225 - Jack Williamson - essay by Robert E. Myers
  • 233 - George Orwell - essay by Charles L. Elkins
  • 243 - C. S. Lewis - essay by John Clute
  • 251 - Brian W. Aldiss - essay by Willis E. McNelly
  • 259 - Poul Anderson - essay by Roald D. Tweet
  • 267 - Isaac Asimov - essay by L. David Allen
  • 277 - J. G. Ballard - essay by Brian Stableford
  • 283 - Alfred Bester - essay by Willis E. McNelly
  • 291 - James Blish - essay by John Clute
  • 297 - John Brunner - essay by John R. Pfeiffer
  • 305 - Algis Budrys - essay by Peter Nicholls
  • 313 - Arthur C. Clarke - essay by David N. Samuelson
  • 321 - Hal Clement - essay by Chris Morgan
  • 329 - Samuel R. Delany - essay by Douglas Barbour
  • 337 - Philip K. Dick - essay by Brian Stableford
  • 345 - Gordon R. Dickson - essay by John Clute
  • 351 - Thomas M. Disch - essay by Brian Stableford
  • 357 - Harlan Ellison - essay by George E. Slusser
  • 369 - Philip José Farmer - essay by Roald D. Tweet
  • 377 - Frank Herbert - essay by Willis E. McNelly
  • 387 - Fred Hoyle - essay by John Clute
  • 393 - Damon Knight - essay by Gardner Dozois
  • 401 - C. M. Kornbluth - essay by Malcolm Edwards
  • 409 - Ursula K. Le Guin - essay by David N. Samuelson
  • 419 - Fritz Leiber - essay by Brian Stableford
  • 425 - Richard Matheson - essay by Peter Nicholls
  • 433 - Judith Merril - essay by Chris Morgan
  • 441 - Walter M. Miller, Jr. - essay by John B. Ower
  • 449 - Michael Moorcock - essay by Peter Nicholls
  • 459 - Larry Niven - essay by John Carr and Richard Finholt
  • 467 - Chad Oliver - essay by L. David Allen
  • 475 - Frederik Pohl - essay by David N. Samuelson
  • 483 - Joanna Russ - essay by Marilyn J. Holt
  • 491 - Margaret St. Clair - essay by John Clute
  • 497 - Robert Sheckley - essay by Chris Morgan
  • 505 - Robert Silverberg - essay by Malcolm Edwards
  • 513 - Clifford D. Simak - essay by Roald D. Tweet
  • 519 - Cordwainer Smith - essay by Chris Morgan
  • 525 - William Tenn - essay by Malcolm Edwards
  • 531 - James Tiptree, Jr. - essay by Susan Wood
  • 543 - Jack Vance - essay by Malcolm Edwards
  • 551 - Kurt Vonnegut - essay by Charles L. Elkins
  • 563 - Roger Zelazny - essay by Peter Nicholls
  • 573 - Jules Verne - essay by Everett F. Bleiler
  • 583 - Karel Capek - essay by John Clute
  • 591 - Stanislaw Lem - essay by John Scarborough

The Checklist of Fantastic Literature: A Bibliography of Fantasy, Weird, and Science Fiction Books Published in the English Language.

Everett F. Bleiler

The Checklist of Fantastic Literature is a bibliography of English science fiction, fantasy and weird books compiled and edited by Everett F. Bleiler with a preface by Melvin Korshak and a cover by Hannes Bok.

With a print run of 1,933 copies, it was the first book from Shasta Publishers. The bibliography is nearly complete and lists over 5,000 titles published prior to 1949. The books are listed by author and indexed by title. Willy Ley described it as "indispensable to librarians, book dealers, and especially antiquarians."

The Healer

Michael Blumlein

Payne is a member of a minority offshoot of humanity called Grotesques who have the ability to effect phenomenal healings, which makes them a valuable commodity in their world. Sadly, such gifted healers live a life somewhere between that of a possession and a slave. "The Healer" is a story of human life and death, human rites and rituals, seen through the eyes of an outsider, one who knows humans better, perhaps, than they know themselves.

The Cautious Traveller's Guide to the Wastelands

Sarah Brooks

It is said there is a price that every passenger must pay. A price beyond the cost of a ticket.

There is only one way to travel across the Wastelands: on the Trans-Siberian Express, a train as famous for its luxury as for its danger. The train is never short of passengers, eager to catch sight of Wastelands creatures more miraculous and terrifying than anything they could imagine. But on the train's last journey, something went horribly wrong, though no one seems to remember what exactly happened. Not even Zhang Weiwei, who has spent her life onboard and thought she knew all of the train's secrets.

Now, the train is about to embark again, with a new set of passengers. Among them are Marya Petrovna, a grieving woman with a borrowed name; Henry Grey, a disgraced naturalist looking for redemption; and Elena, a beguiling stowaway with a powerful connection to the Wastelands itself. Weiwei knows she should report Elena, but she can't help but be drawn to her. As the girls begin a forbidden friendship, there are warning signs that the rules of the Wastelands are changing and the train might once again be imperiled. Can the passengers trust each other, as the wildness outside threatens to consume them all?

Accelerated Grimace

Rebecca Ore

Sylva

Vercors

What would you do if a fox fleeing the hounds turned into a beautiful, naked girl... before your eyes?

The Hibakusha Gallery

Edward Bryant

Nebula Award nominated short story. It originally appeared in Penthouse, June 1977. It can also be found in the collection Particle Theory (1981).

Terry Pratchett: Guilty of Literature

Andrew M. Butler
Edward James
Farah Mendlesohn

Terry Pratchett is a publishing phenomenon. Every new book becomes a best-seller, and every book gains him more fans. Despite this -- or perhaps because of it -- he has not been taken seriously by critics, even though some reviewers have, as he has said, "accused him of literature". This collection of studies covers the whole range of Pratchett's writings, from The Carpet People to The Fifth Elephant, and includes essays by critics such as John Clute and Andy Sawyer, and children's author Cherith Baldry. Introduction by David Langford.

Ever

Blake Butler

"Within the psychic architecture that is EVER, Blake Butler explores the way bodies swell and contract, going from skin to house and back again. And the way houses too shrink to fit us first like clothing and then like skin and then tighter still. The result is a strange, visionary ontological dismemberment that takes you well beyond what you'd ever expect" --Brian Evenson.

"Blake Butler is a daring invigorator of the literary sentence, and the room-ridden narrator of his debut novella, EVER, nerves her way into a hallucinative ruckus of rousing originality" --Gary Lutz.

"In EVER--as in, indicating any time in the past or future--light is entropic; 'the sky could lift your skin off'; domestic rituals are anamorphotic mind fucks granting 'no exit method'; and doors won't open even when you don't try..." --Miranda Mellis.

Scorch Atlas

Blake Butler

In this striking novel-in-stories, a series of strange apocalypses have hit America. Entire neighborhoods drown in mud, glass rains from the sky, birds speak gibberish, and parents of young children disappear. Millions starve while others grow coats of mold. But a few are able to survive and find a light in the aftermath, illuminating what we've become. In "The Disappeared," a father is arrested for missing free throws, leaving his son to search alone for his lost mother. A boy swells to fill his parents' ransacked attic in "The Ruined Child." Rendered in a variety of narrative forms, from a psychedelic fable to a skewed insurance claim questionnaire, Blake Butler's full-length fiction debut paints a gorgeously grotesque version of America, bringing to mind both Kelly Link and William H. Gass, yet imbued with Butler's own vision of the apocalyptic and bizarre.

There Is No Year

Blake Butler

Butler's inventive third book is dedicated "For no one" and begins with an eerie prologue about the saturation of the world with a damaging light. Suitably forewarned, the reader is introduced to an unexceptional no-name family. All should be idyllic in their newly purchased home, but they are shadowed by an unwelcome "copy family." In the face of the copy mother, the mother sees her heretofore unrealized deterioration. Things only get worse as the father forgets how to get home from work; the mother starts hiding in the closet, plagued by an omnipresent egg; while the son gets a female "special friend" and receives a mysterious package containing photos of dead celebrities.

The territory of domestic disillusion and postmodern dystopia is familiar from other tales, but Butler's an endlessly surprising, funny, and subversive writer. This subversion extends to the book's design: very short titled chapters with an abundance of white space. Not so much a novel as a literary tapestry, the book's eight parts are separated by blank gray pages. To Butler (Scorch Atlas), everything in the world, even the physical world, is gray and ever-changing, and potentially menacing.

Abbott in Darkness

D. J. Butler

John Abbott is all in.

He's up to his eyeballs in debt to pay for school, and he just moved his small family forty light-years from Earth for a plum job with the wealthy interstellar corporationTheSarovar Company. John's first assignment is todiscreetly investigate possible corruption at the remote Arrowhawk Station, where Company traders buy the famous Sarovari Weave from the three-sided, crablike Weavers.

John finds evidence of theft and worse, but when the guilty parties realize he's getting close, they come after him and his family. Can John catch the thieves and end their corrupt trade? Can he head off a war between the Company and the Weavers? Can he make a life for his family in this remote wilderness without corrupting himself?

With no way back to Earth, the only direction for John Abbott and his family to go is forward--into danger.

Dreamer

Jack Butler

Santa Fe dream scientist Dr. Jody Nightwood becomes a beautiful pawn in a deadly contest when she receives a generous grant to conduct a study in her own sleep clinic--a grant that, unbeknownst to her, has been funded by the CIA. The chief of a covert-operations subgroup believes he has discovered the key to artificial intelligence--if computers can be made to dream like humans, they can be made to think like humans. But his nemesis within the agency is secretly running a competitive operation, and will stop at nothing to see him fail.

Jody's painstaking research into the nature of dreams reaches a dead end until she turns to less conventional investigative techniques. Looking to the mystics and shamans of Santa Fe for help, she enters the nightmarish but finally healing realm of the subconscious, drawing closer and closer to the most elusive mysteries of the human mind. When she meets in daylight the darkly handsome figure who has appeared in her dreams, she begins a dangerous love affair that will catapult her into the highest levels of government conspiracy and intrigue, and leave her fighting to protect her lab, her career, and her life.

Nightshade

Jack Butler

The mysterious John Shade leads an unlikely squadron comprised of a robot, fire-eater, and various loners and rebels on an increasingly desperate mission to save twenty-first-century Mars from technological disaster.

Amnesty

Octavia E. Butler

This novelette originally appeaered on Sci Fiction, January 22, 2003. It can also be found in the anthology Year's Best SF 9 (2004), edited by David G. Hartwell and Kathryn Cramer. The story is included in later editions of the collection Bloodchild and Other Stories (1995).

Bloodchild

Octavia E. Butler

Hugo, Nebula and Locus Award winning novelette.

Years ago a group known as the Terrans left Earth in search of a life free of persecution. Now they live alongside the Tlic, an alien race who face extinction; their only chance of survival is to plant their larvae inside the bodies of the humans.

When Gan, a young, boy, is chosen as a carrier of Tlic eggs, he faces an impossible dilemma: can he really help the species he has grown up with, even if it means sacrificing his own life?

Bloodchild originally appeared in Isaac Asimov's Science Fiction Magazine, June 1984. The story has been reprinted many times. It can be found in the anthologies:

The story is included in the collection Bloodchild and Other Stories (1995).

Read the full story for free at the Baen website.

Bloodchild and Other Stories

Octavia E. Butler

Six remarkable stories from a master of modern science fiction.

Octavia E. Butler's classic "Bloodchild," winner of both the Nebula and Hugo awards, anchors this collection of incomparable stories and essays. "Bloodchild" is set on a distant planet where human children spend their lives preparing to become hosts for the offspring of the alien Tlic. Sometimes the procedure is harmless, but often it is not. Also included is the Hugo Award-winning "Speech Sounds," about a near future in which humans must adapt after an apocalyptic event robs them of their ability to speak.

In these pages, Butler shows us life on Earth and amongst the stars, telling her tales with characteristic imagination and clarity.

Table of Contents:

Some edtions also included

  • Amnesty - (2003) - novelette
  • The Book of Martha - (2003) - shortstory

Listen to a podcast of the story "Bloodchild" at Drabblecast.

Childfinder

Octavia E. Butler

Sturgeon Award nominated short story. Written in the 1970s, it was originally intended for Harlan Ellison's as of yet unpublished anthology The Last Dangerous Visions. It was eventually published in the collection Unexpected Stories (2014).

Fledgling

Octavia E. Butler

Fledgling, Octavia Butler's first new novel in seven years, is the story of an apparently young, amnesiac girl whose alarmingly unhuman needs and abilities lead her to a startling conclusion: She is in fact a genetically modified, 53-year-old vampire. Forced to discover what she can about her stolen former life, she must at the same time learn who wanted-and still wants-to destroy her and those she cares for and how she can save herself. Fledgling is a captivating novel that tests the limits of "otherness" and questions what it means to be truly human.

Octavia E. Butler is the author of 11 novels, including Kindred, Dawn, and Parable of the Sower. Recipient of a MacArthur Foundation "genius" grant, the Nebula Award, the Hugo Award, and numerous other literary awards, she has been acclaimed for her lean prose, strong protagonists, and social observations that range from the distant past to the far future.

Kindred

Octavia E. Butler

Dana, a modern black woman, is celebrating her twenty-sixth birthday with her new husband when she is snatched abruptly from her home in California and transported to the antebellum South. Rufus, the white son of a plantation owner, is drowning, and Dana has been summoned to save him. Dana is drawn back repeatedly through time to the slave quarters, and each time the stay grows longer, more arduous, and more dangerous until it is uncertain whether or not Dana's life will end, long before it has a chance to begin.

Speech Sounds

Octavia E. Butler

Hugo Award winning short story. It originally appeard in Isaac Asimov's Science Fiction Magazine, Mid-December 1983. The story can also be found in the anthologies:

It is included in the collection Bloodchild and Other Stories (1995).

The Evening and the Morning and the Night

Octavia E. Butler

Sturgeon and Nebula Award nominated novelette. It originally appeared in Omni, May 1987 and was reprinted in Lightspeed: People of Colo(u)r Destroy Science Fiction! Special Issue, June 2016. The story can also be found in the anthologies The Year's Best Science Fiction: Fifth Annual Collection (1988), edited by Gardner Dozois, Omni Visions One (1993), edited by Ellen Datlow, Dark Matter: A Century of Speculative Fiction from the African (2000), edited by Sheree R. Thomas, and Daughters of Earth: Feminist Science Fiction in the Twentieth Century (2006), edited by Justine Larbalestier. It is included in the collection Bloodchild and Other Stories (1995).

Unexpected Stories

Octavia E. Butler

Two never-before-published stories from the archives of one of science fiction's all-time masters

The novella "A Necessary Being" showcases Octavia E. Butler's ability to create alien yet fully believable "others." Tahneh's father was a Hao, one of a dwindling race whose leadership abilities render them so valuable that their members are captured and forced to govern. When her father dies, Tahneh steps into his place, both chief and prisoner, and for twenty years has ruled without ever meeting another of her kind. She bears her loneliness privately until the day that a Hao youth is spotted wandering into her territory. As her warriors sharpen their weapons, Tahneh must choose between imprisoning the newcomer—and living the rest of her life alone.

The second story in this volume, "Childfinder," was commissioned by Harlan Ellison for his legendary (and never-published) anthology The Last Dangerous Visions™. A disaffected telepath connects with a young girl in a desperate attempt to help her harness her growing powers. But in the richly evocative fiction of Octavia E. Butler, mentorship is a rocky path, and every lesson comes at a price.

Harlan Ellison and Dangerous Visions are registered trademarks of the Kilimanjaro Corporation. All rights reserved.

Hell

Robert Olen Butler

Hatcher McCord is an evening news presenter who has found himself in Hell and is struggling to explain his bad fortune. He's not the only one to suffer this fate--in fact, he's surrounded by an outrageous cast of characters, including Humphrey Bogart, William Shakespeare, and almost all of the popes and most of the U.S. presidents. The question may be not who is in Hell but who isn't. McCord is living with Anne Boleyn in the afterlife but their happiness is, of course, constantly derailed by her obsession with Henry VIII (and the removal of her head at rather inopportune moments). One day McCord meets Dante's Beatrice, who believes there is a way out of Hell, and the next morning, during an exclusive on-camera interview with Satan, McCord realizes that Satan's omniscience, which he has always credited for the perfection of Hell's torments, may be a mirage--and Butler is off on a madcap romp about good, evil, free will, and the possibility of escape. Butler's depiction of Hell is original, intelligent, and fiercely comic, a book Dante might have celebrated.

Mr. Spaceman

Robert Olen Butler

"There are three things about this planet which are too wonderful for me. Make that four things. The way of dreams in the mind; the way of tears in the eye; the way of words in the mouth; and the way of my wife Edna Bradshaw when she acts like a cat and love-nibbles me into her arms."

This is the voice of Desi, the hero of Robert Olen Butler's novel Mr. Spaceman, who has kept a quiet vigil above the Earth for decades while studying the confusing, fascinating, and frustrating primary species of our planet, occasionally venturing to the planet's surface to hear their thoughts and experience their memories using his empathic powers. Now, on December 31, 2000, he prepares for the final phase of his mysterious mission, which begins when he beams a tour bus bound for a Louisiana casino aboard his ship. The twelve passengers will be the last humans whose lives he will experience before he positions his spaceship in full and irrefutable view of the people of Earth, and descend to the planet's surface to proclaim his presence to all of humanity at the turn of the millennium.

Poignant, funny, and charming, Mr. Spaceman is filled with unexpected twists and turns, a tribute to the powers of love and understanding and the essence of what it means to be human.

Erewhon: Over the Range

Samuel Butler

Setting out to make his fortune in a far-off country, a young traveller discovers the remote and beautiful land of Erewhon, and is given a home among its extraordinarily handsome citizens. But their visitor soon discovers that this seemingly ideal community has its faults - here crime is treated indulgently as a malady to be cured, while illness, poverty and misfortune are cruelly punished, and all machines have been superstitiously destroyed after a bizarre prophecy. Can he survive in a world where morality is turned upside down?

Inspired by Samuel Butler's years in colonial New Zealand, and by his reading of Darwin's "Origin of Species", Erewhon (1872) is a highly original, irreverent and humorous satire on conventional virtues, religious hypocrisy and the unthinking acceptance of beliefs.

The Wind Caller

P. D. Cacek

Picture this: you're riding the bus home from work, with the very first newspaper article ever published under your byline clutched in your hot little hand, when a coked-up idiot attempts to hold up everyone on the bus. He takes a dislike to you and is about to slice you open when a large, gorgeously hairy man attacks him and saves your life. Only your rescuer is not a man, but a giant wolf who leaves a bloody pawprint on your newspaper, all over your precious byline...

If you're an intrepid reporter, you don't panic. You run for the newsroom to get a photo of the pawprint before it disappears... because the paper you work for thrives on stories of alien invasions and Elvis sightings and Bigfoot's baby, and this, unlike all of those stories, this is real.

Of course, it's not that simple. The highly civilized Denver werewolves don't want anyone to know of their existence, not even beautiful young reporters who make Lucas, the leader of the pack, think lustful thoughts. But Lucas and his pack have a much bigger problem to deal with: there's another were-pack hunting in their territory -- and being messy about it. If the police solve any of those brutal, apparently random, murders, Denver's more patrician lycanthropes may wind up in big trouble.

If on a Winter's Night a Traveler

Italo Calvino

If on a Winter's Night a Traveler turns out to be not one novel but ten, each with a different plot, style, ambience, and author, and each interrupted at a moment of suspense. Together they form a labyrinth of literatures, known and unknown, alive and extinct, through which two readers, a male and a female, pursue both the story lines that intrigue them and one another.

Contraband from Otherspace

A. Bertram Chandler

Grimes and Sonya embark on a wholly different adventure: marriage. But running their own little shipping company takes a back seat to danger when a distress call leads the pair to an alien ship from an alternate universe--a ship carrying Contraband from Otherspace--mutant rats who evolved to rule their universe... and threaten to breakthrough to ours.

From Sea to Shining Star

A. Bertram Chandler

Contents:

  • From Sea to Shining Star - (1989) - interior artwork by Nick Stathopoulos
  • Foreword (From Sea to Shining Star) - essay by Susan Chandler and Keith Curtis
  • 3 - Sea Change - (1970) - novelette
  • 19 - Shadow Before - (1954) - short story
  • 27 - Precession - (1959) - short story
  • 33 - Castaway - (1947) - short story
  • 39 - Change of Heart - (1961) - short story
  • 57 - Not Quite the Noblest - (1956) - short story
  • 61 - As It Was in the Beginning - (1955) - short story
  • 65 - What's In a Name? - (1958) - short story
  • 73 - The Word - (1959) - short story
  • 79 - All Laced Up - (1961) - short story
  • 89 - The Pied Potter - (1971) - short story
  • 97 - What Would You Do? - (1958) - short story
  • 101 - The Hairy Parents - (1975) - short story
  • 109 - Sense of Wonder - (1957) - short story
  • 117 - Long Way - short story and Susan Chandler (variant of The Long Way 1964)
  • 127 - Critical Angle - (1958) - short story
  • 135 - Artifact - (1957) - short story
  • 143 - Jetsam - (1953) - short story
  • 153 - Moonfall - (1955) - short story
  • 159 - The Idol - (1959) - short story
  • 169 - Hindsight - short story
  • 179 - The Last Hunt - [John Grimes] - (1973) - novelette
  • 197 - Seeing Eye - (1960) - short story
  • 211 - The Soul Machine - [John Grimes] - (1969) - short story
  • 223 - Journey's End - [John Grimes] - (1979) - short story
  • 237 - Finishing Touch - (1952) - short story
  • 247 - Man Alone - short story
  • 265 - The Cage - (1957) - short story
  • 277 - The Kingsolving's Planet Irregulars - (1969) - novelette
  • 303 - Giant Killer - (1945) - novelette
  • 341 - Bibliography (From Sea to Shining Star) - essay by uncredited
  • 349 - Afterword (From Sea to Shining Star) - essay by Susan Chandler and Keith Curtis

Glory Planet

A. Bertram Chandler

Mystery and Intrigue on the Waterways of the Planet Venus...

The Venus colony was settled and thriving, when suddenly all communication from Earth ceased. No messages. No transports. Nothing.

Insistent that science had lead their home into the depths of nuclear war, the colonists rejected technology, burning books, killing scientists, and hunkering down in the safety of a the newly formed Venusian theocracy of Beulah Land.

Only the city-state of Albany remained independent. Their machines were tolerated as a necessity--until airplanes, gunships, and weapons started patrolling the border. With war between the colonies imminent, Saint-in-Charge Adelie Dale and First Mate Whitley of Beulah Land's Richmond Queen must make heads-or-tails out of the hazardous Venusian politics... before a greater enemy obliterates them all!

The Rim of Space

A. Bertram Chandler

The Rim of Space is the first of A. Bertram Chandler's series featuring the "Rimrunners", who patrol the outer edge of the galaxy. The hero, Dereck Calver, joins the Rimrunners abroad the aptly named spaceship, The Forlorn Bitch, in an early attempt to escape the horrors of his past life.Here he meets the fated but beautiful Calamity Jane who brings disaster to Calver and his crew. Traveling through the darkness and loneliness to the planets, Tharn and Groller, the crew encounter hostility, espionage, space ghosts and storms, which test their comradeship to the limit. Calver thought he had nothing left to lose but realized too late that "on the Rim, negation is too close to the living." This thrilling nautical adventure in outer space combines all the elements that have earned Bertram Chandler the reputation as "the C.S. Forester of space fiction.”

Who Can Own the Stars?

Mackey Chandler

The Kingdom of Central's sovereign, Heather Anderson, set L1 as a limit for armed ships to respect, de-militarizing the Solar System. Now that the Earth nations are experimenting with star drives they want to challenge this limit anew. The USNA starship, Constitution is intercepted violating the L1 limit and brings them to the brink of war again. Will Peer Jeffrey Singh be able to negotiate a compromise? Do the Earthies mean to bargain in good faith? The Spacers need to buy time but things on Earth are always so complicated...

Wheelers

Jack Cohen
Ian Stewart

In the year 2270, with travel to the nearby planets well established, a bizarre discovery is made on Callisto, the eighth moon of Jupiter. Dozens upon dozens of strange wheeled artifacts-wheelers- are found buried beneath the icy surface. No one knows what they were used for and who left them in our solar system. At the same time, it is discovered that the moons of Jupiter have moved from their age-old positions. A quickly formed expedition finds that Jupiter is inhabited by a race of balloon-like aliens, who defend their world against comet strikes by moving their moons using gravitational technology. This time, though, their redirection is aiming an incoming comet directly at Earth! Communication at first proves impossible, but an Earth child who has an intuitive understanding of animal behavior becomes the key to contacting them-and joining forces with them to save the world.

Himmler's War

Robert Conroy

Only days after Normandy, Hitler is taken out of the equation and Heinrich Himmler, brutal head of the SS, assumes control of the Reich. On the Allied side, there is confusion. Should attempts be made to negotiate with the new government or should unconditional surrender still be the only option? With the specter of a German super-weapon moving closer to completion and the German generals finally allowed to fight the kind of war at which they are masters, the allies are pushed toward a course of accommodation or even defeat.

Will the soldiers of the Grand Alliance find the courage and conviction to fight on in the face of such daunting odds? And can alliance leaders put into place a new plan in time to snatch victory from the jaws of defeat by the German war machine? A new and terrible battle for a free world is on.

All the Snake Handlers I Know Are Dead

Dennis Danvers

All the Snake Handlers I Know Are Dead, by Dennis Danvers, is dark, magical realism tale about a lone woman building a cabin in the mountains of Appalachia and the strange man she encounters there.

Read the full story for free at Tor.com.

The Church of Accelerated Redemption

Aliette de Bodard
Gareth L. Powell

Installing a network for the Church of Accelerated Redemption is just another crappy job in a series of crappy jobs for Lisa, an American engineer stuck doing menial work in Paris. That the Church uses artificial intelligences to power its never-ending prayer machines doesn't interest her at all: they're paying, and she needs enough money to survive in an increasingly crumbling world. Until a demonstration outside the Church's headquarters, and the appearance of Stéphane, an enigmatic man Lisa finds herself powerfully drawn to. What lies beneath his headscarf, why is he so interested in the Church--and how far will she be willing to go in order to earn his trust?

This short story originally appeared in the anthology Shine: An Anthology of Optimistic Science-Fiction (2010), edited by Jetse de Vries.

The First Female President

Michael De Kler

This short story originally appeared in Clarkesworld Magazine, #7 April 2007. It can also be found in the anthology Realms: The First Year of Clarkesworld Magazine (2007), edited by Sean Wallace and Nick Mamatas.

Read the full story for free at Clarkesworld.

Don't Be Afraid of the Dark: Blackwood's Guide to Dangerous Fairies

Guillermo del Toro
Christopher Golden

Don't Be Afraid of the Dark: Blackwood's Guide to Dangerous Fairies is a dark and disturbing illustrated novel based on the world of Guillermo del Toro's film "Don't Be Afraid of the Dark." Taking place a hundred years before the movie begins, the book chronicles the travels and explorations of Emerson Blackwood, a young and ambitious natural scientist who quickly discovers there is a mysterious world beyond what his education and peers understand.

Follow Blackwood as he travels, discovering more and more about this secret world and the creatures that inhabit it -- creatures that Blackwood quickly realizes are just as interested in him as he is in them, particularly a long-lived and dangerous group of beings that have had centuries of encounters with humanity, creatures that live by eating enamel and bone....

The book, co-written by del Toro and the award-winning Christopher Golden, features illustrations by the director of "Don't Be Afraid of the Dark," Troy Nixey.

Pan's Labyrinth: The Labyrinth of the Faun

Guillermo del Toro
Cornelia Funke

Fans of dark fairy-tales like The Hazel Wood and The Cruel Prince will relish this atmospheric and absorbing book based on Guillermo del Toro's critically acclaimed movie.

Oscar winning writer-director Guillermo del Toro and bestselling author Cornelia Funke have come together to transform del Toro's hit movie Pan's Labyrinth into an epic and dark fantasy novel for readers of all ages, complete with haunting illustrations and enchanting short stories that flesh out the folklore of this fascinating world.

This spellbinding tale takes readers to a sinister, magical, and war-torn world filled with richly drawn characters like trickster fauns, murderous soldiers, child-eating monsters, courageous rebels, and a long-lost princess hoping to be reunited with her family.

A brilliant collaboration between masterful storytellers that's not to be missed.

The Shape of Water

Guillermo del Toro
Daniel Kraus

The 2018 Academy Award's Best Picture of the Year and New York Times-bestselling novel, The Shape of Water.

From visionary storyteller Guillermo del Toro and celebrated author Daniel Kraus comes this haunting, heartbreaking love story.

It is 1962, and Elisa Esposito--mute her whole life, orphaned as a child--is struggling with her humdrum existence as a janitor working the graveyard shift at Baltimore's Occam Aerospace Research Center. Were it not for Zelda, a protective coworker, and Giles, her loving neighbor, she doesn't know how she'd make it through the day.

Then, one fateful night, she sees something she was never meant to see, the Center's most sensitive asset ever: an amphibious man, captured in the Amazon, to be studied for Cold War advancements. The creature is terrifying but also magnificent, capable of language and of understanding emotions... and Elisa can't keep away. Using sign language, the two learn to communicate. Soon, affection turns into love, and the creature becomes Elisa's sole reason to live.

But outside forces are pressing in. Richard Strickland, the obsessed soldier who tracked the asset through the Amazon, wants nothing more than to dissect it before the Russians get a chance to steal it. Elisa has no choice but to risk everything to save her beloved. With the help of Zelda and Giles, Elisa hatches a plan to break out the creature. But Strickland is on to them. And the Russians are, indeed, coming.

Trollhunters

Daniel Kraus
Guillermo del Toro

From Guillermo del Toro comes the book that inspired the Netflix Animated Series TROLLHUNTERS!

"You are food. Those muscles you flex to walk, lift, and talk? They're patties of meat topped with chewy tendon. That skin you've paid so much attention to in mirrors? It's delicious to the right tongues, a casserole of succulent tissue. And those bones that give you the strength to make your way in the world? They rattle between teeth as the marrow is sucked down slobbering throats. These facts are unpleasant but useful. There are things out there, you see, that don't cower in holes to be captured by us and cooked over our fires. These things have their own ways of trapping their kills, their own fires, their own appetites."

Jim Sturges is your typical teen in suburban San Bernardino-- one with an embarrassingly overprotective dad, a best friend named "Tubby" who shares his hatred of all things torturous (like gym class), and a crush on a girl who doesn't know he exists. But everything changes for Jim when a 45-year old mystery resurfaces, threatening the lives of everyone in his seemingly sleepy town. Soon Jim has to team up with a band of unlikely (and some un- human) heroes to battle the monsters he never knew existed.

From the minds of horror geniuses Guillermo del Toro and Daniel Kraus comes a new illustrated novel about the fears that move in unseen places.

A Slow Day at the Gallery

A. M. Dellamonica

This short story originally appeared in Asimov's Science Fiction, October-November 2002. It can also be found in the anthology Year's Best SF 8 (2003), edited by David G. Hartwell and Kathryn Cramer.

Reprieve from Paradise

H. Chandler Elliott

The novel is set after an atomic war and the world is run by Polynesians. The hero discovers a plot to turn the earth on its axis in order to create an Antarctic utopia.

A Safe Place to Be

Carol Emshwiller

This short story originally appeared on Strange Horizons, 28 September 2009. It can also be found in the anthology Tails of Wonder and Imagination (2010), edited by Ellen Datlow. The story is included in the collection The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 2 (2016).

Read the full story for free at Strange Horizons.

Above It All

Carol Emshwiller

This short story originally appeared in Fantasy Magazine, January 2010. It is included in the collection The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 2 (2016).

Read the full story for free at Fantasy Magazine.

After All

Carol Emshwiller

This short story originally appeared in the collection Report to the Men's Club and Other Stories (2002), and was reprinted on Strange Horizons, 30 May 2011. It can also be found in the collection The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 2 (2016).

Read the full story for free at Strange Horizons.

All Of Us Can Almost...

Carol Emshwiller

This story of birds who have lost the power of flight is about the confluence of gender roles, power plays, sex, pride, and desperation. So of course it is very funny.

This story originally appeared in on Sci Fiction, November 17, 2004. It can also be found in the anthologies Science Fiction: The Best of 2004, edited by Karen Haber and Jonathan Strahan, The James Tiptree Award Anthology 2 (2006), edited by Karen Joy Fowler, Pat Murphy, Debbie Notkin and Jeffrey D. Smith, and Digital Domains: A Decade of Science Fiction & Fantasy (2010), edited by Ellen Datlow. The story is included in the collection The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 2 (2016).


Read this story online for free at the Sci Fiction archive.

Boys

Carol Emshwiller

This story explores war from typically Emshwilleresque viewpoints. Soldiers are unsure of who they are, who they are fighting, or why. War is the question, not the subject.

Two armies of men exist in the mountains on either side of a valley. The women live in villages between them and bear sons and daughters for both sides, though their sons are always stolen to join the war effort. The men have been fighting so long, no one even knows how it started. The women, however, have decided to end it--no matter what the price.

This story originally appeared on Sci Fiction, January 28, 2003. It can also be found in the anthologies The James Tiptree Award Anthology 1 (2005) and Sisters of the Revolution: A Feminist Speculative Fiction Anthology (2015). The story is included in the collections I Live With You (2005) and The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 2 (2016).

Read this story online for free at the Sci Fiction archive.

Carmen Dog

Carol Emshwiller

In this dangerous and sharp-eyed look at men, women, and the world we live in, everything is changing: women are turning into animals, and animals are turning into women. Pooch, a golden setter, is turning into a beautiful woman -- although she still has some of her canine traits: she just can't shuck that loyalty thing -- and her former owner has turned into a snapping turtle. When the turtle tries to take a bite of her own baby, Pooch snatches the baby and runs. Meanwhile, there's a dangerous wolverine on the loose, men are desperately trying to figure out what's going on, and Pooch discovers what she really wants: to sing Carmen.

Carmen Dog is the funny feminist classic that inspired writers Pat Murphy and Karen Joy Fowler to create the James Tiptree Jr. Memorial Award.

Chicken Icarus

Carol Emshwiller

This short story originally appeared in Cavalier, October 1966. It can also be found in the anthology SF 12 (1968), edited by Judith Merril. The story is included in the collections Joy in Our Cause (1974), The Start of the End of It All and Other Stories (1990), and The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 1 (2011).

Creature

Carol Emshwiller

Nebula Award winning short story. It originally appeared in The Magazine of Fantasy & Science Fiction, October-November 2001. It can also be found in the Nebula Awards Showcase 2004, edited by Vonda N. McIntyre and the collections Report to the Men's Club and Other Stories (2002) and The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 1 (2011).

Day at the Beach

Carol Emshwiller

This short story originally appeared in The Magazine of Fantasy and Science Fiction, August 1959. It can also be found in the anthologies:

The story is included in the collection The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 1 (2011).

Grandma

Carol Emshwiller

Nebula Award nominated short story. It was originally published in The Magazine of Fantasy & Science Fiction, March 2002. It can be found in the anthologies Year's Best SF 8 (2003), edited by Kathryn Cramer and David G. Hartwell, Superheroes (2013), edited by Rich Horton and the Nebula Awards Showcase 2005, edited by Jack Dann. The story is collected in Report to the Men's Club and Other Stories (2002) and The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 1 (2011).

Read the full story for free at belletrista.com.

Hunting Machine

Carol Emshwiller

In the future, a couple go on a hunting trip of the contemporaneously luxurious variety, with the aid of a robot which takes the work and the risk out of the enterprise, along with much of the point.

This short story originally appeared in Science Fiction Stories, May 1957. It can also be found in the anthologies:

The story is included in the collection The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 1 (2011).

I Live with You

Carol Emshwiller

I Live With You is a sophisticated collection of fierce, compassionate fiction marked by an absurdist sense of humor. A contemporary of Jorge Luis Borges, Italo Calvino, and Fay Weldon, Carol Emshwiller has been lauded for her originality and lyricism. These striking short stories skillfully explore themes of war, seduction, and censorship: An Eden emerges from the wreckage of burning books in "The Library," "Boys" sets a weary general and his sons against a village of determined mothers, and "I Live With You (and You Don't Know It)" brings a necessary chaos from an uninvited guest.

Table of Contents:

  • Do Not Remove This Tag - essay by Eileen Gunn
  • The Library - (2004) - short story
  • I Live with You and You Don't Know It - (2005) - short story
  • The Prince of Mules - (2002) - short story
  • Boys - (2003) - short story
  • The Doctor - (2002) - short story
  • Bountiful City - short story
  • Coo People - (2003) - short story
  • The Assassin, or Being the Loved One - (2004) - short story
  • See No Evil, Feel No Joy - short story
  • Gliders Though They Be - (2004) - short story
  • My General - (2004) - novelette
  • Josephine - (2002) - short story
  • WisConsin Speech - essay

I Live with You

Carol Emshwiller

Nebula Award nominated short story. It originally appeared in The Magazine of Fantasy & Science Fiction, March 2005. It can also be found in the anthologies The Mammoth Book of Best New Horror 17 (2006), edited by Stephen Jones and the Nebula Awards Showcase 2007, as well as the collections I Live with You (2005) and The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 2 (2016).

Mister Boots

Carol Emshwiller

Bobby Lassiter has some important secrets-but it’s not as if anyone’s paying attention. It’s the middle of the Depression, and while Bobby’s mother and older sister knit all day to make money, Bobby explores the California desert around their home. That’s how Bobby finds Boots. He’s under their one half-dead tree, halfdead himself. Right away he’s a secret, too-a secret to be fed and clothed and taken care of, and even more of a secret because of what he can do. Sometimes Boots is a man. Sometimes he’s (really, truly) a horse. He and Bobby both know something about magic-and those who read this book will, too.

Moon Songs

Carol Emshwiller

This short story originally appeared in the collection The Start of the End of It All and Other Stories (1990). It can also be found in the anthololgy The Year's Best Fantasy and Horror: Fifth Annual Collection (1992), edited by Ellen Datlow and Terri Windling, and the collection The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 1 (2011).

Mrs. Jones

Carol Emshwiller

This short story originally appeared in Omni, August 1993. It can also be found in the anthologies The Year's Best Fantasy and Horror: Seventh Annual Collection (1994), edited by Ellen Datlow and Terri Windling, and Blood and Other Cravings: Original Stories of Vampires and Vampirism by Today's Greatest Writers of Dark Fiction (2011), edited by Ellen Datlow. The story is included in the collections Report to the Men's Club and Other Stories (2002) and The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 1 (2011).

Read the story for free at Small Beer Press.

No Time Like the Present

Carol Emshwiller

This short story originally appeared in Lightspeed, July 2010. It can also be found in the anthologies The Year's Best Science Fiction & Fantasy 2011, edited by Rich Horton and Lightspeed: Year One (2011), edited by John Joseph Adams. It is included in the collection The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 2 (2016).

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

On Not Going Extinct

Carol Emshwiller

This short story originally appeared on Strange Horizons, 24 May 2010. It is included in the collection The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 2 (2016).

Read the full story for free at Strange Horizons.

Pelt

Carol Emshwiller

This short story originally appeared in The Magazine of Fantasy and Science Fiction, November 1958 and was reprinted in Venture Science Fiction (UK), August 1964. It can also be foundin the anthologies SF: '59: The Year's Greatest Science Fiction and Fantasy (1959), edited by Judith Merril, A Pocketful of Stars (1971), edited by Damon Knight, The Big Book of Science Fiction (2016), edited by Jeff and Ann VanderMeer, and The Future Is Female!: 25 Classic Science Fiction Stories by Women, from Pulp Pioneers to Ursula K. Le Guin (2018), edited by Lisa Yaszek. It is included in the collections The Start of the End of It All and Other Stories (1990) and The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 1 (2011).

Quill

Carol Emshwiller

This short story originally appeared in the anthology Firebirds Rising: An Anthology of Original Science Fiction and Fantasy (2006), edited by Sharyn November. It can also be found in the anthology Year's Best SF 12 (2012), edited by David G. Hartwell and Kathryn Cramer. The story is included in the collection The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 2 (2016).

Report to the Men's Club and Other Stories

Carol Emshwiller

What if the world ended on your birthday--and no one came? What if your grandmother was a superhero? Recommended to readers of Judy Budnitz, Geoff Ryman, Aimee Bender, and Grace Paley this fourth collection by the wonderful Carol Emshwiller includes the Nebula winning story "Creature."

Table of Contents:

  • Grandma - (2002) - shortstory
  • The Paganini of Jacob's Gully - (2002) - shortstory
  • Modillion - (1994) - shortstory
  • Mrs. Jones - (1993) - shortstory
  • Acceptance Speech - (1990) - shortstory
  • One Part of the Self Is Always Tall and Dark - (1977) - shortstory
  • Foster Mother - (2001) - shortstory
  • Creature - (2001) - shortstory
  • The Project - (2001) - shortstory
  • It Comes from Deep Inside - (2002) - shortstory
  • Prejudice and Pride - (2002) - shortstory
  • Report to the Men's Club - (2002) - shortstory
  • Overlooking - (2002) - shortstory
  • Water Master - (2002) - shortstory
  • Abominable - (1980) - shortstory
  • Desert Child - (2002) - shortstory
  • Venus Rising - (1992) - novelette
  • Nose - (2002) - shortstory
  • After All - (2002) - shortstory

The Circular Library of Stones

Carol Emshwiller

This short story originally appeared in Omni, February 1987, and was reprinted on Strange Horizons, 30 April 2001. It can also be found in the anthologies The Year's Best Fantasy: First Annual Collection (1988), edited by Ellen Datlow and Terri Windling, and Omni Visions Two (1994), edited by Ellen Datlow. The story is included in the collections The Start of the End of It All and Other Stories (1990) and The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 1 (2012).

Read the full story for free at Strange Horizons.

The Mount

Carol Emshwiller

Charley is an athlete. He wants to be painted crossing the finish line, in his racing silks, with a medal around his neck. But Charley isn't a runner. He is a human mount, the property of one of the alien invaders called Hoots. Charley hasn't seen his mother in years, and his father is hiding out in the mountains with the other Free Humans. The Hoots own the world, but the humans want it back. Charley knows how to be a good mount-now he's going to have to learn how to be a human being.

This remarkable novel, winner of the 2002 Philip K. Dick Award, should be read by every fan of speculative fiction, teenagers and adults alike.

The Project

Carol Emshwiller

This short story originally appeared in The Magazine of Fantasy & Science Fiction, August 2001. It can also be found in the anthology The Year's Best Fantasy and Horror: Fifteenth Annual Collection (2002), edited by Ellen Datlow and Terri Windling. The story is included in the collections Report to the Men's Club and Other Stories (2002) and The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 1 (2011).

The Secret City

Carol Emshwiller

Written in a voice that is accessible to both mainstream and genre readers, this gripping tale contains a contemporary political subtext that is packed with humanism, complexity, and subtle humor. This inventive story centers on a mysterious enclave protecting a lost culture, a hidden city in the wilderness where stranded aliens struggle to preserve their fragile society. Hoping for a better life, many have fled the Secret City in favor of trying to survive in the harsh human world; others remain concealed, living out a fading memory in hope of deliverance. When the mythical rescuers suddenly arrive, insisting on an immediate interplanetary return, these very-human aliens discover that neither world is truly their own.

The Start of the End of It All and Other Stories

Carol Emshwiller

Eighteen stories deal with alien worlds, extraterrestrial invaders, crossbreeds, animals, and lonely city-dwellers.

Table of Contents:

  • The Start of the End of It All - (1981) - short story
  • Looking Down - (1990) - short story
  • Eclipse - (1986) - short story
  • The Circular Library of Stones - (1987) - short story
  • Fledged - (1988) - short story
  • Vilcabamba - (1987) - short story
  • Acceptance Speech - short story
  • If the Word Was to the Wise - short story
  • Living at the Center - (1989) - short story
  • Moon Songs - short story
  • But Soft, What Light ... - (1966) - short story
  • Pelt - (1958) - short story
  • Début - (1970) - short story
  • The Institute - (1970) - short story
  • Woman Waiting - (1970) - short story
  • Chicken Icarus - (1966) - short story
  • Sex and/or Mr. Morrison - (1967) - short story
  • Glory, Glory - short story

Venus Rising

Carol Emshwiller

Science fiction chapbook based on "The Aquatic Ape" and "The Descent of Woman" by Elaine Morgan. A stunning story of an alien exiled to an exotic world, the peaceful inhabitants he finds there and his attempts to "civilize" them. Collected in Report to the Men's Club and Other Stories and anthologized in Flying Cups and Saucers: Gender Explorations in Science Fiction and Fantasy (1998).

The River Ophelia

Justine Ettler

Justine Ettler's The River Ophelia asks questions about sex and power in a postmodern, postfeminist, urban world. Ettler's text discloses a genealogy of women, transposing the Marquis de Sade's Justine and Juliette and the pre-Raphaelite river Ophelia of Millais to a contemporary urban culture, in the company of the flaneur, Sade and the decadent intellectual, Bataille. The nineteenth century's fascination with relations of sex, death and power are reconfigured in a late twentieth century context, but this time, as Ettler tells it, power is scrutinised from below. She began the book, she says, by wondering about how it felt to be a female character in Brett Easton Ellis' American Psycho; how the women of the Brat Pack genre were implicated in, and complicit with, its ruses of power.

The Cross-Time Accountants Fail To Kill Hitler Because Chuck Berry Does The Twist

C. C. Finlay

This short story originally appeared in Lightspeed, May 2012.

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

Beautiful Men

Christopher Fowler

WFA nominated short story. It originally appeared in the anthology Visitants: Stories of Fallen Angels & Heavenly Hosts (2010), edited by Stephen Jones.

Hell Train

Christopher Fowler

Four passengers meet on a train journey through Eastern Europe during the First World War, and face a mystery that must be solved if they are to survive... Bizarre creatures, satanic rites, terrified passengers and the romance of travelling by train, all feature in this classically styled horror.

Imagine there was a supernatural chiller that Hammer Films never made. A grand epic produced at the studio's peak, which played like a cross between the Dracula and Frankenstein films and Dr Terror's House Of Horrors...

Four passengers meet on a train journey through Eastern Europe during the First World War, and face a mystery that must be solved if they are to survive. As the 'Arkangel' races through the war-torn countryside, they must find out:

What is in the casket that everyone is so afraid of?

What is the tragic secret of the veiled Red Countess who travels with them?

Why is their fellow passenger the army brigadier so feared by his own men?

And what exactly is the devilish secret of the Arkangel itself?

Bizarre creatures, satanic rites, terrified passengers and the romance of travelling by train, all in a classically styled horror novel.

Nyctophobia

Christopher Fowler

An original thriller from bestselling author Christopher Fowler that reinventing the haunted house story.

Newly-married architect Callie and her wealthy husband Mateo move to Hyperion House, a grand old home in southern Spain. It's an eccentric place built in front of a cliff: serene and beautiful, but eerily symmetrical, and cunningly styled so that half the house is flooded with light, and half - locked up and neglected - is shrouded in darkness. Unemployed and feeling isolated in a foreign country, Callie determines to research the history of the curious building.

But the past is sometimes best left alone. Uncovering the folklore of the house's strange history, Callie is drawn into darkness and delusion. As a teenager Callie was afraid of the dark, and now with her adolescent nyctophobia returning she becomes convinced there's someone in the darkened rooms. Somewhere in the darkness lies the truth about Hyperion House.

But some doors should never be opened.

The Sand Men

Christopher Fowler

Best-selling author Christopher Fowler returns with a brand new thriller set amongst the Ozlike world of Dubai's glittering skyscrapers and deadly sand dunes.

High-luxury resorts are growing from the ancient sands of Dubai; new playgrounds for the world's super-rich. Dream World, the latest and largest of these bubble towns of unreality to emerge, is ambitious, grandiose and in trouble. Roy Brook was a failing architect, now he's Dream World's latest hire and rising star, brought in to fix the failures that threaten the site's grand opening. But for his wife, Lea, life has been irrevocably changed; living in a gated community, she finds herself a virtual prisoner in a land where the wives appear happy to follow behind their husbands in the isolated shade of their luxury homes.

At least there are a few friendly outsiders who don't enjoy the conformity of the ex-pat community - until one night, when the most outspoken one, Milo, is killed in a suspicious hit-andrun. Milo's death is the first in a string of terrible accidents that divide the foreign workers, as they start to blame migrants, Arabs and even each other. Lea is convinced that deliberate acts of cruelty are being committed - but is there a real threat to her life, or is she becoming paranoid? And what role does her estranged 15 year-old daughter Cara play?

What happens in a world where only the rich are important? Welcome to a future that's five minutes away, where rebellion against conformity can lead to the unthinkable...

Flesh and Blood

D. A. Fowler

Deidi is a reporter writing about a string of brutal murders--and dreaming about them before they happen. Camisa is a housewife living a waking nightmare--and having the same dreams as Deidi. But the connection between them is more than just coincidence. It is, in fact, pure evil....

The Book of the Damned

D. A. Fowler

Rosalyn Vaughn hasn't been feeling well. Eerie colors, smells and sounds are making her feel dizzy and disoriented. It isn't something she ate. It isn't something she smoked. It's something she read.

Rosalyn loves horror novels, but the last volume she borrowed from the library shouldn't be read late at night or, for that matter, in broad daylight. It's called The Book of the Damned, and its readers don't simply thrill to the terrors revealed between its covers, they live them--shrieking, relentless nightmares of madness, suicide, and murder.

Now Rosalyn is about to join the other tortured innocents who checked out The Book of the Damned... and paid with their immortal souls...

The Devil's End

D. A. Fowler

FOR SEVENTY YEARS, HE HAS WAITED...

In Sharon Valley, at teen slumber parties and around campfires, the story is told. Seventy years ago, on Halloween night, Nathaniel and Myrantha Ober made a pact sealed by bloody human sacrifice...a pact with the devil himself.

THIS HALLOWEEN, EVIL WILL RETURN...

Nancy Snell is the most popular girl in high school. She is beautiful and wealthy, and she has discovered the key to unlimited power. The occult force that was summoned to this sleepy town decades ago. She has already chosen the perfect victim needed to perform the ritual: the new girl in town, Lana Bremmers.

THE DEVIL'S END

Once again the town of Sharon Valley will be the doorway to the legions of darkness. And the devil will have his payment in blood, on an even more terrifying Halloween night.

Suspended Heart

Heather Fowler

In an explosion of love's metaphors, Fowler's debut collection of stories, SUSPENDED HEART, takes on American fabulism with a cast of unexpected heroines in the narratives of life and loss: women whose hearts fall out at public malls, women whose bodies bloom with changing seasons, women who sprout blades or have multiple eyes, sleep as snakes, or birth saints like lapis lazuli babies. Where there is struggle and sadness, there is also humor: Fowler's fictive voice has been compared to both Franz Kafka and Donald Barthelme. There's a fearlessness to this prose, a melody of life and magic and loss.

Selected stories in this volume have been published online and in Australia.

Always

Karen Joy Fowler

Nebula Award nominated short story. It originally appeared in The Magazine of Fantasy & Science Fiction, April 2007 and can also be found in the Nebula Awards Showcase 2009, edited by Ellen Datlow.

Nebula Award winning short story. It originally appeared in Asimov's Science Fiction, April-May 2007. The story can also be found in the anthologies Science Fiction: The Best of the Year, 2008 Edition, edited by Rich Horton, Year's Best SF 13, edited by David G. Hartwell and Kathryn Cramer and the Nebula Awards Showcase 2009, edited by Ellen Datlow. It is included in the collection What I Didn't See and Other Stories (2010).

Artificial Things

Karen Joy Fowler

An extraordinary collection of short stories from the award-winning author of Sarah Canary; the revised edition of this anthology of 13 tales also features a new foreword by the author.

Table of Contents

  • Foreword (1992) essay
  • The Lake Was Full of Artificial Things (1985) short story
  • The Poplar Street Study (1985) short story
  • Face Value (1986) short story
  • The Dragon's Head (1986) short story
  • The War of the Roses (1985) novelette
  • Contention (1986) short story
  • Recalling Cinderella (1985) short story
  • Other Planes (1986) short story
  • The Gate of Ghosts (1986) novelette
  • The Bog People (1986) short story
  • Wild Boys: Variations on a Theme (1986) short story
  • The View from Venus (1986) novelette
  • Praxis (1985) short story

Black Glass

Karen Joy Fowler

Nebula Award nominated novelette. It originally appeared in the anthology Full Spectrum 3 (1991), edited by Lou Aronica, Amy Stout and Betsy Mitchell. The sotry is included in the collection Black Glass (1998).

Black Glass

Karen Joy Fowler

Carry Nation is on the loose again, breaking up discos, smashing topless bars, preaching clean living to men more intent on booze and babes. And what of Tonto, ever-faithful companion of the Lone Ranger, turning 40 without so much as a birthday call from the masked man? In these and 13 other short fictions, Fowler once again demonstrates the imaginative virtuosity that is fast winning her critical acclaim.

Table of Contents:

Booth's Ghost

Karen Joy Fowler

Shirley Jackson Award and World Fantasy Award nominated short story. It originally appeared in he collection What I Didn't See and Other Stories (2010). The story can also be found in the anthology Ghosts: Recent Hauntings (2012), edited by Paula Guran.

Face Value

Karen Joy Fowler

This short story originally appeared in The Magazine of Fantasy & Science Fiction, November 1986 and was reprinted in Lightspeed, July 2011. It can also be found in the anthologies:

The story is included in the collection Artificial Things (1986).

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

Game Night at the Fox & Goose

Karen Joy Fowler

This short story originally appeared in Interzone, #29 May-June 1989, and was reprinted in Lightspeed, October 2016. It can also be found in the anthologies What Might Have Been? Volume 1: Alternate Empires (1989), edited by Gregory Benford and Martin H. Greenberg, and Women of Wonder: The Contemporary Years: SF by Women from the 1970s to the 1990s (1995), edited by Pamela Sargent. The story is included in the collection Black Glass (1998).

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

Halfway People

Karen Joy Fowler

This short story originally appeared in the anthology My Mother She Killed Me, My Father He Ate Me (2010), edited by Kate Bernheimer, and was reprinted in Lightspeed, March 2012. It can also be found in the anthology Beyond the Woods: Fairy Tales Retold (2016), edited by Paula Guram. The story is included in the collection What I Didn't See and Other Stories (2010).

Read the full story for free at Lighstpeed.

Lieserl

Karen Joy Fowler

Nebula Award nominated short story. It originally apperared in Isaac Asimov's Science Fiction Magazine, July 1990. It can aslo be found in the anthologies The Year's Best Fantasy and Horror: Fourth Annual Collection (1991), edited by Ellen Datlow and Terri Windling, Nebula Awards 26 (1992), edited by James Morrow, and Feeling Very Strange: The Slipstream Anthology (2006) edited by James Patrick Kelly and John Kessel. The story is included in the collection Black Glass (1998).

Lily Red

Karen Joy Fowler

This short story originally appeared in Isaac Asimov's Science Fiction Magazine, July 1988 and was reprinted in Lightspeed, March 2013. It is included in the collections Peripheral Vision (1990) and Black Glass (1998).

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

Persephone of the Crows

Karen Joy Fowler

This short story originally appeared in Asimov's Science Fiction, May-June 2017. It can also be found in the anthology The Year's Best Science Fiction & Fantasy, 2018, edited by Rich Horton.

Sarah Canary

Karen Joy Fowler

The Washington Territory, 1873. The woman who appeared without warning in the forest clearing was small, dressed all in black, and of indeterminate age. Her hair was cropped and she was babbling in some incomprehensible tongue. Chin Ah Kin thought she might be a ghost-lover--an immortal sent by the gods to enchant him. His more practical uncle thought otherwise: a white woman in a Chinese railway workers' camp could only be trouble. He ordered Chin to return her to her white world.

Thus begins Sarah Canary, Karen Joy Fowler's bewitching odyssey of the Old West that speaks across a hundred years of American experience. As Sarah Canary and her raging entourage move across the green landscape of the Pacific Northwest, each new encounter with America's boisterous frontier offers intriguing insights into the extravagant myths and legends of the past which have evolved into the pillars of our national heritage. Part adventure story, part history lesson, part flight of marvelous fantasy, Sarah Canary achieves that true rarity of excellence: a novel of ideas and wit that can raise tears as well as laughter.

Standing Room Only

Karen Joy Fowler

Hugo and Nebula Award nominated short story. It was first published in Asimov's Science Fiction, August 1997. The story can also be found in the anthology The Secret History of Science Fiction (2009), edited by James Patrick Kelly and John Kessel and the collection What I Didn't See and Other Stories (2010).

Read the full story for free at the author's SFWA page.

The Black Fairy's Curse

Karen Joy Fowler

This short story originally appeared in the anthology Black Swan, White Raven (1997), edited by Ellen Datlow and Terri Windling, and was reprinted in Lightspeed, November 2015. It can also be found in the anthologies The Year's Best Fantasy and Horror: Eleventh Annual Collection (1998), edited by Ellen Datlow and Terri Windling, and Happily Ever After (2011), edited by John Klima. The story is included in the collection Black Glass (1998).

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

The Dark

Karen Joy Fowler

Nebula nominated short story. It originally appeared in The Magazine of Fantasy & Science Fiction, June 1991. The story can also be found in the anthologies The Year's Best Science Fiction: Ninth Annual Collection (1992), edited by Gardner Dozois, Nebula Awards 27 (1993), edited by James Morrow, The Best from Fantasy & Science Fiction: A 45th Anniversary Anthology (1994), edited by Kristine Kathryn Rusch and Edward L. Ferman, and The Weird: A Compendium of Strange and Dark Stories (2012), edited by Jeff VanderMeer and Ann VanderMeer. It is collected in What I Didn't See and Other Stories (2012).

The Elizabeth Complex

Karen Joy Fowler

Nebula Award nominated short story. It first appeared in Crank! #6, Winter 1996. It can also be found in the anthology Nebula Awards 33, edited by Connie Willis (1999) and the collection Black Glass (1998).

Read the full story for free at the author's SFWA page.

The Faithful Companion at Forty

Karen Joy Fowler

Hugo, Nebula and Locus Award nominated short story. It originally appeared in Isaac Asimov's Science Fiction Magazine, July 1987. The story can also be found in the anthology The Year's Best Science Fiction: Fifth Annual Collection (1988), edited by Gardner Dozois and the collection Black Glass (1998).

The Gate of Ghosts

Karen Joy Fowler

This novelette originally appeared in the collection Artificial Things (1986). It can also be found in the anthology The Year's Best Science Fiction: Fourth Annual Collection (1987).

The Lake Was Full of Artificial Things

Karen Joy Fowler

This short story originally appeared in Isaac Asimov's Science Fiction Magazine, October 1985. It can also be found in the anthologies The Year's Best Science Fiction: Third Annual Collection (1986), edited by Gardner Dozois, The Norton Book of Science Fiction: North American Science Fiction, 1960-1990, edited by Ursula K. Le Guin and Brian Attebery, and The Big Book of Science Fiction (2016), edited by Ann and Jeff VanderMeer. The story is included in the collection Artificial Things (1986).

The Last Worders

Karen Joy Fowler

This short story originally appeared in Lady Churchill's Robot* Wristlet, #20, June 2007, and was reprinted in Lightspeed, Issue 109, June 2019. It can also be found in the anthologies Fantasy: The Best of the Year, 2008 Edition, edited by Rich Horton, and The Year's Best Fantasy and Horror: Twenty-First Annual Collection (2008), edited by Kelly Link, Gavin J. Grant and Ellen Datlow. The story is included in the collection What I Didn't See and Other Stories (2010).

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

The Pelican Bar

Karen Joy Fowler

World Fantasy Award and Shirley Jackson Award winning short story. It originally appeared in the anthology Eclipse Three: New Science Fiction and Fantasy (2009), edited by Jonathan Strahan. It can also be found in the anthology The Best Science Fiction and Fantasy of the Year: Volume Four (2010), edited by Jonathan Strahan. The story is included in the collections What I Didn't See and Other Stories (2010) and The Science of Herself (2013).

The War of the Roses

Karen Joy Fowler

This novelette originally appeared in Isaac Asimov's Science Fiction Magazine, December 1985. The story is included in the collection Artificial Things (1986). A chapbook edition appeared in 1991.

We Are All Completely Beside Ourselves

Karen Joy Fowler

Meet the Cooke family: Mother and Dad, brother Lowell, sister Fern, and Rosemary, who begins her story in the middle. She has her reasons. "I was raised with a chimpanzee," she explains. "I tell you Fern was a chimp and already you aren't thinking of her as my sister. But until Fern's expulsion... she was my twin, my funhouse mirror, my whirlwind other half and I loved her as a sister." As a child, Rosemary never stopped talking. Then, something happened, and Rosemary wrapped herself in silence.

In We Are All Completely beside Ourselves, Karen Joy Fowler weaves her most accomplished work to date-a tale of loving but fallible people whose well-intentioned actions lead to heartbreaking consequences.

What I Didn't See

Karen Joy Fowler

Nebula Award winning and Tipree nominated short story. Originally published by Sci Fiction. Later collected in What I Didn't See and Other Stories (2010) and anthologized in The Year's Best Fantasy & Horror: Sixteenth Annual Collection (2003), in The James Tiptree Award Anthology 1 (2005), and Daughters of Earth: Feminist Science Fiction in the Twentieth Century (2006).


Read this story online for free at the Sci Fiction archive.

What I Didn't See and Other Stories

Karen Joy Fowler

In her moving and elegant new collection, New York Times bestseller Karen Joy Fowler writes about John Wilkes Booth's younger brother, a one-winged man, a California cult, and a pair of twins, and she digs into our past, present, and future in the quiet, witty, and incisive way only she can.

The sinister and the magical are always lurking just below the surface: for a mother who invents a fairy-tale world for her son in "Halfway People"; for Edwin Booth in "Edwin's Ghost," haunted by his fame as "America's Hamlet" and his brother's terrible actions; for Norah, a rebellious teenager facing torture in "The Pelican Bar" as she confronts Mama Strong, the sadistic boss of a rehabilitation facility; for the narrator recounting her descent in "What I Didn't See."

With clear and insightful prose, Fowler's stories measure the human capacities for hope and despair, brutality and kindness. This collection, which includes two Nebula Award winners, is sure to delight readers, even as it pulls the rug out from underneath them.

Table of Contents:

Younger Women

Karen Joy Fowler

WFA nominated short story. It originally appeared in Subterranean Online, Summer 2011. The story can also be found in the anthologies The Best Science Fiction and Fantasy of the Year: Volume Six (2012), edited by Jonathan Strahan, and The Year's Best Science Fiction & Fantasy 2012, edited by Rich Horton.

Read the full story for free at Subterranean.

How Meersh the Bedeviler Lost His Toes

Gregory Frost

Sturgeon Award nominated novelette. It originally appeared in Asimov's Science Fiction, September 1998. The story is included in the collection Attack of the Jazz Giants and Other Stories (2005).

The Memory of Animals

Claire Fuller

In the face of a pandemic, an unprepared world scrambles to escape the mysterious disease causing sensory damage, nerve loss, and, in most cases, death. Neffy, a disgraced and desperately indebted twenty-seven-year-old marine biologist, registers for an experimental vaccine trial in London?perhaps humanity's last hope for a cure. Though isolated from the chaos outside, she and the other volunteers?Rachel, Leon, Yahiko, and Piper?cannot hide from the mistakes that led them there.

As London descends into chaos outside the hospital windows, Neffy befriends Leon, who before the pandemic had been working on a controversial technology that allows users to revisit their memories. She withdraws into projections of her past?a childhood bisected by divorce, a recent love affair, her obsessive research with octopuses, and the one mistake that ended her career. The lines between past, present, and future begin to blur, and Neffy is left with defining questions: Who can she trust? Why can't she forgive herself? How should she live, if she survives?

Love in the Time of Cholera

Gabriel Garcia Marquez

In their youth, Florentino Ariza and Fermino Daza fall passionately in love. When Fermina eventually chooses to marry a wealthy, well-born doctor, Florentino is devastated, but he is a romantic. As he rises in his business career he whiles away the years in 622 affairs--yet he reserves his heart for Fermina. Her husband dies at last, and Florentino purposefully attends the funeral. Fifty years, nine months, and four days after he first declared his love for Fermina, he will do so again.

With humorous sagacity and consummate craft, García Márquez traces an exceptional half-century story of unrequited love. Though it seems never to be conveniently contained, love flows through the novel in many wonderful guises--joyful, melancholy, enriching, ever surprising.

Wanderground: Stories of the Hill Women

Sally Miller Gearhart

This is the fantastic story of a group of women who have designed a world of peace and preserved a rich heritage of memory that ultimately changes the world they live in.

In the futuristic Wanderground, men remain in the cities, while many women who have been persecuted flee to the hills. There they share their stories of survival, remembrance, and self-discovery. Years later, expressing their freedom in unique ways, the hill women have gained telepathic abilities and flying techniques, while women in the cities still struggle for enlightenment. Not only are readers led to marvel at these "supernatural" abilities, they are led to examine their own views on womanhood and how women are similar to and different from men.

Contents:

1 - Opening - short story

7 - Red Waters - short story

10 - Alaka's Journey - short story

18 - A Morning Together - short story

28 - Clana and the Snakes - short story

33 - Sisterblood - short story

43 - The Deep Cella - short story

53 - Krueva and the Pony - short story

60 - Ijeme's Story - short story

69 - A Time to Sing - short story

77 - Pelagine Stretches - novelette

93 - Diana and the Moon - short story

102 - Windriding - short story

110 - A Man in the City - short story

118 - The Gatherstretch - short story

133 - On the Way to the Kochlias - short story

138 - The Remember Rooms - novelette

167 - Meeting the Gentles - short story

182 - Voki at the Welling Place - short story

188 - The Telling of the Days of Artilidea - short story

Gestapo Mars

Victor Gischler

Carter Sloan is a trained assassin--the best there is, pulled out of cryogenic sleep whenever an assignment demands his skills. So when he's kept in the deep freeze for 258 years, he's seriously pissed off.

Yet his government needs him, to hunt down the enemy known as the Daughter of the Brass Dragon. The future of the galaxy-spanning Reich depends on it, so Sloan is off--screwing, swearing, and shooting his way across interstellar space.

lt's action, adventure, and disgusting gelatinous aliens as only Victor Gischler can create them.

Clicking Stones

Nancy Tyler Glenn

Seven-year-old Erica stumbles into a mystical place where a mysterious old woman gives her a stone. A very special stone. A Clicking Stone. Striking it against any other stone causes both to flare into incredible brilliance. Except, not everyone can see the brilliance. And Erica does not yet know the power of her Stone...

Morgan moves in next door. The girls grow up together and one day, the two click stones...

Knowledge of Erica's gift spreads, creating a worldwide movement of adherents to the illumination power of Clicking Stones. Still, the question remains: why do some people see the brilliance and gain energy from it, and some do not? There is no discernible pattern or reason...

Throughout all these evolutionary events there is the love between Erica and Morgan -- a love that survives separation, and their loving of other women. A love of extraordinary intensity and eroticism... a love that transcends the passing years... and, finally, astonishingly, time itself.

Nancy Tyler Glenn spins a unique and fabulous tale encompassing our own times and far into the 21st Century... a fascinating, erotic, and magical saga with themes about the potential that resides within us all.

Search The Dark Stars

John E. Muller

The world beyond tomorrow... the unopened future which lies at a point far distant from the early, fumbling attempts at space flight of our times.

It is the future of mankind among the stars -- but also a future of intrigue and treachery!

This is the story of a Galactic civilisation which has split against itself and on whose shambles a ruthless warlord of the stars has built a barbaric empire. Persistently striving to topple his autocratic power is the Mutant League, a band of mentally powerful supernormals who style themselves the "inheritors of wisdom and power".

Enter into this fantastic future in company with the man and the girl who dare to battle against the might of the New Empire -- and who hold a guarded, vital secret. Travel with them in their urgent, hunted and hounded flight across the far-flung void of interstellar space and among the myriad worlds of peril of the starways.

Valerian and the City of a Thousand Planets

Christie Golden

In the 28th century, Valerian and Laureline are a team of special operatives charged with maintaining order throughout the human territories. Under assignment from the Minister of Defense, the two embark on a mission to the astonishing city of Alpha--an ever-expanding metropolis where species from all over the universe have converged over centuries to share knowledge, intelligence and cultures with each other.

There is a mystery at the center of Alpha, a dark force which threatens the peaceful existence of the City of a Thousand Planets, and Valerian and Laureline must race to identify the marauding menace and safeguard not just Alpha, but the future of the universe.

Travellers in Magic

Lisa Goldstein

Fifteen stories of ordinary lives that take fantastic turns

Robert never quite feels at home with Cassie's family, a gang of eccentrics including a reptile smuggler, a worshipper of Osiris, and an old woman who believes her photographs can see into the future. When he breaks up with Cassie, she is so upset that she gives him the most terrible thing she can offer: an envelope of her grandmother's photos, which show in detail the path that Robert's life will take. At first, this vision of the future gives him strength--but soon it becomes a prison on glossy paper.

Nominated for several major awards, "Cassandra's Photographs" demonstrates all the power of Lisa Goldstein's imagination. Whether she is writing about shape-shifting aliens or kind-hearted ghosts, Goldstein's fantasies remain grounded in reality, supported by the kind of crystalline prose that takes a lifetime to master.

Table of Contents:

  • Alfred - (1992) - shortstory
  • Cassandra's Photographs - (1987) - shortstory
  • Ever After - (1984) - shortstory
  • Tourists - (1985) - shortstory
  • Rites of Spring - (1994) - shortstory
  • Midnight News - (1990) - shortstory
  • Preliminary Notes on the Jang - (1985) - shortstory
  • A Traveller at Passover - (1991) - shortstory
  • Infinite Riches - (1993) - novelette
  • Death Is Different - (1988) - shortstory
  • Breadcrumbs and Stones - (1993) - shortstory
  • The Woman in the Painting - (1993) - shortstory
  • Daily Voices - (1986) - shortstory
  • A Game of Cards - (1994) - shortstory
  • Split Light - (1994) - shortstory

The Great Transition

Nick Fuller Googins

Emi Vargas, whose parents helped save the world, is tired of being told how lucky she is to have been born after the climate crisis. But following the public assassination of a dozen climate criminals, Emi's mother, Kristina, disappears as a possible suspect, and Emi's illusions of utopia are shattered. A determined Emi and her father, Larch, journey from their home in Nuuk, Greenland to New York City, now a lightly populated storm-surge outpost built from the ruins of the former metropolis. But they aren't the only ones looking for Kristina.

Thirty years earlier, Larch first came to New York with a team of volunteers to save the city from rising waters and torrential storms. Kristina was on the frontlines of a different battle, fighting massive wildfires that ravaged the western United States. They became part of a movement that changed the world--The Great Transition--forging a new society and finding each other in process.

Alternating between Emi's desperate search for her mother and a meticulously rendered, heart-stopping account of her parents' experiences during The Great Transition, this novel beautifully shows how our actions today determine our fate tomorrow.

The Dodd, Mead Gallery of Horror

Charles L. Grant

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction - essay by Charles L. Grant
  • Something Nasty - short story by William F. Nolan
  • Canavan's Back Yard - (1958) - short story by Joseph Payne Brennan
  • The Conqueror Worm - short story by Stephen R. Donaldson
  • Death to the Easter Bunny! - (1983) - short story by Alan Ryan
  • The Rubber Room - (1980) - short story by Robert Bloch
  • Petey - (1979) - novella by T. E. D. Klein
  • Out of Sorts - (1983) - short story by Bernard Taylor
  • The Sunshine Club - (1983) - short story by Ramsey Campbell
  • Down Among the Dead Men - (1982) - novelette by Gardner Dozois and Jack Dann
  • The Crazy Chinaman - (1983) - short story by John Coyne
  • Gravid Babies: A Novel of Horrific Menace in Considerable Synopsis - short story by Michael Bishop
  • The Chair - (1983) - novelette by Dennis Etchison
  • The Typewriter - (1983) - novelette by David Morrel
  • Nunc Dimittis - (1983) - novelette by Tanith Lee
  • Derelicts - (1983) - short story by Steve Rasnic Tem
  • In Darkness, Angels - (1983) - novelette by Eric Van Lustbader
  • The Arrows - (1983) - short story by Chelsea Quinn Yarbro
  • Talent - (1953) - short story by Theodore Sturgeon
  • Aim for the Heart - short story by Craig Shaw Gardner
  • Nona - (1978) - novelette by Stephen King

Zombie Raccoons & Killer Bunnies

Martin H. Greenberg
Kerrie L. Hughes

From a farmer at war with Nature's creatures, to dangerous doings when the henhouse goes on-line, to the hazards of keeping company with a book wyrm, here are ingenious tales that will make readers laugh or cry... or double-check to make sure that their windows and doors are firmly locked against the things that prowl the night.

Table of Contents:

  • 1 - Introduction (Zombie Raccoons & Killer Bunnies ) - essay by Kerrie Hughes
  • 4 - Death Mask - short fiction by Jody Lynn Nye
  • 29 - BunRabs - short fiction by Donald J. Bingle
  • 42 - for lizzie - [Simon Canderous] - short fiction by Anton Strout
  • 59 - Faith in Our Fathers - short fiction by Alexander Potter
  • 88 - Bone Whispers - short fiction by Tim Waggoner
  • 108 - Watching - short fiction by Carrie Vaughn
  • 119 - The Things That Crawl - novelette by Richard Lee Byers
  • 147 - The White Bull of Tara - short fiction by Fiona Patton
  • 168 - Dead Poets - short fiction by John A. Pitts
  • 179 - Super Squirrel to the Rescue - short fiction by Irene Radford
  • 195 - Her Black Mood - short fiction by Brenda Cooper
  • 216 - Ninja Rats on Harleys - short story by Elizabeth Vaughan
  • 239 - Bats in Thebayou - short fiction by Steven H Silver
  • 260 - Twilight Animals - short fiction by Nina Kiriki Hoffman
  • 276 - The Ridges - short fiction by Larry D. Sweazy

The Fortune Teller

Martin H. Greenberg

An anthology of seventeen stories featuring fortune tellers ranges from the humorous to the spine-chilling and presents previously unpublished writing by Vicki Nelson and Neil Gaiman, creator of the comic book series, The Sandman.

Table of Contents:

  • Reading the Entrails: A Rondel - (1997) - poem by Neil Gaiman
  • Bright Seeds in a Whirlwind - (1997) - novelette by Bruce Holland Rogers
  • First Thing in the Morning - (1997) - shortstory by Billie Sue Mosiman
  • Playing with Fire - (1997) - shortstory by Mark Garland
  • Tomorrow Eyes - (1997) - novelette by Peter Crowther
  • To Fit the Crime - (1997) - shortstory by Ed Gorman
  • When the Child Screams and Looks Back at You - (1997) - novelette by Gary A. Braunbeck
  • Hexefus - (1997) - shortstory by Nancy Springer
  • The Cards Also Say - (1997) - novelette by Tanya Huff
  • The Oracle Lips - (1997) - novelette by Storm Constantine
  • May Eve - (1997) - shortstory by Rosemary Edghill
  • The Soothsayer - (1997) - shortstory by Lawrence C. Connolly
  • True Collectors - (1997) - novelette by Brian Stableford
  • Not Ours to See - shortstory by David Langford
  • Those Who Know - (1997) - shortstory by Leslie What
  • Beyond the Flames - (1997) - shortstory by Janni Lee Simner
  • The Vision of Men - (1997) - novelette by Michelle West

The Maiden Flight of McCauley's Bellerophon

Elizabeth Hand

World Fantasy Award winning and Hugo and Sturgeon Award nominated novella. The story originally appeared in the anthology Stories: All-New Tales (2010), edited by Neil Gaiman and Al Sarrantonio. It can also be found in the anthologies The Best Science Fiction and Fantasy of the Year: Volume Five (2011), edited by Jonathan Strahan and The Year's Best Science Fiction & Fantasy 2011, edited by Rich Horton. It is included in the collections Errantry: Strange Stories (2012) and The Best of Elizabeth Hand (2021).

Naturally

Daniel Handler

This short story originally appeared in Zoetrope: All-Story, Spring 2006. It can also be found in the anthology Fantasy: The Best of the Year, 2007 Edition, edited by Rich Horton.

Swashbucklers

Dan Hanks

When Cisco Collins returns to his home town thirty years after saving it from being swallowed by a hell mouth opened by an ancient pirate ghost, he realises that being a childhood hero isn't like it was in the movies. Especially when nobody remembers the heroic bits -- even the friends who once fought alongside him.

Struggling with single parenting and treated as bit of a joke, Cisco isn't really in the Christmas spirit like everyone else. A fact that's made worse by the tendrils of the pirate's powers creeping back into our world and people beginning to die in bizarre ways.

With the help of a talking fox, an enchanted forest, a long-lost friend haunting his dreams, and some 80s video game consoles turned into weapons, Cisco must now convince his friends to once again help him save the day. Yet they quickly discover that being a ghostbusting hero is so much easier when you don't have schools runs, parent evenings, and nativity plays to attend. And even in the middle of a supernatural battle, you always need to bring snacks and wipes...

Unraveller

Frances Hardinge

A dark YA fantasy about learning to use your power and finding peace...

In a world where anyone can create a life-destroying curse, only one person has the power to unravel them.

Kellen does not fully understand his talent, but helps those transformed maliciously--including Nettle. Recovered from entrapment in bird form, she is now his constant companion and closest ally.

But Kellen has also been cursed, and unless he and Nettle can remove his curse, Kellen is in danger of unravelling everything--and everyone--around him...

Roller Ball Murder

William Harrison

This short story originally appeared in Esquire, September 1973. It has been collected and anthologized several times.

It was the basis for the 1975 movie Rollerball as well as a 2002 remake of the same title.

The Imaginary Corpse

Tyler Hayes

A dinosaur detective in the land of unwanted ideas battles trauma, anxiety, and the first serial killer of imaginary friends.

Most ideas fade away when we're done with them. Some we love enough to become Real. But what about the ones we love, and walk away from?

Tippy the triceratops was once a little girl's imaginary friend, a dinosaur detective who could help her make sense of the world. But when her father died, Tippy fell into the Stillreal, the underbelly of the Imagination, where discarded ideas go when they're too Real to disappear. Now, he passes time doing detective work for other unwanted ideas - until Tippy runs into The Man in the Coat, a nightmare monster who can do the impossible: kill an idea permanently. Now Tippy must overcome his own trauma and solve the case, before there's nothing left but imaginary corpses.

When We Were Starless

Simone Heller

Eugie Award-winning and Hugo and Sturgeon Award-nominated Novelette

This story originally appeared in Clarkesworld, Issue 145, October 2018. It can also be found in the anthologies The Best Science Fiction & Fantasy of the Year: Volume Thirteen (2019), edited by Jonathan Strahan, and The Best Science Fiction of the Year: Volume Four (2019), edited by Neil Clarke.

Read the full story for free at Clarkesworld

Edward Gorey: His Book Cover Art and Design

Edward Gorey
Steven Heller

The master creator of finely crosshatched illustrations and sinisterly amusing tales, Edward Gorey (American, 1925-2000) got his start in publishing by designing book covers for such New York houses as Doubleday, Grosset & Dunlap, Vintage Books, and later Random House. Today, his prodigious output of hundreds of dust jackets and paperback covers evidences his distinctive flair for design and his extraordinary ability to portray the essence of the books that came his way. Edward Gorey: His Book Cover Art & Design features a broad selection of his work, created from 1953 to 2000.

In his essay, Steven Heller offers an insightful overview of Gorey's book cover art and design. He writes, "Successful cover design requires the expertise of an artist, typographer, poster designer, and logo maker. Many book design specialists were incapable of designing a cover or jacket with the same Gorey aplomb, even if they tried."

The Boulevard Monster

Jeremy Hepler

I KNOW WHAT YOU HAVE HEARD ABOUT ME...

You say that I am a madman. You say that I am dangerous. You say that I am the one who has been abducting women, slaughtering them, and burying their corpses all around this city for years. You are wrong, because only part of that statement is true...

I AM NOT A KILLER...

I know that you probably won't believe me. Not now. Not after all that has happened, but I need to tell my side of the story. You need to know how this all began. You need to hear about the birds, but most of all, you need to understand...

I AM NOT THE BOULEVARD MONSTER.

Instar

Karen Heuler

Searching for her daughter, a woman confronts the man she believes stole the child... and the strange truth behind local legends.

Originally published at Tor Reactor Mag on 7 February 2024, read it for free at Tor.com

The Completely Rechargeable Man

Karen Heuler

This short story originally appeared in Clarkesworld Magazine, December 2008. It can also be found in the anthologies Clarkesworld: Year Three (2013), edited by Neil Clarke and Sean Wallace.

Read the full story for free at Clarkesworld.

The Difficulties of Evolution

Karen Heuler

This short story originally appeared in Weird Tales, July-August 2008. It can also be found in the anthology The Year's Best Science Fiction & Fantasy 2009, edited by Rich Horton. The story is included in the collection The Inner City (2013).

The Inner City

Karen Heuler

Heuler's stories dart out at what the world is doing and center on how the individual copes with it. Anything is possible: people breed dogs with humans to create a servant class; beneath one great city lies another city, running it surreptitiously; an employee finds that her hair has been stolen by someone intent on getting her job; strange fish fall from trees and birds talk too much; a boy tries to figure out what he can get when the Rapture leaves good stuff behind. Everything is familiar; everything is different. Behind it all, is there some strange kind of design or merely just the chance to adapt? In Heuler's stories, characters cope with the strange without thinking it's strange, sometimes invested in what's going on, sometimes trapped by it, but always finding their own way in.

Table of Contents:

  • FishWish - (2011)
  • The Inner City - (2008)
  • Down on the Farm - (2007)
  • The Great Spin - (2013)
  • The Escape Artist - (2013)
  • The Large People - (2011)
  • After Images - (2009)
  • Creating Cow - (2013)
  • Beds - (2013)
  • How Lightly He Stepped in the Air - (2013)
  • The Difficulties of Evolution - (2008)
  • Thick Water - (2011)
  • The Hair - (2013)
  • Ordinary - (2013)
  • Landscape, with Fish - (2008)

The Inner City

Karen Heuler

Shirley Jackson nominated short story. It originally appeared in Cemetery Dance, #58, 2008. It can also be found in the chapbook The Inner City (2013), the eponymous collection The Inner City (2013), and the anthology Invaders: 22 Tales from the Outer Limits of Literature (2016), edited by Jacob Weisman.

Looking for a job, a woman discovers a hidden underground city manipulating the city she lives in. Will she be hired?

The Splendid City

Karen Heuler

In the state of Liberty, water is rationed at alarming prices, free speech is hardly without a cost, and Texas has just declared itself its own country. In this society, paranoia is well-suited because eyes and ears are all around, and they are judging. Always judging. This terrifying (and yet somehow vaguely familiar) terrain is explored via Eleanor, a young woman eagerly learning about the gifts of her magic through the support of her coven.

But being a white witch is not as easy as they portray it in the books, and she's already been placed under "house arrest" with a letch named Stan, a coworker who wronged her in the past and now exists in the form of a cat. A talking cat who loves craft beers, picket lines, and duping and "shooting" people.

Eleanor has no time for Stan and his shenanigans, because she finds herself helping another coven locate a missing witch which she thinks is mysteriously linked to the shortage of water in Liberty.

Thick Water

Karen Heuler

This short story originally appeared in Albedo One, #40. It can also be found in the anthology Year's Best SF 17 (2012), edited by David G. Hartwell and Kathryn Cramer. The story is included in the collection The Inner City (2013).

Time Travelers, Ghosts, and Other Visitors

Nina Kiriki Hoffman

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction - (2003) - essay by Leslie What
  • The Skeleton Key - (1993) - novella
  • Objects of Desire - (1998) - shortstory
  • Unleashed - (1991) - shortstory
  • Mint Condition - (2001) - novelette
  • Night Life - (2000) - shortstory
  • Entertaining Possibilities - (2003) - shortstory
  • Toobychubbies - (1999) - shortstory
  • Haunted Humans - (1994) - novella
  • Egg Shells - (2000) - shortstory
  • About the Author - (2003) - essay

Expecting Someone Taller

Tom Holt

All Malcolm Fisher did was run over a badger. Unfortunately the badger turned out to be Ingolf, last of the giants. With his dying breath he reluctantly gave Malcolm two gifts of power and made him ruler of the world.

The Curse of Doone

Sydney Horler

Some hidden fear at accused Doone Hall was threatening to drive Cleety Garrett mad!

Is it a vampire? A German spy? Either way, planes are falling from the sky.

Painkillers

Simon Ings

A mysterious box that he cannot open is all that might save Adam's autistic son as they are plunged into a world of old corruptions and new terrors. In PAINKILLERS, Simon Ings deftly teases out his knotted story that, with its many conventional elements, could have run a risk of overfamiliarity: sinister Oriental Triad gangsters, their even more sinister wives, a speedy Hong Kong with its ruthless Brit yuppies and its nightlife ridden with drugs, strange sex and violence. Shooting back and forth between a glamorous Hong Kong, in 1990, and a straitened London, in 1998, Ings sustains suspense by dropping hints but never telling enough. Adam Wyatt and his wife Eva run a small cafe near Southwark Market. They bicker a lot, Adam drinks and visits to their autistic son Justin tend to go awry. But underneath Adam's drinking are secrets from their previous life in Hong Kong, when he worked for the Independent Commission Against Corruption and got in with some very dubious local society types; one of whom includes 'Call me Jimmy' Yao Sau-Lan, 'a big nasty man, in a big nasty suit', whose father just happened to kill Eva's grandfather. When Jimmy's widow and sons come calling, Adam knows he's in trouble.

The Apartment Dweller's Bestiary

Kij Johnson

This story originally appeared in Clarkesworld, Issue 100, January 2015. It can also in the anthologies The Best American Science Fiction and Fantasy 2016, edited by Karen Joy Fowler and John Joseph Adams, and Clarkesworld Year Nine: Volume One (2018), edited by Sean Wallace and Neil Clarke.

Read the full story for free at Clarkesworld.

The Revolt of the Pedestrians

David H. Keller

This short story originally appeared in Amazing Stories, February 1928. It can also be found in the anthologies The Road to Science Fiction 2: From Wells to Heinlein (1979), edited by James Gunn, Amazing Stories: 60 Years of the Best Science Fiction (1985), edited by Isaac Asimov and Martin H. Greenberg. The story is included in the collections Tales from Underwood (1952).

The Museum and the Music Box

Noah Keller

A neglected museum gradually succumbs to the elements. A music box rusts beneath a bell of glass. Fragmented texts are pieced together which tell the history of a lost love, the destruction of a civilization, and the origin of the museum.

Read the full story for free at Tor.com.

Carnosaur

John Brosnan
Leroy Kettle

It stood over six feet tall and was the color of dried blood. It was absurdly reminiscent of some giant plucked bird, like an ostrich--but it had the head of a reptile. The partly opened mouth revealed rows of curved, pointed teeth. It was a walking impossibility--a creature that had died out sixty-five million years ago--but it was alive. And it wasn't the only one.

In a sleepy rural town, one man's dream had become everyone else's nightmare--and dinosaurs once more roamed the earth.

First published in 1984, six years before Michael Crichton's Jurassic Park, Harry Adam Knight's Carnosaur is a gory dinosaur-filled romp sure to delight fans of '80s paperback horror fiction.

Killer Karma

Lee Killough

Inspector Cole Dunavan is a cop without a body. A ghost who can't remember anything except his own murder. No one sees or hears him. He cannot move objects and initially cannot move through closed doors. When he learns that his body has not been found and the circumstances of his disappearance make it appear he betrayed his marriage and was killed by his mistress... who has also disappeared, he vows to put things right. A murdered cop, a ghost and an avenger working to communicate with his former partner, get straight with his wife, and catch his own killer.

Symphony for a Lost Traveler

Lee Killough

Hugo Award nominated short story. It originally appeared in Analog Science Fiction/Science Fact, March 1984. The story can also be found in the anthology New Eves: Science Fiction About the Extraordinary Women of Today and Tomorrow (1994) edited by Forrest J. Ackerman, Jean Marie Stine and Janrae Frank.

Dinosaur Killers

Chris Kluwe

This short story originally appeared in Lightspeed, November 2016.

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

Last Tango in Cyberspace

Steven Kotler

It was a new skill...

One that might change the world.

What could a person do who could track empathy?

His friends call him Lion, he is the first of his kind. Some describe it as emotional foresight, but really, he can see cultural trends before they emerge. What he didn't expect was for Big Pharma to come calling.

In 2025, technology has made massive leaps forward.

Not every group wants to use it for good.

Artic Pharmaceuticals has a new drug and a bad idea. They call on Lion, because he is the key to >getting the formula they need. But when he starts to sense their hidden agenda, will they take drastic action?

Then Lion discovers a decapitated human head...

Is he being hunted?

Can he stop a global disaster?

The Angle Quickest For Flight

Steven Kotler

A runaway boy's quest for an ancient Jewish mystic text introduces him to a fascinating cast of characters, including a renowned smuggler, an albino Rastafarian, and a treacherous double agent.

Fiddler Fair

Mercedes Lackey

Mercedes Lackey has, in a few short years, soared to the peak of the fantasy field, and her thousands of enthusiastic readers clamor for more and more. Now comes a volume demonstrating the wide range of her talent, running the gamut from her beloved Bardic fantasies to urban fantasy set in the modern world; from science fiction adventure to chilling horror. And throughout Fiddler Fair, Lackey's sheer storytelling skill will hold the reader spellbound. Learn what happens when animal rights fanatics try to "liberate" genetically reconstructed dinosaurs. Follow Lawrence of Arabia into the desert to meet a power beyond human comprehension; and be with King Arthur, reborn into the present day, when he again gains possession of the enchanted sword Excalibur. And, in a very weird encounter of the most bizarre kind, learn why an alien from a UFO took an unusual interest in a battered Chevy pickup truck.

Fiddler Fair is a feast for the multitudes of Lackey fans everywhereand for new readers, a powerful introduction to the most significant new fantasy writer of the decade.

Table of Contents:

  • How I Spent My Summer Vacation - essay
  • Aliens Ate My Pickup - shortstory
  • Small Print - (1994) - shortstory with Larry Dixon
  • Last Rights - (1993) - shortstory with Larry Dixon
  • Dumb Feast - (1993) - shortstory
  • Dance Track - (1994) - shortstory with Larry Dixon
  • Jihad - (1993) - shortstory
  • Balance - (1986) - novelette
  • Dragon's Teeth - (1988) - novella
  • The Cup and the Cauldron - (1992) - shortstory
  • Once and Future - (1995) - shortstory
  • Fiddler Fair - (1986) - novelette
  • The Enemy of My Enemy - (1989) - novelette
  • Bibliography

The Baby Killers

Jay Lake

"Within our tale, gentle reader, you will see writ before you a palimpsest of low living and high misdemeanor, and the curious redresses that are visited as a result thereof..."

In The Baby Killers, Jay Lake restages mankind's Fall from Grace as an alternate-history steampunk fable. Written in a style of rambunctious Victoriana-that-never-was, this novella is set in Philadelphia in 1907, when that city serves as the seat of the British Dominion of Americas, and as a Pandora's Box of sin and vice. The Governor-General has a taste for violating innocents, while the good Dr. Scholes uses them to fashion his mechanized agents of Justice. The Gollinoster, a feminine incarnation of angry retribution, wanders beneath the city streets--and an undying creature of ancient destruction is rushing to meet her. Villians and heroes (categories that overlap significantly) battle in a story of debauchery, degradation, radical experimentation, mad metaphysics... and a farting Frenchman.

Radiomen

Eleanor Lerman

There are two themes to Radiomen. First, if there are aliens interacting with our world they are likely just as confused about who or what God is as human beings are; and second, whoever they are, they're probably just as fond of dogs as we are.

Laurie, a woman who works at a bar at Kennedy airport doesn't remember that when she was a child, she met an alien on the fire escape of a building where her uncle kept a shortwave radio. The radio is part of a universal network of repeaters maintained by an unknown alien race; they use the network to broadcast prayers into the universe.

She meets a psychic who is actually part of a Scientology-like cult called the "Blue Awareness," as well as a late-night radio host. All have their own reasons for unraveling the mystery of the lost radio network.

Laurie is given a strange dog by her neighbor, an immigrant and a member of the Dogon tribe - people who believe they were visited by aliens long ago and repeat a myth about how the aliens brought dog-like animals with them. All Dogon dogs are supposedly descended from that animal.

As conflict develops between the Blue Awareness leader and the other characters, the Dogon acts as an intermediary between the humans, who want to understand why the aliens need the radio network, and the aliens who need the humans to help them find a lost element of the universal network.

The Stargazer's Embassy

Eleanor Lerman

The Stargazer's Embassy explores the frightening phenomenon of alien abduction from a different point of view.

In this story, it is the aliens who seem fearful of Julia Glazer, the woman they are desperately trying to contact. Violent and despairing after the murder of the one person she loved, a psychiatrist who was studying abductees, Julia continues to rebuff the aliens until her relationships with others who have met "the things", as she calls them, including a tattoo artist, a strange man who can take photographs with the power of his mind, and an abductee locked up in a mental hospital, force Julia deeper into direct alien contact and a confrontation about what death means to humans and aliens alike.

Call Me Ishtar

Rhoda Lerman

Call Me Ishtar is the outrageous manifesto of a Goddess determined to right the wrongs of the 3000 year-old patriarchy. She is Ishtar: Mother Goddess, Queen of Heaven, Angel of Death, and Whore of Babylon, and, returning to earth in this most recent incarnation, suburban housewife and sexual subversive. Gallivanting through upstate New York, Ishtar breaks into a Hostess factory to taint its products, catapults a rock band to stardom via satanic rituals, and rises from the coffin at her own funeral.

The Book of the Night

Rhoda Lerman

Fearful omens predict enormous changes, and the Beast of Time is loose upon the Island of Iona, in this tale in which the tenth century coexists with the twentieth, and science and religion clash.

Fool's Experiment

Edward M. Lerner

We are not alone, and it's our own damn fault...

Something demonic is stalking the brightest men and women in the computer industry. It attacks without warning or mercy, leaving its prey insane, comatose – or dead.

Mayhem is on the rise. Something far nastier than any virus, worm, or Trojan horse program is being evolved in laboratory confinement by well-intentioned but misguided researchers. When their artificial life-form escapes onto the Internet, no conventional defense against malicious software can begin to compete. As disasters multiply, computer scientist Doug Carey knows that unconventional measures may be civilization's last hope.

And that any artificial life-form learns very fast....

Small Miracles

Edward M. Lerner

Garner Nanotechnology is developing nanotech-enhanced protective suits and autonomous first-aid nanobots. It's cutting-edge stuff, and when it saves Brent Cleary from a pipeline explosion that killed hundreds, the Army takes notice.

Near-death experience changes a person, so no one is entirely surprised when easy-going Brent turns somber and studious, focused and cold. Not at first. But Kim O'Donnell, Brent's best friend, cannot get past some of the changes. This just isn't her friend, and she wonders what's gotten into him.

With an Army field trial imminent and the company's future at stake, possible nanotech side effects aren't something anyone wants to discuss. The bad news is, Kim's right. Something has gotten into Brent - and he isn't the only one changing.

If Kim can't stop them... maybe we'll all change.

Rosetta Stone

Fred Lerner

This short story originally appeared in Artemis #1, Spring 2000. It can also be found in the anthology Year's Best SF 5 (2000), edited by David G. Hartwell.

The Phantom of the Opera

Gaston Leroux

Erik, the Phantom of the Paris Opera House, is one of the great icons of horror literature. This tormented and disfigured creature has made his home in the labyrinthine cellars of this opulent building where he can indulge in his great passion for music, which is a substitute for the love and emotion denied him because of his ghastly appearance.

It is in the Opera House that he encounters Christine Daaé whom he trains in secret to become a great singer. Erik's passionate obsession with a beautiful woman beyond his reach is doomed and leads to the dramatic tragic finale.

Gaston Leroux's novel is a marvellous blend of detective story, romance and spine-tingling terror which has fascinated readers ever since the work was first published.

A Gambler's Anatomy

Jonathan Lethem

Handsome, impeccably tuxedoed Bruno Alexander travels the world winning large sums of money from amateur "whales" who think they can challenge his peerless acumen at backgammon. Fronted by his pasty, vampiric manager, Edgar Falk, Bruno arrives in Berlin after a troubling run of bad luck in Singapore. Perhaps it was the chance encounter with his crass childhood acquaintance Keith Stolarsky and his smoldering girlfriend Tira Harpaz. Or perhaps it was the emergence of a blot that distorts his vision so he has to look at the board sideways.

Things don't go much better in Berlin. Bruno's flirtation with Madchen, the striking blonde he meets on the ferry, is inconclusive; the game at the unsettling Herr Kohler's mansion goes awry as his blot grows worse; he passes out and is sent to the local hospital, where he is given an extremely depressing diagnosis. Having run through Falk's money, Bruno turns to Stolarsky, who, for reasons of his own, agrees to fly Bruno to Berkeley, and to pay for the experimental surgery that might save his life.

Berkeley, where Bruno discovered his psychic abilities, and to which he vowed never to return. Amidst the patchouli flashbacks and Anarchist gambits of the local scene, between Tira's come-ons and Keith's machinations, Bruno confronts two existential questions: Is the gambler being played by life? And what if you're telepathic but it doesn't do you any good?

Satan: His Psychotherapy and Cure by the Unfortunate Dr. Kassler, J.S.P.S.

Jeremy Leven

Alas, poor Satan. He's not happy. No one seems to like or understand him; people have got him all wrong. And his relationship with God is a hostile one. Unloved and misunderstood, he's come back to Earth in search of a psychotherapist; he's prepared-- if cured-- to deliver the all-important Great Answer.

In Jeremy Leven's wildly original comic novel, we follow the Prince of Darkness through his seven amazing therapy sessions. And we watch him grow increasingly well adjusted while his therapist, the unfortunate Dr. Kassler, descends deeper and deeper into hell.

The Shadows Between Us

Tricia Levenseller

"They've never found the body of the first and only boy who broke my heart. And they never will."

Alessandra is tired of being overlooked, but she has a plan to gain power:

1) Woo the Shadow King.
2) Marry him.
3) Kill him and take his kingdom for herself.

No one knows the extent of the freshly crowned Shadow King's power. Some say he can command the shadows that swirl around him to do his bidding. Others say they speak to him, whispering the thoughts of his enemies. Regardless, Alessandra knows what she deserves, and she's going to do everything within her power to get it.

But Alessandra's not the only one trying to kill the king. As attempts on his life are made, she finds herself trying to keep him alive long enough for him to make her his queen--all while struggling not to lose her heart. After all, who better for a Shadow King than a cunning, villainous queen?

Warrior of the Wild

Tricia Levenseller

How do you kill a god?

As her father's chosen heir, eighteen-year-old Rasmira has trained her whole life to become a warrior and lead her village. But when her coming-of-age trial is sabotaged and she fails the test, her father banishes her to the monster-filled wilderness with an impossible quest: To win back her honor, she must kill the oppressive god who claims tribute from the villages each year or die trying.

Discovering Scarfolk: For Tourists & Other Trespassers

Richard Littler

Scarfolk is a town in north-west England that did not progress beyond 1979. The entire decade of the 1970s loops ad infinitum. In Scarfolk children must not be seen OR heard, and everyone has to be in bed by 8 p.m. because they are perpetually running a slight fever...

Part-comedy, part-horror, part-satire, Discovering Scarfolk is the surreal account of a family trapped in the town. Through public information posters, news reports, books, tourist brochures and other ephermera, we learn about the darker side of childhood, school and society in Scarfolk.

A massive cult hit online, Scarfolk re-creates with shiver-inducing accuracy and humour our most nightmarish childhood memories.

FOR MORE INFORMATION PLEASE RE-READ.

The Tangleroot Palace

Marjorie M. Liu

Concluding with a gorgeous full-length novella, Marjorie Liu's first short fiction collection is an unflinching sojourn into her thorny tales of love, revenge, and new beginnings.

Briar, bodyguard for a body-stealing sorceress, discovers her love for Rose, whose true soul emerges only once a week. An apprentice witch seeks her freedom through betrayal, the bones of the innocent, and a meticulously plotted spell. In a world powered by crystal skulls, a warrior returns to save China from invasion by her jealous ex. A princess runs away from an arranged marriage, finding family in a strange troupe of traveling actors at the border of the kingdom's deep, dark woods.

Table of Contents

  • Sympathy for the Bones - short fiction
  • Briar and the Rose - short fiction
  • Call Her Savage - short fiction
  • The Last Dignity of Man - short fiction
  • Where the Heart Lives - short fiction
  • After the Blood - short fiction
  • Robber Bride - short fiction
  • Tangleroot Palace - novella

Soulstealer

Sarah J. Maas

When the Bat's away, the Cat will play. It's time to see how many lives this cat really has.

Two years after escaping Gotham City's slums, Selina Kyle returns as the mysterious and wealthy Holly Vanderhees. She quickly discovers that with Batman off on a vital mission, Gotham City looks ripe for the taking.

Meanwhile, Luke Fox wants to prove that as Batwing he has what it takes to help people. He targets a new thief on the prowl who has teamed up with Poison Ivy and Harley Quinn. Together, they are wreaking havoc. This Catwoman is clever--she may be Batwing's undoing.

In this third DC Icons book, Selina is playing a desperate game of cat and mouse, forming unexpected friendships and entangling herself with Batwing by night and her devilishly handsome neighbor Luke Fox by day. But with a dangerous threat from the past on her tail, will she be able to pull off the heist that's closest to her heart?

The Factory Witches of Lowell

C. S. Malerich

Faced with abominable working conditions, unsympathetic owners, and hard-hearted managers, the mill girls of Lowell have had enough. They're going on strike, and they have a secret weapon on their side: a little witchcraft to ensure that no one leaves the picket line.

For the young women of Lowell, Massachusetts, freedom means fair wages for fair work, decent room and board, and a chance to escape the cotton mills before lint stops up their lungs. When the Boston owners decide to raise the workers' rent, the girls go on strike. Their ringleader is Judith Whittier, a newcomer to Lowell but not to class warfare. Judith has already seen one strike fold and she doesn't intend to see it again. Fortunately Hannah, her best friend in the boardinghouse – and maybe first love? – has a gift for the dying art of witchcraft.

A House at the Bottom of a Lake

Josh Malerman

Both seventeen. Both afraid. But both saying yes.

It sounded like the perfect first date: canoeing across a chain of lakes, sandwiches and beer in the cooler. But teenagers Amelia and James discover something below the water's surface that changes their lives forever.

It's got two stories.

It's got a garden.

And the front door is open.

It's a house at the bottom of a lake.

For the teens, there is only one rule: no questions. And yet, how could a place so spectacular come with no price tag? While the duo plays house beneath the waves, one reality remains:

Just because a house is empty, doesn't mean nobody's home.

Black Mad Wheel

Josh Malerman

The Danes--the band known as the "Darlings of Detroit"--are washed up and desperate for inspiration, eager to once again have a number one hit. That is, until an agent from the US Army approaches them. Will they travel to an African desert and track down the source of a mysterious and malevolent sound? Under the guidance of their front man, Philip Tonka, the Danes embark on a harrowing journey through the scorching desert--a trip that takes Tonka into the heart of an ominous and twisted conspiracy.

Meanwhile, in a nondescript Midwestern hospital, a nurse named Ellen tends to a patient recovering from a near-fatal accident. The circumstances that led to his injuries are mysterious--and his body heals at a remarkable rate. Ellen will do the impossible for this enigmatic patient, who reveals more about his accident with each passing day.

Part Heart of Darkness, part Lost, Josh Malerman's breathtaking new novel plunges us into the depths of psychological horror, where you can't always believe everything you hear.

Daphne

Josh Malerman

Horror has a new name: Daphne. A brutal, enigmatic woman stalks a high school basketball team in a re-imagining of the slasher genre...

It's the last summer for Kit Lamb: The last summer before college. The last summer with her high school basketball team, and with Dana, her best friend. The last summer before her life begins.

But the night before the big game, one of the players tells a ghost story about Daphne, a girl who went to their school many years ago and died under mysterious circumstances. Some say she was murdered, others that she died by her own hand. And some say that Daphne is a murderer herself. They also say that Daphne is still out there, obsessed with revenge, and will appear to kill again anytime someone thinks about her.

After Kit hears the story, her teammates vanish, one by one, and Kit begins to suspect that the stories about Daphne are real... and to fear that her own mind is conjuring the killer. Now it's a race against time as Kit searches for the truth behind the legend and learns to face her own fears--before the summer of her lifetime becomes the last summer of her life.

Mixing a nostalgic coming-of-age story and an instantly iconic female villain with an innovative new vision of classic horror, Daphne is an unforgettable thriller...

Goblin: A Novel in Six Novellas

Josh Malerman

Goblin seems like any other ordinary small town. But with the master storyteller Josh Malerman as your tour guide, you'll discover the secrets that hide behind its closed doors. These six novellas tell the story of a place where the rain is always falling, nighttime is always near, and your darkest fears and desires await. Welcome to Goblin....

A Man in Slices: A man proves his "legendary love" to his girlfriend with a sacrifice even more daring than Vincent van Gogh's--and sends her more than his heart.

Kamp: Walter Kamp is afraid of everything, but most afraid of being scared to death. As he sets traps around his home to catch the ghosts that haunt him, he learns that nothing is more terrifying than fear itself.

Happy Birthday, Hunter!: A famed big-game hunter is determined to capture--and kill--the ultimate prey: the mythic Great Owl who lives in Goblin's dark forests. But this mysterious creature is not the only secret the woods are keeping.

Presto: All Peter wants is to be like his hero, Roman Emperor, the greatest magician in the world. When the famous magician comes to Goblin, Peter discovers that not all magic is just an illusion.

A Mix-Up at the Zoo: The new zookeeper feels a mysterious kinship with the animals in his care... and finds that his work is freeing dark forces inside him.

The Hedges: When his wife dies, a man builds a hedge maze so elaborate no one ever solves it--until a little girl resolves to be the first to find the mysteries that wait at its heart.

Incidents Around the House

Josh Malerman

To eight-year-old Bela, her family is her world. There's Mommy, Daddo, and Grandma Ruth. But there is also Other Mommy, a malevolent entity who asks her every day: "Can I go inside your heart?"

When horrifying incidents around the house signal that Other Mommy is growing tired of asking Bela the question over and over, Bela understands that unless she says yes, her family will soon pay.

Other Mommy is getting restless, stronger, bolder. Only the bonds of family can keep Bela safe, but other incidents show cracks in her parents' marriage. The safety Bela relies on is about to unravel.

But Other Mommy needs an answer.

Inspection

Josh Malerman

J is a student at a school deep in a forest far away from the rest of the world.

J is one of only twenty-six students, all of whom think of the school's enigmatic founder as their father. J's peers are the only family he has ever had. The students are being trained to be prodigies of art, science, and athletics, and their life at the school is all they know--and all they are allowed to know.

But J suspects that there is something out there, beyond the pines, that the founder does not want him to see, and he's beginning to ask questions. What is the real purpose of this place? Why can the students never leave? And what secrets is their father hiding from them?

Meanwhile, on the other side of the forest, in a school very much like J's, a girl named K is asking the same questions. J has never seen a girl, and K has never seen a boy. As K and J work to investigate the secrets of their two strange schools, they come to discover something even more mysterious: each other.

Pearl

Josh Malerman

There's something strange about Walter Kopple's farm. At first it seems to be his grandson, who cruelly murders one of Walter's pigs in an act of seemingly senseless violence. But then people in town begin to whisper that Walter's grandson heard a voice commanding him to kill.

And that the voice belongs to a most peculiar creature: the pig named Pearl.

Walter is not sure what to believe. He knows he's always been afraid of the strangely malevolent Pearl. But as madness and paranoia grip the town and the townspeople descend on Walter's farm with violent wrath, they begin to discover that true evil wears a human face.

Spin a Black Yarn

Josh Malerman

Five harrowing novellas of horror and speculative fiction from the singular mind of the New York Times bestselling author of Bird Box

A sister insists to her little brother that "Half the House Is Haunted" by a strange presence. But is it the house that's haunted--or their childhoods?

In "Argyle," a dying man confesses to homicides he never committed, and he reveals long-kept secrets far more sinister than murder.

A tourist takes the ultimate trip to outer space in "The Jupiter Drop," but the real journey is into his own dark past.

In "Doug and Judy Buy the House Washer™," a trendy married couple buys the latest home gadget only to find themselves trapped by their possessions, their history... and each other.

And in "Egorov," a wealthy old cretin murders a young man, not knowing the victim was a triplet. The two surviving brothers stage a savage faux-haunting--playing the ghost of their slain brother--with the aim of driving the old murderer mad.

Unbury Carol

Josh Malerman

Carol Evers is a woman with a dark secret. She has died many times... but her many deaths are not final: They are comas, a waking slumber indistinguishable from death, each lasting days.

Only two people know of Carol's eerie condition. One is her husband, Dwight, who married Carol for her fortune, and--when she lapses into another coma--plots to seize it by proclaiming her dead and quickly burying her... alive. The other is her lost love, the infamous outlaw James Moxie. When word of Carol's dreadful fate reaches him, Moxie rides the Trail again to save his beloved from an early, unnatural grave.

And all the while, awake and aware, Carol fights to free herself from the crippling darkness that binds her--summoning her own fierce will to survive. As the players in this drama of life and death fight to decide her fate, Carol must in the end battle to save herself.

The haunting story of a woman literally bringing herself back from the dead, Unbury Carol is a twisted take on the Sleeping Beauty fairy tale that will stay with you long after you've turned the final page.

Mary Reilly

Valerie Martin

From the acclaimed author of the bestselling Italian Fever comes a fresh twist on the classic Jekyll and Hyde story, a novel told from the perspective of Mary Reilly, Dr. Jekyll's dutiful and intelligent housemaid.<?p>

Faithfully weaving in details from Robert Louis Stevenson's classic, Martin introduces an original and captivating character: Mary is a survivorscarred but still strongfamiliar with evil, yet brimming with devotion and love. As a bond grows between Mary and her tortured employer, she is sent on errands to unsavory districts of London and entrusted with secrets she would rather not know. Unable to confront her hideous suspicions about Dr. Jekyll, Mary ultimately proves the lengths to which she'll go to protect him. Through her astute reflections, we hear the rest of the classic Jekyll and Hyde story, and this familiar tale is made more terrifying than we remember it, more complex than we imagined possible.

Traveller's Rest

David I. Masson

This short story originally appeared in New Worlds SF, September 1965, and was reprinted in Lightspeed, August 2014. It can also be found in the anthologies:

The story is included in the collection The Caltraps of Time (1968).

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

The Soul Stealer

Graham Masterton

Nemo Frisby used to be a detective. Now he drives an Uber between billionaire mansions in California. But he never lost the nose for the case -- and when his housecleaner Trinity Fox discovers a young woman lying dead in her neighborhood, she persuades him to help her prove it wasn't suicide.

Their investigation leads them to the Bel Air home of a wealthy movie producer, who built his mansion over a Native American burial site. Ancient mythology tells of a demon who, if unearthed, can imbue evil men with terrible power. But only if the demon is fed by the sacrifice of innocent lives...

Nightcrawlers

Robert R. McCammon

WFA nominated novelette. It originally appeared in the anthology Masques (1984), edited by J. N. Williamson and was reprinted in Nightmare Magazine, August 2013. The story can also be found in the anthology New Stories from the Twilight Zone (1991), edited by Martin H. Greenberg. It is included in the collection Blue World and Other Stories (1989).

Read the full story for free at Nightmare.

Time Travelers Never Die

Jack McDevitt

When physicist Michael Shelborne mysteriously vanishes, his son Shel discovers that he had constructed a time travel device. Fearing his father may be stranded in time-or worse-Shel enlists the aid of Dave MacElroy, a linguist, to accompany him on the rescue mission.

Their journey through history takes them from the enlightenment of Renaissance Italy through the American Wild West to the civil-rights upheavals of the 20th century. Along the way, they encounter a diverse cast of historical greats, sometimes in unexpected situations. Yet the elder Shelborne remains elusive.

And then Shel violates his agreement with Dave not to visit the future. There he makes a devastating discovery that sends him fleeing back through the ages, and changes his life forever.

Time Travelers Never Die

Jack McDevitt

Hugo and Nebula Award nominated novella. It originally appeared in Asimov's Science Fiction, May 1996. The story can also be found in the anthologis Time Machines: The Greatest Time Travel Stories Ever Written (1997), edited by Bill Adler, Jr. and The Best Time Travel Stories of All Time (2003), edited by Barry N. Malzberg. It is included in the collections Standard Candles (1996) and Cryptic: The Best Short Fiction of Jack McDevitt (2009). It was expanded to the full novel Time Travelers Never Die in 2009.

Faller

Will McIntosh

Faller is a new gripping standalone, science fiction thriller by Hugo Award-winning author Will McIntosh.

Day One: No one can remember anything--who they are, family and friends, or even how to read. Reality has fragmented and Earth consists of an islands of rock floating in an endless sky. Food, water, electricity--gone, except for what people can find, and they can't find much.

Faller's pockets contain tantalizing clues: a photo of himself and a woman he can't remember, a toy solider with a parachute, and a mysterious map drawn in blood. With only these materials as a guide, he makes a leap of faith from the edge of the world to find the woman and set things right.

He encounters other floating islands, impossible replicas of himself and others, and learns that one man hates him enough to take revenge for actions Faller can't even remember.

Dwellers in the Mirage

A. Merritt

Two men in one body! That's how Lief Langdon had always felt. One part of him was a modern day adventurer, the other was a strange half-memory of another life where he was a High Priest sacrificing living people to Khalk'ru, a demon god from another time and space. Then Langdon stumbled through the mirage into a hidden Arctic valley, where he fell under the spell of Evalie, as beautiful outwardly as she was inwardly, and her friends the Little People, elfin warriors constantly warring with Lur, the Witch-Woman, and her demon riders, who raided the Little People's land for sacrifices to their dark god, the Kraken. Horrified at the thought of their becoming sacrifices, Langdon took up the Little People's cause and wooed Evalie. But when he learned the Kraken was also known as Khalk'ru, memories of his past life -- as Lur's lover and High Priest of her sect came rushing back. Soon Langdon was fighting against his other self, a far stronger self that submerges him entirely and eagerly joins Lur, to rain kisses on her lips and wield the bloody knife of sacrifice on his own best friends!

Radio Life

Derek B. Miller

The Commonwealth, a post-apocalyptic civilisation on the rise, is locked in a clash of ideas with the Keepers, a fight which threatens to destroy the world... again.

When Lilly was first Chief Engineer at The Commonwealth, nearly fifty years ago, the Central Archive wasn't yet the greatest repository of knowledge in the known world, protected by scribes copying every piece of found material - books, maps, even scraps of paper - and disseminating them by Archive Runners to hidden off-site locations for safe keeping. Back then, there was no Order of Silence to create and maintain secret routes deep into the sand-covered towers of the Old World or into the northern forests beyond Sea Glass Lake. Back then, the world was still quiet, because Lilly hadn't yet found the Harrington Box.

But times change. Recently, the Keepers have started gathering to the east of Yellow Ridge - thousands upon thousands of them - and every one of them determined to burn the Central Archives to the ground, no matter the cost, possessed by an irrational fear that bringing back the ancient knowledge will destroy the world all over again. To prevent that, they will do anything.

Fourteen days ago the Keepers chased sixteen-year-old Archive Runner Elimisha into a forbidden Old World Tower and brought the entire thing down on her. Instead of being killed, though, she slipped into an ancient unmapped bomb shelter where she has discovered a cache of food and fresh water, a two-way radio like the one Lilly's been working on for years... and something else. Something that calls itself 'the internet'...

The Illusionists

Faren Miller

In the desert city Xalycis Rock, the cunning hide beneath maks of perfume, the Shandar read the bones of their dead, the Thrani kinfedance in narcotic clouds of black khur--

And a drunkard finds a buried Artifact from the era of the vanished, forbidden Mages. Bloody murder follows as the relict disappears in the city's underground. Now a renegade chemic and as disowned noble must help the beautiful psychic Moabet to use her buried powers and all the arts of magic, illusion and trickery.

Because only Moabet can stop the ancient mind within the Artifact from unleashing its madness on an unsuspecting world...

Ladylord

Sasha Miller

Lady Javere, nicknamed Javerri, is the favored child of Qai, Lord of Third Province. Though women are not allowed to rule, Javerri has been trained in all the skills of a Lord: she fights like a seasoned veteran, rides a horse like a man, and understands well the deadly games of political intrigue - all of which have prepared her for her father's dying wish. On his deathbed, Lord Qai names Javerri not only his heir, but also his son. By this unprecedented act, the life of Javerri is changed forever.

Pigeon City

Jesse Miller

"Pigeon City" (1972), First appeared in Analog Science Fiction (November 1972), ed. Ben Bova. You can read it online here.

"Pigeon City" imagines a Harlem of the future where the trend of one black into a city center, two whites move to the suburbs, continue--racial enclaves become utterly isolated from the exterior world. The "city machine", now controlled by computers, provides food, supplies, and retribution to the increasingly dilapidated and forlorn "ghettos". There are no jobs as basic necessities are provided by the city. Curtiss and his fellow black denizens of Harlem while away their time absorbed in their hobbies--Curtiss with his pigeons on his roof, Franklyn making candy perpetually lodged in his mouth, and Allen planning for a way to get back at the machine.

The New Visions: A Collection of Modern Science Fiction Art

Ellen Asher
Mary Sherwin
Joe Miller

This book is a showcase of the artwork for 46 original covers created for Science Fiction Book Club (SFBC) editions, along with self portraits and autobiographical sketches of the 23 artists.

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction (The New Visions: A Collection of Modern Science Fiction Art) - (1982) - essay by Frederik Pohl
  • Ken Barr
  • John Berkey
  • Richard Corben
  • Tony Fiyalko
  • Frank Frazetta
  • Tony Gleeson
  • Mike Hinge
  • Les Katz
  • Larry Kresek
  • Don Maitz
  • Estaban Maroto
  • Carlos Ochagavia
  • Richard Powers
  • Martin Rigo
  • David K. Stone
  • Ed Valigursky
  • Victor Valla
  • Boris Vallejo
  • Gary Viskupic
  • Michael Whelan
  • Jack Woolhiser
  • James Z. Yost
  • Editors' Note (The New Visions: A Collection of Modern Science Fiction Art) - (1982) - essay by Ellen Asher and Joe Miller and Mary Sherwin

Literary Wonderlands: A Journey Through the Greatest Fictional Worlds Ever Created

Laura Miller

A glorious, full-illustrated collection that delves deep into the inception, influences, and literary and historical underpinnings of nearly 100 of our most beloved fictional realms.

Literary Wonderlands is a thoroughly researched, wonderfully written, and beautifully produced book that spans two thousand years of creative endeavor. From Spenser's The Fairie Queene to Wells's The Time Machine to Murakami's 1Q84 it explores the timeless and captivating features of fiction's imagined worlds including the relevance of the writer's own life to the creation of the story, influential contemporary events and philosophies, and the meaning that can be extracted from the details of the work. With hundreds of pieces of original artwork, illustration and cartography, as well as a detailed overview of the plot and a "Dramatis Personae" for each work, Literary Wonderlands is a fascinating read for lovers of literature, fantasy, and science fiction.

Circe

Madeline Miller

In the house of Helios, god of the sun and mightiest of the Titans, a daughter is born. But Circe has neither the look nor the voice of divinity, and is scorned and rejected by her kin. Increasingly isolated, she turns to mortals for companionship, leading her to discover a power forbidden to the gods: witchcraft.

When love drives Circe to cast a dark spell, wrathful Zeus banishes her to the remote island of Aiaia. There she learns to harness her occult craft, drawing strength from nature. But she will not always be alone; many are destined to pass through Circe's place of exile, entwining their fates with hers. The messenger god, Hermes. The craftsman, Daedalus. A ship bearing a golden fleece. And wily Odysseus, on his epic voyage home.

There is danger for a solitary woman in this world, and Circe's independence draws the wrath of men and gods alike. To protect what she holds dear, Circe must decide whether she belongs with the deities she is born from, or the mortals she has come to love.

The Song of Achilles

Madeline Miller

Greece in the age of Heroes. Patroclus, an awkward young prince, has been exiled to the kingdom of Phthia. Here he is nobody, just another unwanted boy living in the shadow of King Peleus and his golden son, Achilles.

Achilles, 'best of all the Greeks', is everything Patroclus is not — strong, beautiful, the child of a goddess — and by all rights their paths should never cross. Yet one day, Achilles takes the shamed prince under his wing and soon their tentative companionship gives way to a steadfast friendship. As they grow into young men skilled in the arts of war and medicine, their bond blossoms into something far deeper — despite the displeasure of Achilles's mother Thetis, a cruel and deathly pale sea goddess with a hatred of mortals.

Fate is never far from the heels of Achilles. When word comes that Helen of Sparta has been kidnapped, the men of Greece are called upon to lay siege to Troy in her name. Seduced by the promise of a glorious destiny, Achilles joins their cause. Torn between love and fear for his friend, Patroclus follows Achilles into war, little knowing that the years that follow will test everything they have learned, everything they hold dear. And that, before he is ready, he will be forced to surrender his friend to the hands of Fate.

Agent of the Imperium: Expanded Edition

Marc Miller

TO SAVE THE GALAXY, A DEAD HERO MUST RISE AGAIN! NEWLY REVISED AND EXPANDED NOVEL SET IN THE TRAVELLER UNIVERSE.

Jonathan Bland is a Decider, empowered by the Emperor himself to deal with the inevitable crises of an empire. In the service of the Empire, he has killed more people than anyone in the history of Humanity, to save a hundred times as many. He died centuries ago, but they reactivate his recorded personality whenever a new threat appears. When the crisis is over, they expect he will meekly return to oblivion.

He has other ideas.

The chronicle of Bland reveals secrets of the history of the star-spanning Third Imperium and spans 400 years from early Imperium (about year 300) through the mid-post Civil War period (about year 700) touching known and unknown events you may have encountered in your own reading of the Imperium: everyday events, political intrigue, deadly dangers, Arbellatra, Capital, Encyclopediopolis, the Karand's Palace, and a Tigress-class Dreadnought.

If you know the Traveller science-fiction role-playing game, then some of this is already familiar; if not, no matter--this story introduces the vast human-dominated interstellar empire of the far future in ways only the designer and chronicler of this particular universe can.

Genus Homo

P. Schuyler Miller
L. Sprague de Camp

Twenty-five men and women against a world of evolution gone mad!

Here is the vivid story of their adventures and terrors - the monster in the forest - the city of giant beavers - and the secret of the incredible race that had supplanted mankind.

The Titan

P. Schuyler Miller

Contents:

  • 9 - The Titan - novella
  • 79 - As Never Was - (1944) - short story
  • 97 - Old Man Mulligan - (1940) - novelette
  • 130 - Spawn - (1939) - novelette
  • 163 - In the Good Old Summertime - (1940) - short story
  • 182 - Gleeps - (1943) - short story
  • 203 - The Arrhenius Horror - (1931) - short story
  • 232 - Forgotten - (1933) - short story (variant of The Forgotten Man of Space)

House of Shadows

Phyllis Miller
Andre Norton

Mike and Susan feel a mounting sense of urgency and terror as they try to protect their younger brother who seems threatened by an invisible and powerful force in a house that has long been in their family, on which there is supposedly a curse.

Seven Spells to Sunday

Andre Norton
Phyllis Miller

Two children receive messages in an old mailbox in a vacant lot and are plunged into the strangest week of their lives.

The Fairy Bargins of Prospect Hill

Rowenna Miller

There is no magic on Prospect Hill-or anywhere else, for that matter. But just on the other side of the veil is the world of the Fae. Generations ago, the first farmers on Prospect Hill learned to bargain small trades to make their lives a little easier-a bit of glass to find something lost, a cup of milk for better layers in the chicken coop.

Much of that old wisdom was lost as the riverboats gave way to the rail lines and the farmers took work at mills and factories. Alaine Fairborn's family, however, was always superstitious, and she still hums the rhymes to find a lost shoe and to ensure dry weather on her sister's wedding day.

When Delphine confides her new husband is not the man she thought he was, Alaine will stop at nothing to help her sister escape him. Small bargains buy them time, but a major one is needed. Yet, the price for true freedom may be more than they're willing to pay.

Blackfish City

Sam J. Miller

After the climate wars, a floating city was constructed in the Arctic Circle. Once a remarkable feat of mechanical and social engineering, it has started to crumble under the weight of its own decay - crime and corruption have set in, a terrible new disease is coursing untreated through the population, and the contradictions of incredible wealth alongside deepest poverty are spawning unrest.

Into this turmoil comes a strange new visitor - a woman accompanied by an orca and a chained polar bear. She disappears into the crowds looking for someone she lost thirty years ago, followed by whispers of a vanished people who could bond with animals. Her arrival draws together four people and sparks a chain of events that will lead to unprecedented acts of resistance.

Bodies Stacked Like Firewood

Sam J. Miller

This short story originally appeared in Uncanny Magazine, Issue 14, January-February 2017.

Read the full story for free at Uncanny Magazine.

Boys, Beasts, and Men

Sam J. Miller

>Despite his ability to control the ambient digital cloud, a foster teen falls for a clever con-man. Luring bullies to a quarry, a boy takes clearly enumerated revenge through unnatural powers of suggestion. In the aftermath of a shapeshifting alien invasion, a survivor fears that he brought something out of the Arctic to infect the rest of the world. A rebellious group of queer artists create a new identity that transcends even the anonymity of death.

Sam J. Miller (Blackfish City, The Art of Starving) shows his savage wit, unrelenting candor, and lush imagery in this essential career retrospective collection, taking his place alongside legends of the short-fiction form such as Carmen Maria Machado, Carson McCullers, and Jeff VanderMeer.

Calved

Sam J. Miller

This short story originally appeared in Asimov's Science Fiction, September 2015. It can also be found in the anthologies The Year's Best Science Fiction: Thirty-Third Annual Collection (2016), edited by Gardner Dozois, The Best Science Fiction and Fantasy of the Year: Volume Ten, (2016), edited by Jonathan Strahan, and The Best Science Fiction of the Year: Volume 1 (2016), edited by Neil Clarke.

Read the full story for free at the author's website.

Destroy All Monsters

Sam J. Miller

A crucial, genre-bending tale about the life-saving power of friendship.

Solomon and Ash both experienced a traumatic event when they were twelve.

Ash lost all memory of that event when she fell from Solomon's treehouse. Since then, Solomon has retreated further and further into a world he seems to have created in his own mind. One that insulates him from reality, but crawls with foes and monsters... in both animal and human form.

As Solomon slips further into the place he calls Darkside, Ash realizes her only chance to free her best friend from his pain is to recall exactly what happened that day in his backyard and face the truth--together.

Ghosts of Home

Sam J. Miller

This short story originally appeared in Lightspeed, August 2015. It can also be found in the anthology The Best Science Fiction and Fantasy of the Year: Volume Ten (2016), edited by Jonathan Strahan.

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

Last Gods

Sam J. Miller

This short story originally appeared in the anthology Drowned Worlds (2016), edited by Jonathan Strahan. It can also be found in the anthology The Best Science Fiction of the Year Volume 2 (2017), edited by Neil Clarke.

Let All the Children Boogie

Sam J. Miller

As the Cold War stalls and the threat of nuclear warfare dominates the news, small-town misfits Laurie and Fell bond over a shared love of music and the mystery of the erratic radio messages that hint at the existence of a future worth reaching out for.

Read the full story for free at Tor Reactor.

Making Us Monsters

Lara Elena Donnelly
Sam J. Miller

This novelette originally appeared in Uncanny Magazine, Issue 19, November-December 2017.

Read the full story for free at Uncanny.

The Art of Starving

Sam J. Miller

Matt hasn't eaten in days. His stomach stabs and twists inside, pleading for a meal, but Matt won't give in. The hunger clears his mind, keeps him sharp--and he needs to be as sharp as possible if he's going to find out just how Tariq and his band of high school bullies drove his sister, Maya, away.

Matt's hardworking mom keeps the kitchen crammed with food, but Matt can resist the siren call of casseroles and cookies because he has discovered something: the less he eats the more he seems to have... powers. The ability to see things he shouldn't be able to see. The knack of tuning in to thoughts right out of people's heads. Maybe even the authority to bend time and space.

So what is lunch, really, compared to the secrets of the universe?

Matt decides to infiltrate Tariq's life, then use his powers to uncover what happened to Maya. All he needs to do is keep the hunger and longing at bay. No problem. But Matt doesn't realize there are many kinds of hunger...and he isn't in control of all of them.

The Blade Between

Sam J. Miller

Ronan Szepessy promised himself he'd never return to Hudson. The sleepy upstate town was no place for a restless gay photographer. But his father is ill and New York City's distractions have become too much for him. He hopes that a quick visit will help him recharge.

Ronan reconnects with two friends from high school: Dom, his first love, and Dom's wife, Attalah. The three former misfits mourn what their town has become--overrun by gentrifiers and corporate interests. With friends and neighbors getting evicted en masse and a mayoral election coming up, Ronan and Attalah craft a plan to rattle the newcomers and expose their true motives. But in doing so, they unleash something far more mysterious and uncontainable.

Hudson has a rich, proud history and, it turns out, the real-state developers aren't the only forces threatening its well-being: the spirits undergirding this once-thriving industrial town are enraged. Ronan's hijinks have overlapped with a bubbling up of hate and violence among friends and neighbors, and everything is spiraling out of control. Ronan must summon the very best of himself to shed his own demons and save the city he once loathed.

The Future of Hunger in the Age of Programmable Matter

Sam J. Miller

A group of friends, a pair of lovers, and the tussle between love, addiction, and what comes next. Otto, a former addict, grateful and indebted to his lover Trevor, is faced with temptation and the threat of disaster, but he's fighting it. Fighting it in a future where matter can be reprogrammed and anything could happen, good or bad.

Read the full story for free at Tor.com.

The Heat of Us: Notes Toward an Oral History

Sam J. Miller

World Fantasy Award nominated short story originally published in Uncanny Magazine, Issue Two, January-February 2015. It can also be found in the anthology The Best American Science Fiction and Fantasy 2016, edited by Karen Joy Fowler and John Joseph Adams.

Read the full story for free at Uncanny Magazine.

Things with Beards

Sam J. Miller

This Sturgeon and Nebula Award nominated short story originally appeared in Clarkesworld, Issue 117, June 2016. It can also be found in the anthologies The Best Science Fiction and Fantasy of the Year: Volume 11 (2017), edited by Jonathan Strahan, The Best Science Fiction of the Year Volume 2 (2017), edited by Neil Clarke, The Year's Best Science Fiction: Thirty-Fourth Annual Collection (2017), edited by Gardner Dozois and The Year's Best Science Fiction & Fantasy 2017, edited by Rich Horton.

Read the full story for free at Clarkesworld.

We Are the Cloud

Sam J. Miller

Nebula Award nominated novelette. It was originally published in Lightspeed, September 2014 and can also be found in the anthologies The Best American Science Fiction and Fantasy 2015, edited by Joe Hill and John Joseph Adams and Nebula Awards Showcase 2016, edited by Mercedes Lackey.

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

When Your Child Strays From God

Sam J. Miller

Nebula Award nominated short story. It originally appeared in Clarkesworld, Issue 106, July 2015. The story is included in the anthology Nebula Awards Showcase 2017, edited by Julie E. Czerneda.

Read the full story for free at Clarkesworld.

The Tomorrow Log

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Meanwhile, on another side of the Universe. . .

Meet Gem ser'Edreth, a wizard with electronics -- and a freelance thief. Deliberately solitary, unencumbered by family or friends, he immerses himself in his profession, rising to a pinnacle of skill so exalted that the planetary crime boss seeks him out with a commission to steal. Refusing the commission, of course, is his first mistake.

Gem's hidden past proves an unexpected liability and his plants to leave the planet go catastrophically awry. Suddenly embroiled in interplanetary politics, a potential interstellar war, and in possession of an ancient object of power an an unwanted cousin, Gem discovers that the mysterious Witness for the Telios may hold the key to his salvation -- or his undoing.

Dark Benediction

Walter M. Miller, Jr.

Originally published in 1980 as The Best of Walter M. Miller, then republished in 2000 as Dark Benediction.

Walter M. Miller, Jr. is best remembered as the author of A Canticle for Leibowitz, universally recognized as one of the greatest novels of modern SF. But as well as writing that deeply felt and eloquent book, he produced many shorter works of fiction of stunning originality and power.

His profound interest in religion and his innate literary gifts combined in the production of such works as "The Darfstellar", for which he won a Hugo in 1955, "Conditionally Human", "I, Dreamer" and "The Big Hunger", all of which are included in this brilliant and essential collection.

Table of Contents:

  • You Triflin' Skunk! - (1965) - shortstory
  • The Will - (1954) - shortstory
  • Anybody Else Like Me? - (1952) - novelette
  • Crucifixus Etiam - (1953) - shortstory
  • I, Dreamer - (1953) - shortstory
  • Dumb Waiter - (1952) - novelette
  • Blood Bank - (1952) - novella
  • Big Joe and the Nth Generation - (1952) - shortstory
  • The Big Hunger - (1952) - shortstory
  • Conditionally Human - (1952) - novella
  • The Darfsteller - (1955) - novella
  • Dark Benediction - (1951) - novella
  • The Lineman - (1957) - novella
  • Vengeance for Nikolai - (1957) - novelette

The Darfsteller

Walter M. Miller, Jr.

Hugo Award winning novelette. It originally appeared in Astounding Science Fiction, January 1955. The story can also be found in the anthologies The Hugo Winners, Volume 1: (1955-61) (1962), edited by Isaac Asimov, and The Great SF Stories 17 (1955) (1988), edited by Isaac Asimov and Martin H. Greenberg. The story is included in the collections Conditionally Human (1962) and Dark Benediction (1980).

A Word Shaped Like Bones

Kris Millering

This short story originally appeared in Lightspeed: Women Destroy Science Fiction! Special Issue, June 2014.

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

The Thing In the Walls Wants Your Small Change

Virginia M. Mohlere

This short story was originally published in Luna Station Quarterly, Issue 034, June 2018.

Read this story for free at Luna Station Quarterly.

The Bone Orchard

Sara A. Mueller

The Bone Orchard is a fascinating whodunit set in a lush, gothic world of secrets and magic: where a dying emperor charges his favorite concubine with solving his own murder, and preventing the culprit, which undoubtedly is one of his three terrible sons, from taking control of an empire.

Charm is a witch, and she is alone. The last of a line of conquered necromantic workers, now confined within the yard of regrown bone trees at Orchard House, and the secrets of their marrow.

Charm is a prisoner, and a survivor. Charm tends the trees and their clattering fruit for the sake of her children, painstakingly grown and regrown with its fruit: Shame, Justice, Desire, Pride, and Pain.

Charm is a whore, and a madam. The wealthy and powerful of Borenguard come to her house to buy time with the girls who aren't real.

Except on Tuesdays, which is when the Emperor himself lays claim to his mistress, Charm herself.

But now - Charm is also the only person who can keep an empire together, as the Emperor summons her to his deathbed, and charges her with choosing which of his awful, faithless sons will carry on the empire - by discovering which one is responsible for his own murder.

If she does this last thing, she will finally have what has been denied her since the fall of Inshil - her freedom. But she will also be betraying the ghosts past and present that live on within her heart.

Charm must choose. Her dead Emperor's will or the whispers of her own ghosts. Justice for the empire or her own revenge.

A Rocket for Dimitrios

Ray Nayler

This novella was first published in Asimov's Science Fiction, January/February 2021.

Read the full story for free at Asimov's.

Mutability

Ray Nayler

This short story originally appeared in Asimov's Science Fiction, June 2015. It can also be found in the anthology The Year's Best Science Fiction & Fantasy 2016, edited by Rich Horton.

The Job at the End of the World

Ray Nayler

A weary resilience worker should know better than anyone: no one is safe when the world is always ending...

Originally published on 30 August 2023, read it for free on Tor.com

The Mountain in the Sea

Ray Nayler

Rumors begin to spread of a species of hyperintelligent, dangerous octopus that may have developed its own language and culture. Marine biologist Dr. Ha Nguyen, who has spent her life researching cephalopod intelligence, will do anything for the chance to study them.

The transnational tech corporation DIANIMA has sealed the remote Con Dao Archipelago, where the octopuses were discovered, off from the world. Dr. Nguyen joins DIANIMA's team on the islands: a battle-scarred security agent and the world's first android.

The octopuses hold the key to unprecedented breakthroughs in extrahuman intelligence. The stakes are high: there are vast fortunes to be made by whoever can take advantage of the octopuses' advancements, and as Dr. Nguyen struggles to communicate with the newly discovered species, forces larger than DIANIMA close in to seize the octopuses for themselves.

But no one has yet asked the octopuses what they think. And what they might do about it.

The Tusks of Extinction

Ray Nayler

When you bring back a long-extinct species, there's more to success than the DNA.

Moscow has resurrected the mammoth. But someone must teach them how to be mammoths, or they are doomed to die out again.

Dr. Damira Khismatullina, an expert in elephant behavior, was brutally murdered trying to defend the world's last elephants from the brutal ivory trade. Now, her digitized consciousness has been downloaded into the mind of a mammoth.

As the herd's new matriarch, can Damira help fend off poachers long enough for the species to take hold? Or will her own ghosts, and Moscow's real reason for bringing the mammoth back, doom them to a new extinction?

Winter Timeshare

Ray Nayler

This short story originally appeared in Asimov's Science Fiction, January-February 2017. It can also be found in the anthologies The Year's Best Science Fiction: Thirty-Fifth Annual Collection (2018), edited by Gardner Dozois, and The Year's Best Science Fiction & Fantasy, 2018, edited by Rich Horton.

Earth Alert: And Other Science Fiction Tales

Kris Neville

Table of Contents:

  • 7 - Earth Alert! - (1953) - novella
  • 116 - General Max Shorter - (1962) - novelette
  • 139 - New Apples in the Garden - (1963) - short story

The Time Traveler's Wife

Audrey Niffenegger

A dazzling novel in the most untraditional fashion, this is the remarkable story of Henry DeTamble, a dashing, adventuresome librarian who travels involuntarily through time, and Clare Abshire, an artist whose life takes a natural sequential course. Henry and Clare's passionate love affair endures across a sea of time and captures the two lovers in an impossibly romantic trap, and it is Audrey Niffenegger's cinematic storytelling that makes the novel's unconventional chronology so vibrantly triumphant.

An enchanting debut and a spellbinding tale of fate and belief in the bonds of love, The Time Traveler's Wife is destined to captivate readers for years to come.

House on Fire

Arch Oboler

It starts out innocently enough, when reporters Tony Dumont and Robin Shepherd are sent to interview teenager Mark Elias, a scientific genius, about a scholarship he has won. But it is quickly clear that there is something very strange about the Elias family. Mark and his sister Shirley spend long hours behind closed doors conducting weird and inscrutable experiments involving electricity and a tape recorder. And then there is old Mrs. Elias, the children's grandmother, who died recently and whom the family seems terrified to discuss. The two journalists believe there may be a more serious news story than the one they were sent to cover, but they have no idea how serious--until people begin to die...

Shooting Gallery

J. B. Park

This short story originally appeared in Lightspeed, November 2016.

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

The Sword of Welleran and Other Stories

Lord Dunsany

The Sword of Welleran and Other Stories is the third book by Irish fantasy writer Lord Dunsany, considered a major influence on the work of J. R. R. Tolkien, H. P. Lovecraft, Ursula K. Le Guin and others. It was first published in hardcover in 1908, and has been reprinted a number of times since. The book is a series of short stories, some of them linked by Dunsany's invented pantheon of deities who dwell in Pegana, which were the focus of his earlier collections "The Gods of Pegana" and "Time and the Gods."

Contents:

  • "The Sword of Welleran"
  • "The Fall of Babbulkund"
  • "The Kith of the Elf-Folk"
  • "The Highwaymen"
  • "In the Twilight"
  • "The Ghosts"
  • "The Whirlpool"
  • "The Hurricane"
  • "The Fortress Unvanquishable, Save for Sacnoth"
  • "The Lord of Cities"
  • "The Doom of La Traviata"
  • "On the Dry Land."

Five Thrillers

Robert Reed

This novelette originally appeared in The Magazine of Fantasy & Science Fiction, April 2008. It can also be found in the anthologies The Year's Best Science Fiction: Twenty-Sixth Annual Collection (2009), edited by Gardner Dozois, and The Best Science Fiction and Fantasy of the Year: Volume Three (2009), edited by Jonathan Strahan.

Dirty Computer

Janelle Monáe

Tiptree Honor List and Hugo Award Finalist for Best Dramatic Presentation, Short Form

This visual music album follows the struggles, joys, incarceration, and eventual liberation of a queer, Black woman who is punished by a system that seeks to "cleanse" her of all elements in her life that deviate from the norm. She is sent to a prison in which her memories (each of which is a separate music video and an ode to mutual love in rebellion) will be erased. The workers in charge of the erasure, who sit back and enjoy the memories prior to destruction, serve as a sharp metaphor of the white supremacist, cisheteropatriarchal system that is obsessed with Black bodies and creativity while still remaining profoundly anti-Black. This concept album forms a cohesive science fictional narrative, introducing futuristic elements in a way that is rarely seen so explicitly in the medium, opening up new pathways for the musical exploration of feminist science fiction.

Track Listing

  1. "Dirty Computer" (featuring Brian Wilson), 1:59
  2. "Crazy, Classic, Life", 4:46
  3. "Take a Byte", 4:07
  4. "Jane's Dream", 0:18
  5. "Screwed" (featuring Zoë Kravitz), 5:02
  6. "Django Jane", 3:10
  7. "Pynk" (featuring Grimes), 4:00
  8. "Make Me Feel", 3:14
  9. "I Got the Juice" (featuring Pharrell Williams), 3:46
  10. "I Like That", 3:20
  11. "Don't Judge Me", 6:00
  12. "Stevie's Dream", 0:46
  13. "So Afraid", 4:04
  14. "Americans", 4:06

Total length: 48:42

The Electric Lady

Janelle Monáe

The Electric Lady is the follow-up to Janelle Monáe's debut album The ArchAndroid (2010) and debut EP Metropolis: Suite I (The Chase) (2007), and consists of the fourth and fifth installments of her seven-part Metropolis concept series. Partly inspired by the 1927 film of the same name, the series involves the fictional tale of Cindi Mayweather, a messianic android sent back in time to free the citizens of Metropolis from The Great Divide, a secret society that uses time travel to suppress freedom and love.

At a moment when the term Afrofuturism can seem like an easy shorthand for all things black and imaginative, Electric Lady makes Afrofuturism less about androids and fantastic other worlds than about the unrealized futures we are living with now. If we are the beneficiaries of past struggle, Monae and the Wondaland artists insist that we are also the inheritors of some long-deferred dreams.

Monae's album title alone performs a black feminist coup by turning a glorified object into a glorious subject. Here the male fantasy theme park of Jimi Hendrix's Electric Ladyland becomes The Electric Lady, a female agent who not only claims a term ("lady") historically reserved for white women but also seizes the creative power that "electric" connotes. -- Emily J. Lordi, FeministWire

Track Listing:

Suite IV

  1. Suite IV Electric Overture - 1:37
  2. Givin' Em What They Love (featuring Prince) - 4:26
  3. Q.U.E.E.N. (featuring Erykah Badu) - 5:10
  4. Electric Lady (featuring Solange) - 5:08
  5. Good Morning Midnight (Interlude) - 1:22
  6. PrimeTime (featuring Miguel) - 4:40
  7. We Were Rock & Roll - 4:19
  8. The Chrome Shoppe (Interlude) - 1:10
  9. Dance Apocalyptic - 3:25
  10. Look into My Eyes - 2:18

Suite V

  1. Suite V Electric Overture - 2:20
  2. It's Code - 4:05
  3. Ghetto Woman - 4:46
  4. Our Favorite Fugitive (Interlude) - 1:23
  5. Victory - 4:12
  6. Can't Live Without Your Love - 3:54
  7. Sally Ride - 4:08
  8. Dorothy Dandridge Eyes (featuring Esperanza Spalding) - 4:15
  9. What an Experience - 4:57

Total length: 67:35

The Memory Librarian: And Other Stories of Dirty Computer

Janelle Monáe

In The Memory Librarian: And Other Stories of Dirty Computer, singer-songwriter, actor, fashion icon, activist, and worldwide superstar Janelle Monáe brings to the written page the Afrofuturistic world of one of her critically acclaimed albums, exploring how different threads of liberation--queerness, race, gender plurality, and love--become tangled with future possibilities of memory and time in such a totalitarian landscape... and what the costs might be when trying to unravel and weave them into freedoms.

Whoever controls our memories controls the future.

Janelle Monáe and an incredible array of talented collaborating creators have written a collection of tales comprising the bold vision and powerful themes that have made Monáe such a compelling and celebrated storyteller. Dirty Computer introduced a world in which thoughts--as a means of self-conception--could be controlled or erased by a select few. And whether human, A.I., or other, your life and sentience was dictated by those who'd convinced themselves they had the right to decide your fate.

That was until Jane 57821 decided to remember and break free.

Expanding from that mythos, these stories fully explore what it's like to live in such a totalitarian existence...and what it takes to get out of it. Building off the traditions of speculative writers such as Octavia Butler, Ted Chiang, Becky Chambers, and Nnedi Okorafor--and filled with the artistic genius and powerful themes that have made Monáe a worldwide icon in the first place--The Memory Librarian serves readers tales grounded in the human trials of identity expression, technology, and love, but also reaching through to the worlds of memory and time within, and the stakes and power that exists there.

Patron of the Arts

William Rotsler

Hugo and Nebula Award nominated novelette. It originally appeared in the anthology Universe 2 (1972), edited by Terry Carr. The story can also be found in the anthologies The Best Science Fiction of the Year #2 (1973), edited by Terry Carr, Best Science Fiction Stories of the Year: Second Annual Collection (1973), edited by Lester Del Rey, Nebula Award Stories Eight (1973), edited by Isaac Asimov, The Arts and Beyond: Visions of Man's Aesthetic Future (1977) edited by Thomas F. Monteleone

Shiva Descending

Gregory Benford
William Rotsler

The first strikes destroyed Cleveland, Tunis, and parts of Alaska, Canada, and Australia. That was barely the beginning.

The swarm -- a cloud of meteors and asteroids 50,000 miles across -- was coming. Hundred of missiles put Earth under siege forcing the world in a panicked hell of anarchy and catastrophe. Riots and orgies rampaged in the rubble. And worse waited.

Because at the swarm's heart was Shiva -- a 30 billion-ton comet set to hit earth with the force of 250,000 H-bombs. The impact would turn seas into vapor and mountains into dust. Pray, scream, get drunk, or run amok -- but no one could escape it. No one could survive it.

And no one could stop it.

The Gallery of His Dreams

Kristine Kathryn Rusch

One of the most decorated and famous novellas of the 1990s, The Gallery of His Dreams remains a timeless tale of love, loss, and the power of art.

Mathew Brady, the first great war photographer, died broke in service of his art. In The Gallery of His Dreams, acclaimed writer Kristine Kathryn Rusch gives Mathew Brady a look at the future repercussions, power, and incredible value of his art, as only another true artist can do.

Kristine Kathryn Rusch's transformative novella The Gallery of His Dreams earned the Locus award for best novella and was a finalist for the Hugo, Nebula and World Fantasy awards.

Subterranean Gallery

Richard Paul Russo

THE ART OF STAYING ALIVE

San Francisco is turning into a jungle - more and more people living in cars, mobs forever roaming the streets, life an increasingly precarious prospect.

Rheinhardt is a sculptor who does the best he can in this urban cess-pit...

* Until they draft his best friend to fight in South America

* Until his artists' colony turns into a home for spoiled no-talents

* Until his girlfriend begins asking him where he's going

* Until he feels he just can't take it any more.

But soon, he won't have to. For in the background is a mystery man - Justinian - a Vietnam veteran who stalks Reinhardt quietly, calmly, waiting for the right moment. Waiting to take him to the Subterranean Gallery.

The Healer's War

Elizabeth Ann Scarborough

A literary departure for acclaimed fantasy author Elizabeth Ann Scarborough, The Healer's War draws on her personal experience as an army nurse in Da Nang to create a classic novel of the Vietnam War, enriched with a magical, mystical twist.

Lt. Kitty McCulley, a young and inexperienced nurse tossed into a stressful and chaotic situation, is having a difficult time reconciling her duty to help and heal with the indifference and overt racism of some of her colleagues, and with the horrendously damaged soldiers and Vietnamese civilians she encounters during her service at the China Beach medical facilities. She is unexpectedly helped by the mysterious and inexplicable properties of an amulet, given to her by one of her patients, an elderly, dying Vietnamese holy man, which allows her to see other people's "auras" and to understand more about them as a result. This eventually leads to a strange, almost surrealistic journey through the jungle, accompanied by a one-legged boy and a battle-seasoned but crazed soldier--as McCulley struggles to find herself and a way to survive through the madness and destruction.

Three Urban Folk Tales

Eric Schaller

This short story originally appeared in Lady Churchill's Rosebud Wristlet, #16, July 2005. It can also be found in the anthology Fantasy: The Best of the Year, 2006 Edition, edited by Rich Horton.

A Traveler's Tale

Lucius Shepard

Nebula Award nominated novella. It originally appeared in Isaac Asimov's Science Fiction Magazine, July 1984. The story can also be found in the anthology Modern Classic Short Novels of Science Fiction (1994), edited by Gardner Dozois. It is included in the collection The Jaguar Hunter (1987).

The Fiddler of Bayou Teche

Delia Sherman

Nebula Award nominated novelette. It originally appeared in the anthology The Coyote Road: Trickster Tales (2007), edited by Ellen Datlow and Terri Windling. It can also be found in the anthology The Year's Best Fantasy and Horror: Twenty-First Annual Collection (2008), edited by Kelly Link, Gavin J. Grant and Ellen Datlow.

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

Crawlers

John Shirley

In a secret government lab somewhere in Nevada, a young scientist cowers in darkness-waiting, listening, and calculating his chances of surviving the unspeakable carnage that has left him trapped and alone. Or almost alone.

Soon after, a covert military operation "cleanses" all traces of a top-secret project gone horrifically wrong.

Three years later, it begins again-when the quiet of a warm autumn night in a sleepy California town is shattered by a streak of light across the sky, the thunder of impact, and the unleashing of something insidious. Spreading, multiplying, and transforming everything in its path, this diabolical intelligence will not be denied until the townsfolk-and eventually, all living things-are conquered. Until they are all crawling....

Complex God

Scott Sigler

This short story appeared more or less simultaneously in the anthology Robot Uprisings (2014), edited by Daniel H. Wilson and John Joseph Adams, and Lightspeed, April 2014.

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

Earthcore

Scott Sigler

Deep below a desolate Utah mountain lies the largest platinum deposit ever discovered. A billion-dollar find, it waits for any company that can drill a world's record, three-mile-deep mine shaft.

EarthCore is the company with the technology, the resources and the guts to go after the mother lode. Young executive Connell Kirkland is the company's driving force, pushing himself and those around him to uncover the massive treasure. But at three miles below the surface, where the rocks are so hot they burn bare skin, something has been waiting for centuries. Waiting ... and guarding. Kirkland and EarthCore are about to find out first-hand why this treasure has never been unearthed.

Traveler of Worlds: Conversations with Robert Silverberg

Robert Silverberg
Alvaro Zinos-Amaro

Hugo-nominated Related Work

In addition to exploring Silverberg's career, now in its sixth decade, this collection of transcribed conversations delves into aspects of Silverberg's life -- such as his extensive travel, passion for film, opera and classical music -- not covered elsewhere.

A decade-and-a-half-long friendship, and working together on When the Blue Shift Comes, afforded Alvaro the opportunity to speak at length with Silverberg. The result: a remarkably candid series of conversations that will be of interest to science fiction readers and anyone curious about the writing life.

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction by Gardner Dozois
  • The Vividness of Landscape
  • Aesthetics
  • In the Continuum
  • Enwonderment
  • Libraries
  • Potpourri
  • After the Myths Went Home
  • Afterword: Travels With Bob by Karen Haber

The Planet Killers

Robert Silverberg

In The Planet Killers, the Security Computers of Earth Central determine that the frontier world of Lurion will launch an all-out attack on Earth in 67 years, sending Agent Roy Gardner to the rough-and-tumble planet to ensure that doesn't happen - even if it means blowing Lurion to interstellar dust! In The Plot Against Earth, agent Lloyd Catton must work with skeptical, suspicious alien agents to bust a hypnojewel racket, unveiling a multi-planet conspiracy threatening the Earth itself! In One of Our Asteroids is Missing, independent miner John Storm discovers an impossible asteroid rich with fabulously valuable metals and minerals, only to find his claim stolen, along with all computer records indicating that he had ever existed! Never before reprinted since their original appearances and with a new introduction by the author, these three novels of science fiction adventure blaze back onto the scene, revealing early masterworks of one of the genre's most gifted and celebrated storytellers!

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction
  • The Planet Killers - (1959)
  • The Plot Against Earth - (1959)
  • One of Our Asteroids Is Missing - (1964)

Travelers

Robert Silverberg

This short story originally appeared in Amazing Stories, Summer 1999 and was reprinted in Lightspeed, September 2010. The story can also be found in the anthology Lightspeed: Year One (2011), edited by John Joseph Adams. It is included in the collection The Millennium Express: 1995-2009 (2014).

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

The Sky Is Yours

Chandler Klang Smith

In the burned-out, futuristic city of Empire Island, three young people navigate a crumbling metropolis constantly under threat from a pair of dragons that circle the skies. When violence strikes, reality star Duncan Humphrey Ripple V, the spoiled scion of the metropolis' last dynasty; Baroness Swan Lenore Dahlberg, his tempestuous, death-obsessed betrothed; and Abby, a feral beauty he discovered tossed out with the trash; are forced to flee everything they've ever known. As they wander toward the scalded heart of the city, they face fire, conspiracy, mayhem, unholy drugs, dragon-worshippers, and the monsters lurking inside themselves.

The Amethyst Road

Louise Spiegler

In a society similar to ours in some ways and very different in others, 16-year-old Serena and her older sister, Willow, struggle to get by in a tough, crime-infested urban neighborhood. By birth they are half Yulang, half Gorgio, but are accepted by neither race. The sisters get no help from the Yulang, because Willow's child was born out of wedlock and the family has been declared outcast. The Gorgios are even worse, trying to take the child away.

A run-in with social services, aptly nicknamed the Cruelty, launches Serena on a journey that is at once an escape and a quest to reunite her family. With the help of a boy named Shem, who is on a quest of his own, Serena travels deep into the mountains, where precious gems are mined, and across barren plains, where white-clad Trident Riders are terrorizing anyone who is not Gorgio. Along the way, Serena finds the answers she seeks--and some she didn't even know she was looking for.

The dynamics of racism and resistance are central themes of this modern adventure. Employing a mixture of gritty reality and richly drawn magical elements, this unique tale of selfdiscovery will captivate readers of contemporary fiction as well as fantasy fans.

Eco-Fiction

John Stadler

Table of Contents:

  • ix - Preface (Eco-Fiction) - (1971) - essay by John Stadler
  • 1 - A Sound of Thunder - (1952) - short story by Ray Bradbury
  • 14 - The Turtle - (1939) - short story by John Steinbeck
  • 17 - The Conversation of Eiros and Charmion - (1839) - short story by Edgar Allan Poe
  • 24 - The Fair Young Willowy Tree - (1939) - short story by A. E. Coppard
  • 32 - A Mother's Tale - (1952) - novelette by James Agee
  • 54 - The Law - (1947) - short story by Robert M. Coates
  • 59 - The Birds - (1952) - novelette by Daphne du Maurier
  • 85 - A Stay at the Ocean - (1969) - short story by Robley Wilson, Jr.
  • 100 - The Supremacy of Uruguay - (1933) - short story by E. B. White
  • 104 - Look How the Fish Live - (1957) - short story by J. F. Powers
  • 119 - Tomorrow and Tomorrow and Tomorrow - (1954) - short story by Kurt Vonnegut, Jr. (variant of The Big Trip Up Yonder)
  • 134 - A White Heron - (1886) - short story by Sarah Orne Jewett
  • 145 - The Mary Celeste Move - (1964) - short story by Frank Herbert
  • 153 - The Toys of Peace - (1919) - short story by Saki
  • 159 - The Subliminal Man - (1963) - short story by J. G. Ballard
  • 178 - The Cohen Dog Exclusion Act - (1971) - short story by Steven Schrader
  • 183 - It's Such a Beautiful Day - (1955) - novelette by Isaac Asimov
  • 207 - The Hummingbird That Lived Through Winter - (1944) - short story by William Saroyan

David's Sling

Marc Stiegler

A team of superior U.S. hackers seeks to develop computer-controlled smart weapons for use against a hostile power, but the team members find they need a greater understanding of the problem itself as they search for a way to end a war between two superpowers without destroying the planet itself.

Earthweb

Marc Stiegler

Doomsday Came About Every Five Years

Someone Out There really hated humans. Twenty years have passed since Shiva I first swept aside Earth's crude defenses and rained down destruction. Now Shiva V has entered the Solar System, more powerful than any of its predecessors.

The Shiva cannot be destroyed by fleets of ships: we tried, and it was the fleets that were destroyed. It cannot be defeated by a clandestinely developed super-weapon based on new principles of physics: no such weapon exists. It cannot be defeated by a forceful American President and his faithful generals: they do not know what to do.

There is only one way to defeat a Shiva: get inside and kill it. Once again, in the personae of five champions, four billion of us are about to do just that.

Ode to Defiance

Marc Stiegler

If the First Plague Apocalypse Doesn't Kill Them All, Try Another.

The most brilliant mind in a thousand years has been tortured and twisted by human cruelty. His solution:

Burn the world down and start from scratch.

Almost no one can stop him. A single obstacle stands in his way.

He must destroy the BrainTrust and its medical researcher extraordinaire, Dr. Dash.

With millions dying, nuclear war in the offing, and the BrainTrust under siege, the fight for the very soul of humanity hinges on a last desperate question:

Who remains to Defy the Darkness?

Valentina

Joseph H. Delaney
Marc Stiegler

Hugo Award nominated novella. It originally appeared in Analog Science Fiction/Science Fact, May 1984. There are no other known publication but the text was later incorporated in the novel Valentina: Soul in Sapphire (1984).

Valentina: Soul in Sapphire

Marc Stiegler
Joseph H. Delaney

Valentina, an artificial intelligence program come to life, and her creator, Celeste Hackett, a shy college student and computer genius, are menaced by an unscrupulous lawyer and two computer wizards hired to destroy Valentina.

Double Vision

Tricia Sullivan

When shy, psychic bookworm 'Cookie' Orbach watches television, she sees things. But not the things that you or I would see. Cookie sees The Grid - a strange, shifting landscape where human forces battle against an enemy they dare not kill. Her employer, the mysterious Dataplex Corporation, pays her well to watch this war, and asks only that she report her observations but take no direct action, which suits her passive demeanour just fine.

But Cookie's quiet life is about to be shattered. Her two very different worlds are threatening to merge in a way that shouldn't really be possible. Everything is about to change. And we do mean everything...

Dreaming in Smoke

Tricia Sullivan

Kalypso Deed is a shotgun, riding the interface between the AI Ganesh and human scientists who solve problems through cyberassisted Dreams. But she's young and a little careless; she'd rather mix drinks and play jazz. Azamat Marcsson is a colorless statistician: middle-aged, boring, and obsessed with microorganisms. A first-class nonentity--until one of his Dreams implodes, taking Kalypso with it.

Now Ganesh is crashing, and nothing could be worse. For on the planet T'nane, it is the AI alone that keeps the colonists alive, eking out a grim existence in an environment inimical to human life. To save the colony, Kalypso must persuade Marcsson to finish the Dream that is destroying Ganesh. But Marcsson has gone mad, and T'nane itself has plans for them both that will alter their minds--and their world--forever.

Lethe

Tricia Sullivan

It is the year 2166. Eighty years have passed since the Gene Wars devastated the Earth, decimating the human population and giving rise to myriad new life-forms. Only planetwide rule by an oligarchy of once-human brains in permanent computer interface has allowed "pure" humans to survive. Now, among the dolphins of Australia, Jenae Kim stumbles on the information that could mean a new beginning for human civilization: information that the government is determined to keep secret - even if they have to kill her.

On the edge of the solar system, researcher Daire Morales falls through an interstellar gate and discovers an Edenic world to which refugee children from the Gene Wars escaped long ago - but at a terrible price. The onset of adulthood promises a monstrous fate, and now the colony's adolescent leader, Tsering, faces her own violent demise. Only when Jenae exposes the long-buried truth about the Gene Wars does Tsering realize that the memories trapped in the planet's strange, sentient trees have the power to save - or destroy - not only the colony but the hope of humanity itself.

Lightborn

Tricia Sullivan

Lightborn, better known as 'shine', is a mind-altering technology that has revolutionised the modern world. It is the ultimate in education, self-improvement and entertainment - beamed directly into the brain of anyone who can meet the asking price. But in the city of Los Sombres, renegade shine has attacked the adult population, resulting in social chaos and widespread insanity in everyone past the age of puberty. The only solution has been to turn off the Field and isolate the city.

Trapped within the quarantine perimeter, fourteen-year-old Xavier just wants to find the drug that can keep his own physical maturity at bay until the army shuts down the shine. That's how he meets Roksana, mysteriously impervious to shine and devoted to helping the stricken. As the military invades street by street, Xavier and Roksana discover that there could be hope for Los Sombres - but only if Xavier will allow a lightborn cure to enter his mind. What he doesn't know is that the shine in question has a mind of its own ...

Maul

Tricia Sullivan

In a mall like any other, two gangs of teenaged girls are about to embark on an orgy of shopping and designer violence. In the battleground of cool, they'll fight for their lives to prove that "image is everything." And in another place, within a sealed room, a lone man fights an equally desperate war against a new virus and the scientists who have developed it. If anyone gets out alive, it will be a small miracle.

Occupy Me

Tricia Sullivan

A woman with wings that exist in another dimension. A man trapped in his own body by a killer. A briefcase that is a door to hell. A conspiracy that reaches beyond our world. Breathtaking SF from a Clarke Award-winning author.

Tricia Sullivan has written an extraordinary, genre defining novel that begins with the mystery of a woman who barely knows herself and ends with a discovery that transcends space and time. On the way we follow our heroine as she attempts to track down a killer in the body of another man, and the man who has been taken over, his will trapped inside the mind of the being that has taken him over.

And at the centre of it all a briefcase that contains countless possible realities.

Tricia Sullivan returns to the genre with a book that will define the conversation within the genre and will show what it is capable of for years to come. This is the best book yet from a writer of exceedingly rare talent who is much loved in the genre world.

Shadowboxer

Tricia Sullivan

Jade is a seventeen-year-old mixed martial arts fighter. When she's in the cage she dominates her opponents--but in real life she's out of control.

After she has a confrontation with a Hollywood martial arts star that threatens her gym's reputation, Jade's coach sends her to a training camp in Thailand for an attitude adjustment.

Hoping to discover herself, she instead uncovers a shocking conspiracy. In a world just beyond our own, a man is stealing the souls of children to try and live forever.

Someone to Watch Over Me

Tricia Sullivan

The notion of identity has become clouded in a future where the Watchers are able to inhabit the bodies of well-paid slaves through satellite links. Two people who have become surrogate bodies have two entirely different takes on the experience. Adrien Reyes views the link as a trap he needs to escape, while Sabina Lazarich sees it as a chance at true empathy. But neither knows that the experimental brain implant, I, could give a dying Watcher a second chance, and it has targeted one of them as a host.

Sound Mind

Tricia Sullivan

When Cassidy Walker stumbles into the middle of the highway, bloodied and bruised, Bard college in flames behind her, and manages to flag down a ride, she thinks the worst is over. Arriving in the nearby town of Red Hook, Cassidy tries to call her parents but the phone lines are down - no radio or television signals are being received either. The town, it seems, is cut off from the rest of the world. But that's not the strangest thing. Not by a long shot. Nobody in Red Hook has even heard of Bard College. Furthermore, they claim that Cassidy is not a music student, but a hand at the local stable. And she has lived in a house she can't remember, with people she barely knows, for over a year.

The world is fracturing. Cassidy just knows it - just as she knows that she is responsible. As Cassidy undertakes the ultimate road trip, through bubbles of reality, she will find that everything she thinks she knows about herself is wrong. Is she losing her mind or is the world a far more complex place than she thought?

Sweet Dreams

Tricia Sullivan

Charlie is a dreamhacker, able to enter your dreams and mould their direction. Forget that recurring nightmare about being naked at an exam - Charlie will step in to your dream, bring you a dressing gown and give you the answers. As far as she knows, she's the only person who can do this. Unfortunately, her power comes with one drawback - Charlie also has narcolepsy, and may fall asleep at the most inopportune moment.

But in London 2022, her skill is in demand. And when she is hired by a minor celebrity - who also happens to be the new girlfriend of Charlie's lamented ex - who dreams of a masked Creeper then sleepwalks off a tall building, Charlie begins to realise that someone else might be able to invade dreams...

The Karen Joy Fowler Book Club

N. A. Sulway

This short story originally appeared in Lightspeed, October 2015. It can also be found in the anthologies The Best Science Fiction and Fantasy of the Year: Volume Ten (2016), edited by Jonathan Strahan and The Year's Best Science Fiction & Fantasy 2016, edited by Rich Horton.

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

Light from Other Stars: A Novel

Erika Swyler

Eleven-year-old Nedda Papas is obsessed with becoming an astronaut. In 1986 in Easter, a small Florida Space Coast town, her dreams seem almost within reach--if she can just grow up fast enough. Theo, the scientist father she idolizes, is consumed by his own obsessions. Laid off from his job at NASA and still reeling from the loss of Nedda's newborn brother several years before, Theo turns to the dangerous dream of extending his living daughter's childhood just a little longer. The result is an invention that alters the fabric of time.

Amidst the chaos that erupts, Nedda must confront her father and his secrets, the ramifications of which will irrevocably change her life, her community, and the entire world. But she finds an unexpected ally in Betheen, the mother she's never quite understood, who surprises Nedda by seeing her more clearly than anyone else. Decades later, Nedda has achieved her long-held dream, and as she floats in antigravity, far from earth, she and her crewmates face a serious crisis. Nedda may hold the key to the solution, if she can come to terms with her past and the future that awaits her.

Light from Other Stars is about fathers and daughters, women and the forces that hold them back, and the cost of meaningful work. It questions how our lives have changed, what progress looks like, and what it really means to sacrifice for the greater good.

The Book of Speculation

Erika Swyler

Simon Watson, a young librarian, lives alone in a house that is slowly crumbling toward the Long Island Sound. His parents are long dead. His mother, a circus mermaid who made her living by holding her breath, drowned in the very water his house overlooks. His younger sister, Enola, ran off six years ago and now reads tarot cards for a traveling carnival.

One June day, an old book arrives on Simon's doorstep, sent by an antiquarian bookseller who purchased it on speculation. Fragile and water damaged, the book is a log from the owner of a traveling carnival in the 1700s, who reports strange and magical things, including the drowning death of a circus mermaid. Since then, generations of "mermaids" in Simon's family have drowned--always on July 24, which is only weeks away.

As his friend Alice looks on with alarm, Simon becomes increasingly worried about his sister. Could there be a curse on Simon's family? What does it have to do with the book, and can he get to the heart of the mystery in time to save Enola?

Jenny's Sick

David Tallerman

This short story originally appeared in Lightspeed, December 2010. It can also be found in the anthology Lightspeed: Year One (2011), edited by John Joseph Adams.

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

Patchwerk

David Tallerman

Fleeing the city of New York on the TransContinental atmospheric transport vehicle, Dran Florrian is traveling with Palimpsest -- the ultimate proof of a lifetime of scientific theorizing.

When a rogue organization attempts to steal the device, however, Dran takes drastic action.

But his invention threatens to destroy the very fabric of this and all other possible universes, unless Dran -- or someone very much like him -- can shut down the machine and reverse the process.

The Killer Inside Me

Jim Thompson

Everyone in the small town of Central City, Texas loves Lou Ford. A deputy sheriff, Lou's known to the small-time criminals, the real-estate entrepreneurs, and all of his coworkers--the low-lifes, the big-timers, and everyone in-between--as the nicest guy around. He may not be the brightest or the most interesting man in town, but nevertheless, he's the kind of officer you're happy to have keeping your streets safe. The sort of man you might even wish your daughter would end up with someday.

But behind the platitudes and glad-handing lurks a monster the likes of which few have seen. An urge that has already claimed multiple lives, and cost Lou his brother Mike, a self-sacrificing construction worker fell to his death on the job in what was anything but an accident. A murder that Lou is determined to avenge--and if innocent people have to die in the process, well, that's perfectly all right with him.

In THE KILLER INSIDE ME, Thompson goes where few novelists have dared to go, giving us a pitch-black glimpse into the mind of the American Serial Killer years before Charles Manson, John Wayne Gacy, and Brett Easton Ellis's American Psycho, in the novel that will forever be known as the master performance of one of the greatest crime novelists of all time.

304 Adolph Hitler Strasse

Lavie Tidhar

This short story originally appeared in Clarkesworld Magazine, #1 October 2006. It can also be found in the anthology Realms: The First Year of Clarkesworld Magazine (2007), edited by Sean Wallace and Nick Mamatas.

Read the full story for free at Clarkesworld.

(To See the Other) Whole Against the Sky

E. Catherine Tobler

Sturgeon Award nominated short story. It originally appeared in Clarkesworld Magazine, #74 November 2012. The story can also be found in the anthology Clarkesworld: Year Seven (2015), edited by Sean Wallace and Neil Clarke.

Read the full story for free at Clarkesworld.

A Box, a Pocket, a Spaceman

E. Catherine Tobler

This short story originally appeared in Lightspeed, August 2014.

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

Mix Tapes From Dead Boys

E. Catherine Tobler

This short story originally appeared in Lightspeed Magazine, July 2017.

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

The Grand Tour

E. Catherine Tobler

Step right up! Come one, come all, to Jackson's Unreal Circus and Mobile Marmalade. The steam train may look older than your great-grandmother's china, but within her metal corridors are destinations you have only ever dreamed. They're real, friends, each and every one--and yours for the taking.

Witness Rabi, Vanquisher and Vanisher Extraordinaire, who can make coins and the past vanish before your very eyes. Dare to visit the Beauty and the Beast, our conjoined twins who are terrible and tortured by turns. Sample Beth's marmalade, the sticky sweetness containing the very memory of the day you turned sixteen, and your beloved's lips touched yours once and never again.It's worth the price, traveler. Jackson's Unreal Circus is where you can be whoever or whatever you want. Whether it be a ride on the Ferris wheel, slipping inside a skin that is not your own, or the opportunity to live as you never have before--it is all possible on this, the grandest of tours. The train beckons you--come, come!

For the first time, E. Catherine Tobler has compiled a collection of her popular circus stories. With nine stories ranging from the first publishing within this universe to a previously unpublished piece, this is your ticket to her magical world. Welcome to The Grand Tour.

Contains the following destinations:
"Vanishing Act"
"Artificial Nocturne"
"We, As One, Trailing Embers"
"Liminal"
"Blow the Moon Out"
"Ebb Stung by the Flow"
"Lady Marmalade"
"Every Season" (original to this collection)
"Inland Territory; Stray Italian Greyhound"

The Kraken Sea

E. Catherine Tobler

Fifteen-year-old Jackson is different from the other children at the foundling hospital. Scales sometimes cover his arms. Tentacles coil just below his skin. Despite this Jackson tries to fit in with the other children. He tries to be normal for Sister Jerome Grace and the priests. But when a woman asks for a boy like him, all that changes. His name is pinned to his jacket and an orphan train whisks him across the country to Macquarie's.

At Macquarie's, Jackson finds a home unlike any he could have imagined. The bronze lions outside the doors eat whomever they deem unfit to enter, the hallways and rooms shift and change at will, and Cressida--the woman who adopted him--assures him he no longer has to hide what he is. But new freedoms hide dark secrets. There are territories, allegiances, and a kraken in the basement that eats shadows.

As Jackson learns more about the new world he's living in and about who he is, he has to decide who he will stand with: Cressida, the woman who gave him a home and a purpose, or Mae, the black-eyed lion tamer with a past as enigmatic as his own. The Kraken Sea is a fast paced adventure full of mystery, Fates, and writhing tentacles just below the surface, and in the middle of it all is a boy searching for himself.

The Necessity of Stars

E. Catherine Tobler

Plagued by the creeping loss of her memory, diplomat Bréone Hemmerli continues to negotiate peace in an increasingly climate-devastated world. The Necessity of Stars brings the alien Tura to Bréone's Normandy garden, a place removed from the world's ruin. Within the garden's shadows, Tura will show Bréone a way forward, even if she can't remember it.

You Were She Who Abode

E. Catherine Tobler

This short story originally appeared in Clarkesworld Magazine, #69 June 2012. It can also be found in the anthology Clarkesworld: Year Six (2014), edited by Sean Wallace and Neil Clarke.

Read the full story for free at Clarkesworld.

The Story of Kullervo

J. R. R. Tolkien

The world first publication of a previously unknown work of fantasy by J.R.R. Tolkien, which tells the powerful story of a doomed young man who is sold into slavery and who swears revenge on the magician who killed his father.

Kullervo son of Kalervo is perhaps the darkest and most tragic of all J.R.R. Tolkien's characters. 'Hapless Kullervo', as Tolkien called him, is a luckless orphan boy with supernatural powers and a tragic destiny.

Brought up in the homestead of the dark magician Untamo, who killed his father, kidnapped his mother, and who tries three times to kill him when still a boy, Kullervo is alone save for the love of his twin sister, Wanona, and guarded by the magical powers of the black dog, Musti. When Kullervo is sold into slavery he swears revenge on the magician, but he will learn that even at the point of vengeance there is no escape from the cruellest of fates.

Tolkien wrote that The Story of Kullervo was 'the germ of my attempt to write legends of my own', and was 'a major matter in the legends of the First Age'; his Kullervo was the ancestor of Túrin Turambar, tragic incestuous hero of The Silmarillion. In addition to being a powerful story in its own right, The Story of Kullervo – published here for the first time with the author's drafts, notes and lecture-essays on its source-work, The Kalevala, is a foundation stone in the structure of Tolkien's invented world.

Where Peace Is Lost

Valerie Valdes

Where peace is lost, may we find it.

Five years ago, Kelana Gardavros lost everything in the war against the Pale empire. Now Kel Garda is just another refugee living on the edge of an isolated star system. No one knows she was once a member of an Order whose military arm was disbanded and scattered across the galaxy. And no one knows that if her enemies found her, they might destroy the entire world to get rid of her.

Where peace is broken, may we mend it.

Kel's past intrudes in the form of a long-dormant Pale war machine, suddenly reactivated. If the massive automaton isn't stopped, at best it will carve a swath of devastation that displaces thousands of people. At worst, it will kill every sentient creature on the planet.

Where we go, may peace follow.

When two strangers offer to deactivate the machine for a price, Kel and a young friend agree to serve as their guides. The journey through swamps infested with predators and bandits is bad enough, but can they survive more nefarious dangers along the way? And will Kel's fear of revealing her secrets doom the very people she's trying to protect?

Where we fall, may peace rise.

Assault on a City

Jack Vance

Hugo Award nominated novella. It originally appeared in the anthology Universe 4 (1974), edited by Terry Carr. The story can also be found in the collections Lost Moons (1982), Wild Thyme, Green Magic (2009) and Golden Girl and Other Stories (2012).

Chateau d'If and Other Stories

Jack Vance

A collection of Vance's early stories, including Phalid's Fate (1945), Chateau d'If (1949), Crusade to Maxus (1950), Shape-Up (1952), The Gift of Gab (1954), The Augmented Agent (1956), Milton Hack from Zodiac (1957), Nopalgarth (1964) and The Narrow Land (1966).

Emphyrio

Jack Vance

Far in the future, the craftsmen of the distant planet Halma create goods which are the wonder of the galaxy. But they know little of this. Their society is harshly regimented, its religion austere and unforgiving, and primitive -- to maintain standards, even the most basic use of automation is punishable by death.

When Amiante, a wood-carver, is executed for processing old documents with a camera, his son Ghyl rebels, and decides to bring down the system. To do so, he must first interpret the story of Emphyrio, an ancient hero of Halman legend.

Fantasms and Magics

Jack Vance

Contents:

  • Foreword (Fantasms and Magics) - (1978) - essay
  • The Miracle-Workers - (1958) - novella
  • When the Five Moons Rise - (1954) - shortstory
  • Noise - (1952) - shortstory
  • The New Prime - (1951) - novelette
  • Guyal of Sfere - [Dying Earth] - (1950) - novella
  • The Men Return - (1957) - shortstory

Note that this is a republication of an earlier collection (Eight Fantasms and Magics (1968)) but with two stories removed (Telek and Cil).

Future Tense

Jack Vance

Table of Contents:

  • Dodkin's Job - (1959) - novelette
  • Ullward's Retreat - (1958) - novelette
  • Sail 25 - (1962) - novella
  • The Gift of Gab - (1955) - novella

Galactic Effectuator

Jack Vance

Featuring three tales of the galactic effectuator who first appeared in "The Dogtown Tourist Agency", a tale suggesting that its author is a well-travelled man, intimately acquainted with the shortcomings of those who may seek to serve your needs in foreign lands.

Gold and Iron

Jack Vance

Originally appeared in Space Stories, December 1952. An abriged version appeared in Ace Double D-295 (1958).

Roy Barch is taken slave by the Klau, along with the golden Lekthwan, Komeitk Lelianr. On the industrialized world Magarak, the Klau hunt Barch and others for recreation. Barch refuses to fall prey--and fights a grim battle to return to Earth.

Golden Girl and Other Stories

Jack Vance

A collection of Vance's early stories, including Golden Girl (1945), Masquerade on Dicantropus (1950), Abercrombie Station (1951), Cholwell's Chickens (1951), The Mitr (1951), The World Between (1952), When the Five Moons Rise (1953), Meet Miss Universe (1954), and The Insufferable Redheaded Daughter of Commander Tynnott, O.T.E. (1972).

Green Magic

Jack Vance

Table of Contents:

  • Foreword - (1979) - essay by Poul Anderson
  • Introduction - (1979) - essay by John Shirley
  • Green Magic - (1963) - short story
  • The Miracle-Workers - (1958) - novella
  • The Moon Moth - (1961) - novelette
  • The Mitr - (1953) - short story
  • The Men Return - (1957) - short story
  • The Narrow Land - (1967) - novelette
  • The Pilgrims - (1966) - novelette
  • The Secret - (1966) - short story
  • Liane the Wayfarer - (1950) - short story

Sail 25 and Other Stories

Jack Vance

A collection of Vance's early short stories, including:

  • Planet of the Black Dust (1945)
  • Four Hundred Blackbirds (1948)
  • Dead Ahead (1949)
  • The Enchanted Princess (1949)
  • The Potters of Firsk (1949)
  • The Visitors (1950)
  • The Uninhibited Robot (1950)
  • Dover Spargill's Ghastly Floater (1951)
  • Three-Legged Joe (1951)
  • Sabotage on Sulfur Planet (1952)
  • Sjambak (1952)
  • Parapsyche (1957)
  • Sail 25 (1961)

Space Opera

Jack Vance

A society matron underwrites the interstellar tour of an Earth opera company, performing Beethoven, Mozart and Rossini for bewildered human and alien audiences on a kaleidoscopic range of planets. But intrigue and secret agendas complicate what was already a doubtful enterprise, and the matron's feckless nephew finds that the simple country girl he plans to marry is far more mysterious than she seems.

This is Jack Vance at his funniest, rolling out a rollicking picaresque tale where the belly laughs play a perfect duet with the grandmaster's sly observations on the absurdities of life, love and librettos.

The Augmented Agent and Other Stories

Jack Vance

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction - essay by Steven Owen Godersky
  • Shape-Up - (1953) - short story
  • The Man from Zodiac - (1967) - novella
  • Golden Girl - (1951) - short story
  • The Planet Machine - (1951) - short fiction
  • Crusade to Maxus - (1951) - novella
  • Three-Legged Joe - (1953) - short story
  • Sjambak - (1953) - novelette
  • The Augmented Agent - (1961) - novelette

The Best of Jack Vance

Jack Vance

Table of Contents:

  • Preface to the Collection - essay by Jack Vance
  • Capturing Vance - (1976) - essay by Barry N. Malzberg
  • Sail 25 - (1962) - novella
  • Ullward's Retreat - (1958) - novelette
  • The Last Castle - (1966) - novella
  • Abercrombie Station - (1952) - novella
  • The Moon Moth - (1961) - novelette
  • Rumfuddle - (1973) - novella

The Blue World

Jack Vance

King Kragen has ruled a sea-covered world since human colonists arrived twelve generations before. A monstrous water creature with gluttonous appetites, King Kragen demands a payoff in return for protection- and to appease him has become a way of life. To anger King Kragen means certain death, but Sklar Hast is fed up with slavery and sacrifice. In a world without weapons, the fight won't be easy--particularly when the unwilling treat Sklar Hast as the enemy!

The Five Gold Bands

Jack Vance

The galaxy is full of wealthy planets and haughty aliens who guard the technology of interstellar travel. Earth must pay a price for use of the space drive, and this rubs Paddy Blackthorn the wrong way- so he sets out to steal the secret. The powerful Shauls capture and dump him on a barren planet- yet here he acquires five golden bands containing the very data he is after. The information is coded- and while Paddy solves the puzzle he must evade a galactic manhunt!

original publication: Startling Stories, 1950

first book publication, as The Space Pirate, Toby Press 1953

currently available as The Rapparee (Vance's preferred title)

The Languages of Pao

Jack Vance

The Panarch of Pao is dead and Beran Panasper, his young son and heir, must flee the planet to live and avenge his father's death. It is at the secret fortress on the planet Breakness that Beran discovers the dreaded truth behind the assassination of his father-and much more. The people of Pao are a docile lot, content to live in harmony with the rest of the cosmos, but the scientists at Breakness seek to alter the psychology of the Paonese for their own purpose-and Beran holds the key to their audacious plan. Beran will return to Pao, transforming his home world beyond his teacher's wildest dreams. But though he has been fashioned into a man of Breakness, Beran's heart is of Pao. And he brings to his world the seeds of change that will save Pao...or destroy it.

The Last Castle

Jack Vance

Hugo and Nebula Award nominated novella.

For 700 years the Meks served without complaint; they were indispensable, for no gentleman would demean himself with toil. But now they turn against the strongholds of civilization--Castle Halcyon, then Sea Island, Morninglight, and Maraval--one by one the proud castles of Earth fall; last standing is Castle Hagedorn.

Winner Nebula Award 1966, Hugo award 1967.

The story originally appeared in Galaxy Magazine, April 1966. The story can also be found in the Nebula Award Stories Two (1967), edited by Brian W. Aldiss and Harry Harrison, The Hugo Winners, Volume 2: (1963-70) (1971), edited by Isaac Asimov, and The Science Fiction Hall of Fame, Volume III (1982), edited by George W. Proctor and Arthur C. Clarke. It is half of Tor Double #15: The Last Castle/Nightwings (1989, with Robert Silverberg) and is included in The Best of Jack Vance (1976) and The Jack Vance Treasury (2007).

The Miracle Workers

Jack Vance

Humankind has dominated the world Pangborn for sixteen-hundred years. Jinxmen use powerful telepathy as a weapon—but when the indigenous First Folk fight to win Pangborn back, their weapons may be superior.

The Moon Moth and Other Stories

Jack Vance

A collection of Vance's early stories, including The New Prime (1950), The Men Return (1955), Green Magic (1956), Ullward's Retreat (1957), Dodkin's Job (1958), The Moon Moth (1960), Alfred's Ark (1964), Sulwen's Planet (1966), and Rumfuddle (1972).

The World-Thinker and Other Stories

Jack Vance

A collection of Vance's early short stories, including The World Thinker (1944), I'll Build Your Dream Castle (1946), The God and the Temple Robber (1946), Men of the Ten Books (1949), Seven Exits from Bocz (1949), Telek (1951), The Secret (1951), Noise (1952), D.P. (1951), The Absent Minded Professor (1953), The Devil on Salvation Bluff (1954), The Phantom Milkman (1955), Where Hesperus Falls (1955), A Practical Man's Guide (1956), and The House Lords (1956).

This is Me, Jack Vance!: Or, More Properly, This is

Jack Vance

Jack Vance has long been one of the most influential, admired and imitated writers in science fiction and fantasy literature, the award-winning author of such widely acclaimed works as The Dying Earth, the Lyonesse trilogy, the adventures of Cugel the Clever, the Demon Princes series, and many other masterful tales set among the stars, in exotic fantasy realms or on our own Earth.

For much of his career, Vance has also been one of the field's most private writers, an author who preferred to let his work speak for him. Now, at last, to coincide with the release of the tribute anthology Songs of the Dying Earth, Jack gives us this intimate and fascinating glimpse into his rich and eventful life, and a valuable insight into how he went about practicing his craft.

For fans of the Grand Master's work, these memoirs are something to be treasured.

To Live Forever

Jack Vance

In the far-future city of Clarges, you can live forever – if you can make the grade. In Clarges, everyone competes for the ultimate prize: immortality. Gavin Waylock had that prize – the live-forever rank of Amaranth, but lost it when he was accused of murder. Now, after seven years in hiding he begins again the struggle to reach the top. But a strong-willed woman,The Jacynth Martin, is determined to see him fail – and failure means death.

The Spatterlight Press e-book is available under the alternate title Clarges.

Wild Thyme, Green Magic

Jack Vance

When Jack Vance decided to become a writer, a "million words a year" man as he put it so pragmatically at the time, he also gave fantastic literature one of its most cherished and distinctive voices. Though primarily a novelist throughout his long and distinguished career, this Hugo, Nebula, Edgar and World Fantasy Award-winning Grand Master also produced many short and mid-length works.

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction by Terry Dowling and Jonathan Strahan
  • Assault on a City
  • Rumfuddle
  • The Augmented Agent
  • Green Magic
  • Ullward's Retreat
  • Coup de Grace
  • Chateau d'If
  • The Potters of Firsk
  • The World-Thinker
  • Seven Exits from Bocz
  • Wild Thyme and Violets

The Time Traveler's Almanac

Ann VanderMeer
Jeff VanderMeer

The Time Traveler's Almanac is the largest and most definitive collection of time travel stories ever assembled. Gathered into one volume by intrepid chrononauts and world-renowned anthologists Ann and Jeff VanderMeer, this book compiles more than a century's worth of literary travels into the past and the future that will serve to reacquaint readers with beloved classics of the time travel genre and introduce them to thrilling contemporary innovations.

This marvelous volume includes nearly seventy journeys through time from authors such as Douglas Adams, Isaac Asimov, Ray Bradbury, William Gibson, Ursula K. Le Guin, George R. R. Martin, Michael Moorcock, H. G. Wells, and Connie Willis, as well as helpful non-fiction articles original to this volume (such as Charles Yu's "Top Ten Tips For Time Travelers").

In fact, this book is like a time machine of its very own, covering millions of years of Earth's history from the age of the dinosaurs through to strange and fascinating futures, spanning the ages from the beginning of time to its very end. The Time Traveler's Almanac is the ultimate anthology for the time traveler in your life.

Jupiter Wrestlerama

Marie Vibbert

This short story originally appeared in Lightspeed, October 2014.

Read the full story for free at Lightspeed.

The Dead Letter and The Figure Eight

Metta Fuller Victor

Before Raymond Chandler, before Dorothy Sayers or Agatha Christie, there was Metta Fuller Victor, the first American author-man or woman-of a full-length detective novel. This novel, The Dead Letter, is presented here along with another of Victor's mysteries, The Figure Eight. Both written in the 1860s and published under the name Seeley Regester, these novels show how-by combining conventions of the mystery form first developed by Edgar Allan Poe with those of the domestic novel-Victor pioneered the domestic detective story and paved the way for generations of writers to follow.

In The Dead Letter, Henry Moreland is killed by a single stab to the back. Against a background of post-Civil War politics, Richard Redfield, a young attorney, helps Burton, a legendary New York City detective, unravel the crime. In The Figure Eight, Joe Meredith undertakes a series of adventures and assumes a number of disguises to solve the mystery of the murder of his uncle and regain the lost fortune of his angelic cousin.

The Peddler's Apprentice

Joan D. Vinge
Vernor Vinge

This novelette originally appeared in Analog Science Fiction/Science Fact, August 1975. It can also be found in the anthologies Best Science Fiction Stories of the Year: Fifth Annual Collection (1975), edited by Lester del Rey, and The 1976 Annual World's Best SF, edited by Donald A. Wollheim and Arthur W. Saha. It is included in the collections Phoenix in the Ashes (Joan D. Vinge, 1975), True Names ...and Other Dangers (Vernor Vinge, 1987) and The Collected Stories of Vernor Vinge (Vernor Vinge, 2001).

The Witching Night

C. S. Cody

It is too bad that The Witching Night is Leslie Waller's only foray into weird fiction, because it's a chilling tour de force. Written early in the bestselling author's career, Waller used the pseudonym C. S. Cody to distinguish the novel from the crime fiction and international intrigue he would later become famous for.

Groundbreaking in its approach, The Witching Night pits medical science against a relentless, malignant force. Dr. Loomis--a young, well-grounded MD who operates a small clinic in Chicago--draws on his medical training by using pharmaceuticals to keep himself buoyant and lucid in the midst of a direct attack by a malicious entity... or is it a curse? Nameless, indefinable... one thing is certain: it's a killer, and likes to torture before it kills.

The Killer and the Slain

Hugh Walpole

As boys, Jimmie Tunstall was John Talbot's implacable foe, never ceasing to taunt, torment, and bully him. Years later, John is married and living in a small coastal town when he learns, much to his chagrin, that his old adversary has just moved to the same town. Before long the harassment begins anew until finally, driven to desperation, John murders his tormentor. Soon he starts to suffer from frightening hallucinations and his personality and physical appearance begin to alter, causing him increasingly to resemble the man he killed. Is it merely the psychological effect of his guilt, or is it the manifestation of something supernatural - and evil? The tension builds until the chilling final scene, when the horrifying truth will be revealed about the killer - and the slain.

The works of the prolific and phenomenally popular Sir Hugh Walpole (1884-1941) have been neglected since his death, but his "macabre" tales, of which The Killer and the Slain (1942) is the best, deserve rediscovery. A psychological horror story in the tradition of The Turn of the Screw and The Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde, Walpole's posthumous novel is reprinted for the first time in this new edition, which features an introduction by John Howard.

"[An] exercise in the macabre, the bizarre, the psychologically unaccountable... worked out with conspicuous craft and dexterity... ingenious, accomplished." - Times Literary Supplement

"[A] masterful blending of suspense, horror and deep-etched character... spine-chilling." - Publishers Weekly

"Well done, with more sex than one associates with Walpole... belongs in the gallery of pathological horror stories." - Kirkus Reviews

"[W]ill entangle the imaginative reader. It is undoubtedly macabre. Maturity and assurance of style add to its impressiveness." - Sydney Morning Herald

If on a Winter's Night a Traveler

Xia Jia

A short story about a poet and her legacy, and how people handle it in the age of the internet and social media. Traslated by Ken Liu. This story is included in the anthology Ex Libris: Stories of Librarians, Libraries & Lore (2017), edited by Paula Guran

Read the full story for free at Clarkesworld.

Neon Green

Margaret Wappler

It's the summer of 1994 in suburban Chicago: Forrest Gump is still in theaters, teens are reeling from the recent death of Kurt Cobain, and you can enter a sweepstakes for a spaceship from Jupiter to land in your backyard. Welcome to Margaret Wappler's slightly altered 90s. Everything's pretty much the way you remember it, except for the aliens.

When a flying saucer lands in the Allens' backyard, family patriarch and environmental activist Ernest is up in arms. According to the company facilitating the visits, the spaceship is 100 percent non-toxic, but as Ernest's panic increases, so do his questions: What are the effects of longterm exposure to the saucer and why is it really here?

The family starts logging the spaceship's daily fits and starts but it doesn't get them any closer to figuring out the spaceship's comically erratic behavior. Ernest's wife Cynthia and their children, Alison and Gabe, are less concerned with the saucer, and more worried about their father's growing paranoia (not to mention their mundane, suburban existences). Set before the arrival of the internet, Neon Green will stun, unnerve, and charm readers with its loving depiction of a suburban family living on the cusp of the future.

Rose/House

Arkady Martine

Basit Deniau's houses were haunted to begin with.

A house embedded with an artificial intelligence is a common thing: a house that is an artificial intelligence, infused in every load-bearing beam and fine marble tile with a thinking creature that is not human? That is something else altogether. But now Deniau's been dead a year, and Rose House is locked up tight, as commanded by the architect's will: all his possessions and files and sketches are confined in its archives, and their only keeper is Rose House itself. Rose House, and one other.

Dr. Selene Gisil, one of Deniau's former protégé, is permitted to come into Rose House once a year. She alone may open Rose House's vaults, look at drawings and art, talk with Rose House's animating intelligence all she likes. Until this week, Dr. Gisil was the only person whom Rose House spoke to.

But even an animate intelligence that haunts a house has some failsafes common to all AIs. For instance: all AIs must report the presence of a dead body to the nearest law enforcement agency.

There is a dead person in Rose House. The house says so. It is not Basit Deniau, and it is not Dr. Gisil. It is someone else. Rose House, having completed its duty of care and informed Detective Maritza Smith of the China Lake police precinct that there is in fact a dead person inside it, dead of unnatural causes--has shut up.

No one can get inside Rose House, except Dr. Gisil. Dr. Gisil was not in North America when Rose House called the China Lake precinct. But someone did. And someone died there. And someone may be there still.

The Hydraulic Emperor

Arkady Martine

This short story originally appeared in Uncanny Magazine, Issue 20, January-February 2018.

Read the full story for free at Uncanny.

Listen to the Echoes: The Ray Bradbury Interviews

Sam Weller

A definitive collection of interviews with one of America's most famous writers, covering his life, faith, friends, politics, and visions of the future.

Ray Bradbury, the poetic and visionary author of such classics as Fahrenheit 451, The Martian Chronicles and The Illustrated Man, is one of the most influential writers of the 20th century. From Mikhail Gorbachev to Alfred Hitchcock to David Bowie, Bradbury's sway on contemporary culture is towering. Acclaimed biographer and Bradbury scholar Sam Weller has spent more than a decade interviewing the author; the fascinating conversations that emerge cast a high-definition portrait of a creative genius and a futurist who longs for yesterday. Listen to the Echoes: The Ray Bradbury Interviews is the definitive collection of interviews with an American icon.

The Bradbury Chronicles: The Life of Ray Bradbury

Sam Weller

Accomplished journalist Sam Weller met the Ray Bradbury while writing a cover story for the Chicago Tribune Magazine and spent hundreds of hours interviewing Bradbury, his editors, family members, and longtime friends. With unprecedented access to private archives, he uncovered never-before-published letters, documents, and photographs that help tell the story of this literary genius and his remarkable creative journey. The result is a richly textured, detailed biography that illuminates the origins and accomplishments of Bradbury's fascinating mind.

Hard Reboot

Django Wexler

Kas is a junior researcher on a fact-finding mission to old Earth. But when a con-artist tricks her into wagering a large sum of money belonging to her university on the outcome of a manned robot arena battle, she becomes drawn into the seedy underworld of old Earth politics and state-sponsored battle-droid prizefights.

Is it time to get back to the books, yet?

How to Become a Dark Lord and Die Trying

Django Wexler

Davi has done this all before. She's tried to be the hero and take down the all-powerful Dark Lord. A hundred times she's rallied humanity and made the final charge. But the time loop always gets her in the end. Sometimes she's killed quickly. Sometimes it takes a while. But she's been defeated every time.

This time? She's done being the hero and done being stuck in this endless time loop. If the Dark Lord always wins, then maybe that's who she needs to be. It's Davi's turn to play on the winning side.

In Springdale Town

Robert Freeman Wexler

Reconciliation, longing, and ambiguity combine in one astounding locale: Springdale. Is it a mundane New England town on a picturesque river, or the nexus of the paradoxical?

Springdale appears to be a quiet village, unblemished by shopping mall or mega-store. The town sits in a fertile valley, surrounded by countryside rich in natural wonder. Summers, tourists attend the area's many arts and music festivals, and hikers crowd the trails. In the fall, reds and yellows of turning leaves decorate the landscape, and in winter, mountain resorts fill with avid skiers.

But some say Springdale exists only on the contoured highways of our collective imagination. Others point to references dating back to Colonial Boston, to multiple versions of a ballad telling a story of remorse and disgrace.

Here are three facts:
1. Maps cannot be trusted;
2. All History is awash with fraud and hoax;
3. Springdale is an absence of identity.

For two people, a lawyer named Patrick Travis and a television actor named Richard Shelling, Springdale is home and anti-home, a place of comfort and a distortion of everyday life. They are strangers to each other, yet connected. Their lives will intersect with a force that shatters both.

This story is included in the anthology Best Short Novels: 2004, edited by Jonathan Strahan.

The Silverberg Business

Robert Freeman Wexler

In 1888 in Victoria, Texas, for a simple job, a Chicago private eye gets caught up in the poker game to end all poker games.

Shannon, a Chicago private detective, returns home to Galveston, Texas for a wedding. Galveston's new rabbi asks Shannon to find Nathan Silverberg, gone missing along with a group of swindlers who claim to be soliciting money for a future colony of Romanian Jewish refugees.

What seems to be a simple job soon pushes Shannon into stranger territory. His investigations lead him to a malevolent white-haired gambler, monstrous sand dune totems, and a group of skull-headed poker players trapped in an endless loop of cards and alcohol, who may be his only means to survive the business.

Collaborators

Deborah Wheeler

When a crippled Terran spaceship makes landfall on an alien world.

The Terrans land, unaware that their advanced technology threatens the fragile balance of power for the native race. Aliens, for whom gender has a very different meaning and whose instincts can drive a crowd to madness.

Despite the Terrans best intentions, misunderstandings mount and violent retaliation escalates. Soon everyone -- scientists and soldiers, rebels and lovers, patriots and opportunists -- are swept up in a cycle of destruction.

A cycle of destruction follows.

Ultimately, the people on each side who have suffered the deepest losses must forge a path to reconciliation before it's too late.

Salvation comes, but at a price.

Jaydium

Deborah Wheeler

Far in the future, an interplanetary civil conflict has ground to an uneasy halt, leaving its human victims bitter and desperate: Kithri, the daughter of a scientist, abandoned on a desolate mining planet with no hope to use her talents, and Eril, shell-shocked pilot, finding adapting to peace more difficult than he dreamed. A freak accident sends them back to a time when their desert world was lush and green, when an alien civilization stands on the brink of a war of total destruction.

Unexpectedly linked with Lennart, a spaceman from an earlier era in galactic history, and Brianna, an anthropologist from an alternate universe, they must choose to remain outside the conflict or to stand up for what they believe, even at the cost of never getting home again

Northlight

Deborah Wheeler

She's a Ranger, a wild and savvy knife-fighter, determined to get help in finding her partner who's lost on the treacherous northern border. He's a scholar who sees visions, eager to escape the confines of city life and the shadow of his charismatic mother.

With the assassination of a beloved leader and the city in turmoil, the two have only each other to turn to. What begins as a rescue mission turns deadly as together they unravel the secret that lies beneath Laurea's idyllic surface.

Russian Wonder Tales

Post Wheeler

The Russian skazki are the mass of folk tales distributed widely through all the Russias. They are among the oldest stories in the world, handed down in peasant's hut and noble's palace from a time when history had yet to be recorded. They are today, from Archangel to the Black Sea and from Siberia to the Baltic, almost as much a part of life of the people as the language itself.

Russian Wonder Tales has long been recognized as one of the best of all children's classics. Now, in this fresh re-issue of the completely revised edition, it is still a marvelous book. There are perhaps no wonder tales extant today so fascinating as these, for they have been written with that touch of magic which makes old tales eternally new. The twelve illustrations in full color are by a famous Russian painter, Bilibin, whose art revives the enchanted lands of a distant, glowing past.

Aside from the overwhelming appeal of these stories for younger readers, Russian Wonder Tales is also an important book for the student of legend and myth. The tales are linked to a hundred phrases in common parlance; the heroes, in one guise or another, peer from every page of Slavonic literature; and the delver in historic debris finds each stratum sown thick with skazki shards to the very bedrock of legend.

Table of Contents:

  • Foreward
  • The Language of the Birds
  • Tsar Saltan
  • Vasilissa the Beautiful
  • The Little Humpbacked Horse
  • Tsar-Morskoi the Sea-Ruler
  • Tsarevitch Ivan, the Fire Bird and the Gray Wolf
  • Maria Morevna
  • Martin the Peasant's Son
  • The Mountain of White Sand
  • The Feather of Finist the Falcon
  • The Frog-Tsarevna
  • Schmat-Razum
  • The Twin Brothers
  • Little Bear's Son
  • Vasilii the Unlucky
  • Tsarevitch Petr and the Wizard

Three Princes

Ramona Wheeler

Lord Scott Oken, a prince of Albion, and Professor-Prince Mikel Mabruke live in a world where the sun never set on the Egyptian Empire. In the year 1877 of Our Lord Julius Caesar, Pharaoh Djoser-George governs a sprawling realm that spans Europe, Africa, and much of Asia. When the European terrorist Otto von Bismarck touches off an international conspiracy, Scott and Mik are charged with exposing the plot against the Empire.

Their adventure takes them from the sands of Memphis to a lush New World, home of the Incan Tawantinsuyu, a rival empire across the glittering Atlantic Ocean. Encompassing Quetzal airships, operas, blood sacrifice and high diplomacy, Ramona Wheeler's Three Princes is a richly imagined, cinematic vision of a modern Egyptian Empire.

Sea Change

S. M. Wheeler

The unhappy child of two powerful parents who despise each other, young Lilly turns to the ocean to find solace, which she finds in the form of the eloquent and intelligent sea monster Octavius, a kraken. In Octavius's many arms, Lilly learns of friendship, loyalty, and family. When Octavius, forbidden by Lilly to harm humans, is captured by seafaring traders and sold to a circus, Lilly becomes his only hope for salvation. Desperate to find him, she strikes a bargain with a witch that carries a shocking price.

Her journey to win Octavius's freedom is difficult. The circus master wants a Coat of Illusions; the Coat tailor wants her undead husband back from a witch; the witch wants her skin back from two bandits; the bandits just want some company, but they might kill her first. Lilly's quest tests her resolve, tries her patience, and leaves her transformed in every way.

A powerfully written debut from a young fantasy author, S.M. Wheeler's Sea Change is an exhilarating tale of adventure, resilience, and selflessness in the name of friendship.

The Killer Thing

Kate Wilhelm

PROGRAMMED FOR DESTRUCTION

In a way, they were the same, the man and the machine. Both had been ordered to do one thing - kill.

The robot had been created to wreak revenge on the humans who had brutally conquered its planet.

The man was the product of years of training by an Earth that had set out to take over the Universe.

Now the two faced each other in the icy reaches of the galaxy. The robot, with its calculating machine of a brain, its impenetrable force shield, its deadly laser beam. The man, with the kind of nerve that refused to admit the odds against survival...

I Met a Traveller in an Antique Land

Connie Willis

Jim is in New York City at Christmastime shopping a book based on his blog--Gone for Good-- premised on the fact that "being nostalgic for things that have disappeared is ridiculous." Progress decides for people what they need and what's obsolete. It's that simple. Of course, not everyone agrees. After Jim bombs a contentious interview with a radio host who defends the sacred technology of the printed, tangible book, he gets caught in a rainstorm only to find himself with no place to take refuge other than a quaint, old-fashioned bookshop.

Ozymandias Books is not just any store. Jim wanders intrigued through stacks of tomes he doesn't quite recognize the titles of, none with prices. Here he discovers a mysteriously pristine, seemingly endless wonderland of books--where even he gets nostalgic for his childhood favorite. And, yes, the overwhelmed and busy clerk showing him around says they have a copy. But it's only after Jim leaves that he understands the true nature of Ozymandias and how tragic it is that some things may be gone forever...

This novella originally appeared in Asimov's Science Fiction, November-December 2017. It was published in chapbook edition in 2018.

Accelerants

Lena Wilson

Spring, before

When Lucy is six years old she finds two things that will change her life forever: she is an Omni that can control fire, and her power is deadly. Under the sharp watch of her secretive father, Lucy is confronted with the consequences of the worst mistake of her life every day. On the eve of her eighteenth birthday, things finally seem like they are getting better--with the promise of freedom at college on the horizon, and the dream that Jessa, the girl of Lucy's dreams, might reciprocate Lucy's feelings. But in an instant, everything changes.

Winter, now

Incarcerated and stripped of her rights, Lucy's new world is behind locked gates and antiseptic interrogation rooms. Like other Omnis, Lucy is separated from her family, seen as a criminal for trying to live with other humans, and locked away--possibly forever. But Lucy and her fellow Omnis aren't going quietly into submission.

Accelerants is a novella about first love, cold-hearted betrayal, and the implacable truth that sometimes you have to burn it all down.

Killerbowl

Gary K. Wolf

It's thirty years in the future. In the Boston Minutemen locker room, Street Football League quarterback T.K. Mann prepares himself for the biggest, riskiest, most dangerous game of his life. At the age of thirty-four, T.K. is the oldest player in the ultraviolent sport of Professional Street Football, a phenomenally popular twenty-four-hour-long athletic event combining pro football with mixed martial arts and armed combat.

From its outlaw beginnings as a gang game played on urban streets, the SFL has rapidly risen to become the nation's most popular spectator sport. On every Sunday, armed and deadly players on SFL teams main and murder one another in front of huge television audiences. The International Broadcasting Company, the network that owns exclusive telecasting rights to SFL games, is not satisfied. The network wants more viewers, more team merchandise sales, more advertisers, more profits. To get that, they need to give the fans what they want, -- more violence and more death.

Strange Travelers

Gene Wolfe

Gene Wolfe is producing the most significant body of short fiction of any living writer in the SF genre. It has been ten years since the last major Wolfe collection, so Strange Travelers contains a whole decade of achievement. Some of these stories were award nominees, some were controversial, but each is unique and beautifully written.

Table of Contents

  • Bluesberry Jam - (1996) - novelette
  • One-Two-Three for Me - (1996) - short story
  • Counting Cats in Zanzibar - (1996) - short story
  • The Death of Koshchei the Deathless (a tale of old Russia) - (1995) - short story
  • No Planets Strike - (1997) - short story
  • Bed and Breakfast - (1996) - short fiction
  • To the Seventh - (1996) - novelette
  • Queen of the Night - (1994) - short story
  • And When They Appear - (1993) - novelette
  • Flash Company - (1997) - short story
  • The Haunted Boardinghouse - (1990) - novelette
  • Useful Phrases - (1993) - short story
  • The Man in the Pepper Mill - (1996) - novelette
  • The Ziggurat - (1995) - novella
  • Ain't You 'Most Done? - (1996) - novelette

The Fortune Teller

Gwendolyn Womack

Semele Cavnow appraises antiquities for an exclusive Manhattan auction house, deciphering ancient texts--and when she discovers a manuscript written in the time of Cleopatra, she knows it will be the find of her career. Its author tells the story of a priceless tarot deck, now lost to history, but as Semele delves further, she realizes the manuscript is more than it seems. Both a memoir and a prophecy, it appears to be the work of a powerful seer, describing devastating wars and natural disasters in detail thousands of years before they occurred.

The more she reads, the more the manuscript begins to affect Semele's life. But what happened to the tarot deck? As the mystery of her connection to its story deepens, Semele can't shake the feeling that she's being followed. Only one person can help her make sense of it all: her client, Theo Bossard. Yet Theo is arrogant and elusive, concealing secrets of his own, and there's more to Semele's desire to speak with him than she would like to admit. Can Semele even trust him?

The auction date is swiftly approaching, and someone wants to interfere--someone who knows the cards exist, and that the Bossard manuscript is tied to her. Semele realizes it's up to her to stop them: the manuscript holds the key to a two-thousand-year-old secret, a secret someone will do anything to possess.

The Hidden Tribe

S. Fowler Wright

Two women captured by the ruler of a lost race in the Sahara Desert find themselves faced with a fate worse than death! Only an intrepid British soldier can save the lovely ladies.

The Screaming Lake

S. Fowler Wright

Devereux and Juanita travel deep into the Amazon jungle looking for Incan gold. What they find is an ancient city forgotten by time, located on the shores of The Screaming Lake, where huge, toad-like monsters feast on unwary travelers. Can they survive their encounter with the Living God?

The Burning Light

Rob Ziegler
Bradley P. Beaulieu

Disgraced government operative Colonel Chu is exiled to the flooded relic of New York City. Something called the Light has hit the streets like an epidemic, leavings its users strung out and disconnected from the mind-network humanity relies on. Chu has lost everything she cares about to the Light. She'll end the threat or die trying.

A former corporate pilot who controlled a thousand ships with her mind, Zola looks like just another Light-junkie living hand to mouth on the edge of society. She's special though. As much as she needs the Light, the Light needs her too. But, Chu is getting close and Zola can't hide forever.

We Claim These Stars! / The Planet Killers

Poul Anderson
Robert Silverberg

We Claim These Stars!

All's fair in love and war--and with the galaxy split in conflict between two implacable confederations, anything ought to go. Still, how do you plan the ambush and capture of a tremendously capable telepath?

The intended victim, a weird genius from an uncharted world and the right arm of the enemy's general staff, not only knew everything everyone was thinking nearby, he could also read minds at a distance. So the problem posed to Dominic Flandry, Captain of Terran Intelligence, was a real killer.

To make matters worse, the telepath in question was equally interested in putting Flandry out of commission. The fate of many planets depended on which of the two triumphed.

The Planet Killers

Murder Mission to Betelgeuse IV

It was in wide-eyed horror that Roy Gardner heard the news from the Chief of Security. In just sixty-seven years the Earth would be destroyed by the planet Lurion.

That data had been compiled by the invincible computer. With unwavering faith in the machine, humans had only one thing to do--destroy Lurion first.

And the man for the job was Gardner. If he did it successfully the blood of billions would be on his hands; if he fouled up he would be the worst traitor in Terrestrial history. And not even he knew which course he would pursue when he finally learned that eben the all-wise machine had not known all the right answers.

The Gates of Time / Dwellers of the Deep

K. M. O'Donnell
Neal Barrett, Jr.

The Gates of Time

The last Earthman vs. the Empire that died before Earth was born.

Dwellers of the Deep

What! A science fiction novel about science fiction fans? And why not? Or - like it says in this novel: "Do you really think that a group of science fiction fans could save this planet? Could understand this situation to save it?" "I most certainly do," she says. "Who else?" Who else, indeed? Not since Frederic Brown's "What Mad Universe" has there been a novel like this.

The Brain-Stealers / Atta

Francis Rufus Bellamy
Murray Leinster

The Brain-Stealers

Strange exiles were landing throughout the night... exiles from the unknown depths of outer space -- seeking human beings for food!

Atta

A microscopic man fights for survival in a world of ants...

When Brokell awoke, e was less than half an inch tall. Suddenly his apple orchard had become an exotic landscape, and the insects in it terrifying monsters. Helpless, without food or weapons, Brokell faced certain death-but for the friendship of the ant called ATTA.

The Meddlers

J. F. Bone

Though few in the confederation realize it, the great empire is on the brink of destruction. Infiltrated by efficiently organized political agitators, its once solid central is crumbling. But Warren Robertshaw realizes it. If he is to defeat those who would destroy his world, he too must destroy--a life-style.

Listen! The Stars! / The Rebellers

John Brunner
Jane Roberts

Listen! The Stars!

Tune in on eternity - and disappear...

The Rebellers

The population explosion conspiracy!

The Astronauts Must Not Land / The Space-Time Juggler

John Brunner

The Astronauts Must Not Land

They'd left as men, but what were they now?

The Space-Time Juggler

He tampered with the furure of words.

Solar Flares: Science Fiction in the 1970s

Andrew M. Butler

Science fiction produced in the 1970s has long been undervalued, dismissed by Bruce Sterling as "confused, self-involved, and stale". The New Wave was all but over and Cyberpunk had yet to arrive. The decade polarised sf - on the one hand it aspired to be a serious form, addressing issues such as race, Vietnam, feminism, ecology and sexuality, on the other hand it broke box office records with Star Wars, Close Encounters of the Third Kind, Alien and Superman: The Movie.

Beginning with chapters on the First sf and New Wave authors who published during the 1970s, Solar Flares examines the ways in which the genre confronted a new epoch and its own history, including the rise of fantasy, the sf blockbuster, children's sf, pseudoscience and postmodernism. It explores significant figures such as Joanna Russ, Samuel R. Delany and Octavia Butler. From Larry Niven's Ringworld to Thomas M. Disch's On Wings of Song, from The Andromeda Strain to Flash Gordon and from Doctor Who to Buck Rogers, this book reclaims seventies sf writing, film and television - alongside music and architecture - as a crucial period in the history of science fiction.

Alternate Orbits / The Dark Dimensions

A. Bertram Chandler

Alternate Orbits

Collection containing:

  • Hall of Fame - (1969) - novelette (variant of The Kinsolving's Planet Irregulars)
  • The Sister Ships - novelette (variant of Sister Ships)
  • The Man Who Sailed the Sky - novelette
  • The Rub - (1970) - novelette

The Dark Dimensions

Strange things happen near the Rim of Space. John Grimes meets John Grimes in a tale from the outside of time and space.

Beyond the Galactic Rim / The Ship From Outside

A. Bertram Chandler

Beyond the Galactic Rim

Contents:

  • Forbidden Planet (1959)
  • Wet Paint (1959)
  • The Man Who Could Not Stop (1959)
  • The Key (1959)

The Ship From Outside

The reward for rescuing Thermopylae is finally paid, and Calver and his shipmates from Lorn Lady purchase a ship and rename her The Outsider. Two years are spent as a charter to Rim Runners, then six months tramping, before Sonya Verrill reappears and engineers a charter from the Federation Survey Service to look for an alien derelict. She accompanies Outsider, but proves very disruptive to Jane Calver.

Bring Back Yesterday / The Trouble with Tycho

Clifford D. Simak
A. Bertram Chandler

Bring Back Yesterday

Second Officer John Peterson is finished as far as the Galactic clippers are concerned. Branded a deserter, stranded on Carinthia and desperate for a job, there are few places left to go. Private detective Steve Vynalek needs Petersen. Has a fanatical scientist on the planet Wenceslaus really found a way to beat the time travel problem, a way to bring back yesterday?

The Trouble with Tycho

A Treasure Hunt in a Haunted Crater

Prospecting on the Moon was grim, dangerous and usually unrewarding. Only most of the greenhorns who came to try didn't find out until after they got there.

Chris Jackson was no exeption. He put everything he owned and could borrow into this, and he'd be ruined if he failed.

His only chance meant going into Tycho - where three expeditions had already disappeared. He could try... but would he come out again...?

Nebula Alert / The Rival Rigelians

A. Bertram Chandler
Mack Reynolds

Nebula Alert

The Iralians were humanoid and techically free citizens of the Galactic Empire. But as slaves they were prized above all others, for they had the unique capacity to transmit acquired knowledge through heredity. And so when the space mercenary Wanderer was hired by GLASS (Galactic League for the Abolition and Supression of Slavery) to take a cargo of Iralians home it was going to be a simple task!

For one thing, they'd be hunted by interstellar slavers for their priceless passengers.

For another, the Iralians themselves had other ideas which included mutiny and high treason.

And for the third and worst, they were too close to the Horsehead Nebula, whose capacity for warping time, space and the dimensions was a permanent Red Alert for all spacecraft.

The Rival Rigelians

The team from Earth had the task of raising backward planets to the home world's high level. The situation on Rigel was this:

"The most advanced culture on Rigel's first planet is to be compared to the Italian cities during Europe's feudalistic yeas. The most advanced of the second planet is comparable to the Aztecs at the time of the Spanish conquest."

"These planets are in your control to the extent that no small group has ever dominated millions before. No Caesar ever exerted the power that will be in your collective hands. For half a century, you will be as gods and goddesses!"

But the Rigelians were themselves descended from the lost colonists of old Earth and they could learn their lessons as fast as they could be taught.

In fact, they could even teach their teachers a thing or two. And therein lay the peril the professors from space never dreamed of.

Reality Forbidden / Contraband From Otherspace

A. Bertram Chandler
Philip E. High

Contraband From Otherspace

A deadly cargo that threatens to sheer through the fabric of reality, like a knife through soft butter.

Reality Forbidden

If wishes would only come true... how often has every human being thought that? How wonderful life would be if only we could have everything we ever dreamed of!

But the man who invented the dream-machine turned out to be the worst enemy humanity ever encountered! The dream became as real as the reality--and yet remained a figment of the imagination. And thereby the very foundations of civilization were undermined. Why strive--when you could get it all without effort?

Reality Forbidden is the unusual novel of that came afterwards. Of the world in which on the most rigid of terror kept the cities standing, and of the man who dared escape that world, to find the last place on earth where dreaming was not prohibited, and where one could not only have one's cake, but eat it as well!

The Alternate Martians / Empress of Outer Space

A. Bertram Chandler

The Alternate Martians

A space expedition to Mars find themselves in the worlds of H. G. Wells, Edgar Rice Burroughs and Otis Adelbert Kline.

Empress of Outer Space

Her Imperial Highness Empress Irene is in trouble. She needs to prevent the take over of the universe by the power hungry Mortimer Jones.

The Caves of Mars / Space Mercenaries

A. Bertram Chandler
Emil Petaja

Space Mercenaries

Her ex-Imperial Highness of Outer Space had developed a conscience. With a well-armed space cruiser on her hands, she didn't want to sell it to just anyone - that is anyone under Empire control. So the former Empress and her ex-space captain husband, became mercenaries for Class - the Galactic League for the Abolition of Suppression and Slavery.

Their first assignment was blockade-running, to bring antibiotics to the plague-ridden humans on Antrim, besieged by the Halicheki bird-people and ignored by the Empire. Only, this would be a ticklish business for they could not fire one shot at the Halicheki without being legally termed pirates. And although the ex-Empress and her husband were open-minded enough to try all sorts of devious tricks, the prospect of being hanged for piracy by the Empress's successor did not appeal to either of their natures....

The Caves of Mars

Ric Coltor had lost an arm in an interplanetary exploration. For a spaceman at any other time that would have meant the end of his career. But not with the marelous Martian Panacea in existence. Extracted from a fungus found only on the Red Planet, it promised mankind perfect health and longer life, for it grew back internal organs, conquered disease, and could even grow back arms.

So Rick went to one of the M-P colonies to become whole again and discovered a defect in that new Utopia - M-P not only gave its users glowing good health but it also gave them a fanatical devotion to the man who administered it, Dr. Morton Krill. A devotion that was so all-encompassing that any man who received it could easily become dictator of two planets if he were twisted enough to desire that. Dr. Krill was.

The Coils of Time / Into the Alternate Universe

A. Bertram Chandler

The Coils of Time

Dr. Henshaw had created what he though was a time travel machine and he had sent guinea pigs through it. But now he needed a human guinea pig to test it with.

Christopher Wilkinson thought the whole idea was absurd, until a book that had been sent through the machine came back with a thumb print on it, the fingerprint of Vanessa, his long lost sweetheart!

So Wilkinson agreed to the experiment. He stood in the white circle facing the machine as it began to gleam and spin, pulling him down through the tortuous coils of time....

Into the Alternate Universe

Others called their expedition a "wild ghost chase." But for Space Commodore John Grimes and the beautiful Sonya Verrill who had initiated the project, it was strictly scientific research. Their trip along the rim of the galaxy in search of two men - two dead men - was also an investigation of the long-puzzling phenomenon of the Rim Ghosts. They would do this by penetrating into alternate universes.

There was only one real problem involved in this study - how to report its results. For once the breakthrough to an alternate world was achieved, there was no known way of getting out....

The Door Through Space / Rendezvous on a Lost World

A. Bertram Chandler
Marion Zimmer Bradley

The Door Through Space

Wolf: a deadly world under a cold red sun, old when Terrans were learning to walk upright. Only one Terran agent knew Wolf well enough to pass undetected; but he had ruined his usefulness long ago. And yet only this scarred and bitter man could discover the secret of The Door Through Space...

Rendezvous on a Lost World

His was a dream few spaceman ever saw come true. In a second-hand, obsolete space ship, Kemp and his three comrades took off determined to set up a shuttle service between the planets at the rim of the galaxy.

But trouble--in the form of two lost colonies, one inhabited by giant mechanical insects and the other by the descendants of a murderous pirate--threatened. Kemps crew began to wonder: just how much will one man sacrifice to realize a dream?

The Hard Way Up / The Veiled World

Robert Lory
A. Bertram Chandler

The Hard Way Up

Collection including:

  • With Good Intentions - shortstory by A. Bertram Chandler
  • The Subtracter - (1969) - novelette by A. Bertram Chandler
  • The Tin Messiah - (1972) - shortstory by A. Bertram Chandler
  • Sleeping Beauty - (1970) - novelette by A. Bertram Chandler
  • The Wandering Buoy - (1970) - shortstory by A. Bertram Chandler
  • The Mountain Movers - (1971) - novelette by A. Bertram Chandler
  • What You Know - (1971) - novelette by A. Bertram Chandler

The Veiled World

Shamryke Odell, save the worlds!

The Inheritors / The Gateway to Never

A. Bertram Chandler

The Inheritors

He was a cunning, ruthless opportunist who paid when he had to and stole when he could - but never whan there was the slightest chance of getting caught. That's what had John Grimes worried: here was Kane directly under the watchful eyes - and guns - of a Federation Survey vessel, openly engaging in kidnapping and trafficking in human flesh!
Despite the fact that the beautiful inhabitants of this Lost Colony faced a fate worse than death, a more cautious - or less gallant - officer would do nothing - secure in the knowledge that regardless of appearances there would be some loophole that placed the Law squarely on Kane's side. But Grimes, being Grimes, would have to act - knowing full well that to "interfere with a merchantmen on her lawful occasions" meant a blasted career... and knowing too that Drongo Kane never broke the law...

Gateway to Never

The air was alive with the vicious buzzing of the stun-guns. The smuggler was frozen in his squatting posture, paralyzed, unable to stir so much as a finger. But the robot moved. Its drive unit hammered shockingly and unrhythmically and it shot straight upwards. Beams from hastily switched on police searchlights swept the sky like the antennae of disturbed insects - then caught it, held it, a tiny bright star in a firmament that had never known any stars. At least four machine rifles were hammering, and an incandescent tracer arched upwards with deceptive slowness.
The lieutenant had drawn his laser pistol and the purple beam slashed across the darkness, power-wasting and desperate. Some hapless night-flying creature caught by the sword of lethal light exploded smokily.

It might have the machine rifles that found their mark, it might have been the laser pistol. Nobody ever knew. But the broken beat of the inertial drive ceased abruptly and the robot was falling, faster and faster...

"Down!" shouted somebody. "Get down!"

The Lost Millennium / The Road to the Rim

A. Bertram Chandler
Leigh Richmond
Walt Richmond

The Lost Millennium

The day the world burned out.

The Road to the Rim

Lieutenant John Grimes of the Federation Survey Service: fresh out of the Academy--and as green as they come.

The Rim Gods / The High Hex

A. Bertram Chandler
Laurence M. Janifer
S. J. Treibich

The Rim Gods

Gods! Dragons! Fairies! Frog Princess! Knights! and much more. John Grimes faces them all.

The High Hex

Man all rockets - the satilite is haunted!

The Rim of Space / Secret Agent of Terra

John Brunner
A. Bertram Chandler

The Rim of Space

Derek Calver touches down on Lorn and is determined to join the Rim Runners to explore desolate planets.

He joins the crew of Lorn Lady and sets forth for Mellise, inhabited by intelligent amphibians; for Groller, where the natives have just qualified as humanoids; for Stree with its tea loving lizards; and Tharn, home of a pre-industrial civilization., January 1965

Secret Agent of Terra

Once the city of Carrig stood supreme on this planet that had been settled by space refugees in the distant, forgotten past. From every corner of this primitive lost world caravans came to trade - and to view the great King-Hunt, the gruesome test by which the people of Carrig chose their rulers.

Then from space came new arrivals. And with them came their invincible death guns and their ruthless, all-powerful tyranny.

Now there would be no King-Hunt in Carrig, or hope for the planet-unless a fool-hardy high-born named Saikmar and a beautiful Earthling space-spy named Maddalena, could do the impossible...

The Rim of Space / The Ship from Outside

A. Bertram Chandler

The Rim of Space

The Rim of Space is the first of A. Bertram Chandler's series featuring the "Rimrunners", who patrol the outer edge of the galaxy. The hero, Dereck Calver, joins the Rimrunners abroad the aptly named spaceship, The Forlorn Bitch, in an early attempt to escape the horrors of his past life.Here he meets the fated but beautiful Calamity Jane who brings disaster to Calver and his crew. Traveling through the darkness and loneliness to the planets, Tharn and Groller, the crew encounter hostility, espionage, space ghosts and storms, which test their comradeship to the limit. Calver thought he had nothing left to lose but realized too late that "on the Rim, negation is too close to the living." This thrilling nautical adventure in outer space combines all the elements that have earned Bertram Chandler the reputation as "the C.S. Forester of space fiction.”

The Ship from Outside

The reward for rescuing Thermopylae is finally paid, and Calver and his shipmates from Lorn Lady purchase a ship and rename her The Outsider. Two years are spent as a charter to Rim Runners, then six months tramping, before Sonya Verrill reappears and engineers a charter from the Federation Survey Service to look for an alien derelict. She accompanies Outsider, but proves very disruptive to Jane Calver.

Peripheral Vision

Karen Joy Fowler

Table of Contents:

  • 1 - Introduction (Peripheral Vision) - essay
  • 3 - The Faithful Companion at Forty - (1987) - short story
  • 17 - Lily Red - (1988) - short story
  • 39 - Contention - (1986) - short story
  • 45 - Lieserl - short story
  • 57 - The View from Venus - (1986) - novelette

The Dog Stars

Peter Heller

A riveting, powerful novel about a pilot living in a world filled with loss—and what he is willing to risk to rediscover, against all odds, connection, love, and grace.

Hig survived the flu that killed everyone he knows. His wife is gone, his friends are dead, he lives in the hangar of a small abandoned airport with his dog, his only neighbor a gun-toting misanthrope. In his 1956 Cessna, Hig flies the perimeter of the airfield or sneaks off to the mountains to fish and to pretend that things are the way they used to be. But when a random transmission somehow beams through his radio, the voice ignites a hope deep inside him that a better life—something like his old life—exists beyond the airport. Risking everything, he flies past his point of no return—not enough fuel to get him home—following the trail of the static-broken voice on the radio. But what he encounters and what he must face—in the people he meets, and in himself—is both better and worse than anything he could have hoped for.

Narrated by a man who is part warrior and part dreamer, a hunter with a great shot and a heart that refuses to harden, The Dog Stars is both savagely funny and achingly sad, a breathtaking story about what it means to be human.

In Search of Lost Time

Karen Heuler

After beginning chemo for a rare cancer, Hildy discovers an extraordinary talent--the ability to see and take other people's time. She also discovers there's an underground market for quality time. After all, who has enough time? The dying, especially, want to get more of it, but giving it to them means taking it from someone else. How moral is she? How will she juggle the black marketers' strong-arm tactics and her own quandaries about stealing something so precious and vital that it can never be replaced?

Other Places

Karen Heuler

Life unfolds in strange ways. You may encounter people from your past living in your former apartments, or realize you have a penis as you engage in war-dreams, or find a planet filled with ghosts that look exactly like the ghosts back home. Is it possible they are the same as the ghosts back home? Wherever you travel, you'll have tough decisions to make about the aliens you may have harmed and the aliens who may harm you. Other Places, Karen Heuler's latest story collection, follows travelers as the familiar becomes strange, and the strange becomes life.

Table of Contents:

  • The Rising Up - (2016) - short story
  • The Apartments - (2016) - short story
  • Twelve Sisters, Twelve Sisters, Ten - (2014) - short story
  • How to Be a Foreigner - (2013) - short story
  • What They See on Nox - (2016) - short story
  • The Moons of Martle Hart - (2016) - short story
  • Respite - (2016) - short story
  • Which Side Is the Other Side? - (2016) - short story
  • The Alien Came Over the Hill - (2015) - short story
  • The Brief Return of Marianna Napoli - (2016) - short story

The Hypnotist

Lars Kepler

In the frigid clime of Tumba, Sweden, a gruesome triple homicide attracts the interest of Detective Inspector Joona Linna, who demands to investigate the murders. The killer is still at large, and there’s only one surviving witness—the boy whose family was killed before his eyes. Whoever committed the crimes wanted this boy to die: he’s suffered more than one hundred knife wounds and lapsed into a state of shock. Desperate for information, Linna sees only one option: hypnotism. He enlists Dr. Erik Maria Bark to mesmerize the boy, hoping to discover the killer through his eyes.

It’s the sort of work that Bark has sworn he would never do again—ethically dubious and psychically scarring. When he breaks his promise and hypnotizes the victim, a long and terrifying chain of events begins to unfurl.

An international sensation, The Hypnotist is set to appear in thirty-seven countries, and it has landed at the top of bestseller lists wherever it’s been published—in France, Holland, Germany, Spain, Italy, Denmark. Now it’s America’s turn. Combining the addictive power of the Stieg Larsson trilogy with the storytelling drive of The Silence of the Lambs, this adrenaline-drenched thriller is spellbinding from its very first page.

Charlotte Perkins Gilman: Her Progress Towards Utopia and Selected Writings

Carol Farley Kessler
Charlotte Perkins Gilman

The focus of this work is how Charlotte Perkins Gilman developed as a writer and how she imagined a full-blown utopia for women. It offers a fresh reading of Gilman's fiction and fills a void in Gilman scholarship, in feminist utopian scholarship and in American literary studies.

Energized

Edward M. Lerner

No one expected the oil to last forever. How right they were....

A geopolitical miscalculation tainted the world's major oil fields with radioactivity and plunged the Middle East into chaos. Any oil that remains usable is more prized than ever. No one can build solar farms, wind farms, and electric cars quickly enough to cope. The few countries still able to export oil and natural gas -- Russia chief among them -- have a stranglehold on the world economy.

And then, from the darkness of space, came Phoebe. Rather than divert the onrushing asteroid, America captured it into Earth orbit.

Solar power satellites -- cheaply mass-produced in orbit with resources mined from the new moon, to beam vast amounts of power to the ground -- offer America its last, best hope of avoiding servitude and economic ruin.

As though building miles-across structures in space isn't challenging enough, special interests, from technophobes to eco-extremists to radio astronomers, want to stop the project. And the remaining petro powers will do anything to protect their newfound dominance of world affairs.

NASA engineer Marcus Judson is determined to make the powersat demonstration project a success. And he will -- even though nothing in his job description mentions combating an international cabal, or going into space to do it.

Ruler of the World

J. T. McIntosh

Earth, four centuries from today, is in dire peril. A half-empty world, it is slowly destroying itself. The Terrans are drab and obedient. Instant exile is the penalty for non-conformity. Interplanetary visitors are restricted to reservations where they cannot meet native Terrans or threaten their self-imposed isolation. But Burrell succeeds in breaking through. He is a rough, tough spaceman with a flair for stirring up trouble. And he is determined to shake the world of his ancestors out of its apathy.

The Owl Killers

Karen Maitland

In 1321, the English town of Ulewic teeters between survival and destruction, faith and doubt, God and demons. Against this intense backdrop, a group of women have formed a beguinage, a self-sustaining community of women. Led by the strong-willed Servant Martha, these women are committed to a code of celibacy and prayer, hard work and charity that is unsanctioned by the all-powerful church. Still, the villagers have come to rely on this remarkable group of women for their very lives. And seeking shelter among them now is the youngest daughter of Ulewic’s lord, a man who holds power over them all.

But when a series of natural calamities strikes, the beguinage’s enemies make their move, stirring the superstitious villagers with dark rumors of unspeakable depravities and unleashing upon the defiant all-female community the full force of their vengeance in the terrifying form of the Owl Killers. Men cloaked in masks and secrecy, ruling with violence and intimidation—the Owl Killers draw battle lines. In this village ravaged by flood and disease, the women of the beguinage must draw upon their deepest strength if they are to overcome the raging storm of long-held secrets and shattering lies.

Ingenious Pain

Andrew Miller

"What does the world need most--a good, ordinary man, or one who is outstanding, albeit with a heart of ice?" This is the question at the heart of Andrew Miller's first novel, Ingenious Pain, a book set during the 18th-century Age of Enlightenment. The outstanding man in question is James Dyer, an English freak of nature who, since birth, has been impervious to physical pain. Not only does he feel no pain, but he recovers from all injuries in record time. By turns a shill for a quack pain- reliever at county fairs, an object of study by a wealthy collector of human oddities, and, eventually, a surgeon, James Dyer--and through him the reader--gains exposure to a panoply of 18th-century philosophical thought, medical practice, historic events, and larger-than-life rogues and heroes, both fictional and real.

As a surgeon, James Dyer excels, and his inability to feel--whether physical pain himself or empathy for others--seems only to enhance his skill with a knife. James slices and dices and cures without a scintilla of compassion while his reputation grows, until at last he arrives in Russia and the mystery of his unusual quality is resolved. Miller navigates his complicated story and exotic locales with unswerving confidence, bolstered, no doubt, by thorough research. James Dyer is not a character who invites love, but his adventures make for intelligent, deeply pleasurable reading.

Science Fiction and Psychology

Gavin Miller

The psychologist may appear in science fiction as the herald of utopia or dystopia; literary studies have used psychoanalytic theories to interpret science fiction; and psychology has employed science fiction as an educational medium. Science Fiction and Psychology goes beyond such incidental observations and engagements to offer an in-depth exploration of science fiction literature's varied use of psychological discourses, beginning at the birth of modern psychology in the late nineteenth century and concluding with the ascendance of neuroscience in the late twentieth century.

Rather than dwelling on psychoanalytic readings, this literary investigation combines with history of psychology to offer attentive textual readings that explore five key psychological schools: evolutionary psychology, psychoanalysis, behaviourism, existential-humanism, and cognitivism. The varied functions of psychological discourses in science fiction are explored, whether to popularise and prophesy, to imagine utopia or dystopia, to estrange our everyday reality, to comment on science fiction itself, or to abet (or resist) the spread of psychological wisdom. Science Fiction and Psychology also considers how psychology itself has made use of science fiction in order to teach, to secure legitimacy as a discipline, and to comment on the present.

The Man Who Lived Forever / The Mars Monopoly

Anna Hunger
R. DeWitt Miller
Jerry Sohl

The Man Who Lived Forever

His first thousand years were the easiest.

The Mars Monopoly

Find your fortune in the sky - by permission of the Mars monopoly.

Singularities: Technoculture, Transhumanism, and Science Fiction in the 21st Century

Joshua Raulerson

In a time of protracted economic crisis, failing political systems, and impending environmental collapse, one strand in our collective cultural myth of Progress - the technological - remains vibrantly intact, surging into the future at ramming speed. Amid the seemingly exponential proliferation of machine intelligence and network connectivity, and the increasingly portentous implications of emerging nanotechnology, futurists and fabulists look to an imminent historical threshold whereupon the nature of human existence will be radically and irrevocably transformed. The Singularity, it is supposed, can be no more than a few years off; indeed, some believe it has already begun. Technological Singularity - a trope conceived in science fiction and subsequently adopted throughout technocultural discourse and beyond - is the primary site of interpenetration between technoscientific and science-fictional figurations of the future, a territory where longstanding binary oppositions between science and fiction, and between present and future, are rapidly dissolving.

In this groundbreaking volume, the first to mount a sustained and wide-ranging critical treatment of Singularity as a subject for theory and cultural studies, Raulerson draws SF texts into a complex dialogue with contemporary digital culture, transhumanist movements, political and economic theory, consumer gadgetry, gaming, and related vectors of high-tech postmodernity. In theorizing Singularity as a metaphorical construct lending shape to a range of millennial anxieties and aspirations, Singularities also makes the case for a recent and little-understood subgeneric formation -- postcyberpunk SF -- as a cohesive body of work, engaged in a shared literary project that is simultaneously shaping, and shaped by, purportedly nonfictional technoscientific discourses.

Nocturnal

Scott Sigler

Homicide detective Bryan Clauser is losing his mind.

How else to explain the dreams he keeps having—dreams that mirror, with impossible accuracy, the gruesome serial murders taking place all over San Francisco? How else to explain the feelings these dreams provoke in him—not disgust, not horror, but excitement?

As Bryan and his longtime partner, Lawrence “Pookie” Chang, investigate the murders, they learn that things are even stranger than they at first seem. For the victims are all enemies of a seemingly ordinary young boy—a boy who is gripped by the same dreams that haunt Bryan. Meanwhile, a shadowy vigilante, seemingly armed with superhuman powers, is out there killing the killers. And Bryan and Pookie’s superiors—from the mayor on down—seem strangely eager to keep the detectives from discovering the truth.

Doubting his own sanity and stripped of his badge, Bryan begins to suspect that he’s stumbled into the crosshairs of a shadow war that has gripped his city for more than a century—a war waged by a race of killers living in San Francisco’s unknown, underground ruins, emerging at night to feed on those who will not be missed.

And as Bryan learns the truth about his own intimate connections to the killings, he discovers that those who matter most to him are in mortal danger…and that he may be the only man gifted—or cursed—with the power to do battle with the nocturnals.

Featuring a dazzlingly plotted mystery and a terrifying descent into a nightmarish underworld—along with some of the most incredible action scenes ever put to paper, and an explosive, gut-wrenching conclusion you won’t soon forget—Nocturnal is the most spectacular outing to date from one of the genre’s brightest stars.

Dweller

Jeff Strand

Toby was just a boy the first time he saw the creature in the woods.  His parents convinced the terrified child it was only his imagination.  The next time Toby saw the creature he was a lonely, unhappy teenager without friends. But the creature would be his friend.  It would be there when Toby needed someone to talk to.  And it would take care of the bullies who wouldn't leave Toby alone. After all, the creature needed to eat.  And during their macabre, decades-long friendship, there will be other meals...

Storyteller

Amy Thomson

From the national bestselling author of Through Alien Eyes... A thoughtful new novel about the love between parents and their children-both human and not.

On the planet of Thalassa, history is passed on from generation to generation by Storytellers. For one woman who calls herself Teller, storytelling is her life. At her side are her harsel, the great sea-beast to whom she is telepathically bonded, and Samad, a young street boy whom she reluctantly took in as an apprentice. But eventually, Samad will discover the secret at the heart of Teller's life-a discovery that will change him profoundly...

Big Planet / Slaves of the Klau

Jack Vance

Big Planet

Charley Lysidder, the Bajarnum of Beaujolais was ruthlessly expanding his empire on the Big Planet. The objectives of the mission from Earth was to stop him and ensure that the whole world didn't fall under the domination of the tyrant.

But when sabotage forced the spacecraft carrying the mission crashlanded, the priority changed. The survivors faced an epic 40,000 mile trek to safety, across the vast and unknown surface of the planet, harassed by monsters, the native people and the agents of the Bajarnum, and riven by their own deadly disputes.

Slaves of the Klau

Roy Barch is taken slave by the Klau, along with the golden Lekthwan, Komeitk Lelianr. On the industrialized world Magarak, the Klau hunt Barch and others for recreation. Barch refuses to fall prey--and fights a grim battle to return to Earth.

Monsters in Orbit / The World Between and Other Stories

Jack Vance

Table of Contents:

  • Monsters in Orbit - novel
  • The World Between - (1953) - novelette
  • The Moon Moth - (1961) - novelette
  • Brain of the Galaxy - (1951) - novelette (variant of The New Prime)
  • The Devil on Salvation Bluff - (1955) - shortstory
  • The Men Return - (1957) - shortstory

Son of the Tree / The Houses of Iszm

Jack Vance

Son of the Tree

The Tree ruled the horizons, shouldered aside the clouds, and wore thunder and lightning like a wreath of tinsels- it had come to be worshipped by the first marveling settlers on Kyril". Joe Smith arrives from Earth and soon is caught up in a political plot between opposing worlds. Ultimately he discovers the true, horrific nature of The Tree of Life...

The Houses of Iszm

The people of Iszm live in homes which are alive. Their dwellings are elaborate, hollow trees, wherein the very walls, floors- even furniture and plumbing- are all part of a living plant. For decades, inhabitants of other worlds, including Earth, have been trying to steal a female house seed, but every attempt has failed. This is the story of a most ingenious plot to carry off a prize worth billions: one seed from the Houses of Iszm.

The Brains of Earth / The Many Worlds of Magnus Ridolph

Jack Vance

Table of Contents:

  • The Brains of Earth - novella
  • The Kokod Warriors - (1952) - novelette
  • The Unspeakable McInch - (1948) - shortstory
  • The Howling Bounders - (1949) - shortstory
  • The King of Thieves - (1949) - shortstory
  • The Spa of the Stars - (1950) - shortstory
  • Coup de Grace - (1958) - shortstory

The Dragon Masters / The Last Castle

Jack Vance

The Dragon Masters

Men have been at war for centuries with the reptilian race called "Basics." As conquerors always have, the winners of each bloody encounter have made slaves of the losers--but in this far-future war, each side has improved upon its slaves with genetic engineering.

And so at last there came to be two neighboring worlds: Aerlith, where men have raised a race of fearsome dragons to be their servants, and nearby Coralyne, where the descendants of those very dragons are served by strong, savage mutants who once were human. Inevitably, those two worlds would meet in one final contest...

The Last Castle

For 700 years the Meks served without complaint; they were indispensable, for no gentleman would demean himself with toil. But now they turn against the strongholds of civilization--Castle Halcyon, then Sea Island, Morninglight, and Maraval--one by one the proud castles of Earth fall; last standing is Castle Hagedorn.

The Five Gold Bands / The Dragon Masters

Jack Vance

The Five Gold Bands

The galaxy is full of wealthy planets and haughty aliens who guard the technology of interstellar travel. Earth must pay a price for use of the space drive, and this rubs Paddy Blackthorn the wrong way- so he sets out to steal the secret. The powerful Shauls capture and dump him on a barren planet- yet here he acquires five golden bands containing the very data he is after. The information is coded- and while Paddy solves the puzzle he must evade a galactic manhunt!

The Dragon Masters

The race of man is growing old, but it's not yet ready to die - not while there are dragons still to kill!

The cross-bred dragon armies of the Men of Aerlith are the most appalling horrors ever to threaten the sanity of our future:

Termagents ~ three hundred reptilian giants with six legs apiece, the most fecund breeders of them all

Jugglers ~ eighteen of them, growling amongst themselves, waiting for an opportunity to snap off a leg from any unwary groom

Murderers (striding and long-horned) ~ eighty-five of each, with scaly tails and eyes like crystals

Fiends ~ fifty-two powerful monsters, their tails tipped with spike steel balls

Blue Horrors, Basics, Spider Dragons.

The Last Castle / World of the Sleeper

Tony Russell Wayman
Jack Vance

The Last Castle

For 700 years the Meks served without complaint; they were indispensable, for no gentleman would demean himself with toil. But now they turn against the strongholds of civilization--Castle Halcyon, then Sea Island, Morninglight, and Maraval--one by one the proud castles of Earth fall; last standing is Castle Hagedorn.

World of the Sleeper

Take your choice of any world or time - but at your perril.

Vandals of the Void

Jack Vance

Fifteen-year-old Dick Murdoch leaves Venus to meet his father Paul on the Moon. On the voyage there, the captain stops to examine the wreckage of a sister spaceship. No one knows what attacked the ship—some say it's the Basilisk. Dick's adventures aboard spaceship and on the Moon start to pay off as he finds more and more clues.


Written for younger readers as part of the Winston Science Fiction series of "juveniles."

The Painting and the City

Robert Freeman Wexler

What is the secret contained in Philip Schuyler's painting? Who was the woman he depicted, the innocent woman and her dark stalker? The Kreunen sisters know, but they must re-bury the past. And Jacob Lerner, artist flailing in a sea of commerce, can only press forward, explore his own art and the mystery of Schuyler's painting, aided and manipulated by an animate marionette of rosy glass...

Manhattan, summer, in the rosy dawn of the 21st century, the sculptor Jacob Lerner sees a painting at a friend's apartment and is drawn into an obsessive search for traces of its long-dead painter, fictional 19th-century artist Philip Schuyler, and his subject, a woman called Madame Burgundy. The search leads to the remains of a once-powerful but still wealthy Dutch-American secret society, and carries Lerner through real and surreal Manhattan streets, buildings, and countryside. Finding Schuyler's journal draws Lerner in deeper. Finding the dapper marionette makes it impossible for Lerner to escape.

The Receptionist and Other Tales

Lesley Wheeler

Edna, the heroine of "The Receptionist," is a mother and the receptionist for an academic department. The morning after hearing a Voice telling her "The first revolution: simply to refuse," going through her email inbox, "Edna thought to check her spam." The message she found there from "nomic Utterance" changed everything.

Gwyneth Jones, author of Spirit and The Universe of Things writes: "Lesley Wheeler's 'The Receptionist' is a delight: a stirring narrative of fantasy and derring-do, set in the ivy-clad towers and poky offices of modern academia, in which the warrior princess of an ancient line returns to the fray at last and summons ancient powers to defend the right, all told in technically assured terza rima cantos, full of ingenious rhythms. The forces of evil are all too recognizable, the bad guys satisfyingly bad and the good guys not too goody-goody. The infusion of classic children s fantasy, and other bedtime folklore sources, is wonderful too. In the bonus package of shorter poems, 'Zombie Thanksgiving' (T.S. Eliot s 'The Waste Land' retold) is stunning, an absolute tour de force."

Ursula K. Le Guin, author of Lavinia and Cheek by Jowl, writes: "How much Modernism deprives us of when it declared both the fantastic in fiction and the narrative in poetry unrespectable, and what a pleasure it is now to see the exiled witches and the forbidden rhymes return. Where can an evil Dean meet his doom more fitly than in terza rima? Lesley Wheeler's brief novel of misbehavior in academia, subtle and funny, rashly inventive and perfectly realistic, uses all the forgotten powers of metaphor and poetry to make the mundane luminous."

Seed

Rob Ziegler

It's the dawn of the 22nd century, and the world has fallen apart. Decades of war and resource depletion have toppled governments. The ecosystem has collapsed. A new dust bowl sweeps the American West. The United States has become a nation of migrants -starving masses of nomads who seek out a living in desert wastelands and encampments outside government seed-distribution warehouses.

In this new world, there is a new power. Satori is more than just a corporation, she is an intelligent, living city that grew out of the ruins of Denver. Satori bioengineers both the climate-resistant seed that feeds a hungry nation, and her own post-human genetic Designers, Advocates, and Laborers. What remains of the United States government now exists solely to distribute Satori seed; a defeated American military doles out bar-coded, single-use Satori seed to the nation's starving citizens.

When one of Satori's Designers goes rogue, Agent Sienna Doss-Ex-Army Ranger turned glorified bodyguard-is tasked by the government to bring her in: The government wants to use the Designer to break Satori's stranglehold on seed production and reassert themselves as the center of power. Sianna Doss's search for the Designer intersects with Brood and his younger brother Pollo - orphans scrapping by on the fringes of the wastelands. Pollo is abducted, because he is believed to suffer from Tet, a newly emergent disease, the victims of which are harvested by Satori.

As events spin out of control, Brood and Sienna Doss find themselves at the heart of Satori, where an explosive climax promises to reshape the future of the world.

Whaleroad

'Three Days' Aftermath: Book 2

Kerry Greenwood

Fourteen year old telepath, Alain, learns that he must stop the Great Beast from destroying Whaleroad and thus gaining unimaginable powers of destruction.

The Road to the Rim / The Hard Way Up

Ace Double: The Saga of Commodore John Grimes: Book 1

A. Bertram Chandler

Table of Contents:

  • 1 - The Road to the Rim - [John Grimes - 1] - (1967) - novel by A. Bertram Chandler
  • 143 - The Hard Way Up - [John Grimes - 3] - (1972) - collection by A. Bertram Chandler
  • 145 - With Good Intentions - [John Grimes] - (1972) - short story by A. Bertram Chandler
  • 168 - The Subtracter - [John Grimes] - (1972) - novelette by A. Bertram Chandler (variant of The Minus Effect 1969)
  • 200 - The Tin Messiah - [John Grimes] - (1972) - short story by A. Bertram Chandler
  • 218 - The Sleeping Beauty - [John Grimes] - (1970) - novelette by A. Bertram Chandler (variant of Sleeping Beauty)
  • 245 - The Wandering Buoy - [John Grimes] - (1970) - short story by A. Bertram Chandler
  • 269 - The Mountain Movers - [John Grimes] - (1971) - novelette by A. Bertram Chandler
  • 296 - What You Know - [John Grimes] - (1971) - novelette by A. Bertram Chandler

The Inheritors / The Gateway to Never

Ace Double: The Saga of Commodore John Grimes: Book 2

A. Bertram Chandler

Table of Contents:

  • The Gateway to Never - [John Grimes - 19] - novel by A. Bertram Chandler
  • The Inheritors - [John Grimes - 6] - novel by A. Bertram Chandler

The Dark Dimensions / The Rim Gods

Ace Double: The Saga of Commodore John Grimes: Book 3

A. Bertram Chandler

Table of Contents:

  • 1 - The Dark Dimensions
  • 207 - The Rim Gods

Into the Alternate Universe / Contraband from Otherspace

Ace Double: The Saga of Commodore John Grimes: Book 4

A. Bertram Chandler

Table of Contents:

  • 1 - Into the Alternate Universe
  • 167 - Contraband from Otherspace

The Commodore at Sea / Spartan Planet

Ace Double: The Saga of Commodore John Grimes: Book 5

A. Bertram Chandler

Table of Contents:

  • The Commodore at Sea - [John Grimes - 21] - (1971) - collection by A. Bertram Chandler (variant of Alternate Orbits)
  • 1 - Hall of Fame - [John Grimes] - (1969) - novelette by A. Bertram Chandler (variant of The Kinsolving's Planet Irregulars)
  • 50 - The Sister Ships - [John Grimes] - (1971) - novelette by A. Bertram Chandler (variant of Sister Ships)
  • 97 - The Man Who Sailed the Sky - [John Grimes] - (1971) - novelette by A. Bertram Chandler
  • 148 - The Rub - [John Grimes] - (1970) - novelette by A. Bertram Chandler
  • 195 - Spartan Planet - [John Grimes - 5] - (1968) - novel by A. Bertram Chandler (variant of False Fatherland)

Trailer Park Trickster

Adam Binder: Book 2

David R. Slayton

Returning to Guthrie, Oklahoma, for the funeral of his mysterious and beloved aunt Sue, Adam Binder once again finds himself in the path of deadly magic when a dark druid begins to prey on members of Adam's family. It all seems linked to the death of Adam's father many years ago--a man who may have somehow survived as a warlock.

Watched by the police, separated from the man who may be the love of his life, compelled to seek the truth about his connection to the druid, Adam learns more about his family and its troubled history than he ever bargained for, and finally comes face-to-face with the warlock he has vowed to stop.

Meanwhile, beyond the Veil of the mortal world, Argent the Queen of Swords and Vic the Reaper undertake a dangerous journey to a secret meeting of the Council of Races... where the sea elves are calling for the destruction of humanity.

Travelers of Space

Adventures in Science Fiction: Book 2

Martin Greenberg

Travelers of Space is a 1951 anthology of science fiction short stories edited by Martin Greenberg. The stories originally appeared in the magazines Planet Stories, Astounding SF, Thrilling Wonder Stories and Startling Stories.

Table of Contents:

  • 3 - Foreword (Travelers of Space) - essay by Martin Greenberg
  • 5 - Introduction: Other Life Than Ours - essay by Willy Ley
  • 15 - Preface (A Dictionary of Science Fiction) - essay by Samuel A. Peeples [as by Samuel Anthony Peeples]
  • 18 - A Dictionary of Science Fiction - essay by Martin Greenberg and David A. Kyle and Samuel A. Peeples
  • 31 - The Interstellar Zoo - short story by David A. Kyle [as by David Kyle]
  • 33 - Life on Other Worlds - interior artwork by Edd Cartier
  • 53 - The Rocketeers Have Shaggy Ears - (1950) - novella by Keith Bennett
  • 93 - Christmas Tree - (1949) - short story by John Christopher [as by Christopher Youd]
  • 102 - The Forgiveness of Tenchu Taen - (1938) - short story by Frederic Arnold Kummer, Jr. [as by Frederick Arnold Kummer, Jr.]
  • 114 - Episode on Dhee Minor - (1939) - short story by Harry Walton
  • 135 - The Shape of Things - (1948) - short story by Ray Bradbury (variant of Tomorrow's Child)
  • 151 - Columbus Was a Dope - short story by Robert A. Heinlein [as by Lyle Monroe]
  • 156 - Attitude - (1943) - novella by Hal Clement
  • 215 - The Ionian Cycle - (1948) - novelette by William Tenn
  • 241 - Trouble on Tantalus - (1941) - novelette by P. Schuyler Miller
  • 265 - Placet Is a Crazy Place - (1946) - short story by Fredric Brown
  • 280 - Action on Azura - (1949) - novelette by Robertson Osborne
  • 317 - The Rull - [Rull] - (1948) - novelette by A. E. van Vogt
  • 348 - The Double-Dyed Villains - [Wing Alak] - (1949) - novelette by Poul Anderson
  • 377 - Bureau of Slick Tricks - [Bureau of Slick Tricks - 1] - (1948) - short story by H. B. Fyfe

From Every Storm

Adventures in the Liaden Universe: Book 35

Steve Miller
Sharon Lee

From Every Storm is a chapbook compilation of three Liaden Universe® stories, one of them never before published. The storms of the title spring not so much from the desert or the deep blue sea but from the minds and hearts of humanity, where greed wars with truth and justice, and where sometimes the supposed end of storm is a mere hurricane eye portending greater potential for damage ahead.

First up is Standing Orders, a finalist for 2022's WSFA's Small Press Award for Short Fiction, originally published in Derelict, a 2021 ZNB anthology. What happens at the end of a war that no one really won, where victory came at the price of acting more like the enemy than the High Command ever should?

Next is the previously unissued Songs of the Fathers a story dealing with Shan yos'Galan's sometime trade partner Lomar Fasholt and her family as they struggle to follow her Mother's religion as it morphs from loving to acquisitive, from flexible to aggressively rule-bound. Lomar's a good mother and wife but her self-exiled family's suffered greatly through this storm of changes. Will they find hope amidst the tumult?

Finally, there's From Every Storm a Rainbow, the 2021 holiday story from Baen.com, wherein Sinit Caylon comes face to face with the perfidy of her absent brother while the accountant's guild is trying to help Clan Mizel come about after years of of her mother's abdication of responsibilities to Ran Eld. Sinit thinks the storm must be about over until it become obvious that between them her mother and brother may have fatally endangered the clan's brightest future.

Requiem for a Ruler of Worlds

Alacrity Fitzhugh: Book 1

Brian Daley

Minor Terran bureaucrat, Hobart Floyt, has been left a mysterious inheritance by the ruler of an empire located many light-years away. Earth's government is broke and its functionaries want Floyt to collect the money. To make sure he succeeds, they blackmail a brash young spacer named Alacrity Fitzhugh into shepherding him on a dangerous interstellar mission.

Trullion: Alastor 2262

Alastor Cluster: Book 1

Jack Vance

First of the three fabulous Alastor Cluster novels from Jack Vance, one of the finest authors ever to devote his career to science fiction, certainly one of the wittiest, most inventive, erudite and poetic. An absolutely wonderful novel.

The Alastor Cluster, thirty thousand inhabited worlds ruled by the mysterious Connatic.

Trullion, world 2262 of the Alastor Cluster, was a world of fens, mists, idyllic islands scattered in an aquatic setting of surpassing beauty with its shaggy trees like bursts of great chrysanthemums, its natural growth of fruits and all the richness the clear oceans provided for the easy taking.

The Trill were a lackadaisical, easy-living race-except for the planetwide game of hassade when a ferocious instinct for gambling drove them to risk all-home, friends, family, even life itself-on the teams that contested the water-checkerboard gaming fields.

With the prize the virginal body of a sheirl-maiden, a body any Trill is willing to die for...

Marune: Alastor 933

Alastor Cluster: Book 2

Jack Vance

His Past Was Gone-and There Were 3, 000 Worlds to Search for It!

From his fabulous palace on Nemenes, the Connatic ruled the sprawling Alastor Clustor. And kept track of the doings of each of his trillion or more subjects.

But there was one man he knew nothing about-for the past life of the wonderer called Pardero was a complete mystery. Pardero set himself two goals. Find out who he was.....and find his enemy, the person who had stolen his memory.

Psychologists deduced that his home world must be the mysterious Marune-a planet lit by four shifting suns.

Pardero made his way there-and was hailed as the Kaiark Efaim, ruler of the shadowed realm. Uncovering his last identity had been comparatively simple. Finding his sworn enemy would be more difficult - there were so many people to choose from!

This is the second book in the author's three books set in the Alastor Cluster , a whirl of 30,000 stars of which 3,000 are inhabited by five trillion humans.

Wyst: Alastor 1716

Alastor Cluster: Book 3

Jack Vance

The Alastor Cluster, thirty thousand inhabited worlds ruled by the mysterious Connatic.

Wyst, the planet numbered 1716 in the cluster, appears a utopia, but there is something decidedly strange going on that forces the Connatic to send in an investigator.

Ashes of Twilight

Ashes of Twilight: Book 1

Kassy Tayler

Wren MacAvoy works as a coal miner for a domed city that was constructed in the mid-nineteenth century to protect the royal blood line of England when astronomers spotted a comet on a collision course with Earth. Humanity would be saved by the most groundbreaking technology of the time. But after nearly 200 years of life beneath the dome, society has become complacent and the coal is running out. Plus there are those who wonder, is there life outside the dome or is the world still consumed by fire?

When one of Wren's friends escapes the confines of the dome, he is burned alive and put on display as a warning to those seeking to disrupt the dome's way of life. But Alex's final words are haunting. "The sky is blue."

Shadows of Glass

Ashes of Twilight: Book 2

Kassy Tayler

Wren's world has changed. The thing that she fought for, escaping the dome has come to fruition, but it's not the paradise she thought it would be. Most of the shiners have died, and according to James, she is to blame for many of the deaths, a burden which sits heavy on her shoulders. Still some have survived and Wren is determined to keep them safe as they fight to establish a home outside while hiding from the rovers who have weapons that can kill from far away. But as long as she has Pace she knows everything will be fine. Still Wren wonders, as she sees the smoke that continually pours forth from the dome, how did her friends inside fare? Will they ever find out if Lucy, David, Jill and Harry, along with Pace's mother survive the explosions?

Meanwhile, someone else has also seen the smoke. A band of explorers from across the sea arrive in an airship, curious about the dome, and offering help to those who survive. When Wren meets the handsome Levi Addison, she suddenly questions her love for Pace as Levi offers to show her the world from his airship. Does she really love Pace? Or was it just the circumstances that made her think she did? Meanwhile, word arrives from inside via Pip, and Wren is forced to go back inside the dome, a thing that terrifies her more than anything else, to save her friends. Once she's back inside will she be able to escape again?

Remnants of Tomorrow

Ashes of Twilight: Book 3

Kassy Tayler

Wren's father takes her on a journey through the dome where she sees the after effects of the destruction caused by her friends and the blue coats who came into the tunnels. What he doesn't realize is that instead of subduing her, he is giving more purpose and fuel to her cause. When he realizes his plan has backfired, he sells Wren and her friends caught inside to the rovers. They manage to escape and add more fuel to the hatred between the rovers and the dome. Wren and her friends from inside the dome and America are caught in the middle as the battle escalates and whoever wins the battle wins the right to life.

It's up to Wren to make both sides see that the only way they can survive is by working together.

Big Planet

Big Planet: Book 1

Jack Vance

The objective of the mission from Earth: to stop the ruthless Barjarnum of Beaujolais from expanding his empire on the Big Planet...and prevent the world from falling under this tyrant's domination. Then sabotage forces the craft to crash land, and the survivors face an epic 40,000-mile trek across the dangerous landscape. A SF landmark.

Showboat World

Big Planet: Book 2

Jack Vance

From Handbook of the Inhabited Worlds: "Big Planet lies beyond the frontier of terrestrial law, and has been settled by groups impatient with restraint: non-conformists, anarchists, fugitives, religious dissidents, misanthropes, deviants, freaks. Big Planet represents for us that tantalizing vision of the land beyond the frontier where bravery, resource and daring are more important than the mastery of urban abstractions. Who can deem this good or bad? Who can define justice, or correctness or truth? Big Planet is in essence a problem to which there exists no solution". Shipmasters who run the magnificent showboats along the rivers of Big Planet know that each port has unique character and sensitivities. Apollon Zamp and Garth Ashgale are adept at dodging danger; two of the wiliest rascals in the business, they are deadly rivals to boot. When Zamp sets out to compete at the Grand Festival at Mornune, he knows Ashgale is never far behind!

Vance Integral Edition/Spatterlight Press title: The Magnificent Showboats of the Lower Vissel River, Lune XXIII South, Big Planet.

Bird Box

Bird Box: Book 1

Josh Malerman

Written with the narrative tension of The Road and the exquisite terror of classic Stephen King, Bird Box is a propulsive, edge-of-your-seat horror thriller, set in an apocalyptic near-future world--a masterpiece of suspense from the brilliantly imaginative Josh Malerman.

Something is out there...

Something terrifying that must not be seen. One glimpse and a person is driven to deadly violence. No one knows what it is or where it came from.

Five years after it began, a handful of scattered survivors remain, including Malorie and her two young children. Living in an abandoned house near the river, she has dreamed of fleeing to a place where they might be safe. Now, that the boy and girl are four, it is time to go. But the journey ahead will be terrifying: twenty miles downriver in a rowboat--blindfolded--with nothing to rely on but her wits and the children's trained ears. One wrong choice and they will die. And something is following them. But is it man, animal, or monster?

Engulfed in darkness, surrounded by sounds both familiar and frightening, Malorie embarks on a harrowing odyssey--a trip that takes her into an unseen world and back into the past, to the companions who once saved her. Under the guidance of the stalwart Tom, a motely group of strangers banded together against the unseen terror, creating order from the chaos. But when supplies ran low, they were forced to venture outside--and confront the ultimate question: in a world gone mad, who can really be trusted?

Interweaving past and present, Josh Malerman's breathtaking debut is a horrific and gripping snapshot of a world unraveled that will have you racing to the final page.

Malorie

Bird Box: Book 2

Josh Malerman

The film adaptation of Malerman's first novel, Bird Box, was watched by over forty-five million Netflix accounts in the first week. Countless more came to know the story through social media. Now from the mind of a true master of suspense comes the next chapter in the riveting tale. This time, Malorie is front and center, and she will confront the dangers of her world head-on.

The Desert Glassmaker and the Jeweler of Berevyar

Birdverse

R. B. Lemberg

This short story originally appeared in Uncanny Magazine, Issue 8, January-February 2016.

Read the full story for free at Uncanny Magazine.

The Hollow Ones

Blackwood Tapes: Book 1

Guillermo del Toro
Chuck Hogan

Odessa Hardwicke's life is derailed when she's forced to turn her gun on her partner, Walt Leppo, a decorated FBI agent who turns suddenly, inexplicably violent while apprehending a rampaging murderer. The shooting, justified by self-defense, shakes the young FBI agent to her core. Devastated, Odessa is placed on desk leave pending a full investigation. But what most troubles Odessa isn't the tragedy itself -- it's the shadowy presence she thought she saw fleeing the deceased agent's body after his death.

Questioning her future with the FBI and her sanity, Hardwicke accepts a low-level assignment to clear out the belongings of a retired agent in the New York office. What she finds there will put her on the trail of a mysterious figure named Hugo Blackwood, a man of enormous means who claims to have been alive for centuries, and who is either an unhinged lunatic, or humanity's best and only defense against unspeakable evil.

From the authors who brought you The Strain Trilogy comes a strange, terrifying, and darkly wondrous world of suspense, mystery, and literary horror. The Hollow Ones is a chilling, spell-binding tale, a hauntingly original new fable from Academy Award-winning director Guillermo del Toro and bestselling author Chuck Hogan featuring their most fascinating character yet.

Blade of Secrets

Bladesmith: Book 1

Tricia Levenseller

Eighteen-year-old Ziva prefers metal to people. She spends her days tucked away in her forge, safe from society and the anxiety it causes her, using her magical gift to craft unique weapons imbued with power.

Then Ziva receives a commission from a powerful warlord, and the result is a sword capable of stealing its victims secrets. A sword that can cut far deeper than the length of its blade. A sword with the strength to topple kingdoms. When Ziva learns of the warlord's intentions to use the weapon to enslave all the world under her rule, she takes her sister and flees.

Joined by a distractingly handsome mercenary and a young scholar with extensive knowledge of the world's known magics, Ziva and her sister set out on a quest to keep the sword safe until they can find a worthy wielder or a way to destroy it entirely.

Master of Iron

Bladesmith: Book 2

Tricia Levenseller

Eighteen-year-old Ziva may have defeated a deadly warlord, but the price was almost too much. Ziva is forced into a breakneck race to a nearby city with the handsome mercenary, Kellyn, and the young scholar, Petrik, to find a powerful magical healer who can save her sister's life.

When the events that follow lead to Ziva and Kellyn's capture by an ambitious prince, Ziva is forced into the very situation she's been dreading: magicking dangerous weapons meant for world domination.

The forge has always been Ziva's safe space, a place to avoid society and the anxiety it causes her, but now it is her prison, and she's not sure just how much of herself she'll have to sacrifice to save Kellyn and take center stage in the very war she's been trying to stop.

Battle Hill Bolero

Bone Street Rumba: Book 3

Daniel José Older

In the third in the "richly detailed and diverse" (io9) urban fantasy series, the time has come for the dead to rise up against the shady powers-that-be...

The time has come for the dead to rise up...

Trouble is brewing between the Council of the Dead and the ghostly, half-dead, spiritual, and supernatural community they claim to represent. One too many shady deals have gone down in New York City's streets, and those caught in the crossfire have had enough. It's time for the Council to be brought down--this time for good.

Carlos Delacruz is used to being caught in the middle of things: both as an inbetweener, trapped somewhere between life and death, and as a double agent for the Council. But as his friends begin preparing for an unnatural war against the ghouls in charge, he realizes that more is on the line than ever before--not only for the people he cares about, but for every single soul in Brooklyn, alive or otherwise...

England's Finest

Bryant & May

Christopher Fowler

The Peculiar Crimes Unit has solved many extraordinary cases over the years, but some were hushed up and hidden away. Until now.

Arthur Bryant remembers these lost cases as if they were yesterday. Here, then, is the truth about the Covent Garden opera diva and the 17th reindeer, the body that falls from the Tate Gallery, the ordinary London street corner where strange accidents keep occurring, the consul's son discovered buried in the unit's basement, the corpse pulled from a swamp of Chinese dinners, a Hallowe'en crime in the Post Office Tower and the impossible death that's the fault of a forgotten London legend.

Expect misunderstood clues, lost evidence, arguments about Dickens, churches, pubs and disorderly conduct from the investigative officers they laughingly call 'England's Finest'!

London's Glory

Bryant & May

Christopher Fowler

In every detective's life there are cases that can't be discussed, and throughout the Bryant & May novels there have been mentions of some of these such as the Deptford Demon or the Little Italy Whelk Smuggling Scandal.

Now Arthur Bryant has decided to open the files on eleven of these previously unseen investigations that required the collective genius and unique modus operandi of Arthur Bryant and John May and the Peculiar Crimes Unit - investigations that range from different times (London during the Great Smog) and a variety of places: a circus freak show, on board a London Tour Bus and even a yacht off the coast of Turkey.

And in addition to these eleven classic cases, readers are also given a privileged look inside the Peculiar Crimes Unit (literally, with a cut away drawing of their offices), a guide to the characters of the Peculiar Crimes Unit, and access to the contents of Arthur Bryant's highly individual library.

Full Dark House

Bryant & May: Book 1

Christopher Fowler

A bomb rips through present-day London, tragically ending the crime-fighting partnership of Arthur Bryant and John May begun more than a half-century ago during another infamous bombing: the Blitz of World War II. Desperately searching for clues to the saboteur's identity, May finds the notes his old friend kept of their very first case and a past that may have returned... with murderous vengeance. It was an investigation that began with the grisly murder of a pretty young dancer. In a city shaken by war, a faceless killer stalked London's theater row, creating his own sinister drama. And it would take Bryant's unorthodox techniques and May's dogged police work to catch a fiend whose ability to escape detection seemed almost supernatural-a murderer who decades later may have returned to kill one of them... and won't stop until he kills the other.

The Water Room

Bryant & May: Book 2

Christopher Fowler

How can an elderly recluse drown in a chair in her otherwise dry basement? That's what John May and Arthur Bryant of London's Peculiar Crimes Unit set out to discover in a city rife with shady real estate developers, racist threats, dodgy academicians, and someone dangerously obsessed with Egyptian mythology. Linking them all is an evil lurking in London's vast and forgotten underground river system-a killer with the eerie ability to strike anywhere, anytime, without leaving a clue.

It's a subterranean case of secrets, lies, and multiple murder that defies not only the law, but reason itself. Can Bryant and May bring a killer to the surface and stop the dark tide of murder before it pulls them under, too?

Seventy Seven Clocks

Bryant & May: Book 3

Christopher Fowler

A mysterious stranger in outlandish Edwardian garb defaces a Pre-Raphaelite painting in the National Gallery. Then a guest at the exclusive Savoy Hotel is fatally bitten by a marshland snake. Over the next several days, an outbreak of increasingly bizarre crimes will hit London-and, fittingly, come to the attention of the Peculiar Crimes Unit. Art vandalism, an exploding suspect, pornography, rat poison, Gilbert and Sullivan musicals, secret societies... and not a single suspect in sight. The killer they're chasing has a dark history, a habit of staying hidden, and time itself on his side. Detectives May and Bryant are racing the clock and this time the bell may be tolling for them.

Ten Second Staircase

Bryant & May: Book 4

Christopher Fowler

It's a crime tailor-made for the Peculiar Crimes Unit: a controversial artist is murdered and displayed as part of her own outrageous installation. No suspects, no motive, no evidence-but this time they do have an eyewitness. A twelve-year-old claims the killer was a cape-clad highwayman atop a black stallion. Whoever the killer really is, he seems intent on killing off enough minor celebrities to become one himself. As "Highwayman Fever" grips London, Bryant and May, along with the newest member of the Unit, May's agoraphobic granddaughter, April, find themselves sorting out a case involving artistic rivalries, sleazy sex affairs, the Knights Templars, feuding street gangs, and a decades-old crime spree that split up their partnership once before-and threatens to end it again... with murder.

White Corridor

Bryant & May: Book 5

Christopher Fowler

It's the classic locked-room mystery-a member of the Peculiar Crimes Unit killed inside a sealed morgue populated only by the dead and to which only four PCU members had a key. To make matters worse, the Unit has been shut down for a forced "vacation," and Bryant and May are stuck in a van in the Dartmoor countryside during a freak snowstorm. Now they'll have to crack the case by cell phone while trying to stop a second murder without freezing to death. For among the line of trapped vehicles, a killer is on the prowl, a beautiful woman is on the run, and an innocent child is caught in the middle....

The Victoria Vanishes

Bryant & May: Book 6

Christopher Fowler

It's a case tailor-made for the Peculiar Crimes Unit. A lonely hearts killer is targeting middle-aged women at some of England's most well-known pubs-including one torn down eighty years ago. What's more, Arthur Bryant happened to see one of the victims only moments before her death at the pub that doesn't exist. Indeed, this case is littered with clues that defy everything the veteran detectives know about the habits of serial killers, the methodology of crime, and the odds of making an arrest. Now, with the public on the verge of panic and their superiors determined to shut the PCU down for good, Detectives Bryant and May must rise to the occasion in defense of two great English traditions-the pub and the Peculiar Crimes Unit.

That's easier said than done. A lost funeral urn, the eighteenth-century mystic Emanuel Swedenborg, the Knights Templars, the secret history of pubs, and the discovery of an astounding religious relic may be enough to convince one of the pair to take back his resignation letter. But with Bryant consulting a memory specialist and May encountering a brush with mortality, do the Peculiar Crimes Unit's two living legends have enough life left to stop a murderous conspiracy... and a deadly cupid targeting one of their own.

Bryant & May on the Loose

Bryant & May: Book 7

Christopher Fowler

The Peculiar Crimes Unit is no more. After years of defying the odds and infuriating their embarrassed superiors, detectives Arthur Bryant and John May have at last crossed the line. This is the twenty-first century and not even their eccentric genius or phenomenal success rate solving London's most unusual crimes can save them. While Bryant takes to his bed, his bathrobe, and his esoteric books, the rest of the team take to the streets looking for new careers - leading one of them to stumble upon a gruesome murder.

It isn't so much the discovery of the headless corpse that's potentially so politically explosive as where it's found. Still it takes the bizarre sightings of a great horned creature - half man, half stag - carrying off young women to convince Bryant that this is a case worth getting dressed and leaving the house to solve. The Home Office has reluctantly authorized the PCU to reunite for one last encore performance - in a rented office with no computer network, no legal authority, and a broken toilet. They've got until the end of the week to solve a murder with unlikely links to gangland crime, Slavic mythology, the 2012 London Olympics, and the sort of corruption only obscene amounts of money and power can buy.

It's the kind of case that Bryant and May live to solve - and it could be just the case that kills them.

Bryant & May off the Rails

Bryant & May: Book 8

Christopher Fowler

Christopher Fowler's Peculiar Crimes Unit novels have been hailed for their originality, suspense, and unforgettable characters. Now Arthur Bryant, John May, and their team of proud eccentrics have been given only one week to hunt down a murderer they've already caught once-and who is now luring them down into the darkest shadows of the London Underground.

The young man they seek is an enigma. His identity is false. His links to society are invisible. A search of his home yields no clues. The Peculiar Crimes Unit knows only this: Somehow Mr. Fox got out of a locked room and killed one of their best and brightest. Facing a shutdown, Bryant and May learn that their man, expertly disguised, has struck again in the world's oldest subway system. But as their search takes them into the vast labyrinth of tunnels that tie the city together, they discover a fresh mystery as bizarre as anything they have ever faced....

As the city blithely goes about its way, as tales of ghost stations and Underground legends emerge, Bryant and May, men of opposite methods, are each getting closer to what lies hidden at the heart of London's celebrated Tube-and to the madness that is driving their man to murder.

Sophisticated, fast-paced, and confounding until its final twist, Bryant & May off the Rails is Christopher Fowler dead on track and at the height of his power to beguile, bewitch, and entertain.

The Memory of Blood

Bryant & May: Book 9

Christopher Fowler

Christopher Fowler's acclaimed Peculiar Crimes Unit novels crackle with sly wit, lively suspense, and twists as chilling as London's fog. Now the indomitable duo of Arthur Bryant and John May, along with the rest of their quirky team, return to solve a confounding case with dark ties to the British theater and a killer who may mean curtains for all involved.

For the crew of the New Strand Theatre, the play The Two Murderers seems less performance than prophecy when a cast party ends in the shocking death of the theater owner's son. The crime scene is most unusual, even for Bryant and May. In a locked bedroom without any trace of fingerprints or blood, the only sign of disturbance is a gruesome life-size puppet of Mr. Punch laying on the floor. Everyone at the party is a suspect, including the corrupt producer, the rakish male lead, the dour set designer, and the assistant stage manager, who is the wild daughter of a prominent government official.

It's this last fact that threatens the Peculiar Crimes Unit's investigation, as the government's Home Office, wary of the team's eccentric methods, seeks to throw them off the case. But the nimble minds of Bryant and May are not so easily deterred. Delving into the history of the London theater and the disturbing origins of Punch and Judy, the detectives race to find the maniacal killer before he reaches his even deadlier final act.

Whip-smart and endlessly entertaining, The Memory of Blood is an ingeniously intricate mystery from the deliciously inventive Christopher Fowler.

The Invisible Code

Bryant & May: Book 10

Christopher Fowler

London's craftiest and boldest detectives, Arthur Bryant and John May, are back in this deviously twisting mystery of black magic, madness, and secrets hidden in plain sight.

When a young woman is found dead in the pews of St. Bride's Church—alone and showing no apparent signs of trauma—Arthur Bryant assumes this case will go to the Peculiar Crimes Unit, an eccentric team tasked with solving London's most puzzling murders. Yet the city police take over the investigation, and the PCU is given an even more baffling and bewitching assignment.

Called into headquarters by Oskar Kasavian, the head of Home Office security, Bryant and May are shocked to hear that their longtime adversary now desperately needs their help. Oskar's wife, Sabira, has been acting strangely for weeks—succumbing to violent mood swings, claiming an evil presence is bringing her harm—and Oskar wants the PCU to find out why. And if there's any duo that can deduce the method behind her madness, it's the indomitable Bryant and May.

When a second bizarre death reveals a surprising link between the two women's cases, Bryant and May set off on a trail of clues from the notorious Bedlam hospital to historic Bletchley Park. And as they are drawn into a world of encrypted codes and symbols, concealed rooms and high-society clubs, they must work quickly to catch a killer who lurks even closer than they think.

Witty, suspenseful, and ingeniously plotted,The Invisible Code is Christopher Fowler at the very top of his form.

Bryant & May and The Bleeding Heart

Bryant & May: Book 11

Christopher Fowler

London's wiliest detectives, Arthur Bryant and John May, are back on the case in this fiendishly clever new mystery... and when a cemetery becomes the scene of a crime, neither secrets--nor bodies--stay buried.

Romain Curtis sneaks into St. George's Gardens one evening with his date, planning to show her the stars. A centuries-old burial ground, the small, quiet park is the perfect place to be alone. Yet the night takes a chilling turn when the two teenagers spy a strange figure rising from among the tombstones: a corpse emerging from the grave. Suffice it to say that wherever there's a dead man walking, Bryant and May and the Peculiar Crimes Unit are never far behind.

As the PCU investigates the sighting, a second urgent matter requires their unusual brand of problem-solving. Seven ravens have gone missing from their historic home in the Tower of London, and legend has it that when the ravens disappear, England will fall. Bryant has been tasked with recovering the lost birds, but when Romain is suddenly found dead, the two seemingly separate mysteries start to intertwine and point to a plot more sinister than anyone could ever imagine.

Soon Bryant and May find themselves immersed in London's darkest lore, from Victorian-era body snatchers, to arcane black magic, to the grisly myth behind Bleeding Heart Yard, a courtyard long associated with murder. And as the body count spikes and more coffins are unearthed, they will have to dig deep to catch a killer and finally lay these cases to rest.

Bryant & May and the Burning Man

Bryant & May: Book 12

Christopher Fowler

No case is too curious for Arthur Bryant and John May, London's most ingenious detectives. But with their beloved city engulfed in turmoil, they'll have to work fast to hold a sinister killer's feet to the fire.

In the week before Guy Fawkes Night, London's peaceful streets break out in sudden unrest. Enraged by a scandal involving a corrupt financier accused of insider trading, demonstrators are rioting outside the Findersbury Private Bank, chanting, marching, and growing violent. But when someone hurls a Molotov cocktail at the bank's front door, killing a homeless man on its steps, Bryant, May, and the rest of the Peculiar Crimes Unit is called in. Is this an act of protest gone terribly wrong? Or a devious, premeditated murder?

Their investigation heats up when a second victim is reported dead in similar fiery circumstances. May discovers the latest victim has ties to the troubled bank, and Bryant refuses to believe this is mere coincidence. As the riots grow more intense and the body count climbs, Bryant and May hunt for a killer who's adopting incendiary methods of execution, on a snaking trail of clues with roots in London's history of rebellion, anarchy, and harsh justice. Now, they'll have to throw themselves in the line of fire before the entire investigation goes up in smoke.

Suspenseful, smart, and wickedly funny, Bryant & May and the Burning Man is a brilliantly crafted mystery from the beloved Christopher Fowler.

Strange Tide

Bryant & May: Book 13

Christopher Fowler

London's most brilliant but unconventional detectives, Arthur Bryant and John May, must plumb the depths of a particularly murky mystery.

The Peculiar Crimes Unit faces its most baffling case yet--and if Bryant and May can't rise to the challenge, the entire unit may go under. Near the Tower of London, along the River Thames, the body of a woman has been discovered chained to a stone post and left to drown. Curiously, only one set of footprints leads to the tragic spot. "The Bride in the Tide," as the London press gleefully dubs her, has the PCU stumped. Why wouldn't the killer simply dump her body in the river--as so many do?

Arthur Bryant wonders if the answer lies in the mythology of the Thames itself. Unfortunately, the normally wobbly funhouse corridors of Bryant's mind have become, of late, even more labyrinthine. The venerable detective seems to be losing his grip on reality. May fears the worst, as Bryant rapidly descends from merely muddled to one stop short of Barking, hallucinating that he's traveled back in time to solve the case. There had better be a method to Bryant's madness--because, as more bodies are pulled from the river's depths, his partner and the rest of the PCU find themselves in over their heads.

Fiendishly fun and rich in London lore, Bryant and May: Strange Tide is Christopher Fowler at his best, delivering more twists and turns than the Thames itself.

Wild Chamber

Bryant & May: Book 14

Christopher Fowler

Our story begins at the end of an investigation, as the members of London's Peculiar Crimes Unit race to catch a killer near London Bridge Station in the rain, not realising that they're about to cause a bizarre accident just yards away from the crime scene. And it will have repercussions for them all...

One year later, in an exclusive London crescent, a woman walks her dog--but she's being watched. When she's found dead, the Peculiar Crimes Unit is called in to investigate. Why? Because the method of death is odd, the gardens are locked, the killer had no way in - or out - and the dog has disappeared.

So a typical case for Bryant & May. But the hows and whys of the murder are not the only mysteries surrounding the dead woman - there's a missing husband and a lost nanny to puzzle over too. And it seems very like that the killer is preparing to strike again.

As Arthur Bryant delves in to the history of London's 'wild chambers' - its extraordinary parks and gardens, John May and the rest of the team seem to have caused a national scandal. If no-one is safe then all of London's open spaces must be closed...

With the PCU placed under house arrest, only Arthur Bryant remains at liberty--but can a hallucinating old codger catch the criminal and save the unit before it's too late?

Hall of Mirrors

Bryant & May: Book 15

Christopher Fowler

The year is 1969 and ten guests are about to enjoy a country house weekend at Tavistock Hall. But one amongst them is harbouring thoughts of murder...

The guests also include the young detectives Arthur Bryant and John May - undercover, in disguise and tasked with protecting Monty Hatton-Jones, a whistle-blower turning Queen's evidence in a massive bribery trial. Luckily, they've got a decent chap on the inside who can help them - the one-armed Brigadier, Nigel 'Fruity' Metcalf.

The scene is set for what could be the perfect country house murder mystery, except that this particular get-together is nothing like a Golden Age classic. For the good times are, it seems, coming to an end. The house's owner - a penniless, dope-smoking aristocrat - is intent on selling the estate (complete with its own hippy encampment) to a secretive millionaire but the weekend has only just started when the millionaire goes missing and murder is on the cards. But army manoeuvres have closed the only access road and without a forensic examiner, Bryant and May can't solve the case. It's when a falling gargoyle fells another guest that the two incognito detectives decide to place their future reputations on the line. And in the process discover that in Swinging Britain nothing is quite what it seems...

So gentle reader, you are cordially invited to a weekend in the country. Expect murder, madness and mayhem in the mansion!

The Lonely Hour

Bryant & May: Book 16

Christopher Fowler

In Which Mr May Makes A Mistake And Mr Bryant Goes Into The Dark

On a rainy winter night outside a run-down nightclub in the wrong part of London, four strangers meet for the first time at 4:00am. A few weeks later the body of an Indian textile worker is found hanging upside down inside a willow tree on Hampstead Heath. The Peculiar Crimes Unit is called in to investigate. The victim was found surrounded by the paraphernalia of black magic, and so Arthur Bryant and John May set off to question experts in the field. But the case is not what it appears. When another victim seemingly commits suicide, it becomes clear that in the London night is a killer who knows what people fear most. And he always strikes at 4:00am. In order to catch him, the PCU must switch to night shifts, but still the team draws a blank.

John May takes a technological approach, Arthur Bryant goes in search of academics and misfits for help, for this is becoming a case that reveals impossibilities at every turn, not least that there's no indication of what the victims might have done to attract the attentions of a murderer that doesn't seem to exist. But impossibilities are what the Peculiar Crimes Unit does best. As they explore a night city where all the normal rules are upended, they're drawn deeper into a case that involves murder, arson, kidnap, blackmail, bats and the psychological effects of loneliness on Londoners. It's a trail that takes them from the poorest part of the East End to the wealthiest homes in North London - an investigation that can only end in tragedy...

Oranges and Lemons

Bryant & May: Book 17

Christopher Fowler

When a prominent politician is crushed by a fruit van making a delivery, the singular team of Arthur Bryant and John May overcome insurmountable odds to reunite the PCU and solve the case in this brainy new mystery.

On a spring morning in London's Strand, the Speaker of the House of Commons is nearly killed by a van unloading oranges and lemons for the annual St. Clement Danes celebration. It's an absurd near-death experience, but the government is more interested in investigating the Speaker's state of mind just prior to his accident.

The task is given to the Peculiar Crimes Unit--the only problem being that the unit no longer exists. Its chief, Raymond Land, is tending his daffodils on the Isle of Wight and senior detectives Arthur Bryant and John May are out of commission--May has just undergone surgery for a bullet wound and Bryant has been missing for a month. What's more, their old office in King's Cross is being turned into a vegetarian tapas bar.

Against impossible odds, the team is reassembled and once again what should be a simple case becomes a lunatic farrago involving arson, suicide, magicians, academics and a race to catch a killer with a master plan involving London churches. Joining their team this time is Sidney, a young woman with no previous experience, plenty of attitude--and a surprising secret.

London Bridge is Falling Down

Bryant & May: Book 18

Christopher Fowler

It was the kind of story that barely made the news in London.

When 91 year-old Alice Hoffman dies of neglect in her top floor flat on a busy London road, the story is upheld as an example of what has gone wrong with modern society; she slipped through the cracks in a failing system.

But detectives Arthur Bryant and John May of the Peculiar Crimes Unit have their doubts. Mrs Hoffman was once a government security expert, even though no-one can quite remember her. When a link emerges between the old lady and a diplomat trying to flee the country, it seems that an impossible murder has been committed.

Mrs Hoffman wasn't alone. Bryant is convinced that other forgotten women with hidden talents are also in danger. And they all own models of London Bridge...

With the help of some of their more certifiable informants, the detectives follow the strangest of clues in an investigation that will lead them through forgotten alleyways to the city's oldest bridge in search of a desperate killer.

Just when the case appears to be solved and exasperated unit chief Raymond Land can retire and rest easy, the detectives discover that Mrs Hoffman was smarter than anyone imagined. There's a bigger game afoot that has more terrible consequences...

It's time to celebrate Bryant and May's twentieth anniversary as their most lunatic case brings death and rebirth to London's most peculiar crimes unit.

Ashes of the Sun

Burningblade & Silvereye: Book 1

Django Wexler

Long ago, a magical war destroyed an empire, and a new one was built in its ashes. But still the old grudges simmer, and two siblings will fight on opposite sides to save their world in the start of Django Wexler's new epic fantasy trilogy.

Gyre hasn't seen his beloved sister since their parents sold her to the mysterious Twilight Order. Now, twelve years after her disappearance, Gyre's sole focus is revenge, and he's willing to risk anything and anyone to claim enough power to destroy the Order.

Chasing rumors of a fabled city protecting a powerful artifact, Gyre comes face-to-face with his lost sister. But she isn't who she once was. Trained to be a warrior, Maya wields magic for the Twilight Order's cause. Standing on opposite sides of a looming civil war, the two siblings will learn that not even the ties of blood will keep them from splitting the world in two.

Blood of the Chosen

Burningblade & Silvereye: Book 2

Django Wexler

Reunited after twelve long years apart, Gyre and Maya will soon find themselves on opposite sides of a brewing civil war between those who wield magic and those who do not in the second instalment in Django Wexler's epic new fantasy series.

Long ago a great war wreaked devastation, destroying an empire and leaving a new republic in its wake. Now a new civil war has begun, pitting those with the power to wield magic against those without. Across that divide stand a brother and sister.

Twelve years after she was taken by the mysterious Twilight Order, Gyre has finally found his sister Maya, now a powerful magical warrior known as Burningblade. But given the chance to kill her and brandish a great blow against the oppressive Order, he instead let her free. The love for his sister was too strong, despite the terrible authority she represents.

All the while, trouble brews within their factions. A small but influential group of the Order conspire, intent to bring about the return of the Chosen; and the warriors of the resistance will need to learn to work as one if they are to stand any chance.

Emperor of Ruin

Burningblade & Silvereye: Book 3

Django Wexler

The last surviving Chosen, Ashok has finally risen up and taken control of The Twilight Order. He promises equality and prosperity, but Gyre and Maya know the truth. Only death follows in Ashok's wake. To take him down, Gyre will have to unite old allies--from all across The Splinter Kingdoms and the depths of Deepfire. And Maya will have to seek out a legendary weapon hidden in the mountains that could turn the tide in their battle for freedom.

The Cadwal Chronicles

Cadwal Chronicles

Jack Vance

For centuries the breathtakingly beautiful planet Cadwal has been held in trust by a centuries-old Charter of Conservancy, created by the now-defunct Naturalist Society on Old Earth.

Over time, restrictions on population expansion written into the Charter have become irksome to some who live on Cadwal--those who would take the unexploited wealth of Cadwal for themselves, also those forced to leave the planet to keep population in check.

Glawen Clattuc grows to manhood within the insular community of Araminta Station, the primary settlement on the planet, and becomes attuned to conflicts among the parties wishing to break free of the Charter. He joins the Constabulary, and ties mysterious events and circumstances together. To uphold the Conservancy, much depends upon locating the original Charter document, which has been lost for many years; Glawen is chosen to search for the Charter, on backwater Earth and worlds beyond.

The Cadwal Chronicles was written by Vance in his maturity--an accomplished master sure of his game- using a light touch and broad palette of characters.

Araminta Station

Cadwal Chronicles: Book 1

Jack Vance

At the remote end of Mircea's Wisp, far out on the galaxy's Perseid Arm, is the Purple Rose System--containing the three stars Lorca, Sing and Syrene. Around Syrene swings the spectacular planet Cadwal, which the now defunct Naturalist Society of Earth long ago chartered to forever protect from exploitation. Cadwal is administered from Araminta Station--where young Glawen Clattuc wonders what the future may hold for him in the hierarchic, constrained society of Cadwal. His budding relationship with the lovely Sessily Veder ends with her mysterious disappearance- casting Glawen into a strange adventure, and the unraveling of a potent conspiracy.

Araminta Station is part 1 of 3 of The Cadwal Chronicles.
Cadwal is a planet of extraordinary beauty. To protect it, the "Naturalist Society" has set up a Charter which allows only limited settlement on the planet in order to enforce the laws of the Conservancy. These laws forbid extensive human habitations, mining and other exploitation activities. Only six "Agents" and their staff are allowed to reside permanently on the planet: their main function is to prevent other humans from establishing residence, although tourists are allowed in specially designed lodges, overlooking sites of natural beauty and interest.

Ecce and Old Earth

Cadwal Chronicles: Book 2

Jack Vance

The planet Cadwal has an ecosystem unique in the human-explored galaxy. A thousand years past it was set aside as a natural preserve, protected by law and covenant against colonization and exploitation. But there is a conspiracy to open the planet and its rich resources to commerce. Glawen Clattuc must find who is behind the sabotage, and bring them to justice- but discovers that his own family is involved! Ancient crimes will be discovered, along with the key to the crisis which threatens Cadwal.

Ecce and Old Earth is part 2 of 3 of The Cadwal Chronicles.
Cadwal is a planet of extraordinary beauty. To protect it, the "Naturalist Society" has set up a Charter which allows only limited settlement on the planet in order to enforce the laws of the Conservancy. These laws forbid extensive human habitations, mining and other exploitation activities. Only six "Agents" and their staff are allowed to reside permanently on the planet: their main function is to prevent other humans from establishing residence, although tourists are allowed in specially designed lodges, overlooking sites of natural beauty and interest.

Throy

Cadwal Chronicles: Book 3

Jack Vance

The Conservancy of Cadwal has a new Charter- thanks to the courage of Glawen Clattuc and his beloved Wayness Tamm. But this has not brought peace to the people of Cadwal- instead, it has polarized them. Led by exiles, anti-Conservancy forces continue work to open Cadwal to commercial exploitation, while a new extremist faction seeks to restore Cadwal to entirely natural condition. In the middle are the governors of the planet, and their police force. Newly-promoted Commander Glawen Clattuc is charged with apprehending the conspirators wherever they might flee, but he also has a personal agenda. After twenty years, he will solve the mystery of his mother's death.

Throy is part 3 of 3 of The Cadwal Chronicles.
Cadwal is a planet of extraordinary beauty. To protect it, the "Naturalist Society" has set up a Charter which allows only limited settlement on the planet in order to enforce the laws of the Conservancy. These laws forbid extensive human habitations, mining and other exploitation activities. Only six "Agents" and their staff are allowed to reside permanently on the planet: their main function is to prevent other humans from establishing residence, although tourists are allowed in specially designed lodges, overlooking sites of natural beauty and interest.

Time Travelers Strictly Cash

Callahan: Book 2

Spider Robinson

The second book continuing the stories of the neighborhood tavern to all of time and space. Pull up a chair, grab a glass and listen to stories spun by the most entertaining characters in this galaxy and beyond.

The Book Seller

Central Station

Lavie Tidhar

This short story originally appeared in Interzone, #244 January-February 2013, and was reprinted in Clarkesworld Magazine, #102 March 2015. The story can also be found in the anthologies The Best Science Fiction and Fantasy of the Year: Volume Eight (2014), edited by Jonathan Strahan, and The Year's Best Science Fiction: Thirty-First Annual Collection (2014), edited by Gardner Dozois.

Read the full story for free at Clarkesworld.

Sweet Pea

Chaingang

Rex Miller

Sweet Pea was first published in Midnight Graffiti, Spring 1989 issue.

Slob

Chaingang: Book 1

Rex Miller

Stephen King hails Rex Miller as terrifying and original. Slob is his bedut novel, the story of a man who thinks of himself as Death. A man who likes ro feast on human hearts, spilling blood wherever he goes. Jack Eichord is the detective who must hunt this human monster and genius killer. Years of working as a homicide detective for the Chicago police department has hardend Eichord to things that would make most men turn and flee. But even he is not prepared for the labyrinthine search underground, as he trails the killer and his hostages through the sewer systems of the city. Eichord thinks that he is beging to understand the diabolical man and his pattern of violence... but can he guess the next victim in time, before it is too late for the woman he loves?

Frenzy

Chaingang: Book 2

Rex Miller

A hit man for the Mob, Frank Spain uses his talents on his former employers when pornographers kidnap and kill his daughter, and it seems only serial killer expert Jack Eichord can stop him.

Stone Shadow

Chaingang: Book 3

Rex Miller

The victim of a psychotic serial killer escapes and lives to tell police of the murderer's disturbing boast--he had killed and concealed the bodies of hundreds of people--and now detective Jack Eichord must follow the killer's bloody trail before more people disappear.

Slice

Chaingang: Book 4

Rex Miller

Everyone thought the killing spree was over; were they wrong! Jack Eichord, a less-than-fearless murder detective, must now come against the most deadly serial killer of his lifetime. How can this detective with fear in his soul free the city from the fear that grips each citizen? He must go beyond the law to stop this heinous criminal and all while he has a bull's-eye right on his heart.

Iceman

Chaingang: Book 5

Rex Miller

In a steamy city, murder has never before been so icy. And as the toll of unsuspecting victims continues to climb, the search is on for the cold-blooded killer. Jack Eichord, serial-murder detective, is out to melt the man with the murder machine, but Jake's following an elusive trail of victims assaulted in the most horrific way; and time's running out for him.

Chaingang

Chaingang: Book 6

Rex Miller

The man is a hulk of angry, flabby, flesh, housing a genius intelligence that is ever inventing new and twisted ways to inflict pain on others. Torturing and killing innumerable victims with impunity, he still wasn't clever enough to keep himself out of prison forever. They drugged him, beat and muzzled him, then restrained him within the tight walls of a maximum-security solitary confinement cell. All that meant for Bunkowski is time to seethe in his own vile juices, planning revenge, until the day when he fights his way out. When that happens, the most terrifying, brutaland inhuman serial killer, Daniel "Chaingang" Bunkowski will once again be on the loose. Daniel "Chaingang" Bunkowski is the ultimate serial killer -- quick, silent... and terrifying!

Savant

Chaingang: Book 7

Rex Miller

Daniel "Chaingang" Bunkowski, a powerful, twisted madman with an unquenchable taste for killing, makes his bloody way home to Kansas City in search of the mother whose abuse had transformed him into the monster that he is.

Butcher

Chaingang: Book 8

Rex Miller

Daniel "Chaingang" Bunkowski is out of prison, and his keeper has a special mission for the quarter-ton idiot savant--to hunt, find, and perform heart surgery on fugitive Nazi Doc Royal--without benefit of anesthesia.

The Land: Founding

Chaos Seeds Saga: Book 1

Aleron Kong

Welcome my friends! Welcome... to "The Land!"

Tricked into a world of banished gods, demons, goblins, sprites and magic, Richter must learn to meet the perils of The Land and begin to forge his own kingdom. Actions have consequences across The Land, with powerful creatures and factions now hell-bent on Richter's destruction.

Can Richter forge allegiances to survive this harsh and unforgiving world or will he fall to the dark denizens of this ancient and unforgiving realm?

A tale to shake "The Land" itself, measuring 10/10 on the Richter scale, how will Richter's choices shape the future of The Land and all who reside in it? Can he grow his power to meet the deadliest of beings of the land? When choices are often a shade of grey, how will Richter ensure he does not become what he seeks to destroy?

PS - Gnomes Rule

The Land: Forging

Chaos Seeds Saga: Book 2

Aleron Kong

"We are life takers and heart breakers," Richter shouted. "Let's go!"

Richter and Sion are at it again! Even more of what you loved in the first book! Leveling, world building, awesome items, and what's that you say? Sure! Why not? What's a little necrophilia between friends!?!

Join your favorite Chaos Seed as he answers the call of adventure and deals with the invaders, greedy dwarves, and a wood elf that keeps telling him he has a pretty mouth!

Welcome back my friends!

Welcome back... to The Land!

The Land: Alliances

Chaos Seeds Saga: Book 3

Aleron Kong

Everything is not well in The Land. The dead lay restless in their graves and Richter's actions have not gone unnoticed. He arrogantly tried to create something good. How could he not understand that the forces of destruction would demand their due... in blood.

Richter will learn that his earlier sacrifices were nothing. Not when compared to what will be taken. His enemies will leave him broken, but then they will learn something as well. The wrath of a chaos seed is not to be taken lightly!

Come my friends.

Come live the life your soul was meant to live!

Come back... to The Land!

The Land: Catacombs

Chaos Seeds Saga: Book 4

Aleron Kong

The Mist Village has an insidious history. Terrible atrocities have etched themselves into the very sones of The Land. Just beneath the thin veener of joy and life, the sins of the past lie in wait. Richter will lean that some debts do not just fade away, and more importantly, must be paid.

Luckily, he is not alone. The village itself comes alive as his people show thier worth. Fighters and smiths, magicians and hunters, Richter's people prove the old adage; 'It take a village, to crush your enemies!'

This is a world of wonder and horror.

This is a world of pain and joy.

This is the world that you were meant to fight for.

Welcome back my friends.

Welcome back... to The Land!

The Land: Swarm

Chaos Seeds Saga: Book 5

Aleron Kong

The Mist Village has come alive. Richter is not alone. The various peoples he has saved prove their worth as hunters, smiths, builders and warriors. Experience their joys and triumphs, their pains and sorrows. Richter's settlement will show its worth. It is time for the village to grow.

Join Richter and Sion as they quest to tame the wild forest around the village. The village is an amazing resouce, but the demands it places upon the chaos seed are great! The Companions will risk their lives to provide for the people of the Mist Village, while the drums of war can be heard just over the horizon!

This is a world of wonder and horror.

This is a world of pain and joy.

This the world of monsters... and the brave men who battle them.

Welcome back my friends!

Welcome back... to The Land!

The Land: Raiders

Chaos Seeds Saga: Book 6

Aleron Kong

Welcome my friends! Welcome... to "The Land!"

"This is the world you were meant to fight for!"

The time of hiding has passed. The Mist Village will make itself known. Goblins have invaded Richter's lands. Though the first incursion has been defeated, the anger of Chaos Seed remains. Those who challenge Richter's power will learn there is a reason all creatures fear the mist... it is the home of monsters.

For the first time, Richter takes the battle to his enemies. He will live up to his name, and the very Land will shake with this power. With his allies, the Wood Sprites of Nadria, the army of the Mist Village marches to war. Richter has been a healer, an enchanter, a dungeon diver, and a killer. Now he becomes something more. He becomes a RAIDER!

This is a world of wonder and horror. This is a world of pain and joy. This is the world of monsters... and the brave men who battle them.

Welcome back my friends!

Welcome back... to The Land!

The Land: Predators

Chaos Seeds Saga: Book 7

Aleron Kong

In The Land: Predators, the Mist Village has harnessed its power. Core buildings, Professional fighters and now, their own Dungeon, the settlement is primed to grow into a kingdom of true power and magic. The path to power has not been without risk, however. The MistVillage has been noticed.

Evil nobles from the Kingdom of Law, bloodthirsty goblins fromthe Serrated Mountains, an undead lord with a penchant for human sacrifice and fanatical kobolds from the Depths, all plot the village's destruction. The predators are circling. Richter's people are horribly outnumbered by foes whose own power has been entrenched for thousands of years.

Richter and Sion need to be stronger than ever before. Luckily, they are. New skills have been learned, stronger enchantments have been wrought and the hundreds of villagers have answered the call to adventure. The Companions do not stand alone. While many eyes have turned towards the mists, wanting to take the treasures within, the Mist Village stares back with a simple message.

Come and get it!

The Land: Monsters

Chaos Seeds Saga: Book 8

Aleron Kong

Welcome my friends! Welcome...to "The Land"!

The battle of the dead was won, but at a great cost. Sion, leader of the Mist Village, was left with only pain and regret as Richter was claimed by the abyss.

What no one but the abandoned chaos seed knows is that he narrowly avoided the curse of the lich Singh, a curse that still hangs above his head. Now, surrounded by miles of darkness and tons of crushing rock, Richter has to find his way back into the light.

The only problem is that this monster of a man is being pursued by monsters, a demon, and his own foolish choices. Faced with all the dangers of the deep dark, what will Richter say when the buried horrors of The Land come a calling and asked if he's paid his dues?

Well he'll look right back, stare that horror in the eye, and say, "Yes sir, the check is in the mail!"

Welcome back my friends!

Welcome back... to The Land!

Chilling Effect

Chilling Effect: Book 1

Valerie Valdes

Captain Eva Innocente and the crew of La Sirena Negra cruise the galaxy delivering small cargo for even smaller profits. When her sister Mari is kidnapped by The Fridge, a shadowy syndicate that holds people hostage in cryostasis, Eva must undergo a series of unpleasant, dangerous missions to pay the ransom.

But Eva may lose her mind before she can raise the money. The ship's hold is full of psychic cats, an amorous fish-faced emperor wants her dead after she rejects his advances, and her sweet engineer is giving her a pesky case of feelings. The worse things get, the more she lies, raising suspicions and testing her loyalty to her found family.

To free her sister, Eva will risk everything: her crew, her ship, and the life she's built on the ashes of her past misdeeds. But when the dominoes start to fall and she finds the real threat is greater than she imagined, she must decide whether to play it cool or burn it all down.

Prime Deceptions

Chilling Effect: Book 2

Valerie Valdes

The lovably flawed crew of La Sirena Negra and their psychic cats return in this fast-paced and outrageously fun science-fiction novel, in which they confront past failures and face new threats in the far reaches of space from the author of the critically acclaimed Chilling Effect.

Captain Eva Innocente and the crew of La Sirena Negra find themselves once again on the fringe of populated space--and at the center of a raging covert war. When Eva's sister asks for help locating a missing scientist, promises of a big paycheck and a noble cause convince Eva to take the job despite lingering trust issues.

With reluctant assistance from her estranged mother, Eva and her crew follow the missing scientist's trail across the universe, from the costume-filled halls of a never-ending convention to a dangerous bot-fighting arena. They ultimately find themselves at the last place Eva wants to see again--Garilia--where she experienced her most shameful and haunting failure.

To complete her mission and get paid, Eva must navigate a paradise embroiled in a rebellion, where massive forests and pristine beaches hide psychic creatures and pervasive surveillance technology. Can she find her quarry while avoiding the oppressive local regime, or will she be doomed to repeat past mistakes when her dark deeds come to light?

Stealer of Souls

Chrestomanci

Diana Wynne Jones

Cat Chant has nine lives and is destined to be the next Chrestomanci. He is not pleased when Tonino Montana, a magically-gifted Italian, is invited to live at Chrestomanci Castle. But Cat is forced to put aside his animosity towards Tonino when they are abducted by the enchanter, Master Spiderman.

Elric: The Stealer of Souls

Chronicles of the Last Emperor of Melnibone: Book 1

Michael Moorcock

When Michael Moorcock began chronicling the adventures of the albino sorcerer Elric, last king of decadent Melniboné, and his sentient vampiric sword, Stormbringer, he set out to create a new kind of fantasy adventure, one that broke with tradition and reflected a more up-to-date sophistication of theme and style. The result was a bold and unique hero–weak in body, subtle in mind, dependent on drugs for the vitality to sustain himself–with great crimes behind him and a greater destiny ahead: a rock-and-roll antihero who would channel all the violent excesses of the sixties into one enduring archetype.

Now, with a major film in development, here is the first volume of a dazzling collection of stories containing the seminal appearances of Elric and lavishly illustrated by award-winning artist John Picacio–plus essays, letters, maps, and other material. Adventures include "The Dreaming City," "While the Gods Laugh," "Kings in Darkness," "Dead God's Homecoming," "Black Sword's Brothers," and "Sad Giant's Shield."

An indispensable addition to any fantasy collection, Elric: The Stealer of Souls is an unmatched introduction to a brilliant writer and his most famous–or infamous–creation.

Soul Stealers

Clockwork Vampire Chronicles: Book 2

Andy Remic

They came from the north, and the city fell.
It is a time for warriors, a time for heroes.
Kell's axe howls out for blood.

The sequel to Kell's Legend - more blood-soaked, action-packed, vampire-laced dark epic fantasy.

Kell is being hunted. The vampires are fighting back against him, and the mighty hero finds himself the prey of two beautiful but deadly vampire assassins.

Their bronze fangs are coming for him.

He will strike back.

Furies of Calderon

Codex Alera: Book 1

Jim Butcher

In the realm of Alera, where people bond with the furies--elementals of earth, air, fire, water, wood, and metal--fifteen-year-old Tavi struggles with his lack of furycrafting. But when his homeland erupts in chaos--when rebels war with loyalists and furies clash with furies-- Tavi's simple courage will turn the tides of war.

Academ's Fury

Codex Alera: Book 2

Jim Butcher

In Furies of Calderon, bestselling author Jim Butcher introduced readers to a world where the forces of nature take physical form. But now, it's human nature that threatens to throw the realm into chaos.

Cursor's Fury

Codex Alera: Book 3

Jim Butcher

In his acclaimed Codex Alera novels, bestselling author Jim Butcher has created a fascinating world in which the powerful forces of nature take physical form. But even magic cannot sway the corruption that threatens to destroy the realm of Alera once and for all.

Captain's Fury

Codex Alera: Book 4

Jim Butcher

After two years of bitter conflict with the hordes of invading Canim, Tavi of Calderon, now Captain of the First Aleran Legion, realizes that a peril far greater than the Canim exists-the terrifying Vord, who drove the savage Canim from their homeland. Now, Tavi must find a way to overcome the centuries-old animosities between Aleran and Cane if an alliance is to be forged against their mutual enemy. And he must lead his legion in defiance of the law, against friend and foe-before the hammerstroke of the Vord descends on them all.

Princeps' Fury

Codex Alera: Book 5

Jim Butcher

Under Tavi of Calderon, heir to the crown, war-torn Alera rebuilds while politicians and nobles vie for power. But from the south comes news: the dreaded Vord have come to Alera. For a thousand years, Alera and her furies have withstood every enemy and survived every foe.

First Lord's Fury

Codex Alera: Book 6

Jim Butcher

For Gaius Octavian, life has been one long battle. Now, the end of all he fought for is close at hand. The brutal, dreaded Vord are on the march against Alera. And perhaps for the final time, Gaius Octavian and his legions must stand against the enemies of his people. And it will take all his intelligence, ingenuity, and furycraft to save their world from eternal darkness.

Rulers of the Darkness

Darkness: Book 4

Harry Turtledove

Beginning with Into the Darkness, Darkness Descending, and Through the Darkness, bestselling author Harry Turtledove ("The master of alternative history"-Publishers Weekly) has been telling an epic tale: the story of a world war, comparable to the terrible world wars of our own 20th century, in a world where magic works.

Imagine the drama and terror of the Second World War-only the bullets are beams of magical fire, the tanks are great lumbering beasts, and fighters and bombers are dragons raining fire upon their targets. Welcome to the world of the Derlavaian War, a world that is slowly but surely being conquered, mile by bloody mile, by the forces of the Algarvian empire... forces whose most terrible battle magics are powered by the slaughter of innocent people, the Kaunians, whom Algarve-like much of the world-holds in disdain.

In this, the fourth volume of the series which began with Into the Darkness, the war for the continent of Derlavai builds toward its crescendo as the mages of Kuusamo, aided by their former rivals from Lagoas, work desperately to create a newer form of magic that will change the course of the war. But this is really a story of ordinary people-on all sides of the conflict-forced by fate to rise to their heroic limits... or sink to the level of their darker natures.

Leroni of Darkover

Darkover Anthologies: Book 9

Marion Zimmer Bradley

A collection of tales set on Darkover, the world of the Bloody Sun, ranging from the creation of the Comyn Council to a Terran's first encounter with laran.

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction (Leroni of Darkover) - essay by Marion Zimmer Bradley
  • Building - short story by Lynn Michals
  • The Ferment - (1991) - short story by Janet R. Rhodes [as by Janet Rhodes]
  • Wings - short story by Diana Gill
  • The Rebels - novelette by Deborah J. Mays
  • A Dance for Darkover - short story by Vera Nazarian and Diana Perry
  • There Is Always Someone - short story by Jacquie Groom
  • Reunion - short story by Lawrence Schimel
  • A Way Through the Fog - short story by Patricia B. Cirone [as by Patricia Cirone]
  • The Gods' Gift - novelette by Mary K. Frey
  • The Speaking Touch - short story by Margaret L. Carter [as by Margaret Carter]
  • The Bargain - short story by Chel Avery
  • The Witch of the Kilghard Hills - short story by Aimee Kratts
  • The Gift - short story by Lynne Armstrong-Jones
  • Invitation to Chaos - novelette by Joan Marie Verba
  • The Keeper's Peace - short story by Patricia Duffy Novak
  • Food for the Worms - short story by Roxana Pierson
  • Childish Pranks - short story by Diann Partridge
  • Cherilly's Law - short story by Janni Lee Simner
  • Avarra's Children - novelette by Dorothy J. Heydt
  • The Tower at New Skye - novelette by Priscilla W. Armstrong
  • Homecoming - short story by Lana Young
  • A Meeting of Minds - short fiction by Elisabeth Waters

Red Holocaust

Deathlands: Book 2

James Axler

When all is lost, there's always the future. But the future in a world shrouded in the radioactive red dust clouds of a generation-old global nuclear war depends on finding hidden caches of food, weapons and technology--the legacy of a preholocaust society--stashed in lonely outposts known as redoubts. When Ryan Cawdor discovers a redoubt in the bitter freakish wasteland that now passes for Alaska, he also uncovers a new threat to a slowly reemerging America.

Neutron Solstice

Deathlands: Book 3

James Axler

A generation after a global nuclear war, Louisiana is a fetid, sullen landscape of impenetrable swamps and grotesquely mutated wildlife. Above the gnarled bayous, radioactive red dust clouds race across the sky on nuclear winds; below, thick mud sucks at a man's boots. Now and then a biting acid rain falls, swept in on the boiling winds from the Gulf.

In the reeking swampland that was the Mississippi basin, neutron bombs have left barren cityscapes the terrirories of small groups of bitterly opposed survivors. Ryan Cawdor and his companions Krysty Wroth and J.B. Dix come upon one such group who are striving to revive life on earth the way it was before the bombs fell. But they're up against a postholocaust feudal lord who's just as determined to wipe them out.

Crater Lake

Deathlands: Book 4

James Axler

Near what was once the Pacific Northwest, Ryan Cawdor and his roving band of post-holocaust survivors discover a beautiful valley untouched by the nuclear blast that changed the earth forever. Resisting the temptation to settle in the idyllic land, the group is captured and forced deep beneath an extinct volcano to an isolated community of in-bred scientists who are blindly laboring to find better ways of genocide, unaware that the world they are striving to slaughter has already died.

Homeward Bound

Deathlands: Book 5

James Axler

Ryan Cawdor's post-holocaust odyssey across America is about to come full circle -- Ryan Cawdor is going home.

Forced away from Front Royal by a power-mad brother who had already committed fratricide, Ryan had roamed a devastated America searching out the small pockets of life where civilization was being reborn.

Emerging from a gateway in the ruins of New York City, Ryan decides to put his own house in order -- it's time to avenge the deaths of his father and older brother.

Accompanied by Krysty Wroth and J.B. Dix, Ryan Cawdor comes face-to-face with the harsh reality of post-nuclear America. In the Deathlands, honour and fair play are words of the past. Vengeance is a word to live by.

Pony Soldiers

Deathlands: Book 6

James Axler

Ryan Cawdor and his band of post-holocaust survivors come face-to-face with a specter from the past: out of the swirling dust that was once New Mexico bursts a regiment of pony soldiers, led by a man with flowing yellow hair.

Brandishing Colts and Winchesters, the horsemen grimly prepare to destroy the ragtag strangers, intruders who dare to pnetrate their ruthlessly defended stronghold.

As the final showdows nears, Ryan makes a startling discovery: either he and his companions have chron-jumped back to the 1800s, or General George Custer has been catapulted into the twenty-second century...

Dectra Chain

Deathlands: Book 7

James Axler

The world blew out in 2001. Vast areas of what was the United States lie beneath an umbrella of noxious dust and radioactive debris, a mantle of destruction drawn over a land of doom. Much of the East Coast has been obliterated; the Southwest is a land of fire; cities of smoldering ash have given birth to horrifically mutated life forms. Such is the Deathlands, legacy of global annihilation.

But there were survivors, struggling to overcome a dark new age of plague, radiation sickness, barbarism and madness. Out of the ruins come Ryan Cawdor and his band of post-holocaust survivors, whose odyssey of discovery takes them in search of other pockets of civilization.

Emerging from a gateway in Maine, Ryan confronts a ruthless and brutal sea captain, a woman prepared to go to any lengths to get what she wants...

Ice and Fire

Deathlands: Book 8

James Axler

Snakefish, California, is rich in the currency of post-holocaust America gasoline.

Almost leveled by the Soviet missiles that annihilated most of the West Coast, Snakefish is in the midst of a reconstruction, financed by a commodity far more valuable than the usual Deathlands jack.

But greed and man's lust for power threaten to shatter the hard-won peace and tranquility of this fledgeling community as disparate factions fight for control of the substance that will give them wealth beyond their wildest dreams.

Ryan Cawdor and his companions emerge from a gateway and step into the path of a smoldering war for power.

Red Equinox

Deathlands: Book 9

James Axler

Three generations after nuclear blasts all but vaporized the Earth, a group of warrior survivalists led by a charismatic man named Ryan Cawdor roam the hostile environment called Deathlands.

Their quest becomes a grim struggle for survival as they search for a better life beyond the nuke-ravaged cities. And it is one such harrowing journey that brings them to the heart of Moscow.

Beneath a mantle of chemical clouds an strontium snow, the former jewel in Russia's crown is teeming with a bizarre mix of mutated beings and old enemies all intent on killing Ryan and his band of post-holocaust survivors.

A new dark age has dawned with the hope of a promised land. But in the Deathlands, hope is not enough.

Northstar Rising

Deathlands: Book 10

James Axler

A generation after a global nuclear catastrophe, Minnesota is a steamy tropical environment of lush plants and horrifically mutated insects.

Emerging torn and battered after a triple jump through the gateways, Ryan Cawdor and his band of post-holocaust survivors discover an abandoned cryonics complex a doomed fantasy begun a century before in a world far away from Deathlands. Dr. Mildred Wyeth is successfully revived from subzero suspended animation and joins the team of warrior survivalists.

In the jungles of Minnesota, the group discovers yet another freakish legacy of a world cone hideously wrong: Vikings.

In the Deathlands, the past and the future are clashing with frightening force.

Time Nomads

Deathlands: Book 11

James Axler

In the blasted heart of the new America, Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior-survivalists search for hidden caches of food, weapons and technology -- the legacy of a preholocaust society -- stashed in lonely outposts known as redoubts.

When Ryan ingests bacteria-infested food, he lies near death -- his body paralyzed but his mind traveling rapidly back to his early days in the Deathlands... moving through the southwest on post-nuke vehicles called warwags... and his run-in with the Baron.

Towse, near what was once Albuquerque, is a ville in a freakishly beautiful landscape populated by scabbies and armed Apaches. Baron Alias Carson and his bejeweled wife, Sharona, welcome Ryan, J.B. Dix and the Tracker to their treacherous world.

In the Deathlands the past is a dream. The future is a nightmare.

Latitude Zero

Deathlands: Book 12

James Axler

Generations after a near nuclear annihilation, America is a radiation-ravaged wasteland swarming with a thousand horrifically mutated life forms.

Ryan Cawdor and his band of post-holocaust survivors barely escape a self-destructing redoubt in the new southwest and embark on a journey overland to find the nearest gateway. But without an adequate supply of food and water, their quest is doomed.

Ryan strikes a deal with the leader of a wagon train heading west: protection against all attackers in exchange for food and water.

It is a deal that pits the one-eyed warrior against his oldest enemy -- a sadistic, ruthless man who would stop at nothing to get his hands on Ryan Cawdor.

In the Deathlands, everyone and everything is fair game, but only the strongest survive.

Seedling

Deathlands: Book 13

James Axler

America's post-holocaust nightmare continues as Ryan Cawdor returns to the monstrous urban slum that was once New York City...and discovers a piece of the future...

As the roaming band of survivors seek desperately to escape the eerie wastes and mutated life-forms of their nuclear hell, they emerge from a gateway back into the ruins of Manhattan -- the concrete battlefield where Ryan had avenged the death of his father and older brother.

The city is a flooded hellzone ruled by street gangs and hordes of reptilian mutants who inhabit the sewers. Under this urban ruin lives the self-styled King of the Underground, presiding over his subterranean fortress filled with prenuke memorabilia. And here, in this once great metropolis, lives a ten-year-old boy. He is Ryan Cawdor's son....

The children shall inherit the Earth.

Dark Carnival

Deathlands: Book 14

James Axler

Out of the ashes of global destruction, Ryan Cawdor and his roving band of warrior survivalists continue their grim odyssey across a nuke-ravaged America, searching for a sanctuary and the promise of a better life.

Emerging from a Gateway into Florida's sultry heat, they enter the domain of a wealthy baron -- a technical genius whose seat of power is a rebuilt theme park where the rides are fast and thrill seekers are guaranteed the time of their lives... if they can get out alive.

Influencing the baron is a ruthless and hypnotic cult leader and his demonic "family," whose murderous games trap Ryan into a midnight killing spree... with only one way out.

In the Deathlands, the future is a dream. Reality is a nightmare.

Chill Factor

Deathlands: Book 15

James Axler

America's legacy of annihilation continues for Ryan Cawdor and his band of post-apocalypse survivors on a quest to find a peaceful new life. Trekking through the ruins of a devastated America, they search for secrets of the past that might promise a future. This is the odyssey called Deathlands.

Ryan travels to the snowy wastes north of the forty-ninth parallel to rescue his young son, enslaved in a mining colony. In this forbidding landscape, one of Ryan's oldest enemies lies in wait, orchestrating a deadly finale to their private war.

In the biting cold, Ryan must battle a legion of hunter androids designed to track and kill any intruders with ruthless ingenuity. But for Ryan Cawdor, the need to save his son is greater than any threat the one-eyed warrior may encounter.

Welcome to the Deathlands, where you don't have to die to go to hell.

Moon Fate

Deathlands: Book 16

James Axler

Generations have passed since a nuclear blast all but turned America to dust. Out of the ruins emerges a band of warrior-survivalists, led by a one-eyed man called Ryan Cawdor. In their quest to find a better life, they embark on a perilous odyssey across the ravaged wasteland known as Deathlands.

An ambush by a roving group of mutant Stickies puts Ryan and Krysty Wroth in the clutches of a tyrant who plans a human sacrifice as a symbol of his power. The execution is set to take place at the new moon -- one night away. Ryan devises an escape plan but is betrayed by another prisoner. As they break for freedom, the Stickie leader unleashes a team of hunter-trackers among the maze of narrow canyons of the Southwest. For Ryan and Krysty, there's nowhere left to run...

In the Deathlands, the only thing that gets easier is dying.

Fury's Pilgrims

Deathlands: Book 17

James Axler

A bad jump from a near-space Gateway leaves Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists in the devastated heart of the American Midwest. Moving through the ruins in the safety of an abandoned war wag, they discover a small community that was once the sprawling metropolis of Chicago.

The town seems devoid of life, until the first night, when Krysty Wroth vanishes without a trace. Then the group is attacked, leaving Doc Tanner gravely wounded. Ryan realizes that someone, or something, wants them gone -- or dead.

He captures an attacker and learns that the town is run by a tribe of nocturnal female mutants. But not even torture yields any word of Krysty. Ryan fears for her life, especially since she's a woman

In the Deathlands, life is a contest where the only victor is death.

Shockscape

Deathlands: Book 18

James Axler

Emerging from a gateway into the snowy barrens of the Colorado Rockies, Ryan Cawdor and his warrior group are forced to strike a deal for survival. This part of white hell is controlled by Baron Nelson, a grief-ridden widower burning for vengeance against the hired killers who murdered his boy.

Not far from Nelson's barony lies Yuma, a nasty hellhole every badman in the Rockies calls home. Ryan, Doc and J.B. Dix begin a perilous journey across desolate mountains to Yuma to capture and deliver the boy's killers back to the baron. The odds are not good: if the mutant grizzlies and roving marauders don't get them, the sadistic guntoughs in Yuma will.

In the Deathlands, survival is a gamble. Death is the only sure bet.

Deep Empire

Deathlands: Book 19

James Axler

Once an idyllic chain of inlets running from Key Largo to Key West, the Florida Keys have become an isolated universe of grotesquely mutated wildlife and bizarre submarine malformations. Blind seventy-foot sea snakes lurk among the reefs around underwater volcanoes, while typhoons and pirates turn the crystal waters above into a death zone.

But Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior-survivalists find a slice of heaven in this ocean hell at a marine research center created to further the amazing promise of the dolphins. Here, a brilliant scientist offers the perfect vacation of sun, fishing and fun. Until Ryan discovers this post-holocaust aquatic paradise is a hoax -- and gentle dolphins are being mutated into killers.

Welcome to the Deathlands, and the future nobody planned for.

Cold Asylum

Deathlands: Book 20

James Axler

Generations after global annihilation, Kansas is a mutated landscape of dense, deciduous forest. Gone are the amber waves of grain, another hideous result of nuclear devastation that changed the face of the Earth forever. Now it's survival of the freakish.

Following rumours that might lead them to the long-lost Trader, Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists find themselves the unwilling house guests of the wealthiest barons in all of Deathlands. At Baron Mandeville's opulent homestead, a glittering ornate fortress called Sun Crest, a secret and perverted game continues: gladiator contests among the guests. The winners get to play the ultimate life-and-death game -- a hunt in which they are the quarry.

Hope died in the Deathlands, but the will to live goes on.

Twilight Children

Deathlands: Book 21

James Axler

Survival is an endless battle in the dark age of post-holocaust America, but even amid the ashes of the past, new pockets of civilization emerge, fledgling communities bound by savage rules.

Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior-survivalists are transported from one Valley of the Shadow of Death to another, shaken by the mind-bending effects of the mat-trans, emerging at last into a promised land whose inhabitants are healthy and young.

The ville is an oasis in a blighted land, but among the blond, blue-eyed near-children, Ryan and his wayfarers are pariahs destined to find out that the quest for Paradise exacts a steep price.

In the Deathlands, the future looks terminally brief.

Rider, Reaper

Deathlands: Book 22

James Axler

The red-baked mountains of New Mexico offer a peaceful interlude for Ryan Cawdor, and a reunion with Jak Lauren. But in the violent post-holocaust world of Deathlands, survival is a blood-soaked game -- and Ryan's idyll becomes a mission of revenge.

The quarry is the General and his band of paramilitary killers. Roving and plundering the Southwest, the General travels with an unsurpassed armoury, his troops unchallenged, his agenda unstoppable.

Allied with local vengeance-hungry Indians, Ryan Cawdor and his warrior survivalists begin a cross-desert manhunt on horseback through the acrid canyon lands, where danger waits in the form of fifteen-foot rattlesnakes, acid-rain hurricanes -- and a man who grimly prepares to destroy his pursuers.

Hope died in the Deahtlands, but the will to live goes on.

Road Wars

Deathlands: Book 23

James Axler

Emerging out of the ashes of the nuclear apocalypse, no one has been more successful and determined than Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists. But if the wasteland's endless miles come between them, the odds for getting back together again -- for their very survival -- are not in their favor.

A cryptic message regarding the long-missing Trader sends Ryan and the Armorer on an odyssey to the Pacific Northwest, away from their base, away from their band of warrior survivalists, away from Krysty Wroth. While Ryan battles the blood-hungry predators of the road, back in New Mexico, Krysty Wroth and the others fight off attacks against their weakened group in an all-out struggle for survival.

In the Deathlands, fate and chance are clashing with frightening force.

Trader Redux

Deathlands: Book 24

James Axler

Ruled by a perverse and malevolent Nature, roamed by lawless remnants of humanity, the Deathlands is what's left of the continental U.S. after a nuclear apocalypse unleashed hell on earth. Here, only a few can survive and still retain hope for the future, and of these, none are more determined than the exiled son of a coastal baron and his closely knit band of warrior survivalists.

The years of struggle in the new reality made Ryan Cawdor a bold and undisputed leader, but now he may have to contend with his former mentor, the enigmatic Trader. Together with J. B. Dix and Abe, they make a perilous journey down the mighty Colorado, and in the Grand Canyon's mile-deep crags, a degenerate barony and mutie death traps test the limits of the group's survival skills.

Weary and torn from their cross-country trek, they return to their stronghold in New Mexico to find it abandoned, with no sign of Krysty Wroth, Dean or the others....

Imagine your worst nightmare. It's called Deathlands.

Genesis Echo

Deathlands: Book 25

James Axler

Deathlands is a world savaged beyond recognition by a centuries-old nuclear blast. While many prosper on the savagery of this lawless land, Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists carry the seeds of hope and courage in a daring quest to find the gateway to the future....

The warrior survivalists are reluctant guests in a reactivated twentieth-century medical institute in Maine. Here scientists still pursue their abstract theories, oblivious to the realities of a world gone mad. But when they take an unhealthy interest in Krysty Wroth, the pressure is on to find a way out of this guarded enclave.

Before they can escape, Ryan's loyalty will be tested, and Krysty's special powers may threaten her very existence.

In the Deathlands, the war for domination is over, but the struggle for survival continues.

Shadowfall

Deathlands: Book 26

James Axler

The nuclear conflagration that consumed the world generations ago stripped away most of its bounty, throwing survivors back to more savage ways of existence. Amid the ruins, Ryan Cawdor leads the daring few who wage a grim battle in a quest for a better future.

As elsewhere in the Deathlands, what remains of the Sunshine State is rules by tooth and claw and unbridled instinct. It's an alien, inhospitable terrain of sulfur pits and lethal geysers, inhabited by mutated life-forms. Here Ryan finds that survival demands hard and fast choices, and unexpected alliances. To hold his band of warrior survivalists together, he comes to an agonizing crossroads, torn by a debt to the past and loyalty to the present.

Hope died in the Deathlands, but the will to live goes on.

Ground Zero

Deathlands: Book 27

James Axler

Ryan Cawdor and his band of survivalists search for a better future in the devastated ruins of a city once called Washington. Facing double jeopardy posed by a barbaric baron, and the indifferent wrath of nature, Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists are determined to persevere against predatory foes.

In the Deathlands, everyone and everything is fair game, but only the strongest survive.

Deathlands is desolate and mute testimony to the aftermath of the nuclear blasts that laid waste the earth. Wayfarers in their blighted world, Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists search for a better future in the devastated ruins of a once-proud land. The radiation-poisoned hellhole is their home, and they are determined to defend it from the predatory foreigners emerging from a gateway.

And where its proud heart, the city of Washington, had stood, Ryan Cawdor faces double jeopardy posed by a barbaric baron, and the indifferent wrath of nature. In the Deathlands, everyone and everything is fair game.

Emerald Fire

Deathlands: Book 28

James Axler

Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists emerge from a gateway into an abandoned U.S. military complex, now a native shrine to the white gods of pre-blast days. Here the group is given royal treatment, only to discover that privilege has a blood price.

In the Deathlands, you're always too far from home....

The global apocalypse of 2001 did not destroy the world -- only a way of life. Now, three generations after the blast, the indomitable human spirit struggles against the devastation and hopelessness. For one band of survivors, hope lies in hidden gateways, portals to uncertain places of salvation or doom.

The Amazon Basin remains a land of primordial beauty and primitive people. Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists emerge from a gateway into an abandoned U.S., military complex, now a native shrine to the white gods of pre-blast days. Here the group is given royal treatment, only to discover that privilege has a blood price.

In the Deathlands, you're always too far from home....

Bloodlines

Deathlands: Book 29

James Axler

In the aftermath of the apocalypse little remains except age-old evils of greed, perversion and force. But a small group of survivalists cherishes the legacy of human courage and hope. led by the charismatic Ryan Cawdor, they persevere in a brutal world through warrior skills and a bold desire to regain the promised future.

The fertile bayous teem with mutant life-forms and altered species. Off on a trek with his son, Ryan fends off the dangers from marauders and Nature's traps, but also finds signs of hope for humanity's new future. But the ultimate threat comes upon them in an unguarded moment, shocking in its scope and casting more blame on generations past.

In the Deathlands, nothing is as it appears.

Crossways

Deathlands: Book 30

James Axler

As the twenty-second century emerges from the blight of nuclear damnation, humanity is slowly coming to terms with the bizarre new world of Deathlands, where each new generation holds the promise of renewal and redemption -- in men like Ryan Cawdor and his son, Dean.

Ryan Cawdor and companions emerge from a gateway into the ravaged world of the Rockies. It's old hunting grounds for Ryan and the Titian-haired Krysty Wroth -- her home, and the place where they first came together. Here Ryan has an unsettling choice to make, and Krysty a debt to pay. But her Mother Sonja may be long gone, and the past becomes a trap as they press toward Harmony, a marauding gang hard on their trail.

Hope died in the Deathlands, but the will to live goes on.

Keepers of the Sun

Deathlands: Book 31

James Axler

The nuclear storm that swept the globe has left behind the Deathlands, a legacy of hate and violence. Pockets of survivors live off the ravaged land or on stockpiles found in redoubts. But from out of the ashes, a fearless man spearheads the drive to pierce the heart of darkness....

The gateways are secret installations from predark days used by Ryan Cawdor and his group as escape routes. Once again the warrior survivalists emerge from a jump and into a world -- and empire fallen -- ruled by the samurai code. And here Ryan has to face a new threat that could destroy the only home they know.

A new dark age has dawned with the hope of a promised land. But in the Deathlands, hope is not enough.

Circle Thrice

Deathlands: Book 32

James Axler

The dark frontier of the twenty-second century is lawless and oppressive, but humanity is slowly beginning to carve out new beginnings in the midst of this brutal, nuke-altered world. In pockets of civilization called villes, peace and hope start to flourish. But law and order invite what's evil and corrupt....

Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists are guests of a powerful Tennessee baroness and her mysterious adviser at her ville on what was once the mighty Mississippi River. Beautiful and alluring, the baroness is skilled in the dark arts, and she will do anything to secure her future.

In the Deathlands, when hope is not enough, the laws of survival are called into play.

Eclipse at Noon

Deathlands: Book 33

James Axler

Hard on the heels of their escape from a powerful baroness, the wayfarers arrive at the shore of the mighty Mississippi. As if whisked back in time, Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists find themselves passengers on a riverboat. It's a high time, until the stakes escalate and Ryan is sold to the highest bidder.

Stoneface

Deathlands: Book 34

James Axler

In 2001, the face of the earth changed forever in a nuclear firestorm. Generations after the apocalypse, Ryan Cawdor leads the courageous struggle for survival in a brutal world, striving to make a difference in the battle raging between good and evil.

On a sacred aboriginal land, Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists discover Mount Rushmore still standing, a symbol of long-gone power. Here a charismatic baron and his followers force Ryan to breach the icy fastness of the mountain stronghold, which harbours a cache of twentieth-century technology -- and a chilling surprise from the past.

In the Deathlands, the war is over... but the fight has just begun.

Bitter Fruit

Deathlands: Book 35

James Axler

In the nuclear-storm devastated Deathlands a warrior survivalist of the twenty-second century leads the relentless fight to reclaim a lost world.

Barely escaping from a marauding gang, Ryan Cawdor and his band of post-holocaust survivors emerge from a gateway into an idyllic community ruled by Druidic law. But this new Eden may be a mirage, concealing a deadly threat. For the seed of dissent had been sown in the past, and is again ready to destroy.

Nature rules in the Deathlands, but man still destroys.

Skydark

Deathlands: Book 36

James Axler

It's now generations after the firestorm that nearly consumed the earth, but the survivors haven't yet finished paying for the sins of the fathers. All of life suffered, and of those that survived, not all survived well. This cradle of life is now home to forms fallen far from their human inheritance.

Fear spreads like wildfire through the wastelands when an army of mutants, led by a charismatic and powerful lord, goes on the rampage. As panic and infighting cripple the baronies, Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists must find a way to unite them before the human race is wiped off the face of the earth.

In the Deathlands, the future is just beginning.

Demons of Eden

Deathlands: Book 37

James Axler

The legacy of the twentieth century was the world-wasting nuclear firestorm that destroyed a way of life forever. Civilization is in ruins, its pitiful remnants perverted by brute force, and mankind is less at home on the planet than ever before. Yet in the desolation that is the Deathlands, an intrepid group of wayfarers continues the determined fight for survival and a better future.

Leaving a western ville besieged by desert pirates in search of the legendary cities of the Spanish conquistadors, Ryan Cawdor and his warrior survivalists enter a hidden valley untouched by civilization. Here the descendants of the First People are at one with Nature, following their sacred and mystical traditions. But deep in the valley is an awesome force, a power that can freely heal... or wantonly destroy.

In the Deathlands life is locked in mortal combat, and the only way out is the future.

The Mars Arena

Deathlands: Book 38

James Axler

In the ruins of Las Vegas, Ryan Cawdor enters the blood-soaked arena of regional barons to reclaim his son's life.

The nuclear firestorms had swept away the hatreds and the power struggles that had dominated the Earth for decades. But no hoped-for better reality was born in that blighted landscape. In a lawless and maddened world, blood and violence remained a means to survival -- and power.

In the harsh territory near what used to be the Western badlands, Ryan Cawdor and his crew join the search for the wreck of a crashed space station. But in the ruins of Las Vegas he falls prey to a maelstrom of violence. Hostage in a bitter war between regional barons, Ryan finds that even his best effort is an odds-even gamble, and that his son's life may depend on the whims of destiny.

Deathlands is a conspiracy against survival....

Watersleep

Deathlands: Book 39

James Axler

In the altered reality of the Deathlands, America's coastal waters haven't escaped the ravages of the nukecaust, but the awesome power of the oceans still rules here. It's a power that will let Ryan Cawdor, first among postholocaust survivors, ride the crest of victory -- or consign his woman to the raging depths.

Emerging from a gateway on the ruins of the Georgia coastline, Ryan Cawdor and his warrior survivalists embark on a voyage up the Atlantic coast. But treachery awaits as they're beset by pirates, then a violent storm that pulls Krysty Wroth and Jak Lauren beneath the waves. Now Ryan must contend with a self-proclaimed lord of the sea as he struggles to reclaim what's his from a watery grave.

In the Deathlands, there's no waking from the nightmare...

Nightmare Passage

Deathlands: Book 40

James Axler

In the sands of California's Guadalupe Desert, Ryan and companions fear they have crossed time lines when they stumble upon a settlement straight out of fabled Egypt. What they find is a rebellion against an aspiring god-king who wants to enslave them. To overcome an enemy with unusual powers, Ryan must bide his time though his every instinct is to strike out in rage.

Freedom Lost

Deathlands: Book 41

James Axler

Ryan Cawdor and his team are en route to his boyhood home in West Virginia when they are offered shelter--for a price--in the remains of the Freedom Mall, once the largest in the Carolinas, operated by Baron Freedom. The huge mall is a haven for its inhabitants, but Ryan is given an ultimatum--pay a hefty fine or help the Baron's group fight against the "stickies", a marauding army of mutants. Ryan is left no choice but to help, and finds himself pitted against the Baron and the stickies in a desperate struggle to save his friend and escape.

Way of the Wolf

Deathlands: Book 42

James Axler

The bleak nightmare of the nuclear winter has abated, but the Earth is scarred, its ecosystems poisoned, many of its life forms mutated and struggling for existence. Here, in the torn remnants of American, Ryan Cawdor and his warrior survivalists stake their claim as the inheritors of Deathlands, their unforgiving world.

The mountains of the Arctic Circle are shaken with ceaseless tremors as the frozen earth Threatens to swallow itself. Trapped in the hostile landscape by a mat-trans jump, Ryan and companions find the ultimate challenge to their will to survive. The odds dwindle when they become the new bounty in a struggle for dominance between a group of Neanderthals and descendants of a military garrison stranded generations ago.

Deathlands. A perilous journey through uncharted territory.

Dark Emblem

Deathlands: Book 43

James Axler

After a relatively easy mat-trans jump, Ryan and his companions find themselves in the company of Dr. Silas Jamaisvous, a seemingly pleasant host who appears to understand the mat-trans systems extremely well. Seeing signs that local inhabitants have been used as guinea pigs for the scientist's ruthless experiments, the group realizes that they have to stop this line of research before it goes too far

Crucible of Time

Deathlands: Book 44

James Axler

A connection to his past awaits Ryan Cawdor as the group takes a mat-trans jump to the remnants of California. Brother Joshua Wolfe is the leader of the Children of the Rock--a cult that has left a trail of barbarism and hate across the ravaged California countryside. Ryan and his compatriots must survive the battle rituals prescribed by the cult and escape the misguided wrath of their enemies, the Mescalero Indians, in order to continue their journey across the wastelands.

Starfall

Deathlands: Book 45

James Axler

Ryan Cawdor and his warrior survivalists jump into Montana territory, where they are joined by members of the Heimdall Foundation, an organization of whitecoats that investigates the possibility of alien visitation on Earth. Ryan is concerned when Krysty is rendered helpless by one of the Chosen--a type of doomie mutant with mind-control abilities. The group is accosted by a baron's sec men, who are searching for valuable debris from an abandoned space station that fell from the sky.

Gemini Rising

Deathlands: Book 46

James Axler

Book #1 in the Baronies Trilogy of Deathlands

Ryan Cawdor comes home to West Virginia and his nephew Nathan, to whom Cawdor had entrusted the Cawdor barony. Waiting for Cawdor are two of his oldest enemies, ready to overtake the barony and the Cawdor name.Unable to help an ailing Krysty Wroth, Cawdor must face this challenge to the future of the East Coast baronies on his own.

Gaia's Demise

Deathlands: Book 47

James Axler

Book #2 in the Baronies Trilogy of Deathlands

The trail of the East Coast conspiracy leads to Tennessee, where a new weapon to control the weather and disrupt human thinking has been wreaking havoc. Behind it all is Ryan's nemesis, Dr. Jamaisvous, who once again finds escape via the gateway.

Dark Reckoning

Deathlands: Book 48

James Axler

Book #3 in The Baronies Trilogy of Deathlands

A secret community of scientists gains control of an orbiting transformer that could become the ultimate weapon of terror -- and it's up to Ryan Cawdor to halt the evil mastermind before he can incinerate Front Royal.

Shadow World

Deathlands: Book 49

James Axler

The hellscape of postnuclear America has a bloodlust for the good, the innocent and the helpless. Survival in Deathlands demands a will to endure that is as raw and savage as this brutal frontier. For Deathlands is the future's last and only hope for both its inheritors and strange invaders to whom this perdition promises a paradise.

Ryan Cawdor is a true warrior of Deathlands, fighting for survival in a bizarre, freakish world. But now, beyond the unseen perils, a new threat emerges: invaders arrive from a parallel earth where the nukecaust never happened. Ryan is abducted through a time corridor to the twin earth, where he dixcovers a nightmare that makes Deathlands look tame by comparison and a new plot for its grotesque destruction...

In the Deathlands the future is undertain, but it's all that remains.

Pandora's Redoubt

Deathlands: Book 50

James Axler

In the post-holocaust wastelands of 22nd-centry America, precious little remains of life before the nuclear blowout. Legends circulate of Redoubts, secret pre-Dark military bases with caches of food, medicine and, most important, weapons. Yet only a few of the ragged elite possess the arcane knowledge that enables them to locate and access these valuable storehouses.

In a hidden redoubt in Ohio, Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists take possession of the ultimate Deathlands War Wag a crude but effective tank called Leviathan. But having this steel-plated behemoth is a double-edged sword when they fall into the trap of Lady Ward of Novaville, who wants Leviathan for her own means of destruction and domination.

In the Deathlands, the future is just an idea.

Rat King

Deathlands: Book 51

James Axler

What was once the United States is now the rad-blasted world of Deathlands...a place that more than lives up to its name. Led by a one-eyed warrior called Ryan Cawdor, a straggling band of survivors roams the nuke-ravaged land, homing their survival skills in a wasteland where danger lurks over the next hill.

Emerging into one of the predark installations known as redoubts, the group is taken prisoner in a fully functioning army base operating in a parody of life before the blowout. Its occupants are inbred soldiers, a legacy to the lost secrets of the Totality Concept. Led by the mad general of an obscene military project, the base has found its last hope in the ragtag bunch, a fate that may be even more horrifying than the hell they have survived.

In the Deathlands nothing is certain... especially the future.

Zero City

Deathlands: Book 52

James Axler

The nuclear Armageddon of 2001 put the world on an odyssey of savage rebirth. Now, little more than a hundred years after the blast, the quest for power is viciously embraced by America's new masters, barons commanding fortresses called villes, policed by stonehearts called sec men. One of them is a warrior survivalist named Ryan Cawdor, believed to possess pre-apocalyptic knowledge that holds hope for a beleaguered future.Hungry and exhausted, Ryan and his band emerge from a redoubt into an untouched predark city, and uncover a cache of weapons and food. Among other interlopers, the city is guarded by huge winged creatures, protecting the grisly secrets of a nearby barony. Holed up inside an old government building, where Ryan's son, Dean, lies near death, Ryan and Krysty must raid where a local baron uses human flesh as fertilizer....

Savage Armada

Deathlands: Book 53

James Axler

Book #1 of the Skydark Chronicles of Deathlands

A nuclear apocalypse almost destroyed Western civilization in 2001, leaving in its place the forbidding world of Deathland. Though the human spirit has not been broken, the new rules of survival are harsh and barbaric. As barons fight for power in a savage new America, power is claimed with the salvaged arsenels of a predark world: weapons, gasoline and those willing to kill.

The Marshall Islands, once the testing grounds for twentieth-century weapons of mass destruction, remains perversely beautiful. But the infested waters become the battleground for looting pirates and sec men in still-functional navy PT boats, all driven by greed and madness to plunder the predark caches of science and technology hidden in the islands. Ryan Cawdor and his warrior band emerge in this perilous waterworld, caught in a grim fight to unlock the secrets of the past.

In the Deathlands, the price for survival is high.

Judas Strike

Deathlands: Book 54

James Axler

Book #2 of the Skydark Chronicles of Deathlands

A nuclear endgame played out among the superpowers created a fiery cataclysm that turned America into a treacherous new frontier. But an intrepid group of warrior survivalists roams the wastelands, unlocking the secrets of a pre-dark world. Ryan Cawdor and his band have become living legends in a world of madness and death where savagery reigns, but the human spirit endures...

The South Pacific is a rad-blasted paradise, inhabited by giant mutated crustaceans and savage cannibals. The local baron rules the Marshall islands with a despotic iron fist and a secret formula for making Deathland's gold: gunpowder. But his true invincibility lies in his possession of stockpiles of pre-dark rapid-fire missiles and a fleet of functional PT boats. Ryan Cawdor and his companions have faced off against the baron and survived. But this time there's only one way out of these death seas -- through the sec-men-infested waters of the baron's kingdom.

Imagine your worst nightmare. This is Deathlands.

Shadow Fortress

Deathlands: Book 55

James Axler

Book #3 of the Skydark Chronicles of Deathlands

A planet ravaged by the apocalyptic blast of 2001 gave birth to a new world of savagery -- and a new breed of hero. In a land where violence rules with absolute authority, Ryan Cawdor and his wayfarer survivalists roam the strange, nascent twenty-second century, living by their own creed of honor as they continue their search for a sanctuary they can call home.

In what was once the nuclear testing ground of the predark world, the Marshall Islands are now the kingdom of the grotesque Lord Baron Kinnison. Here in this world of slavery and brutality the companions have fought a fierce war for survival, on land and sea -- yet the crafty baron still conspires to destroy these interlopers. Activating a twentieth-century hot air balloon left untouched by the blast, they escape to the neighboring pirate-ruled Forbidden Island, with the baron's sec men in hot pursuit -- and become trapped in a war for total supremacy of this water world.

Not even Deathlands can deny the human will to survive.

Sunchild

Deathlands: Book 56

James Axler

In the ruins of nuke-ravaged Seattle, Ryan Cawdor and his warrior companions come face-to-face with the Illuminated Ones, a secret order whose knowledge foretold the end of the world. Recognizing that the true power rests in the hands of the baron's insane wife, Ryan and his group seek to shift the power in their favor.

Breakthrough

Deathlands: Book 57

James Axler

Deathlands is a living hell, but one place is even worse: a parallel Earth where the atomic mega-cull never happened. Now the ruler of this Otherworld Earth and her genetically engineered female force have invaded Deathlands, which offers a ready supply of slaves and raw energy. It is up to Ryan Cawdor and his warrior companions to stop the invaders before this grotesque new order redefines brutality.

Salvation Road

Deathlands: Book 58

James Axler

Two hundred years after a nuclear war has ravaged America, Ryan Cawdor and his roving band of survivalists continue their quest for a better life. That's difficult in Texas, where the brutal sun burns the desert red-hot, and where the greedy and the mad try to mine the black crude beneath the scorched earth. It is here that Ryan and the companions find themselves in a no-win situation against a rogue baron. With success comes freedom ...with failure, death!

Amazon Gate

Deathlands: Book 59

James Axler

Book #1 of the Illuminated Ones duology of Deathlands

At the heart of the strange new post-nuclear world known as Deathlands lie the mysteries of pre-dark society -- secrets that may hold the key to a future of peace... or peril. In perhaps their one chance to reclaim the future from the jaws of madness, Ryan Cawdor and the companions ally with a female-dominant tribe who have found the gateway belonging to the pre-dark cabal.

Destiny's Truth

Deathlands: Book 60

James Axler

Book #2 of the Illuminated Ones duology of Deathlands

Allied with a tribe of women warriors, Ryan Cawdor and his band of survivalists continue their quest to locate the Illuminated Ones, a pre-dark sect who may possess secret knowledge of Deathlands. But their dangerous pursuit becomes even more treacherous when their quarry unleashes a deadly plague in a twisted plot to cleanse the earth.Destiny's Truth is the second episode in The Illuminated Ones, a two-book story arc in which the warrior survivalists battle the remnants of the pre-dark U.S. government -- otherwise known as the Illuminated Ones.

Skydark Spawn

Deathlands: Book 61

James Axler

A dark and Brooding land hungrily awaits the next generation...

Survival in America's nuke-blasted frontier is both a curse and a salvation for Ryan Cawdor and his warrior companions. Though the basic needs of existence must be fought for and won with blood -- each day alive means another chance to seek refuge and a better way of life in a hostile and brutal world, where hope still fires the human heart.

In the relatively untouched area of what was once Niagara Falls, Ryan and his fellow wayfarers find the pastoral farmland under the despotic control of a twisted baron and his slave-breeding farm. Ryan, Mildred and Krysty are captured by the baron's sec men and pawned into the cruel frenzy of their leader's grotesque desires. JB, Jak and Doc enlist the aid of outlanders to organize a counter strike -- but rescue may come too late for them all.

In the Deathlands, you are sentenced to your destiny from the moment of birth . . .

Damnation Road Show

Deathlands: Book 62

James Axler

In the ruins of a nuke-shattered America, eerie remnants of preDark times linger as a traveling road show gives new meaning to the word chilling. Facing tremendous odds, Ryan and his warrior group challenge this wandering death merchant and his army of circus freaks. But no one is aware that a steel-eyed monster from the past is preparing a private act that would give Ryan star billing...

Devil Riders

Deathlands: Book 63

James Axler

Book #1 of the Scorpion God duology of Deathlands

Judgment day has come and gone. Now only the strongest survive.

A century after the nuclear conflagrating almost destroyed the world, humanity endures in a lawless land. Those who inhabit Deathlands are either killers or those who would be killed. But an elite few defy the laws of this new nautical selection -- playing both sides of the eternal game of life and death. Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists never leave a friend behind. . .or a coldheart alive.

Stranded in the salty desert wastes of West Texas, Ryan and his companions find pre-Dark wheels and set out on a treacherous journey across inhospitable terrain. Hopes for a hot meal and a clean bed in a isolated ville die fast when the companions run into a despotic baron manipulating the lifeblood of the desert: water. But it's his fortress stockpiled with enough armaments to wage war in the dunes that interests Ryan, especially when he learns the enemy may be none other than the greatest -- and long dead -- Deathlands legend: the Trader.

In the Deathlands the future is here, but the past is never far behind.

Bloodfire

Deathlands: Book 64

James Axler

Book #2 of the Scorpion God duology of Deathlands

The Amazon Basin remains a land of primoridal beauty and primitive people. Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists emerge from a gateway into an abandoned U.S. military complex, now a native shrine to the white gods of pre-blast days. Here the group is given royal treatment, only to discover that privilege has a blood price.

Hellbenders

Deathlands: Book 65

James Axler

As Ryan Cawdor and his fellow warriors continue their daily struggle for a better life, they encounter a redoubt filled with preDark technology. While attempting to unlock some of the secrets of post-nuclear America, the half-mad former sec man who is in control orders them to jump-start his private war against two local barons. Under the harsh and pitiless glare of the desert sun, the companions fight to see another day...whatever it brings.

Separation

Deathlands: Book 66

James Axler

Hard strength and resilience are needed to survive each new day in the treacherous world of post-nuclear America. For Ryan Cawdor and his companions, honour, integrity and a willingness to kill are necessary as well, as they struggle to balance a survivalistic spirit with a warrior's resolve to press on, living by their own rules in a tortured land, pursuing a dream that leads them into the unknown....

Ryan and his group make their way to a remote island in hopes of finding brief sanctuary. Instead, they are captured by an isolated tribe of descendants of African slaves from pre-Civil War days. When the tribesmen declare Mildred Wyeth "free" from her white masters, it is a twist of fate that ultimately leads the battle-hardened medic to question where her true loyalties lie. Will she side with Ryan, J.B. Dix and those with whom she has forged a bond of trust and friendship... or with the people of her own blood. But the loss of Mildred is not the only threat the group faces - in a treacherous world where the ties that bind can cut both ways.

In the Deathlands, the future is not what it used to be....

Death Hunt

Deathlands: Book 67

James Axler

The treacherous new world of post-nuclear America guarantees no inalienable rights--no promises of freedom, liberty or justice for all. Instead, chaos and bloodlust thrive--but so do the innate strengths of the human spirit, and the virtues of honor and courage. Ryan Cawdor has endured the worst that Deathlands has to offer and continues to push on, leading his companions through a land of madness and treachery, seizing each new day with a deep, primal hope that refuses to die....

Ryan's razor-sharp edge has been dulled by the loss of his son, Dean--but grief is an emotion he cannot indulge if the band is to escape the chains of sadistic Baron Ethan. His thriving ville offers a special commodity: blood sport. Now with the group's armorer, JB Dix, imprisoned and near death, Ryan and the others are forced to join Ethan's hunt--as the hunted. But the perverse and powerful baron has changed the rules. Skilled in mind control, he ensures the warriors will not be tracked by high-paying thrill-seekers. Instead, they will hunt each other--to the death. In the Deathlands, the odds of survival just got worse....

Shaking Earth

Deathlands: Book 68

James Axler

After a nuclear blast all but vaporized the Western Hemisphere in the late twenty-first century, America became known as Deathlands, a hellhole that has proved itself a formidable foe in the fight for survival--a place where the will to see another day comes down to raw courage and a good aim. Ryan Cawdor and his warrior group roam the vast and violent landscape, fighting to live and living to fight for a better life, knowing that death may not be the only way out, but it's the quickest.

In a land steeped in ancient legend, power and destruction, the crumbling ruins of what was once Mexico City is now under siege by a bloodthirsty tribe of aboriginal muties. Emerging from a gateway into the partially submerged ruins of this once great city, Ryan and his group ally themselves with a fair and just baron caught in a treacherous power struggle with a dangerous rival. An internecine war foreshadows ultimate destruction of the valley at a time when unity of command and purpose offers the only hope against a terrible fate.... In the Deathlands everyone has a future. Some will wish they didn't.

Black Harvest

Deathlands: Book 69

James Axler

Shockwaves of atomic destruction turned 22nd-century America into a hellzone, but in the ruins the human spirit remains unconquerable. Daily survival depends on raw courage and a deadly aim, and with his warrior band Ryan Cawdor roams the forbidding new frontier known as Deathlands, determined to unlock its secrets....

Emerging from a gateway in the midwest, Ryan senses trouble within the well-fortified ville of a local baron, whose understanding of pre-Dark medicine may be their one chance to save a wounded Jak. But while his whitecoats can make the drugs that heal, the baron knows the real power and money is in the hardcore Deathlands jolt. And where drugs and riches go, death shadows every step, no matter which side of a firefight you stand on.... In the Deathlands, tomorrow is never just another day.

Vengeance Trail

Deathlands: Book 70

James Axler

As megalomaniac barons and savage anarchy compete to lay claim to post-nuclear America, perseverance and a will to live are what keep Ryan Cawdor and his band of warrior survivalists roving through the worst and best of a new world. Armed with secrets of pre-Dark tech, they possess what few in Deathlands can imagine: hope for a better tomorrow.

Ryan Cawdor is gunned down and left for dead by the new provisional U.S. Army, commanded by a brilliant general with a propensity for casual mass murder and a vision to rebuild America. Waging war from his pre-Dark, fusion-powered armored locomotive, he's poised to unlock the secrets of the Gateways--as the rest of Ryan's group stand powerless. All except one. Hope may be lost for Krysty Wroth. But revenge is enough. In the Deathlands, vengeance is the only justice.

Ritual Chill

Deathlands: Book 71

James Axler

Time, and the fallout of a nuclear holocaust, have ravaged 21st century America, but one fundamental impulse of human nature remains: the will to survive. And only the strongest do survive. Men like Ryan Cawdor, whose inner strength and stubborn resolve continue to defy the worst that Deathlands offers. With grim determination, he and his warrior group continue to face the stark and brutal choices of this new world that are often not choices at all, but imperatives. Act first, ask questions later.

A cold sense of déjà vu becomes reality as the group emerges from a gateway they'd survived before--a grim graveyard of lost friends and nightmares. The consuming need to escape the dangerous melancholy of the place forces Ryan and company onto the frozen tundra, where an even greater menace awaits. The forbidding land harbors a dying tribe--cursed members of the ancient Inuit, who seize the arrival of Ryan and his band as their last hope to appease angry gods...by offering them up as human sacrifice. In the Deathlands, the price for survival is the constant fear of death.

Atlantis Reprise

Deathlands: Book 72

James Axler

For Ryan Cawdor, leader of a small group of post-apocalypse survivalists, it's the inner fire of survival that guides them through this hell on earth and to whatever lies beyond the daily fight for existence. There are times when the oblivion of death seems a most welcome journey out of Deathlands. But for Ryan, death is something his warrior's soul will never take on without a fight.

In the forested coastal region of the eastern seaboard, near the Pine Barrens of what was New Jersey, Ryan and his companions encounter a group of rebels. Having broken away from the strange, isolated community known as Atlantis, and led by the obscene and paranoid Odyssey, this small group desires to live in peace. But in a chill-or-be-chilled world, freedom can only be won by spilled blood. Ryan and company are willing to come to the aid of these freedom fighters, ready to wage a war against the twisted tyranny that permeates Deathlands.

Labyrinth

Deathlands: Book 73

James Axler

It took only minutes for human history to derail in a mushroom cloud--now more than a century later, whatever destiny lies ahead for humanity is bound by the rules that have governed survival since the dawn of time: part luck, part skill and part hard experience. For Ryan Cawdor and his band, survival in Deathlands means keeping hold of what you have--or losing it along with your life.

In the ancient canyons of New Mexico, the citizens of Little Pueblo prepare to sacrifice Ryan and his companions to demons locked inside a twentieth-century dam project. But in a world where nuke-spawned predators feed upon weak and strong alike, Ryan knows avenging eternal spirits aren't part of the game. Especially when these freaks spit yellow acid--and their creators are the whitecoat masterminds of genetic recombination, destroyed by their mutant offspring born of sin and science gone horribly wrong....

Strontium Swamp

Deathlands: Book 74

James Axler

In their darkest moments, few citizens of the twentieth century could have envisioned the firestorm that plunged the world into the chaos of a nuke-altered reality. Twenty-second-century America may not be much worth fighting for, but Ryan Cawdor and his warrior survivalists push on, clinging to the deep wellspring of human hope that somewhere in the raw, violent new frontier of a rad-blasted tomorrow is someplace they can call home.

Weary, sick and hungry, the group barely survives a trek through the torturous deserts of the Southwest which leads into the bayous of what was once Louisiana, a place one of their own first called home. The eerie, lifeless silence of the swamps warns of trouble ahead. But nothing can prepare them for Dr. Jean, a madman who has harnessed pre-Dark tech to create an army of crazed zombies marching toward his own twisted vision of Deathlands domination.

Shatter Zone

Deathlands: Book 75

James Axler

Scattered remains have been salvaged from the abandoned cities that withstood the atomic onslaught at the dawn of the twenty-fi rst century, but the secrets of pre-Dark tech buried in the mass grave of civilization are known to only a few. Possessing understanding and the unshakable will to survive, Ryan Cawdor and his warrior survivalists face each day armed and ready for the enemy called Deathlands, whose formidable power has yet to claim victory over the human spirit....

In this raw, brutal world ruled by the strongest and the most vicious, an unseen player is manipulating Ryan and his band, luring him across an unseen battle line drawn in the dust outside Tucson, Arizona. Here a local barony becomes the staging ground for a battle unlike any other, against a foe whose ties to pre-Dark society present a new and incalculable threat to a fragile world. Ryan Cawdor is the only man living who stands between this adversary's glory... and the prize he seeks. In the Deathlands, the future lies somewhere between hope... and hell.

Perdition Valley

Deathlands: Book 76

James Axler

Journeying across the devastated frontier of postnuclear America, Ryan Cawdor and his companions have unlocked clandestine knowledge of preDark tech, secrets that give them an edge for staying alive, an edge augmented by an ability to fight... and win. Each day brings a new chance to find someplace to call home--somewhere apart from the grim realities of a civilization struggling to be reborn.

Hunted across the southwestern desert, Ryan doesn't know who wants him dead badly enough to slaughter innocents as a way of luring him into the open. But the advanced tech his pursuers are using is unknown in Deathlands, created by the most brilliant minds of twentieth-century America. Now evil is alive and stalking the warrior group. His name is Delphi, and he's prepared to reclaim the one man who understands with brutal certainty how time can be controlled, manipulated, remapped. In the Deathlands, the past may be lost but its secrets are deadlier than ever....

Cannibal Moon

Deathlands: Book 77

James Axler

In the hostile new world of postnuclear America, there are many ways to die, but few are clean or quick. Long ago Ryan Cawdor and his band threw in their lot together--to do or die trying. It was a pact sealed in blood, one of selflessness and sacrifice that put a premium on the value of loyalty, friendship and honor--and the blind faith that survival is a better option than certain death.

Compassion is a luxury in a brutal land where life is cheap, but Dr. Mildred Wyeth holds fast to her physician's oath to show mercy. Now she's stricken by a plague that brings on a deep craving for human flesh. Unwilling to lose one of their own to this pervasive pestilence without a fight, the companions follow the trail to Cajun country, where the mysterious queen of the Cannies is rumored to possess the only antidote to the grim fate that awaits Mildred... and perhaps her warrior friends.

Sky Raider

Deathlands: Book 78

James Axler

Raw courage and knowledge of the arcane secrets of preDark technology have enabled Ryan Cawdor and his warrior companions to live and roam a land tortured--but not destroyed--by apocalyptic madness. In a world where the price of living is paid in fl esh and blood, nothing is ever free, not even death.

In Deathlands, power brings more power to those able to command it by means fair or foul. Yet few among the most tyrannical barons can rival the ruthlessness of Sandra Tregart, whose despotic visions are being realized by resurrected technology: air power. With her restored biplane, she delivers death from the skies to all who defy her supremacy--a virulent ambition that challenges Ryan Cawdor and his band in unfathomable new ways.

Remember Tomorrow

Deathlands: Book 79

James Axler

After twenty-first-century America exploded in the chaos of a nuclear nightmare, a raw new landscape emerged, a world where death and dreams clash. Still, the best of the human spirit endures: the hope, the will to survive. But so does the worst: the greed, tyranny, the easy death. In his enduring odyssey across the hostile world called Deathlands, Ryan Cawdor is a warrior no enemy wants to cross.

An earthquake in the Arkansas dust bowls leaves the companions for dead, until they are all reunited except for armorer J. B. Dix. Alive, though with no memory of the past, he is in the uncertain employ of the ironfisted ruler of a vital outpost along the routes that traverse the wastelands. Duma is the biggest, most dangerous ville in all of Deathlands, where jolt, jack, booze and sex are worth more than human life. Stalking Duma and preparing to attack this orgy of firepower is a crazed band of inbred worshippers of Nagasaki... and their unwilling new sec force led by Ryan Cawdor.

Sunspot

Deathlands: Book 80

James Axler

In the wake of a nuclear Armageddon, the hellscape of Deathlands conspires to torment strong and weak alike, festering most deeply in those who still possess the deepest core of human decency. Now the past lies in the ashes, while the mysteries of the future unfold in the hands of those willing to live each new day in search of hope for tomorrow.

The endless struggle for power among the barons is a way of life in Deathlands, but Ryan Cawdor and his warrior survivalists take no sides--unless forced to. But as the land around the Rio Grande reaches the breaking point in a bitter war, the companions are harnessed into battle, moving toward a grim confrontation with an old enemy whose secret stockpile of twenty-fi rst-century nerve gas is poised to unleash infi nite madness once more upon a ravaged earth.

Desert Kings

Deathlands: Book 81

James Axler

More than a century past the fiery dawn of post-nuclear America, Ryan Cawdor and his companions journey across a land lost yet reborn, where lawless violence and human perseverance clash, and unsolved mysteries hint at redemption. Though hope lingers under the blood and the dust, looking blindly toward the future is the surest way to get killed. Staying hard and cold for today is the only way to survive....

Traversing the terrain of Utah, Ryan Cawdor and his warrior survivalists find new evidence that the past is alive and dangerous--with a score to settle. Once before they'd battled and destroyed the brilliant and cunning cyborg known as Delphi, but he's reborn and ready to continue his drive for domination. His vast understanding of preDark tech, his cadre of well-armed cutthroats and his legions of worshippers make him monstrous in his quest for power. And he's eager for the keys to the kingdom that only the legendary Deathlands survivors--and their secrets--can help him attain.

Apocalypse Unborn

Deathlands: Book 82

James Axler

Reborn primeval in the fires of thermonuclear hell, America's aftermath is one of manifest evil, savage endurance and lingering hope. Traversing the lawless continent on a journey without destination, Ryan Cawdor seeks humanity in an inhuman world. In the Deathlands, life is cheap, death is free and survival demands the highest price of all.

Magus is a steel-eyed cybernetic sociopath whose bloodlust knows no bounds. Now, the savage Pacifi c isles above a long-submerged Southern California are his new arena. Ryan wants a second chance to chill Magus once and for all. But as the ringmaster of torture orchestrates his magnum opus, a stunning sideshow is under way. PreDark whitecoats believe they have found the key to turn back time and intercept the deed that erased human history.

Thunder Road

Deathlands: Book 83

James Axler

A century after the nukecaust, humanity adheres to the most basic laws of survival: live or die. While many plunder and savage for profit and pleasure, others follow a higher bid for promise and hope. Still, the concepts of law and order remain buried in the past.

Thunder Rider is a self-styled superhero, prowling the Deathlands and serving up mass murder in a haze of napalm and nerve gas. Seeing his destruction firsthand, Ryan Cawdor accepts a bounty from a ravaged ville to find and eliminate this crazed vigilante. But this twisted coldheart has designs on a new sidekick, Krysty Wroth, and her abduction harnesses the cold, unforgiving fury of Ryan and his warrior companions. At his secret fortress, Thunder Rider waits -- armed with enough ordnance to give his madness free rein....

In the Deathlands, justice is in the eyes of those who seek it....

Plague Lords

Deathlands: Book 84

James Axler

After a century of chaos following the nukes, Deathlands is forming pockets of civilization, aided by predark stockpiles of weapons, fuel and pieces of 21st-century knowledge. But these troves are hard to come by, and survival remains a blood quest. For Ryan Cawdor and his warrior survivalists, luck is sparse, chances slimmer, yet hope drives them onward.

The sulphur-teeming Gulf of Mexico is the poisoned end of the earth, but loaded cargo ships ruined by skydark lure doomie and cutthroat alike. Here, Ryan and the others glean rumors of whole cities deep in South America that survived the blast intact. But as the companions contemplate a course of action that may divide them, a new horror approaches unseen on the horizon. The Lords of Death are Mexican pirates raiding stockpiles with a grim vengeance. When civilization hits rock bottom, a new stone age will emerge, with its own personal day of blood reckoning.

In the Deathlands, the future could always be worse. Now it is....

Dark Resurrection

Deathlands: Book 85

James Axler

Postnuclear America has changed little since the primal leveling of the twenty-first century. Warrior survivalists Ryan Cawdor and his band live by a code that honors the kind of absolute freedom only a raw frontier can provide. Until rumors of a wider, more prosperous world than the Deathlands thriving deep in Mexico, untouched by the nukecaust, lure them into uncharted waters....

Captured by the pirate foot soldiers of the mysterious Lords of Death, Ryan Cawdor and his companions sail into a surreal world where electric lights blaze but blood terror reigns. In Veracruz, Mexico, Ryan is marked for slaughter, his effigy linked to an ancient deity. Helpless, Krysty, Dix and the others await a horrifying fate at the hands of whitecoats manipulating pre-dark plague warfare. As the Lords of Death unleash their demonic vision, hope--for Ryan, the others and nascent civilization--appears irrevocably lost.

Eden's Twilight

Deathlands: Book 86

James Axler

Rumors of an untouched predark ville in the mountains of West Virginia lure traders in search of unimaginable wealth. They're coming from all directions--the good, the bad, the worst. Ryan and his warrior group join in, although it means an uneasy truce with an old enemy, going back to days of spilled blood and the legacy of the Trader. But as their journey to a place called Cascade reveals more of Deathlands' darkest secrets, it remains to be seen if this place will become their salvation... or their final resting place.

Desolation Crossing

Deathlands: Book 87

James Axler

Survival is a dangerous enterprise in the aftermath of a nuked America. Humanity perseveres, but the Deathlands code is far simpler: kill or be killed, live or die trying. Driven by the fires of hope, a resilient band of warriors traverse the new frontier of the future, survivors by skill and legends by reputation.

The legend of the trader returns in the simmering dust bowl of the Badlands, the past calling out to armorer J. B. Dix. Her name is Eula. Young, silent and lethal, she's part of a new trading convoy quick to invite Ryan Cawdor and his band on a journey across the hostile terrain. But high-tech hardware, fast wags, flowing jack and friendly words don't tell the real story behind a vendetta that is years in the making.

Alpha Wave

Deathlands: Book 88

James Axler

In the postapocalyptic world of Deathlands, the past and its way of life are as obsolete as myth. Now the days are filled with death, violence and little promise. Still, the human spirit endures, and a group of intrepid warrior survivalists dare to believe that out there, something better is on offer. If they live long enough to find it.

Across the flat plains of the Dakotas, an iron horse shrieks and rumbles across refurbished tracks. Inside the boxcars, Ryan Cawdor and his companions face trouble unlike any other. Jak is missing, Krysty is dying and the train is loaded with sec men, whitecoats and a horrifying experiment--a baron with psionic abilities using stolen children to fuel his mad dream for mind control of every living soul in Deathlands.

Time Castaways

Deathlands: Book 89

James Axler

In the nuke-altered America of the twenty-first century, time conspires against survival, especially for a legendary group of warriors led by Ryan Cawdor. Born and bred in Deathlands, Ryan dares to unlock the secrets buried deep in the wreckage of a planet. Time may be the enemy in the daily struggle to stay alive, but perhaps it can reveal something better....

Barely escaping a redoubt hidden in an old aircraft carrier guarded by killer droids, the companions emerge into the backwater world of Lake Superior's Royal Island. Here, metal and salt are commodities worth killing and dying for, and two rival barons rule mutant-infested land and water with blood will. But though Ryan was hoping for honesty and fair trade, he's soon in a death race to stop the secrets of the gateways from becoming an open passage to the future's worst enemies....

Prophecy

Deathlands: Book 90

James Axler

After the nuclear winter, the taint of humanity worsened in the raw blood-quest for survival. Hunger for jack and power now fuels traders and barons, who relinquish authority only through death, crushing everything in their path. Still, a handful seek a better way of life, where iron fists and ordnance are replaced by harmony, justice and fair trade.

Separated by fate and a freak storm in the shifting landscape of the Great Plains, the companions find themselves on a path of strange prophecy. Here, Native American tribes embrace a peaceful, sacred way of life the travelers have only imagined. Still, Deathlands is a place with no reverence for ease or peace; the land was once the clandestine sanctuary of preDark science. Are Ryan Cawdor and his warrior survivalists destined to fulfill a vision-quest foretold by the shamans... or take a final, fatal plunge into the grim reality of a shattered world?

Blood Harvest

Deathlands: Book 91

James Axler

The cataclysm of nuclear winter transmuted the world into a place both torturous and unforgiving. But there are those with the courage and perseverance to seek out something beyond the merciless life-and-death struggle of Deathlands. In a treacherous frontier that plays for keeps, staying alive is the best victory....

Washed ashore in the North Atlantic, Ryan Cawdor and Doc Tanner discover two islands still pristinely intact after Skydark, but whose inhabitants suffer a darker, more horrifying punishment. A hideous strain of mutation manifests, turning some into half-monstrous giants with an unquenchable thirst for blood. The Nightwalkers unleash a hellish feast of horror when the sun goes down. Now Ryan and Doc struggle to survive this enclave of unimaginable terror, trapped in a baronial conflict between the rulers of night and day, with only one way out--internecine war in a world of the damned....

Welcome to the dark side of tomorrow.

Welcome to the Deathlands.

Arcadian's Asylum

Deathlands: Book 92

James Axler

The brutality of post-nuclear America has spawned a dark frontier where the harsh and unforgiving new rules of existence cannot obliterate the decency and determination that drive the true human spirit. It's tested and tormented but never destroyed.

A lust for power and a strong sec-force are the basic requirements of any Deathlands baron. But brilliant, charismatic Baron Eugene Arcadian has bigger visions than simply a monopoly on jack and trade. He wants the future. Turning his ville into the nascent heartbeat of the new civilization would require the help of Ryan Cawdor and his warrior group. But for these unwilling participants, the endgame of their enigmatic host remains hidden in the secret maze of laboratories beneath Arcady, where a new terror is about to be reborn....

In the Deathlands, always watch your back.

Baptism of Rage

Deathlands: Book 93

James Axler

The end of the world arrived in a nuclear rush, forging the agonized remains of past and present into a new reality known as Deathlands. Now life is a simple series of rules of survival, where having is better than not having--and anything is worth killing for. But in a world that has seemingly turned against mankind, the possibility of miracles can exist....

Of all the resources Ryan Cawdor and his group struggle to recoup, hope for escaping the grim daily life-and-death struggle has suffered most. But now reports of a ville holding the mythical waters of rejuvenation, a fountain of youth, appear to be true, luring Doc and the others on a journey inspired by promise, tainted by mistrust. Hiring on as sec men with a convoy headed to the healing waters of Babyville, the survivors discover the deadly price of immortality.

In the Deathlands the future looks like hell--and delivers far worse...

Doom Helix

Deathlands: Book 94

James Axler

Devastation from the nukewar shattered civilization and left a planet both primitive and ripe for rebirth--or retaking. While the balance of power has fallen to avaricious, amoral barons, a handful of humanity still holds hope of a future worth fighting for or dying to defend. If a better life inside the hellground exists, Ryan Cawdor and his friends will find it.

The Deathlands feudal system may be hell on earth but it must be protected from invaders from Shadow Earth, a parallel world stripped clean of its resources by the ruling conglomerate and its white coats. Ryan and his band had a near-fatal encounter with these genetically enhanced aggressors and their advanced weaponry and wags once before. Only a fatal chink in enemy armor saved planet Earth from plunder. Now, these superhuman predators are back, ready to topple the hellscape's baronies one by one.

Moonfeast

Deathlands: Book 95

James Axler

In the nuke-conceived birth of Deathlands, a rare breed of warrior-survivor emerged--born into suffering, hardened by circumstance, forged by endurance and sharpened by combat. Yet in the heart of this warrior, the quest to find a place of peace beats on unrelenting...

LAND OF THE LOST

The pristine coastal waters off San Clemente become a battleground over the island and its abandoned naval station. The rocky shores are rife with the sulfur mines that make Deathlands' richest jack--gunpowder. To maintain hell-fought possession, a ruthless sea baron and his fleet engage rebellion from the land. On this island populated by roaming bio-weap nightmares engineered by predark whitecoats, Ryan Cawdor is caught in a war he has no intention of fighting, but has every determination to survive.

Downrigger Drift

Deathlands: Book 96

James Axler

The nuclear cataclysm that maimed America altered the rules of existence. The new reality guarantees a grim battle for survival, but the higher human instinct to exist in peace and good will lives on. Legends endure and Ryan Cawdor is a warrior of his time. When the good fight needs to be won, Ryan and his band take a stand.

In the nuke-altered region of the Great Lakes, Ryan and his group face the spectrum--from the idyllic to the horrific--of a world reborn. Close to enclaves of peace and sanctuary, Deathlands' most distorted spawn of humanity, cannibals, spread terror. Against the battered shoreline of Lake Michigan, an encounter with an old friend leads to a battle to save Milwaukee from a force of deadly mutant interlopers--and to liberate one of their own.

Playfair's Axiom

Deathlands: Book 97

James Axler

A legendary warrior of nuke-spawned America, Ryan Cawdor understands the hard-and-fast rule of Deathlands. Where there is life, death is only a matter of time. Still, staying alive is the dubious luxury of being quick, hard and willing to abide by a code of honor long abandoned to the wreckage of this postapocalyptic hell zone: truth and fair play.

St. Louis is a concrete jungle of fetid heat, acid rains and cutthroats. With J. B. Dix gravely wounded, Ryan and his group become captive guests of a local barony. Freedom lies in the success of a deal: recapture a runaway teen, daughter of the ailing baron. But the dangerous power behind the throne rests with a self-proclaimed holy man. His gruesome manipulation of life and death are about to put the group in a race for their own salvation.

Tainted Cascade

Deathlands: Book 98

James Axler

The blighted aftermath of a global nuclear showdown, Deathlands exacts a blood price. The living pay it; the dead don't care. For one legendary band of warriors, this barbaric new world holds a chance for redemption: the secrets of the past. They roam a disfigured America, searching for pre-dark tech... seeking the path to a future worth living.

Utah's Great Salt Lake Desert remains a death pit of scorching heat, cannies and grim odds. Ryan Cawdor and his group survive the trek there, only to be drugged, robbed and left for the slave trade. Escaping their captors leaves them alive but stripped of their prized gear: their weps, J. B. Dix's glasses, Dr. Mildred Wyeth's medical kit and, worse, her secret codex. The companions must rely on each other to challenge their enemy and settle the score.

Perception Fault

Deathlands: Book 99

James Axler

The ravaged landscape that was America two centuries ago is now blighted by post-nuclear holocaust savagery. Still, there remain pockets of preDark technology that may offer undiscovered paths to reclaiming the future. Ryan Cawdor and his companions have faced most kinds of horror that Deathlands can deliver--and survived. This merciless place can break even the strongest, but it has yet to destroy hope.

Denver offers a glimpse of that very hope--a power plant, electricity, food and freedom. But the city is caught in a civil war between two would-be leaders and their civilian armies. Challenged by both sides to do their bidding, Ryan discovers a third player in the quest to control the mile-high city--a secret enclave of White Coats with the strength and technology to pursue a twisted agenda of their own.

Prodigal's Return

Deathlands: Book 100

James Axler

America, defiled and reshaped by nuclear carnage, promises little but a struggle for survival. Still, a group of hard travelers trek the worst this hellish place can offer, surviving by their wits, razor skill and knowledge of preDark technology. Their leader, Ryan Cawdor, is a Deathlands legend, a warrior and hero to many, a relentless enemy to more. And he understands the only way forward is the future, even when the past has a will of its own....

Searching for an operational redoubt, Ryan and his companions go up against a ruthless band of coldhearts. The shock of seeing Ryan's long-lost son as the band's point man puts the group on a new mission--rescue Dean at all cost. But when Dean shoots and wounds his father in a firefight, the strange turn of events leads the travelers deeper into the shifting sands of their own destiny. And father and son, each committed to the laws of decency and fair play, will confront an uncertain legacy.

Lost Gate

Deathlands: Book 101

James Axler

Existence after Skydark is a gamble against grim odds--winners and losers decided by guns, jack and raw nerve. Still, one intrepid group pushes on, working to understand the secrets of preDark tech at the heart of nuke-altered America. Because keeping hope alive is the next best thing to a good shot at finding something better.

Baron Crabbe is dangerously high on legends of the Trader and rumors of a secret cache. He occupies a redoubt but the old tech remains unfathomable. His ace in the hole is Ryan Cawdor and his band. Prisoners at blasterpoint, they're ordered to use the matter-transfer units to secure the whereabouts of the imagined weapons stockpile. Ryan knows the truth--and it won't help Crabbe. But the only option is to play along with the crazed Baron's scheme and make the dangerous jumps in a limited window of time. Staying alive is all about buying time--waiting for their one chance to chill their captors.

Haven's Blight

Deathlands: Book 102

James Axler

The future rose from the ashes of nuke-scorched America with a vengeance. The unchecked wrath of Deathlands pits Ryan Cawdor and his companions against long odds. But their skill as survivors, strategists and warriors is unmatched and they've held on to something more precious than life: their humanity. They nurture the hope that somewhere, hidden amid the grotesquerie of a tortured land, safety and sanctuary awaits.

Bartering their expertise to a nautical band of brilliant technomads, Ryan's group fi nds trouble waiting in the steaming, fetid swamplands of the Louisiana Gulf. Merciless storms and pirates strand them in Haven. But the barony's inviting name masks a ville hijacked by fear, territorial conflict and monstrous horror. With the gravely injured Krysty Wroth's fate uncertain, a desperate Ryan aids the strange but hospitable Baron Blackwell in his effort to save Haven from a genetic blood curse. He'll succeed, provided his luck--and his options--don't run out first.

Hell Road Warriors

Deathlands: Book 103

James Axler

The human will to survive has sharpened to a knife edge after a century of postnuclear madness. In a lawless land where firepower and savagery rule, power lies with the barons and coldhearts who wield control through terror. Against all odds, a courageous few still fight for something better to live by--honor, decency and hope.

Emerging relatively unscathed from the apocalyptic rebirth of North America, Canada hides a trove of Cold War-era secret government installations known as Diefenbunkers, filled with caches of weapons, wags and food. Ryan Cawdor and his companions agree to ride sec for a convoy headed west across the remnants of the old Trans-Canada Highway to retrieve the ultimate prize: four portable nuclear reactors. It's enough power to light up a ville for years, a bright beacon for a new tomorrow. But they have death on their tail, a baron and his sec men who will stop at nothing to claim the prize as their own.

Palaces of Light

Deathlands: Book 104

James Axler

Remnants of America's past are littered across the postapocalyptic landscape, but little remains of the predark ideals of law and order. Survival is a blood quest, and lethal force the means to power. Still, a handful retains their humanity among the coldhearts, and in a world where nothing lasts forever, hope is a commodity as precious as jack.

Steeped in beauty and mysticism, the canyons of Mesa Verde, Colorado, survived the blast that altered the American West. Hired to track a group of missing children, Ryan Cawdor and his band follow the trail to a legendary city carved in stone, older and stronger than the nukecaust. The inhabitants of the palaces of light are more than warriors and survivors; they are masters of mind games that prey on illusion. And true believers in a metaphysical endgame poised to push the companions over the edge of reality... into certain death.

Wretched Earth

Deathlands: Book 105

James Axler

After the Megacull, the weak died off, so that a century later, the living have descended from only the toughest stock. Still, it takes more than strength to survive Deathlands. It takes skill, cunning and a warrior's heart. But for Ryan Cawdor, staying alive isn't just about living. In this nuke-transformed America, it helps if somewhere, deep inside, there's hope of finding something better.

A virulent strain of a predark biowep has been unleashed upon the denizens of northern Kansas, turning them into rotting, flesh-eating monsters. Running from the mindless, soulless rottie hordes, Ryan and his companions arrive in the civil-war-torn ville of Sweetwater Junction. They've got one shot at beating the hungry rotties: turn the bloodlust of the ville's warring factions away from each other and toward a common enemy. But that means splitting up and hiring on as sec for both sides and surviving the firefight--before the real hell is unleashed.

In Deathlands, time is blood.

Crimson Waters

Deathlands: Book 106

James Axler

Everyone who lives in Deathlands must endure the hellscape of a world mutilated by nukes and madness. Survival is a grim pursuit, achieved only by the most ruthless means. Yet Ryan Cawdor and his companions remain determined to persevere by doing whatever it takes to survive.

When a mat-trans malfunction strands Ryan Cawdor and his friends in a gutted redoubt in the West Indies, the crystal waters offer them a tantalizing glimpse of untouched splendor. But the oasis is abruptly shattered by violent and ruthless pirates, and Ryan has to barter with a young guide, a teenage boy on a blood quest against a sadistic local warlord, to navigate a land teeming with predators--mutie, human and animal. The race is on to find a second redoubt, buried deep in the inhospitable heart of Monster Island. As pirates, mutie sec men and monsters converge, the kill zone widens, blood flows... and the group rushes to escape paradise before it destroys them.

Because even paradise has claws in Deathlands.

No Man's Land

Deathlands: Book 107

James Axler

There's little to remember about life before the Big Nuke, but there's plenty to scavenge in the tainted wreckage of the postapocalyptic frontier. The barbaric code of survival of the fittest, meanest or dirtiest makes for hard living and easy death. But Ryan Cawdor and his friends have stayed alive by holding on to their humanity--playing fair... and chilling only when they've got no choice.

A civil war raging in the Des Moines River valley forces Ryan and his companions to take sides, or die. Because somewhere in the middle of the generations-old conflict is a lost redoubt. But Snake Eye, the deadliest gunslinger in Deathlands, stands between them and the way out. And the mutie contract chiller won't step aside until he has Ryan's head.

In Deathlands, there's nothing but rock and a hard place....

Nemesis

Deathlands: Book 108

James Axler

Burying the past in a nuclear cull, Deathlands spares no one from its punishing assault. In this grim new reality, there's little to live--or die--for, except the possibility of unlocking the mysteries of the past. Ryan Cawdor and his group of fellow survivors scour the perilous land for sanctuary in a world where nothing is guaranteed but death.

Hiring on as crew to a merchant's wag-train, Ryan and his companions anticipate trouble as they head west toward what was once Montana. The terrain is treacherous, but the company is worse as anger, jealousy and male rivalry erupt into chaos and death. But as they get closer to their destination, the true nature of the journey unfolds. There's a map to a mysterious valley rich with predark stockpiles. But is it the promised land they've been seeking... or the dead end they never saw coming?

Chrono Spasm

Deathlands: Book 109

James Axler

Remnants of humanity have managed to regroup after a global nuclear showdown that decimated the planet. But life in Deathlands is a far cry from actual living. And the survivors must believe they'll find something better, because surrendering to the inhospitable forces of a nuked world means giving in to death. Or worse.

Fear and human depravity permeate the frigid air in a oncedynamic Alaskan city. Ryan Cawdor and his group of survivalists go on red alert the moment they set foot on the forbidding tundra, but regardless, they find themselves rounded up by cannibal coldhearts. The companions quickly discover there's a fate much worse than becoming food. Dangerous new experiments are taking place in a long-abandoned military base and, in the bitter heart of the frozen North, new horrors reach out to poison their hope for a better tomorrow.

Sins of Honor

Deathlands: Book 110

James Axler

The survivors of postnuclear America struggle against the free fall into anarchy and barbarism. Hot lead keeps people sharp, but it's the fire within that keeps them alive. Ryan Cawdor and his band roam Deathlands searching for somewhere to call home. Until then, it's survival at all cost.

New Hampshire is rich with big game, more than enough to feed Ryan and his hungry companions. But claims to a fallen elk get ugly and Ryan is forced to chill another hunter, the self-proclaimed king of the Granite Highlands, over the meat. Soon the hunters become the hunted as the dead man's widow gives chase, armed with predark tanks and heavy artillery. As the kill zone widens across cannibal-ridden lava fields, Ryan and his group search for leverage in the merciless landscape.

Storm Breakers

Deathlands: Book 111

James Axler

In postapocalyptic Deathlands, America the beautiful has been ravaged by a century of nuclear fallout. Here, the American dream boils down to one thing: survival. Ryan Cawdor and his companions seize each day, armed and ready to hold on to the only life they've got. Despite the odds, they believe in something better, someplace they can call home... where peace isn't just a dream.

On the coast of what used to be Maine, the group's armorer, J.B. Dix, lies dying from a gunshot wound. Having no other choice, Ryan makes a deal with a local baron and his strangely beautiful wife. J.B. will get the surgery he needs when Ryan and crew rescue the couple's daughter, abducted by slavers. But the cold, deep Atlantic waters harbor predark secrets, including the terrifying specter of a U.S.S.R. nuclear submarine... and its descendants.

Dark Fathoms

Deathlands: Book 112

James Axler

No place on Earth escaped the nuclear Armageddon that spawned the hellscape known as Deathlands. In a ravaged world where violence and lawlessness rule, a rare breed of hero has emerged. Ryan Cawdor is a lethal fighter who lives by a code of honor and fair play, and that has made him a legend....

Miles beneath the ocean's surface, a decaying redoubt barely protects Ryan and his companions from a watery death. Battling vicious assaults from cyborgs programmed by artificial intelligence to capture them at any cost, they're desperate to escape this underwater trap. But a new threat awaits above the waves: a massive predark super ship that roams the deadly seas of Deathlands. Decades of madness have led to civil war between the citizens of the upper and lower decks. Now pawns in a bloody game of survival, Ryan and the others must destroy the ship or face their certain end at sea.

Motherlode

Deathlands: Book 113

James Axler

The cost of living disintegrated after America's nuclear cull, and a life in Deathlands--any life--is dirt cheap. But those few who manage to stay alive in the savage new reality must travel the hellgrounds any way they can. For Ryan Cawdor and his fellow survivors, that means denying the pull toward savagery, and clinging to what little humanity they have left, when they can afford it.

Desperately short of supplies, Ryan and his companions are forced to seek help at the prosperous-looking ville of Amity Springs. Hired on to retrieve a stolen relic, they quickly become caught up in an escalating power struggle between two strong-willed lady barons. Each woman covets the cache of predark goods buried in the ville's backyard. But they are not alone in their desire. And all that stands between a motherlode of buried bounty and the destructive power of unchecked greed is Ryan's grim determination to survive another day.

Siren Song

Deathlands: Book 114

James Axler

Crawling from the wreckage of Armageddon, humanity endures, mutated and forever altered. Gone are the comforts of civilization, replaced by a bloodlust to survive. Deathlands is a tortured landscape where peace and hope struggle to take root. Still, Ryan Cawdor and his band push onward, seeking a place to call home.

If any kind of utopia exists in postapocalyptic America, Ryan and his companions have yet to find it. But high in the Virginian mountains, their quest may find its reward. Heaven Falls is an agrarian idyll, its thriving inhabitants harnessing powerful feminine energy and the medicinal qualities of honey. Bountiful and serene, this community is the closest thing to sanctuary the companions have ever encountered. But as they are seduced by a life they have only envisioned, they discover Heaven has a trapdoor that opens straight to hell....

Hanging Judge

Deathlands: Book 115

James Axler

In the Deathlands, the game of survival offers no reprieve. There's nothing to win in nuke-blasted America except the chance to fight another day. Still, Ryan Cawdor and his fellow travelers hope for sanctuary... somewhere. Until they find it, they face each dawn as if it's their last. Because it just might be.

Justice is a damning word in what used to be called Oklahoma, thanks to a sadistic baron known as the Hanging Judge. Crazy, powerful and backed by a despotic sec crew, the judge drops innocents from the gallows at will. When Jak narrowly escapes wearing his own rope as a necktie, a rift among the companions sends them deep into the mutie-infested wilderness outside the ville. Separated and hurting, time is running out for the survivors to realize they're stronger together than they ever could be alone--before a ruthless madman brings them to the end of their rope.

End Program

Deathlands: Book 116

James Axler

No one waits long for trouble in Deathlands--it's everywhere in the remains of a nuke-altered civilization. The American dream was annihilated more than a century ago by the country's own unchecked power play. But the worst may be yet to come.

Built upon a predark military installation in former California, a ville called Progress could be the utopia Ryan Cawdor and his companions have been seeking. A place where humanity and technology thrive, it's the nucleus of a new hope for Deathlands. The successful replacement of Ryan's missing eye with a cybernetic prosthetic nearly convinces the group that their days of surviving hell are behind them. Then they discover that the high tech in Progress isn't designed to enhance human life, but to destroy it. To block the final assault, the companions must stop Ryan from becoming a willing pawn in the eradication of mankind.

Desolation Angels

Deathlands: Book 117

James Axler

A hundred years after the nukecaust, the tortured landscape of postapocalyptic America offers a brutal fight for survival. Yet tech secrets lie hidden, useful to those brave and strong enough to believe that hope can carry them toward ever-elusive peace.

Violent gangs, a corrupt mayor and a heavily armed police force are the hallmarks of former Detroit, a mutie-infested, rubble-strewn metropolis. When Ryan and the companions show up, the Desolation Angels are waging a war to rule the streets. After saving the companions from being chilled by gangsters, the mayor hires Ryan and his friends to stop the Angels cold. But each hard blow toward victory proves there's no good side to be fighting for. As Motor City erupts into bloody conflagration, the companions are caught in the crossfire. In Deathlands, hell is called home.

Blood Red Tide

Deathlands: Book 118

James Axler

In a nuclear wasteland where death and destruction are the norm, Ryan Cawdor and his fellow survivors seek out refuge while looking to one another for protection. Civilization no longer exists in the barren Deathlands. There is only the will to survive and the dim hope of a promised land.

Taken captive on a ship in the former Caribbean, Ryan and his companions must work as part of the crew or perish at the hands of the captain. But the mutant in charge of the vessel is the least of their worries. Each day is a struggle as they face rivalry among the sailors, violent attacks and deadly storms. Worse, a powerful enemy is hunting the ship to destroy everyone on board. Fighting for their lives and those of their shipmates, the companions must find unity within the chaos or die in the attempt.

Polestar Omega

Deathlands: Book 119

James Axler

Banded together to survive, Ryan Cawdor and his companions travel the barren wastelands of a post-nuclear world. There are no laws in Deathlands--only fear, destruction and annihilation. As each day brings a new struggle, this group journeys toward the shaky promise of sanctuary.

Ryan and his friends become the subjects in a deadly experiment when they're taken captive inside a redoubt at the South Pole. A team of scientists is convinced the earth must be purified of mutants, and now they have the perfect lab rats to test their powerful bioweapon. Within Antarctica's harsh and unstable conditions, the companions must fight the odds and take down the whitecoats before millions are killed. But in this uncompromising landscape, defeating the enemy may be just another step toward a different kind of death....

Hive Invasion

Deathlands: Book 120

James Axler

Seeking refuge in a post-Armageddon America, Ryan Cawdor and his crew of misfits travel together for survival and sanity. Known as Deathlands, this lawless hellscape is defined by destruction, death and despair. Only those who persevere with the belief in a better future stand a chance in this world where each day brings a new, and potentially lethal, struggle.

Desperate to find water and shelter on the barren plains of former Oklahoma, Ryan and his team come upon a community that appears, at first, to be peaceful. Then the ville is attacked by a group of its own inhabitants--people infected with a parasite that has turned them into slave warriors for an unknown overlord. The companions try to help fend off the enemy and protect the remaining population, but when Ryan is captured during a second ambush, all hope seems lost. Especially when he launches an assault against his own crew.

End Day

Deathlands: Book 121

James Axler

Ryan Cawdor and his six companions struggle to survive postnuclear America, a grim new world where hope for the future is lost amid the devastation.

In pursuit of a hardened enemy--Magus--Ryan and the companions find themselves in a land more foreign than any they've encountered. After unwittingly slipping through a time hole, the group lands in twentieth-century New York City, getting their first glimpse of predark civilization. And they're not sure they like it. Only Mildred and Doc can appreciate this strange metropolis, but Armageddon is just seventy-two hours away, and Magus will stop at nothing to make sure Ryan and his team are destroyed on Nuke Day...

Forbidden Trespass

Deathlands: Book 122

James Axler

In the war-torn wasteland known as Deathlands, desperation and destruction have replaced dreams and peace. Each day arrives with a new life-threatening challenge for wanderer Ryan Cawdor and his fellow band of survivors...

Bizarre murders are taking place in a fertile farming community, and the locals are quick to point fingers at Ryan and his companions. But they know another culprit is responsible. A colony of mutants has been driven from its underground home, forced to find sustenance in the light of day. And only human flesh will satisfy their hunger. Caught between a rock and a horde of hungry cannibals, Ryan and the companions face an ultimatum--help the cannies reclaim their territory, or risk becoming the next meal. Except something far more sinister--and ravenous--lurks beneath the lush fields...

Iron Rage

Deathlands: Book 123

James Axler

Since the nukecaust, the American dream has been reduced to a daily fight for survival. In the hellish landscape of Deathlands, few dare to dream of a better tomorrow. But Ryan Cawdor and his companions press on, driven by the need for a future less treacherous than the present.

Pulling sec duty aboard a steamboat on the mighty Sippi is a welcome reprieve for Ryan and his friends... until armored warships reduce their vessel to a burning husk. Abruptly stranded in a nightmarish, poisonous swamp, fighting off crocodiles and muties, the companions and their crew of allies get to work building rafts. Their escape route, however, is swiftly intercepted, and they learn they've sailed into the middle of a fierce conflict between two villes fighting over the iron trade. The companions don't seem to stand a chance against the fleets of ironclad gunboats. But in Deathlands, even the underdog can bite back...

Child of Slaughter

Deathlands: Book 124

James Axler

When Doc is taken captive by a band of marauders in what was once Nebraska, Ryan and the companions rally to get him back. But they aren't just fighting the local muties. They're also up against the area's terrifying terrain, which shifts and morphs at a moment's notice. With their options dwindling in this mazelike region that doesn't obey the laws of physics, the team joins forces with a beautiful and deadly woman who evens the odds on the battlefield. But while this warrior seems to be on their side, she has a secret agenda that could spell the end for them all...

Since the nukecaust, the American dream has been reduced to a daily fight for survival. In the hellish landscape of Deathlands, few dare to dream of a better tomorrow. But Ryan Cawdor and his companions press on, driven by the need for a future less treacherous than the present.

Devil's Vortex

Deathlands: Book 125

James Axler

n orphaned teen with the ability to transform into a vicious whirlwind latches on to Ryan and the companions as they travel through former North Dakota. Her deadly power seems like a boon at first, until it starts to control her. When threatened, she destroys everything in her path... including those she loves. Then a group of outcast fighters kidnaps the young woman and manipulates her--and her terrifying mutation--for their own destructive agenda. With the vortex unleashed, the companions face a tough decision: chill the orphan or perish in her violent wake.

Since the nukecaust, the American dream has been reduced to a daily fight for survival. In the hellish landscape of Deathlands, few dare to dream of a better tomorrow. But Ryan Cawdor and his companions press on, driven by the need for a future less treacherous than the present.

Deluge: A Romance

Deluge: Book 1

S. Fowler Wright

First published in 1927, Deluge is one of the most famous of the English catastrophe novels.

Beautifully written and action packed--RKO Radio Pictures even filmed this story--the novel depicts a flood so severe that it destroys modern civilization, leaving the few survivors to adapt to the rigors of the natural world.

Like other English writers responding to the trauma of World War I, Sydney Fowler Wright expresses a loathing of the worst aspects of industrialization. The flood, in his view, becomes an opportunity for the remaking of society. The protagonists soon realize that civilization and technology have divorced them from the knowledge and skills necessary for survival. Released from their over-reliance on social regulation, they struggle to overcome their own brutality to develop a new sense of community. For over 75 years readers have praised this book for its style and wisdom, and debated the meaning of its controversial ending.

Dawn

Deluge: Book 2

S. Fowler Wright

The waters are rising--everywhere--and most of England is inundated by the surge, leaving isolated pockets of mankind to fight for survival--and for civilization!

The Star King

Demon Princes: Book 1

Jack Vance

Star Kings are a race of non-humans who characteristically disguise themselves as humans -- but humans with a difference. Power alone is their goal -- a goal that is sought no matter the price in ordinary "human" life. Kerth Gerson was NOT a Star King, but he was looking for one -- a very specail Star King, a Star King who had murdered his parents many years before. All Gerson knew was that the Star King's name was Attel Malagate. Throughout endless galaxies of space, Gerson hunted down his Star King and finally found him....

The Killing Machine

Demon Princes: Book 2

Jack Vance

Jack Vance excels at writing a series of shorter works that together comprise a grand, interstellar adventure. Such is the The Demon Princes, a series of five tales that chronicle Kirth Gersen's quest for vengeance against the five demon princes. The princes led the Mount Pleasant Massacre, a raid that destroyed Gersen's family and his world. But now Kirth is on their trail, and no matter how many galaxies there are to search, he will find them one by one and exact his revenge. This first volume collects three of the five Demon Prince stories, while the second volume will carry the remaining two.

The Palace of Love

Demon Princes: Book 3

Jack Vance

In the midpoint novel of the "Demon Princes" series, Kirth Gersen sets his sights upon the mysterious Viole Falushe. Vance describes this murderous creature as a "sybarite." "Sadistic pervert" would probably be a more apropos phrase. After several false leads, Gersen backtracks the villain to his point of origin - Earth, of all places! Then the trail moves outward again, to the starworlds and a place back of beyond where there is actually a physical Palace of Love.

The Face

Demon Princes: Book 4

Jack Vance

Kirth Gersen carries in his pocket a slip of paper with a list of five names written upon it--the names of five Demon Princes. The Demon Princes are a race of beings who disguise themselves as humans and delight in power and destruction. however, to Kirth they are merely murderers who killed his family and destroyed his home planet--and who deserves to die for those misdeeds. Three have already fallen in Kirth's hands, but there are two more names on his list, two more Princes who will live only long enough to regret their evil ways.

The Book of Dreams

Demon Princes: Book 5

Jack Vance

Lens Larque was just as unique as the other Demon Princes--uniquely appalling. He was personally ugly, startling vicious, and arrogant above all others. Larque's own mission was a villainy of the highest order, and his personal obsession with success kept him hidden well from attackers--almost well enough. Howard Alan Treesong poisoned his friends, tortured his colleagues, and wrote his own horrific holy book, The Book of Dreams. But, clever as he may be, a galaxy-wide guessing game will be his undoing--and Kirth Gersen's sworn vengeance will be complete.

The Stealers of Dreams

Doctor Who New Series: Book 6

Steve Lyons

In the far future, the Doctor, Rose and Captain Jack find a world on which fiction has been outlawed. A world where it's a crime to tell stories, a crime to lie, a crime to hope, and a crime to dream. But now somebody is challenging the status quo. A pirate TV station urges people to fight back. And the Doctor wants to help until he sees how easily dreams can turn into nightmares. With one of his companions stalked by shadows and the other committed to an asylum, the Doctor is forced to admit that fiction can be dangerous after all. Though perhaps it is not as deadly as the truth.

The Dalek Pocketbook and Space Travellers Guide

Doctor Who Nonfiction: Book 1

Terry Nation

A Dalek reference book.

Dracula vs. Hitler

Dracula

Patrick Sheane Duncan

Ravaged by the Nazi Secret Service during World War II, Romanian resistance forces turn to one of their leaders, Professor Van Helsing for any way out. To fight these monstrous forces, Van Helsing raises a legendary monster from centuries of slumber... Prince Dracula himself.

Once he was the ruler of Transylvania. Prince Vlad Dracul, is, above all else, a patriot. He proves more than willing to once again drive out his country's invaders. Upshot: No one minds if he drinks all the German blood he desires.

In Berlin, when Hitler hears about the many defeats his forces are suffering at the hands of an apparent true vampire, he is seduced by the possibility of becoming immortal. Thus two forces are set upon a collision course, the ultimate confrontation: Superpower against superpower.

Dragonbound

Dragonbound: Book 1

Carl Miller

Periwinkle was a warrior. Bellchime was a wizard. Years ago, Periwinkle had given her heart to Bellchime, but he had never returned for her. Then, she has a vision of Bellchime in thrall to a fearsome dragon and sets out on a desperate journey to free him.

The Warrior and the Witch

Dragonbound: Book 2

Carl Miller

Rockdream, guardsman of the City, and Coral, a banished sorceress, cannot quell their passion for each other, and, as their city is besieged by the dragon, Riversong, their love grows.

The Goblin Plain War

Dragonbound: Book 3

Carl Miller

The proud city of Newport has fallen, consumed by the wrath of the great dragon Riversong. Yet some survived the chaos, fleeing the terror and destruction all around, driven far inland, to the wilderness of swamp and plain. A harsh land, and one home to the goblins - fierce, primitive people, long enemies of all humans. But the men and women of Newport have nowhere to go, save to servitude, and they will fight as fiercely as any goblin to keep their newfound home. In a world torn apart by bloodshed, the only hope for peace is the warrior and the witch.

The Rebellion

Dragonlance: The Stonetellers: Book 1

Jean Rabe

Jean Rabe returns to the world of Dragonlance with a tale of slavery, rebellion, and the struggle for freedom!

When a series of earthquakes strike a Dark Knight mining camp, goblin and hobgoblin slaves take advantage of the bedlam and revolt. A fast and deadly rebellion erupts, pitting the Dark Knights against their slaves... and against the still-rumbling ground. Casualties on both sides climb as a leader emerges among the slave force --Direfang, a hobgoblin foreman with deep scars and a long, brutal history of servitude. He must rally the surviving goblins and hobgoblins and lead them out of Neraka, turning his rag-tag force into an army that will not allow itself to be enslaved again.

Death March

Dragonlance: The Stonetellers: Book 2

Jean Rabe

Jean Rabe's long-anticipated return to Krynn continues!

Escaping from the slave pens of a Dark Knight mining camp was no easy feat, but what awaits Direfang, a former hobgoblin slave who has become the reluctant general of a growing goblin army is every bit as perilous. From the cruel ogre mountains to the shores of Newsea, Direfang, Mudwort the shaman, and the Dark Knight wizard Grallik fight the natural and unnatural forces that seek to destroy them. Direfang is tested to his limits by once-friends and powerful foes as he undertakes a death march to the Qualinesti Forest. His eyes on independence, Direfang refuses to surrender, and pledges his life for a chance to be free, even as he learns that freedom is a deadly prize.

Goblin Nation

Dragonlance: The Stonetellers: Book 3

Jean Rabe

The climactic conclusion to the Stonetellers saga!

Goblin Nation concludes The Stonetellers trilogy, finding Direfang and his army of goblins and hobgoblins deep in the Qualinesti Forest. Although they are far from the Dark Knights' mining camp they escaped from, they are also far from safe. The forest is fraught with its own deadly dangers--with the entire world seemingly bent on keeping the goblins from founding their new homeland. But Direfang is resolute and will risk all their lives in a final bid for freedom.

Duainfey

Duainfey: Book 1

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Rebecca Beauvelley is a ruined woman.

In a moment of girlish folly, she allowed a high-flying young man to take her up in his phaeton, not realizing that he was drunk. When he dropped the ribbons, she recovered them, but could not avoid disaster.

The young man was killed. Rebecca survived, crippled, and with a reputation in tatters.

Against all expectation, her father has found someone who will marry her. Rebecca's life seems set, and she resigned to it. Then, Altimere of the Elder Fey enters her life--and everything changes.

Longeye

Duainfey: Book 2

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

There are heroes in the mists...

...and ghost trees infiltrating the groves of the living.

The fabric of the world, on both sides of the keleigh, is unraveling. The survival of the trees, the sea, and the world depend upon two wounded people -- Meripen Longeye, a Fey desperately tortured by humans; and Rebecca Beauvelley, a human enchanted and enslaved by Fey.

Can they learn to overcome their pasts to work together as Ranger and Gardener Or will the world falter on its own cruelty

...Longeye is the final book in the duology begun in Duainfey.

Ghosts in the Snow

Dubric Bryerly: Book 1

Tamara Siler Jones

In a world where sorcery is illegal, someone is murdering young women in ways that defy all reason--and all detection. Only one man knows how to track such an untraceable killer, a man called to deliver justice by an onslaught of...

For Dubric Bryerly, head of security at Castle Faldorrah, saving lives has become a matter of saving his sanity. A silent killer is afoot, savagely mutilating servant girls and leaving behind no clues and no witnesses--except the gruesome ghosts of the victims. Ghosts that only Dubric can see.

Caught in the eye of the grisly storm is Nella, a linen maid working to free herself from a dark past--if she can survive an invisible killer's rampage. But with the death toll rising and Nella under the protective wing of a man who may be a prime suspect, Dubric must resort to unconventional methods. With the future of Faldorrah and countless lives at stake, including his own, he can't afford to be wrong. And if he's right, the entire kingdom could be thrust into war.

Threads of Malice

Dubric Bryerly: Book 2

Tamara Siler Jones

One by one, young men in the kingdom's outer reaches are vanishing into the dark. So far, two bodies have washed up on the local riverbank. But Dubric Byerly, head of security at Castle Faldorrah, soon realizes there are countless more victims...for it's his curse to be forever haunted by the ghosts of those whose deaths demand justice.

The latest to vanish is Braoin, a seventeen-year-old painter whose mother came to Dubric's aid when he most needed it. All Dubric knows is that the boy is still alive. But time is running out, and it isn't only Braoin's life hanging in the balance. If Dubric can't untangle the twisted web of clues and lies and find his way to the killer, one of his own pages will be the next to die...

Valley of the Soul

Dubric Bryerly: Book 3

Tamara Siler Jones

In the mage wars, Dubric Byerly risked his life-and sacrificed the woman he loved-to catch magic's darkest killers. Those battles are long over-and the monsters Dubric hunts these days are nothing more than men. Until now. A recent string of grisly crimes has Dubric and his pages scouring the countryside for clues that hint at the worst: that history's most murderous mage has come to Faldorrah.

As Dubric's hunt leads from secrets locked behind sanatorium walls to a hidden cache of souls preserved in fluid, other lives are shaken: a young woman given a power she doesn't want, a young man inheriting a legacy he can't understand, and a father fighting for his memory of a daughter who may already be lost. In the hardscrabble village of Quarry Run, the dark ghosts of the past have come calling-and the battle for the future begins.

The Anome

Durdane: Book 1

Jack Vance

The minstrel Gastel Etzwane lives in Shant- a country of cantons, each independently dictating its own law and customs. The enforcement of law is simple, quick, and inevitable: death by decapitation, from an explosive torc clamped around each citizen's neck by authority of a single man- the Anome. For millennia Anomes have ruled Shant, dealing death as they see fit- and none dares defy them, until Gastel Etzwane risks his head to expose the Anome's identity- and end the tyranny of these faceless men forever.

The Anome is part 1 of 3 of Durdane.

The land of Shant on the planet Durdane is ruled by a purposely anonymous dictator called the Anome or Faceless Man. He maintains control by virtue of the torc, a ring of explosive placed around the neck of every adult in Shant.

The Brave Free Men

Durdane: Book 2

Jack Vance

Where the Anomes once ruled stands young Gastel Etzwane, facing a mortal threat to his homeland. Hoards of red Roguskhoi, armed by an unknown enemy, have swarmed out of the southern bogs to slaughter men, despoil women, and spread waves of terror. Through the peace imposed by the tyranny of the Anomes, men of Shant have lost the art of weaponry and war. Now Gastel must revive those skills to forge Shant's citizens into an army - an army of the free.

The Brave Free Men is part 2 of 3 of Durdane.

The land of Shant on the planet Durdane is ruled by a purposely anonymous dictator called the Anome or Faceless Man. He maintains control by virtue of the torc, a ring of explosive placed around the neck of every adult in Shant.

The Asutra

Durdane: Book 3

Jack Vance

Gastel Etzwane and his army of Brave Free Men have driven the Roguskhoi from Durdane, only to discover that Durdane is but one tiny front- a testing ground- for an implacable enemy intent on subjugating all the worlds of man. Gastel and his people are in no position to resist, but must find a way to escape a slave army, forced to fight a war that is not their own, and defeat the Asutra!

The Asutra is part 3 of 3 of Durdane.

The land of Shant on the planet Durdane is ruled by a purposely anonymous dictator called the Anome or Faceless Man. He maintains control by virtue of the torc, a ring of explosive placed around the neck of every adult in Shan't.

Tales of the Dying Earth

Dying Earth

Jack Vance

One of Jack Vances enduring classics is his 1964 novel, The Dying Earth, and its sequelsa fascinating tale set on a far-future Earth, under a giant red sun that is soon to go out forever. This volume comprises all four books in the series, The Dying Earth, The Eyes of the Overworld, Cugels Saga and Rialto the Magnificent.

The Bagful of Dreams

Dying Earth

Jack Vance

WFA nominated novelette. It originally appeared in the anthology Flashing Swords! #4: Barbarians and Black Magicians (1977), edited by Lin Carter. The story can also be found in the anthologies The Year's Finest Fantasy (1978), edited by Terry Carr, and Masterpieces of Fantasy and Wonder (1989), edited by David G. Hartwell and Kathryn Cramer. It is included in the collection The Jack Vance Treasury (2007). A limmited edition chapbook also appeared in 1979.

The Dying Earth

Dying Earth: Book 1

Jack Vance

The stories included in The Dying Earth introduce dozens of seekers of wisdom and beauty, lovely lost women, wizards of every shade of eccentricity with their runic amulets and spells. We meet the melancholy deodands, who feed on human flesh and the twk-men, who ride dragonflies and trade information for salt. There are monsters and demons. Each being is morally ambiguous: The evil are charming, the good are dangerous. All are at home in Vance's lyrically described fantastic landscapes like Embelyon where, "The sky [was] a mesh of vast ripples and cross-ripples and these refracted a thousand shafts of colored light, rays which in mid-air wove wondrous laces, rainbow nets, in all the jewel hues...." The dying Earth itself is otherworldly: "A dark blue sky, an ancient sun.... Nothing of Earth was raw or harsh-the ground, the trees, the rock ledge protruding from the meadow; all these had been worked upon, smoothed, aged, mellowed. The light from the sun, though dim, was rich and invested every object of the land ... with a sense of lore and ancient recollection." Welcome.

alternate title: Mazirian the Magician

The Eyes of the Overworld

Dying Earth: Book 2

Jack Vance

The Eyes of the Overworld is the first of Vance's picaresque novels about the scoundrel Cugel. Here he is sent by a magician he has wronged to a distant unknown country to retrieve magical lenses that reveal the Overworld. Conniving to steal the lenses, he escapes and, goaded by a homesick monster magically attached to his liver, starts to find his way home to Almery. The journey takes him across trackless mountains, wastelands, and seas. Through cunning and dumb luck, the relentless Cugel survives one catastrophe after another, fighting off bandits, ghosts, and ghouls-stealing, lying, and cheating without insight or remorse leaving only wreckage behind.

Betrayed and betraying, he joins a cult group on a pilgrimage, crosses the Silver Desert as his comrades die one by one and, escaping the Rat People, obtains a spell that returns him home. There, thanks to incompetence and arrogance he misspeaks the words of a purloined spell and transports himself back to the same dismal place he began his journey.

Alternate title: Cugel the Clever

Cugel's Saga

Dying Earth: Book 3

Jack Vance

The roguish Cugel the Clever is stranded on a shore on the other side of the world by the Laughing Magic and must fight, bluff, and connive his way back to Almery to take vengeance on the wizard.

Alternate title: Cugel: The Skybreak Spatterlight

Rhialto the Marvellous

Dying Earth: Book 4

Jack Vance

Jack Vance is one of the most remarkable talents to ever grace the world of science fiction. His unique, stylish voice has been beloved by generations of readers. One of his enduring classics is hisThe Dying Earth series, fascinating, baroque tales set on a far-future Earth, under a giant red sun that is soon to go out forever.

Rhialto the Marvellous contains three linked novellas about the adventures of the wizard Rhialto across the decadent landscape of the Dying Earth, under its swollen red sun.

Ruler of Naught

Exordium: Book 2

Sherwood Smith
Dave Trowbridge

Jerrode Eusabian, Avator of Dol, sits uneasy on the Emerald Throne of the Thousand Suns, while Brandon vlith-Arkad, rightful heir to the throne, is harried across space. Brandon was meant to die, along with his two older brothers. But he escaped by merest chance - now he is the only hope for the restoration of the Phoenix Empire and the salvation of the people they once ruled. Brandon and his allies, the crew of the ship Telvarna, must flee from peril to peril in search of the one haven no Rifter would ever willingly seek: Ares Station, heart of the Empire's military power. And across the unthinkable reaches of space, the scattered Fleet of the Thousand Suns is slowly learning that their Emperor has been taken, and their home worlds sacked.

Godkiller

Fallen Gods: Book 1

Hannah Kaner

You are not welcome here, godkiller.

Kissen's family were killed by zealots of a fire god. Now, she makes a living killing gods, and enjoys it. That is until she finds a god she cannot kill: Skedi, a god of white lies, has somehow bound himself to a young noble, and they are both on the run from unknown assassins.

Joined by a disillusioned knight on a secret quest, they must travel to the ruined city of Blenraden, where the last of the wild gods reside, to each beg a favour.

Pursued by demons, and in the midst of burgeoning civil war, they will all face a reckoning -- something is rotting at the heart of their world, and only they can be the ones to stop it.

Stranglers' Moon

Family D'Alembert: Book 2

E. E. "Doc" Smith
Stephen Goldin

Gone from the galaxy...

A startling discovery has shaken Earth's galactic Empire: more than two hundred and fifty thousand people have vanished from the resort moon, Vesa, without a trace! Called to duty, SOTE's most daring secret agents, Jules and Yvette D'Alembert - the former aerialists from the triple-gravity planet Des Plaines, possessed of lightning-reflexes and super-strength - are faced with a lethal and baffling conspiracy.

Together the D'Alemberts have conquered many of the Empire's most dangerous foes, but now the mighty pair must divide forces - each to challenge a deadly evil terror alone!

Stranglers' Moon is the second book in the "Family D'Alembert" series.

The Stealer's War

Far Called Trilogy: Book 3

Stephen Hunt

Weyland has been at war. Invaded by a technologically advanced enemy, the cities sacked, and what fragile peace remained torn apart by a civil war.

All anyone should want is a return to peace.

But Jacob Carneham still wants his revenge; and if he can lure the invaders into the mountain he can have it. He can kill them all.

If he does, there may never be peace again.

If he doesn't, Weyland will never be free of the threat of invasion.

The northern horse lords are planning an attack. A future Empress is fighting to save her daughter. Jacob's son is trying to restore peace and stability to Weyland, alongside the rightful King. And behind it all is a greater struggle, which may spell the end for them all...

Uller Uprising

Federation Series: Book 1

H. Beam Piper

The four-armed reptilian natives of the planet Uller revolt against the chartered company from the Terran Federation which rules them.

The Prodigal Mage

Fisherman's Children: Book 1

Karen Miller

Many years have passed since the last great Mage War. It has been a time of great change. But not all changes are for the best, and Asher's world is in peril once more.

The weather magic that holds Lur safe is failing, and the earth feels broken to those with the power to see. Among Lur's sorcerers, only Asher has the skill to mend the antique weather map that governs the seasons, keeping the land from being crushed by natural forces. Yet, when Asher risks his life to meddle with these dangerous magics, the crisis is merely delayed, not averted.

Asher's son Rafel has inherited the father's talents, but has been forbidden to use them. Many died in the last Mage War and these abilities aren't to be loosed lightly into the world. But when Asher's last desperate attempt to repair the damage leaves him on his deathbed, Rafel's powers may not be denied. For his countrymen are facing famine, devastation, and a rift in the very fabric of their land.

The Reluctant Mage

Fisherman's Children: Book 2

Karen Miller

It's been many months since Rafel ventured over Barl's Mountains into the unknown, in a desperate bid to seek help for their ravaged land. With his father's Weather Magic exhausted, there seemed no other hope. Now this too has died.

Only Deenie believes Rafel still lives, sensing her brother in tortured dreams. She also knows she must try to find him, as only Rafel's talents can heal their land. The prospect terrifies Deenie, yet she sees no other choice.

Deenie soon learns of a dangerous power. She comes to suspect that not only is her brother involved, but that the evil their father destroyed is somehow reborn.

Canticle

Forgotten Realms: The Cleric Quintet: Book 1

R. A. Salvatore

A classic adventure from the creator of Drizzt!

High in the Snowflake Mountains sits the Edificant Library, a place of scholarly study for priests, bards, and others. Now from the hidden vaults beneath the library a devastating curse is unleashed, and a young cleric must battle the terrifying creatures set loose by a malevolent, consuming essence that's been released, before his own brethren turn against him. Cadderly must put his studies to the test and enter the catacombs far below to save his brothers and himself.

In Sylvan Shadows

Forgotten Realms: The Cleric Quintet: Book 2

R. A. Salvatore

Enter the Forest of Shadows...

In Sylvan Shadows follows Cadderly the scholar-priest, as he leaves his home to combat the evil unleashed by the Chaos Curse. To counter Castle Trinity's plans for conquest, the cleric and his friends enter the beautiful forest of Shilmista. But among the trees and glades of the forest, Cadderly must battle a monstrous evil.

Night Masks

Forgotten Realms: The Cleric Quintet: Book 3

R. A. Salvatore

R.A. Salvatore's The Cleric Quintet tells the tale of the scholar-priest Cadderly, who is plucked from the halls of the Edificant Library to fulfill a heroic quest across the land of Faerûn.

The assassins of the Night Masks stalk the shadowy streets of the city of Carradoon, led by the sinister killer known as Ghost. Cadderly struggles against the dreaded Chaos Curse in these dark, evil-haunted alleyways, with a silent death around every corner.

The Fallen Fortress

Forgotten Realms: The Cleric Quintet: Book 4

R. A. Salvatore

R.A. Salvatore's The Cleric Quintet tells the tale of the scholar-priest Cadderly, who is plucked from the halls of the Edificant Library to fulfill a heroic quest across the land of Faerûn.

Cadderly leads the combined forces of Carradoon and Shilmista against Castle Trinity, stronghold of his enemy Aballister. But another mission calls him on a journey leading into a past he hoped he would be able to forget.

The Chaos Curse

Forgotten Realms: The Cleric Quintet: Book 5

R. A. Salvatore

The prequel series to The Ghost King comes to an explosive end!

Cadderly journeys home to the Edificant Library, hoping to rebuild his shattered life--but the chaos curse has one last surprise in store for him. Failure means the loss of his beloved Danica, success might usher in a new era for the followers of Denier.

Prisoner of the Horned Helmet

Frank Frazetta's Death Dealer: Book 1

James Silke

Prisoner of the Horned Helmet introduces suffering hero Gath of Baal. In an age rife with sorcery and violence, the earth trembles beneath the hooves of the all-conquering Kitzaak Horde. To save the peaceful forest people, Gath must don the Horned Helmet and become death made flesh.

Lords of Destruction

Frank Frazetta's Death Dealer: Book 2

James Silke

Only Robin Lakehair's innocent touch can free Gath of Baal from the murderous power of the Death Dealer. When an evil queen summons demons to kill Robin, Gath must don the Horned Helmet again and confront primordial evil to ensure his own freedom.

Based on Frazetta's most famous painting.

Tooth and Claw

Frank Frazetta's Death Dealer: Book 3

James Silke

Inspired by Frank Franzetta's painting, "Death Dealer", this third fantasy features Gath of Baal who sets off to the land beyond dreams in search of the legendary Noon, beautiful Queen of Cats. But one of his companions is a servant of the dreaded Dark Lord, and plans treachery.

Plague of Knives

Frank Frazetta's Death Dealer: Book 4

James Silke

Refugees flee to the castle of Whitetree, where, it is foretold, the White Veshta will rise again. But the evil sorceress queen Tiyy, who wears the mantle of the Black Veshta, seeks the Jewels of Light, and the death of the mortal host of the White Veshta, Robin Lakehair, the beloved of Gath of Baal - the Death Deale.

Maske: Thaery

Gaean Reach

Jack Vance

Far across the galaxy on the planet Maske, young Jubal Droad leaves home to make his fortune. Droad attaches himself to the powerful court of Nai the Hever, and is made an interplanetary economic spy. Jubal courts Mieltrude - the cold-blooded, beautiful daughter of the house - and becomes the rival and enemy of the brutal Ramus Ymph. In disguise, Jubal leaves the planet and proves Ramus' connection to a sinister interplanetary cartel that covets a foothold on Maske; Jubal pursues Ramus, and finds him among the Waels - a strange people who worship intelligent trees. The trees will determine the outcome of their final confrontation...

Night Lamp

Gaean Reach

Jack Vance

Found as a child with no memory of his past, adopted by a scholarly couple who raised him as their own, Jaro never quiet fit into the rigidly defined Society of Thanet.

When his foster parents are killed in a mysterious bombing, Jaro Fath sets out to discover the truth of his origins--a quest that will take him across light-years and into the depths of the past.

The Domains of Koryphon

Gaean Reach

Jack Vance

The races of Koryphon keep an uneasy peace- the swift, nomadic Wind-runners, the fierce Uldras, and the aristocratic Outkers. For over two hundred years the Outkers have occupied the Alouan lands, living in baronial splendor where Uldra chieftains once ruled. When the self-proclaimed "Gray Prince" leads Uldras in an onslaught to expunge the Outkers from ancestral lands, he faces a challenge from the Outkers, and from history itself!

AKA: The Gray Prince, AKA: The Grey Prince

Killer to Come

Galaxy Science Fiction: Book 22

Sam Merwin, Jr.

Due to his research into the lives of geniuses, Dr Julius Conrad of the Wellington Institute for the Study of the Humanities has developed a radical hypothesis: Namely, that the work of most geniuses, past and present, has been directed by minds from a ruthless future which take possession of either the unstable geniuses themselves or else of unstable people who are in a position to change the course of the geniuses' work. When Conrad is murdered on the eve of announcing his theory, journalist Henry Sanford and the Institute's brainy Liza Drew investigate. Soon the pair discover their own lives are in jeopardy, for the people of the future are determined that no one of our era will ever reveal their existence or the role they play in human history.

Trailer Park Fae

Gallow and Ragged: Book 1

Lilith Saintcrow

Jeremiah Gallow is just another construction worker, and that's the way he likes it. He's left his past behind, but some things cannot be erased. Like the tattoos on his arms that transform into a weapon, or that he was once closer to the Queen of Summer than any half-human should be. But now Gallow is dragged back into the world of enchantment, danger, and fickle fae by a woman who looks uncannily like his dead wife. Her name is Robin, and her secrets are more than enough to get them both killed.

The Shape Stealer

Garet James: Book 3

Lee Carroll

Garet James is the watchtower - the last in a long line of powerful women sworn to protect our world from evil...

She once defeated the malign sorcerer Dr Dee, but her pursuit of the man she loves - the centuries-old vampire Will Hughes - has unleashed another ages-old entity into our time - a being that threatens everything and everyone.

His name is Marduk and he is the descendant of a demonic Babylonian deity. Now abroad in Paris, he has sought out the villainous John Dee and they have hatched a plan together that will create chaos and ensure ruin.

And it will fall to Garet to confront this new threat. Around her she gathers a band of modern-day knights - a brotherhood dedicated to preserving the sanctity of the time-line. But there are others out there who would see Garet fail and who will stop at nothing to bring an end to everything she - and we - hold dear...

Ghostbusters

Ghostbusters: Book 1

Richard Mueller

When kooky, spooky college profs Peter Venkman, Ray Stantz and Egon Spengler lose their university jobs, they decide to go freelance, de-haunting houses in a new ghost removal service. As soon as they open their doors, their first order of business becomes saving beautiful cellist Dana Barrett and nerdy Louis Tully, who've inadvertently opened the gates of hell... right in their own apartment building!

Empress of Mijak

Godspeaker: Book 1

Karen Miller

When a scrawny unwanted girl child is sold into slavery, a chain of events is set in motion that will have a profound impact on all the civilized world.

Hekat is taken in chains to Mijak's largest city, home of the warlord Raklion. She is sold into his service and learns all she can about power - its wielding and its uses - as she fetches and carries and cleans and serves. She grows into a beautiful woman and through ambition and manipulation, Hekat becomes a powerful woman, eventually taking over the rulership of Mijak... and then she sets about making it the greatest Empire ever known.

The Riven Kingdom

Godspeaker: Book 2

Karen Miller

The King of Ethrea is dying. His only surviving heir is the Princess Rhian. But if her enemies have their way, Ethrea will not be ruled by a woman.

Dexterity Jones is a toymaker. To protect Princess Rhian and his country, he must place his trust in an exile from Mijak. Yet, as Ethrea comes ever closer to civil war, a greater danger awaits.

Across the sea, an Empress has already slaughtered millions in the name of her god. And the war will not end -until the world kneels before her.

Hammer of God

Godspeaker: Book 3

Karen Miller

In Ethrea, Rhian sits upon a precarious throne. Defiant dukes who won't accept her rule threaten the stability of her kingdom. Dexterity has been banished from her court in disgrace. The blue-haired slave Zandakar, the man she thought was her friend, has been revealed as the son of a woman sworn to destroy her world. And Rhian's husband, King Alasdair, is unsure of her love.

The trading nations refuse to believe Mijak is a threat, and promise reprisals if she dares protect her realm. Only Emperor Han of mysterious Tzhung-tzhungchai knows that the danger from Mijak is real.

But is he an ally, or an enemy in disguise? As she struggles to learn the truth, and keep her embattled crown, the murderous warhost of Mijak advances ...

THE HAMMER OF GOD is the stunning finale in the Godspeaker trilogy, the new fantasy blockbuster from an author who is taking the fantasy world by storm.

Smugglers of Gor

Gor / Counter-Earth: Book 32

John Norman

Tarl Cabot has always believed himself to be a citizen of Earth. He has no inkling that his destiny is far greater than the small planet he has inhabited for the first twenty-odd years of his life. One frosty winter night in the New England woods, he finds himself transported to the planet of Gor, also known as Counter-Earth, where everything is dramatically different from anything he has ever experienced. It emerges that Tarl is to be trained as a Tarnsman, one of the most honored positions in the rigid, caste-bound Gorean society. He is disciplined by the best teachers and warriors that Gor has to offer... but to what end? This is the first installment of John Norman's wildly popular and controversial Gor series, which has sold millions of copies.

The Dragon Masters

Gregg Press Science Fiction Series: Book 21

Jack Vance

The race of man is growing old, but it's not yet ready to die - not while there are dragons still to kill!

The cross-bred dragon armies of the Men of Aerlith are the most appalling horrors ever to threaten the sanity of our future:

Termagents ~ three hundred reptilian giants with six legs apiece, the most fecund breeders of them all

Jugglers ~ eighteen of them, growling amongst themselves, waiting for an opportunity to snap off a leg from any unwary groom

Murderers (striding and long-horned) ~ eighty-five of each, with scaly tails and eyes like crystals

Fiends ~ fifty-two powerful monsters, their tails tipped with spike steel balls

Blue Horrors, Basics, Spider Dragons...

Hammerjack

Hammerjack: Book 1

Marc D. Giller

In this dark, futuristic thriller, Marc Giller defines the cutting edge of suspense with a relentless tale of murder, techno-terrorism, and a conspiracy one man is driven to uncover--even if he must undo reality in the process....

Hammerjack

They ride virtual waves of code and pirate high-tech secrets to sell to the highest bidder--they are faster and smarter than your security system, and are only too happy to show you by how much. They are hammerjacks, and the rewards of their profession are second only to the sheer rush of what they do. Cray Alden was once one of them. Now he's a corporate spook chasing down the information traffickers who've turned business into all-out war.

But beneath the surface skirmishes lurks something darker--rumors of a biological supercomputer that threatens to shift the balance of power between man and machine. Now Cray is caught in the cross fire between the corporate Collective and a shadowy fanatical anti-tech cult called Inru. With an assassin on his trail and a devastating secret locked in his mind, Cray must turn to the hammerjack who's been his most dangerous, most elusive quarry. Together they are on the deadliest mission of Cray's life--to destroy the god that man made.

Prodigal

Hammerjack: Book 2

Marc D. Giller

Once an elusive hammerjack plunged into a virtual world of code, Lea Prism has been reborn as a corporate spook, hell-bent on ridding the universe of the anti-tech Inru terrorists. Their attempt to accelerate evolution robbed her of her once chance for happiness. Now the man she loved is nothing but a disembodied consciousness--and part of the computer matrix she has sworn to defend.

But from the depths of a Martian volcano to the radioactive wasteland of Chernobyl, the Inru have launched one last offensive--giving rise to a final scenario more terrifying than anyone could imagine. The forces of technology are poised to distort the very worst of what nature has to offer... and the stage is set for battle.

Becoming Human

Harmony of Worlds: Book 1

Valerie J. Freireich

Finalist for the Compton Crook Award for Best First Novel

The clone of a traitor, sub-human spy probe August is catapulted into the midst of an interplanetary war as the planet Neuland is threatened with alien annihilation and August himself confronts his dream of becoming fully human.

Testament

Harmony of Worlds: Book 2

Valerie J. Freireich

Treated like an outcast in a genetically engineered world, human throwback Gray Bridger hopes to escape Testament and the powerful Bridger matriarchy that plots to use Gray for its own devices.

The Beacon

Harmony of Worlds: Book 3

Valerie J. Freireich

On a future Earth, the arrival of a vast alien starship forces the entire world to confront a deadly virus.

Imposter

Harmony of Worlds: Book 4

Valerie J. Freireich

Simply because he is genetically altered, an academic researcher is banished to the unknown enemy worlds of the Emirates -- a place of barbaric culture ruled by the Sons, descendants of human men and holy Houris. Pursued by those who would use his gift towards their own ends, he desperately attempts to find a way back to the Harmony and stumbles across a terrible secret that will stop an intergalactic war, and perhaps, change what it means to be Human -- forever.

The Star Dwellers

Heart Stars: Book 1

James Blish

THE INHABITANTS OF TERRA NICKNAMED THEM "ANGELS"

They were exquisitely beautiful, these shimmering, fiery creatures, highly intelligent and playful. Yet they were awesome, too, considering that the youngest were four million years old, and the oldest had probably participated in the First Cause, which had given birth to the whole universe.

To young space cadet Jack Loftus fell the overwhelming responsiblity of negotiating a treaty with them - a treaty which could mean the life or death of the Earth and mankind.

Half Past Human

Hive: Book 1

T. J. Bass

GET YOURSELF A FEMALE!

It was a direct order... Tinker was a Good Citizen of the hive, he had no choice. The time had come to give up his neuter status and become polarized. The Big Earth Society wanted Tinker to mate... But no one had prepared Tinker for sexual activation, nor for a woman like Mu Ren. From that moment on, Tinker was no longer a Good Citizen of the hive. Suddenly Tinker knew he wanted more. He wanted out... Tinker had become a man...

The Godwhale

Hive: Book 2

T. J. Bass

Rorqual Maru was her name. She was a harvester - a vast plankton rake without a crop, abandoned by Earth society when the seas dried. Part whale, part ship, and well over 600 feet long, ahe was left to rot in the sterile ocean.

But suddenly, after centuries, the sea was no longer dead, and Rorqual stirred from her slumber. She would set out once again to serve mankind. But mankind had forgotten all about Rorqual ...

Life Everlasting and Other Tales of Science, Fantasy and Horror

Hyperion Classics of Science Fiction: Book 10

David H. Keller

Contents:

  • Introduction (Life Everlasting and Other Tales of Science, Fantasy and Horror) - (1947) - essay by Sam Moskowitz
  • A Piece of Linoleum - (1933) - shortstory by David H. Keller, M.D.
  • Heredity - (1947) - shortstory by David H. Keller, M.D.
  • Life Everlasting - (1934) - novella by David H. Keller, M.D.
  • No More Tomorrows - (1932) - shortstory by David H. Keller, M.D.
  • The Boneless Horror - (1929) - shortstory by David H. Keller, M.D.
  • The Cerebral Library - [Taine - 7] - (1931) - shortstory by David H. Keller, M.D.
  • The Dead Woman - (1934) - shortstory by David H. Keller, M.D.
  • The Face in the Mirror - (1947) - shortstory by David H. Keller, M.D.
  • The Thing in the Cellar - (1932) - shortstory by David H. Keller, M.D.
  • The Thirty and One - [Tales from Cornwall - 4] - (1938) - shortstory by David H. Keller, M.D.
  • Unto Us a Child is Born - (1933) - shortstory by David H. Keller, M.D.

I Hunt Killers

I hunt Killers: Book 1

Barry Lyga

It was a beautiful day. It was a beautiful field. Except for the body.

Jazz is a likable teenager. A charmer, some might say.

But he's also the son of the world's most infamous serial killer, and for Dear Old Dad, "Take Your Son to Work Day" was year-round. Jazz has witnessed crime scenes the way cops wish they could--from the criminals' point of view.

And now, even though Dad has been in jail for years, bodies are piling up in the sleepy town of Lobo's Nod. Again.

In an effort to prove murder doesn't run in the family, Jazz joins the police in the hunt for this new serial killer. But Jazz has a secret--could he be more like his father than anyone knows?

From acclaimed author Barry Lyga comes a riveting thriller about a teenager trying to control his own destiny in the face of overwhelming odds.

Game

I hunt Killers: Book 2

Barry Lyga

Billy grinned. "Oh, New York," he whispered. "We're gonna have so much fun."

I Hunt Killers introduced the world to Jazz, the son of history's most infamous serial killer, Billy Dent.

In an effort to prove murder didn't run in the family, Jazz teamed with the police in the small town of Lobo's Nod to solve a deadly case. And now, when a determined New York City detective comes knocking on Jazz's door asking for help, he can't say no. The Hat-Dog Killer has the Big Apple--and its police force--running scared. So Jazz and his girlfriend, Connie, hop on a plane to the big city and get swept up in a killer's murderous game.

Both the stakes and the body count are higher in this suspenseful and unstoppable sequel from acclaimed author Barry Lyga.

Memoirs of a Space Traveler

Ijon Tichy: Book 2

Stanislaw Lem

Ijon Tichy is an ordinary space traveler who always follows his extraordinary curiosity, especially when it leads him to scientists working on the fringes of knowledge. Their plans are grandiose, and the bargains they make too often Faustian, for the ends they pursue concern humanity's greatest obsessions: immortality, artificial intelligence, and consumer goods. By turns philosophical, satirical, and absurd, Lem's stories find Tichy both a participant in and an observer of strange experiments. One scientist has created artificial consciousness in black boxes, fooling machines into thinking they're human; another has created a gelatinous substance that shows disturbing signs of free will; still another has fallen victim to his own doppelganger. But there are triumphs, however temporary. The revolution in laundry brought on by rival manufacturers of intelligent washing machines gives way to chaos as ever more sophisticated machines seduce their owners or turn to crime. Faulty time machines, intergalactic tourists, intelligent (but suicidal) potatoes -- Ijon Tichy navigates them all with common sense and resourcefulness and in so doing shows why he endures as one of Lem's most popular characters.

Infected

Infected: Book 1

Scott Sigler

A terrifying thriller that will crawl beneath your skin . . . and leave fresh blood on every page.

A mysterious disease is turning thousands of ordinary Americans into raving, paranoid murderers who inflict brutal horrors on strangers, their own families, and even themselves. And one morning, ex–football star Perry Dawsey awakens to find mysterious welts growing all over his body. Soon Perry finds himself acting and thinking strangely, hearing voices, fighting uncontrollable rage . . . he is infected. Worse, the disease wants something from him, something that could alter the fate of the human race.

Contagious

Infected: Book 2

Scott Sigler

From the acclaimed author of Infected comes an epic and exhilarating story of humanity's secret battle against a horrific enemy.

Across America, a mysterious pathogen transforms ordinary people into raging killers, psychopaths driven by a terrifying, alien agenda. The human race fights back, yet after every battle the disease responds, adapts, using sophisticated strategies and brilliant ruses to fool its pursuers. The only possible explanation: the epidemic is driven not by evolution but by some malevolent intelligence.

Standing against this unimaginable threat is a small group, assembled under the strictest secrecy. Their best weapon is hulking former football star Perry Dawsey, left psychologically shattered by his own struggles with this terrible enemy, who possesses an unexplainable ability to locate the disease's hosts. Violent and unpredictable, Perry is both the nation's best hope and a terrifying liability. Hardened CIA veteran Dew Phillips must somehow forge a connection with him if they're going to stand a chance against this maddeningly adaptable opponent. Alongside them is Margaret Montoya, a brilliant epidemiologist who fights for a cure even as she reels under the weight of endless horrors.

These three and their team have kept humanity in the game, but that's not good enough anymore, not when the disease turns contagious, triggering a fast countdown to Armageddon. Meanwhile, other enemies join the battle, and a new threat — one that comes from a most unexpected source — may ultimately prove the most dangerous of all.

Catapulting the reader into a world where humanity's life span is measured in hours and the president's finger hovers over the nuclear button, rising star Scott Sigler takes us on a breathtaking, hyper-adrenalized ride filled with terror and jaw-dropping action. Contagious is a truly grand work of suspense, science, and horror from a new master.

Pandemic

Infected: Book 3

Scott Sigler

Scott Sigler's Infected shocked readers with a visceral, up-close account of physical metamorphosis and one man's desperate fight for sanity and survival, as "Scary" Perry Dawsey suffered the impact of an alien pathogen's early attempts at mass extinction. In the sequel Contagious, Sigler pulled back the camera and let the reader experience the frantic national response to this growing cataclysm.

And now in Pandemic, the entire human race balances on the razor's edge of annihilation, beset by an enemy that turns our own bodies against us, that changes normal people into psychopaths or transforms them into nightmares.

To some, Doctor Margaret Montoya is a hero—a brilliant scientist who saved the human race from an alien intelligence determined to exterminate all of humanity. To others, she's a monster—a mass murderer single-handedly responsible for the worst atrocity ever to take place on American soil.

All Margaret knows is that she's broken. The blood of a million deaths is on her hands. Guilt and nightmares have turned her into a shut-in, too mired in self-hatred even to salvage her marriage, let alone be the warrior she once was.

But she is about to be called into action again. Because before the murderous intelligence was destroyed, it launched one last payload — a soda can–sized container filled with deadly microorganisms that make humans feed upon their own kind.

That harmless-looking container has languished a thousand feet below the surface of Lake Michigan, undisturbed and impotent . . . until now.

Part Cthulhu epic, part zombie apocalypse and part blockbuster alien-invasion tale, Pandemic completes the Infected trilogy and sets a new high-water mark in the world of horror fiction.

Creative Destruction

InterstellarNet

Edward M. Lerner

This novelette originally appeared in Analog Science Fiction and Fact, March 2001. It can also be found in the anthology Year's Best SF 7 (2002), edited by David G. Hartwell and Kathryn Cramer. The story is included in the collection Creative Destruction.

Storm Caller

Island Warrior: Book 2

Carol Severance

Legendary island warrior Iuti Manu is seeking refuge from her murderous brothers across the Empty Sea. Accompanied by Tarawe, the Storm Caller, Iuti flees her brothers' revenge for destroying the family's totem, the shark god. But the sea does not live up to its name. On what is supposed to be an empty, wet wasteland is a distant island. On this island mirage, the earth is rumbling and the dolphins are battling the birds for possession of the air as well as the sea. The only inhabitants are bloodthirsty bird-worshippers who are searching for a fresh sacrifice. Iuti must battle her nemesis alone, but only when the Storm Caller has mastered the art of controlling the winds and water. Together they help repair the broken magic of the sea.

A Good Night's Sleep

Jack Limekiller

Avram Davidson

WFA nominated novelette. It originally appeared in The Magazine of Fantasy and Science Fiction, August 1978. The story can also be found in the anthologies The Year's Finest Fantasy - Volume 2 (1979), edited by Terry Carr, Baker's Dozen: 13 Short Fantasy Novels (1984), edited by Charles G. Waugh, Martin H. Greenberg and Isaac Asimov, and Sorcerers! (1986) edited by Jack Dann and Gardner Dozois. It is included in the collection Limekiller! (2003).

Limekiller!

Jack Limekiller

Avram Davidson

Avram Davidson's six Jack Limekiller stories create a rich and colorful world where the magical and inexplicable coexist with the outboard motor and the escalation of the American war in Vietnam. British Hidalgo is "a place that you can put your arms around," welcoming and friendly to the visitor, but uncanny beings dwell in the bush and roam along its coast. Afloat and ashore, Jack Limekiller, master of the working sailboat Saccharissa, encounters ghosts of the colonial past and monsters far older.

Table of Contents:

  • Preface: The Adventures of Jack Limekiller in a Far Countrie - (2003) - essay by Grania Davis
  • Introduction - (2003) - essay by Lucius Shepard
  • Introduction: Jack Limekiller - (2003) - essay by Peter S. Beagle
  • Bloody Man - (1976) - novelette by Avram Davidson
  • There Beneath the Silky-Tree and Whelmed in Deeper Gulphs Than Me - (1980) - novella by Avram Davidson
  • Manatee Gal, Won't You Come Out Tonight - (1977) - novelette by Avram Davidson
  • Sleep Well of Nights - (1978) - novella by Avram Davidson
  • Limekiller at Large - (1990) - novelette by Avram Davidson
  • A Far Countrie - (1993) - novella by Avram Davidson
  • Afterwords - (2003) - essay by Henry Wessells
  • Along the Lower Moho (The Iguana Church) - (2000) - essay by Avram Davidson
  • Dragons in San Francisco - A Sequel - (2000) - essay by Grania Davis
  • Afterword - (2003) - essay by Ethan Davidson

Manatee Gal Ain't You Coming Out Tonight

Jack Limekiller

Avram Davidson

WFA nominated novelette. It originally appeared in The Magazine of Fantasy and Science Fiction, April 1977. The story can also be found in the anthologies The Year's Finest Fantasy (1978), edited by Terry Carr, Future Earths: Under South American Skies (1993), edited by Gardner Dozois and Mike Resnick, and Modern Classics of Fantasy (1997), edited by Gardner Dozois. It is included in the collections Avram Davidson: Collected Fantasies (1982), The Avram Davidson Treasury (1998) and Limekiller! (2003).

There Beneath the Silky-Trees and Whelmed in Deeper Gulphs Than Me

Jack Limekiller

Avram Davidson

Nebula Award nominated novella. It originally appeared in Other Worlds 2 (1980) edited by Roy Torgeson. The story is included in the collection Limekiller! (2003).

Jack of Kinrowan

Jack the Giant-Killer

Charles de Lint

Jack of Kinrowan brings together in one volume Charles de Lint's rollicking saga of wild faerie magic on the streets of the city. In Jack the Giant-Killer, a faceless gang of bikers on a Wild Hunt through the streets of present day Ottawa hurtles Young Jacky Rowan across the threshold into the perilous land of Faerie. There, to her dismay, she is hailed as Jack of Kinrowan, a one-and-future trickster hero whose lot is to save the Elven Courts from unimaginable evil. In Drink Down the Moon, once the realm of Faerie drew its power from the Moon herself. But now a ghastly creature has stolen that power and enslaved the Fair Folk—and Jacky Rowan. Only Johnny Faw, a handsome young fiddler unaware of his magical gifts, has the power to set them free.

Jack the Giant-Killer

Jack the Giant-Killer: Book 1

Charles de Lint

In his eighth fantasy novel, the author of Moonheart and Yarrow turns the stories of "Jack the Giant Killer" and "Jack and the Bean Stalk" into a contemporary tale set in Ottawa.

Jacky Rowan's boyfriend of three months has just dumped her because she has begun to bore him. Feeling empty, confused and rejected, Jacky meets Dunrobin Finn, a gnome who introduces her to a parallel reality, Faerie, which she can see and enter into by wearing a magic red cap. Having recently witnessed the murder of a gnome by evil bikers, Jacky's meeting with Finn inspires her with the renewed vitality to embark upon a quest to save the daughter of a Laird of Kinrowan, who is being held in a Giant's Keep. Jacky's best friend, Kate Hazel, agrees (at first skeptically) to help her. The pair flee and tackle all manner of bikers and "bogans" (evil entities that look like winos in non-Faerie reality), and Jacky finds a replacement for her wayward love in Eilian, the hunkish son of a Laird of Dunlogan.

This is also the 4th novel of Terri Windling's Fairy Tales series

Drink Down the Moon

Jack the Giant-Killer: Book 2

Charles de Lint

The fate of the wild fairies that inhabit the modern world lies in the hands of a young Toronto fiddler named Johnny Faw and a handful of human and not-so-human companions in the newest contemporary fantasty by the author of Moonheart. This sequel to Jack the Giant-Killer amply displays de Lint's innate charm and compelling storytelling.

Tempest Rising

Jane True: Book 1

Nicole Peeler

Living in small town Rockabill, Maine, Jane True always knew she didn't quite fit in with so-called normal society. During her nightly, clandestine swim in the freezing winter ocean, a grisly find leads Jane to startling revelations about her heritage: she is only half-human. Now, Jane must enter a world filled with supernatural creatures alternatively terrifying, beautiful, and deadly- all of which perfectly describe her new 'friend,' Ryu, a gorgeous and powerful vampire. It is a world where nothing can be taken for granted: a dog can heal with a lick; spirits bag your groceries; and whatever you do, never-ever-rub the genie's lamp.

If you love Sookie Stackhouse, then you'll want to dive into Nicole Peeler's enchanting debut novel.

Tracking the Tempest

Jane True: Book 2

Nicole Peeler

Valentine's Day is fast approaching, and Ryu - Jane's bloodsucking boyfriend - can't let a major holiday go by without getting all gratuitous. An overwhelming dose of boyfriend interference and a last-minute ticket to Boston later, and Jane's life is thrown off course.

Ryu's well-intentioned plans create mayhem, and Jane winds up embroiled in an investigation involving a spree of gruesome killings. All the evidence points towards another Halfling, much to Jane's surprise...

Tempest's Legacy

Jane True: Book 3

Nicole Peeler

After a peaceful hiatus at home in Rockabill, Jane True thinks that her worst problem is that she still throws like a girl - at least while throwing fireballs. Her peace of mind ends, however, when Anyan arrives one night with terrible news... news that will rock Jane's world to its very core.

After demanding to help investigate a series of gruesome attacks on females -- supernatural, halfling, and human -- Jane quickly finds herself forced to confront her darkest nightmares as well as her deepest desires.And she's not sure which she finds more frightening.

Eye of the Tempest

Jane True: Book 4

Nicole Peeler

Nothing says 'home' like being attacked by humans with very large guns, as Jane and Anyan discover when they arrive in Rockabill. These are professionals, brought into kill, and they bring Anyan down before either Jane or the barghest can react. Seeing Anyan fall awakens a terrible power within Jane, and she nearly destroys herself taking out their attackers.

Jane wakes, weeks later, to discover that she's not the only thing that's been stirring. Something underneath Rockabill is coming to life: something ancient, something powerful, and something that just might destroy the world.

Jane and her friends must act, striking out on a quest that only Jane can finish. For whatever lurks beneath the Old Sow must be stopped... and Jane's just the halfling for the job.

Tempest's Fury

Jane True: Book 5

Nicole Peeler

Jane's not happy. She's been packed off to England to fight in a war when she'd much rather be snogging Anyan. Unfortunately, Jane's enemies have been busy stirring up some major trouble -- the kind that attracts a lot of attention. In other words, they're not making it easy for Jane to get any alone time with the barghest, or to indulge in her penchant for stinky cheese.

Praying she can pull of a Joan of Arc without the whole martyrdom thing, Jane must lead Alfar and halflings alike in a desperate battle to combat an ancient evil. Catapulted into the role of Most Unlikely Hero Ever, Jane also has to fight her own insecurities as well as the doubts of those who don't think she can live up to her new role as Champion.

Along the way, Jane learns that some heroes are born. Some are made. And some are bribed with promises of food and sex.

Tempest Reborn

Jane True: Book 6

Nicole Peeler

Anyan may be trapped in an evil dragon and Blondie may be gone, but Jane knows one thing: she's not about to give up. She's ready to tear down heaven and earth to save her lover, despite those who believe he's lost.

Luckily for Jane, those who've given up on Anyan do not include those closest to her. Defying The Powers That Be, Jane and Company form their own crack squad of misfits, in whose hands the fate of the world may well rest.

With a little help from her friends, the Universe, and lots of snacks, Jane embarks on her greatest adventure yet, confident that with great sacrifice comes great reward. The question is, who will be that sacrifice?

The fantastic conclusion to Nicole Peeler's urban fantasy series featuring Jane True.

I Am Not a Serial Killer

John Cleaver: Book 1

Dan Wells

John Wayne Cleaver is dangerous, and he knows it.

He's spent his life doing his best not to live up to his potential.

He's obsessed with serial killers, but really doesn't want to become one. So for his own sake, and the safety of those around him, he lives by rigid rules he's written for himself, practicing normal life as if it were a private religion that could save him from damnation.

Dead bodies are normal to John. He likes them, actually. They don't demand or expect the empathy he's unable to offer. Perhaps that's what gives him the objectivity to recognize that there's something different about the body the police have just found behind the Wash-n-Dry Laundromat---and to appreciate what that difference means.

Now, for the first time, John has to confront a danger outside himself, a threat he can't control, a menace to everything and everyone he would love, if only he could.

Dan Wells's debut novel is the first volume of a trilogy that will keep you awake and then haunt your dreams.

To the Galactic Rim

John Grimes Saga: Book 1

A. Bertram Chandler

The Award-Winning Saga of Starship Captain John Grimes, Science Fiction's Horatio Hornblower, Beginning with His Early Days as a Lowly Ensign.

John Grimes will one day command his own starship, and change the course of Galactic history, but right now he's a wet-behind-the-ears junior officer who finds that he keeps running into problems which were never covered in his courses at the Academy.

  • The Road to the Rim -- meet Lieutenant John Grimes of the Federation Survey Service; fresh out of the Academy -- and as green as they come.
  • To Prime the Pump -- El Dorado is a planet with a pressing problem: the men are infertile, cause unknown, and the women want someone to Do Something! Not quite the problem young John Grimes expected to deal with...
  • The Hard Way Up -- a collection of seven tales of John Grime's adventures, meeting danger and winning glory out at the rim of the Galaxy.
  • The Broken Cycle -- John Grimes never intended to get lost in space, let alone being lost with a very attractive policewoman who's all business. And he really never expected to run into an entity who claims to be a god and has a garden of Eden ready and waiting for the pair.

First Command

John Grimes Saga: Book 2

A. Bertram Chandler

The #2 omni edition of the classic science fiction of A. Bertram Chandler's John Grimes books, with four legendary adventure novels in one volume. Action-loving spaceship commander John Grimes retires from heroic days in Earth's space navy only to be immediately thrown into adventures on the remote edge of the galaxy.

The second in a seven-volume collection of the legendary John Grimes books! Classic Star Trek meets the high seas. If space travel is going to be anything like sailing the oceans, then A. Bertram Chandler has surely caught its absolute essence in his Grimes novels. Here it is, the entire "Captain John Grimes -- Far Traveller Courier" saga, collected in one volume. These are the tales of John Grimes'action-packed merchantman and courier years. After moving on from the Terran Navy, Grimes tries his hand at leading a private life, and finds he likes being his own man. The only problem is, his ship The Far Traveller has a (very stubborn and very feminine) mind of its own -- and a penchant for getting Grimes into the worse sort of interplanetary pickles.

Includes:

  • Spartan Planet
  • The Inheritors
  • The Big Black Mark
  • The Far Traveler

Galactic Courier

John Grimes Saga: Book 3

A. Bertram Chandler

The #3 mass market edition of the classic science fiction of A. Bertram Chandler's John Grimes books, with multiple interrelated stories and two full novels in this renowned SF saga. Pipe-smoking, action-loving spaceship commander John Grimes (think Captain Kirk with more of a navy, salty attitude) retires from heroic days in Earth's space navy to become a merchant captain extraordinaire and a force to reckon with on the galactic frontier.

Number three in a three-volume collection of the legendary John Grimes of the Galactic Rim series. If space travel is going to be anything like sailing the oceans, then A. Bertram Chandler has surely caught its absolute essence in his Grimes novels. Here are the crowning tales of Grimes' career -- the Grimes "Rim Commodore" stories. In these tales, Grimes has found his true calling out on the edge of galactic civilization. He's the sheriff of a realm where pioneer colonies and parallel dimensions overlap, and a starship captain must be prepared for adventure in ALL possible worlds.

Includes an astounding (as in, mostly published in Astounding and Analog by legendary editor John W. Campbell) cornucopia of Grimes novels bringing together all previous Commodore Grimes tales in:

  • Star Courier
  • To Keep the Ship
  • Matilda's Stepchildren
  • Star Loot

Ride the Star Winds

John Grimes Saga: Book 4

A. Bertram Chandler

The fourth omnibus edition of the classic science fiction of A. Bertram Chandler's John Grimes books, with four full length novels and six interconnected short stories in this renowned SF saga. Pipe-smoking, action-loving spaceship commander Lieutenant John Grimes (think Captain Kirk with more of a navy, salty attitude) moves out of the Federation navy and finds his true calling adventuring along the spaceways of the galactic rim.

Number four in the collected adventures of the legendary John Grimes of the Galactic Rim series, including four novels:

  • The Anarch Lords: John Grimes' short career as a somewhat benevolent space pirate is over, but he has sunk even lower, becoming a politician. He's now the governor of a planet of anarchists, where term limits are unnecessary, what with all the assassinations taking place.
  • The Last Amazon: Back on Sparta, the formerly all-male planet, Grimes is waiting for his own ship to arrive when he's caught up in yet another revolution--and you can't tell the good guys (or gals) without a program.
  • The Wild Ones: Back on Earth was the last place that Grimes expected to be. Another thing he hadn't expected was accusations of witchcraft being taken seriously.
  • Catch the Star Winds: An experimental sailing ship of space was intended to exceed the speed of light. Then strange things happened involving time itself, and the crew wasn't sure they would ever see home, or their home time, again.

Plus six interrelated short stories starring the indefatigable John Grimes, rounding out a large volume of space adventure with a dash of humor, and a likable hero who always gamely manages to muddle through...

Upon a Sea of Stars

John Grimes Saga: Book 5

A. Bertram Chandler

Pipe-smoking, action-loving spaceship commander Lieutenant John Grimes (think Captain Kirk with more of a navy, salty attitude) moves out of the Federation navy and finds his true calling adventuring along the spaceways of the galactic rim.

Number five in the collected adventures of the legendary John Grimes of the Galactic Rim series, including four novels:

  • Into the Alternate Universe (1964)
  • Contraband from Otherspace (1967)
  • The Rim Gods (1969)--story collection
  • The Commodore at Sea (a.k.a. Alternate Orbits, 1971)--four novelets

Gateway to Never

John Grimes Saga: Book 6

A. Bertram Chandler

Number six in the collected adventures of the legendary John Grimes of the Galactic Rim series. Contains Chandler classic novels and collections:

  • The Gateway to Never
  • The Dark Dimensions
  • The Way Back

Pipe-smoking, action-loving spaceship commander Lieutenant John Grimes (think Captain Kirk with more of a navy, salty attitude) moves out of the Federation navy and finds his true calling adventuring along the spaceways of the galactic rim.

John Grimes: Lieutenant of the Survey Service

John Grimes: SFBC Set: Book 1

A. Bertram Chandler

In five classic tales, Federation Navy Academy fledgling John Grimes is a trouble-magnet when he goes up against legal piracy, deadly fertility rites, a brutal all-male society and more.

Table of Contents:

  • 5 - The Road to the Rim - [John Grimes - 1] - (1967) - novel
  • 103 - To Prime the Pump - [John Grimes - 2] - (1971) - novel
  • 229 - The Hard Way Up - [John Grimes - 3] - (1972) - collection
  • 361 - Spartan Planet - [John Grimes - 5] - (1968) - novel (variant of False Fatherland)
  • 489 - The Inheritors - [John Grimes - 6] - (1972) - novel

John Grimes: Survey Captain

John Grimes: SFBC Set: Book 2

A. Bertram Chandler

Table of Contents:

  • 3 - The Broken Cycle - [John Grimes - 4] - (1975) - novel
  • 117 - The Big Black Mark - [John Grimes - 7] - (1975) - novel
  • 321 - The Far Traveler - [John Grimes - 8] - (1979) - novel (variant of The Far Traveller 1977)
  • 491 - Star Courier - [John Grimes - 9] - (1977) - novel

John Grimes: Tramp Captain

John Grimes: SFBC Set: Book 3

A. Bertram Chandler

One of the Six Omnibus Volumes that collects the complete John Grimes stories by A. Bertram Chandler.

Table of Contents:

  • 9 - To Keep the Ship - [John Grimes - 10] - (1978) - novel
  • 137 - Matilda's Stepchildren - [John Grimes - 11] - (1979) - novel
  • 289 - Star Loot - [John Grimes - 12] - (1980) - novel
  • 513 - The Anarch Lords - [John Grimes - 13] - (1981) - novel

John Grimes: Reserve Commodore

John Grimes: SFBC Set: Book 4

A. Bertram Chandler

A compendium of nine A. Bertram Chandler Stories

Table of Contents:

  • 1 - The Last Amazon - [John Grimes - 14] - (1984) - novel
  • 167 - The Wild Ones - [John Grimes - 15] - (1984) - novel
  • 307 - Grimes at Glenrowan - [John Grimes] - (1978) - short story
  • 323 - Grimes and the Great Race - [John Grimes] - (1980) - novelette
  • 345 - Grimes Among the Gourmets - [John Grimes] - (1978) - short story
  • 359 - Grimes and the Odd Gods - [John Grimes] - (1983) - novelette
  • 383 - Grimes and the Jailbirds - [John Grimes] - (1984) - short story
  • 399 - Chance Encounter - [John Grimes] - (1959) - short story
  • 415 - Catch the Star Winds - [John Grimes - 16] - (1969) - novel

John Grimes: Rim Runner

John Grimes: SFBC Set: Book 5

A. Bertram Chandler

Further adventures on the edge of space and time!

Once a spacer, always a spacer. Now practical, hard-headed Grimes is not the sort to believe in ghosts. But he's willing to give psychics a chance when shapely Sonya Verrill, a commander in the Federation Survey Service, proposes a ghost-hunting expedition in the sector around Kingsolving's Planet. Out where the fabric of space wears thin, ships have encountered Rim Ghosts - apparitions of craft and crewmates from alternate universes. When Grimes organizes a seance to make contact, their ship is yanked Into the Alternate Universe, and their only hope of getting home gain may lie in a lost relic - a sleeper ship from the first age of space exploration. After their wild ghost ride, Grimes and Sonya embark on a wholly different adventure: marriage. But running their own little shipping company takes a back seat to danger when a distress call leads the pair to an alien ship from an alternate universe - a ship carrying Contraband from Otherspace - mutant rats who evolved to rule their universe... and threaten to break through into ours.

In The Rim Gods, Grimes is drawn into four perilous adventures, when a ship full of religious fanatics uses a psionic to summon God, when a rogue Rim Worlder tries to sell advanced weaponry to the robber barons of Tangaroa, when trouble in the form of a predatory starfish threatens to ruin the economy of Mellise, and when an impossible planet appears out of nowhere - a world where dragons, fairies, and sleeping beauties are real. Another visit to Kingsolving's Planet, where the boundaries between reality and surreality are almost non-existent, finds The Commander at Sea. For he is whisked to a continuum in which fictional characters exist, and he is surprised to meet Sherlock Holmes, Lady Chatterly, Tarzan and Jane, and... A. Bertram Chandler?

Table of Contents:

  • 1 - Into the Alternate Universe - [John Grimes - 17] - (1964) - novel
  • 119 - Contraband from Otherspace - [John Grimes - 18] - (1967) - novel
  • 225 - The Rim Gods - [John Grimes - 20] - (1968) - novel
  • 359 - The Commodore at Sea - [John Grimes - 21] - (1971) - collection (variant of Alternate Orbits)
  • 363 - Hall of Fame - [John Grimes] - (1969) - novelette (variant of The Kinsolving's Planet Irregulars)
  • 395 - The Sister Ships - [John Grimes] - (1971) - novelette (variant of Sister Ships)
  • 426 - The Man Who Sailed the Sky - [John Grimes] - (1971) - novelette
  • 459 - The Rub - [John Grimes] - (1970) - novelette

John Grimes: Rim Commander

John Grimes: SFBC Set: Book 6

A. Bertram Chandler

Table of Contents:

  • 1 - The Gateway to Never - [John Grimes - 19] - (1972) - novel
  • 133 - The Dutchman - [John Grimes] - (1972) - novelette
  • 157 - The Last Hunt - [John Grimes] - (1973) - short story
  • 177 - On the Account - [John Grimes] - (1973) - novelette
  • 201 - Rim Change - [John Grimes] - (1975) - novella
  • 245 - The Dark Dimensions - [John Grimes - 22] - (1971) - novel
  • 375 - The Way Back - [John Grimes - 23] - (1976) - novel

Smuggler's Run

Journey to Star Wars: The Force Awakens

Greg Rucka

Han Solo and Chewbacca the Wookiee team-up for an all-new adventure.

Set between Star Wars: A New Hope and Star Wars: The Empire Strikes Back, the story follows everyone's favorite pair of smugglers as they fly the Millennium Falcon on a top-secret mission for the Rebellion, while evading ruthless bounty hunters and a relentless Imperial agent.

Night of the Crabs

Killer Crabs: Book 1

Guy N. Smith

The Welsh coast basks in summer tranquility. Then the 'drownings' begin. But not until monstrous crustaceans crawl ashore, their pincers poised for destruction, does the world understand the threat it faces. A seafood cocktail for the strongest stomachs...

Killer Crabs

Killer Crabs: Book 2

Guy N. Smith

A BLOODY CARNAGE OF HUMAN FLESH ON AN ISLAND BEACHHEAD

An isolated island, home of hard-working fishermen and pleasure-seeking vacationers.

The first corpse, its head torn off, its limbs in shreds.

Then the next victim. And the next. And the next.

Only then did the people realize the hideous threat, as the most monstrous creatures ever spawned by nature took control first of the sea, then began their invasion of the land.

And suddenly the most endangered species in the world was man...

The Origin of the Crabs

Killer Crabs: Book 3

Guy N. Smith

YOU CANNOT STOP THEM...

YOU CANNOT ESCAPE THEM...

The mist hides the dark waters of Loch Merse, but they are here. Waiting. Watching. Hungry.

Death had come here before when Bruce McKechnie secretly murdered his brother for this estate. The place is marked by evil. But Nothing in man's power can kill like this.

Slowly, silently, they crawl from the depths, razor-sharp pincers waving, malevolent red eyes follwing the man in the night fog and the pretty girl laughing with her lover. Closer they come. Deadly as the devil himself. Nothing can stop them. Not the slashing. Not the blood. Only the last desperate scream...

Crabs on the Rampage

Killer Crabs: Book 4

Guy N. Smith

WE THOUGHT WE'D KILLED THEM ALL BUT THEY'VE COME BACK... FOR REVENGE!

The beach was filled with happy vacationers. They'd forgotten THE CRABS... like a bad dream chased away by the morning sun.

We'd wiped out those mutant monsters. The giant creatures whose hunger raged for human fleash were dead.

Or where they? Scientist Clif Davenport feared the nightmare wasn't over. But he didn't know the terrifying truth. THE CRABS were back - disease ridden, mad with pain. Mad with hunger.

And on that beach were hundreds of men, women, and children. Food for...

Crabs' Moon

Killer Crabs: Book 5

Guy N. Smith

FIRST THE VACTIONERS LAUGHED WITH PLEASURE...

THEN THEY SQUEALED WITH DELIGHT AND THEN THE SCREAMS BEGAN...

The Moon shone brightly down on them. The breeze stroked them. Laughter floated over the water from the excited bingo players at the Blue Ocean Holiday Camp.

And THE CRABS heard...

Tense, shuddering with hunger, they lurched out of the sea maddened with a need to eat. Closer they crawled, the only sound a clickety-click of their piercing, strong, razor-sharp claws...

They had come before. And humankind had beaten them. But now they were back, possessed by an uncanny intelligence, guided by forces no one on earth could understand. Not even scientist Cliff Davenport. He could only watch them coming closer... closer... as the screaming began...

Crabs: The Human Sacrifice

Killer Crabs: Book 6

Guy N. Smith

When the bloodthirsty crabs are stricken with a devastating cancer, a psychopathic human attempts to aid them, a plan that requires a human sacrifice.

Killer Crabs: The Return

Killer Crabs: Book 7

Guy N. Smith

In 1978 the Crabs attacked Australia's Great Barrier Reef with horrendous loss of human life. Amongst the fatalities was Harvey Logan, big-game hunter.The world believed that these terrible crustaceans had been annihilated but Harvey's son, Brock, was sure that one day they would emerge from the oceans once more on a rampage of bloody carnage. Brock was also a hunter and he waited patiently for three decades. He wanted revenge as well as a Crab trophy for his collection. Then the crabs returned, this time on the Solway Firth and Brock's hunt began.

The Charnel Caves

Killer Crabs: Book 8

Guy N. Smith

In 1975 an army of gigantic crabs, the result of an underwater nuclear experiment, attacked the Welsh coastline. The battle was bloody, many lives were lost until the crustacean invaders were defeated.

Over the ensuing years they turned up in the oceans of the World with further terrible slaughter of humans. Finally, though, it was believed that these monsters from the deep had been eradicated. Only memories of their invasions of land remained with the older inhabitants, tales of their depredations on mankind were whispered but often ridiculed by the modern generations.

Until a few of the survivors returned to the Welsh coast and began breeding secretly in a maze of caverns beneath the cliffs, preparing for a further attack on mankind.

Killer of Enemies

Killer of Enemies: Book 1

Joseph Bruchac

Years ago, seventeen-year-old Apache hunter Lozen and her family lived in a world of haves and have-nots. There were the Ones -- people so augmented with technology and genetic enhancements that they were barely human -- and there was everyone else who served them. Then the Cloud came, and everything changed. Tech stopped working. The world plunged back into a new steam age. The Ones' pets -- genetically engineered monsters -- turned on them and are now loose on the world.

Lozen was not one of the lucky ones pre-C, but fate has given her a unique set of survival skills and magical abilities. She hunts monsters for the Ones who survived the apocalyptic events of the Cloud, which ensures the safety of her kidnapped family. But with every monster she takes down, Lozen's powers grow, and she connects those powers to an ancient legend of her people. It soon becomes clear to Lozen that she is not just a hired gun. As the legendary Killer of Enemies was in the ancient days of the Apache people, Lozen is meant to be a more than a hunter. Lozen is meant to be a hero.

Trail of the Dead

Killer of Enemies: Book 2

Joseph Bruchac

Apache teen Lozen and her family are looking for a place of refuge from the despotic Ones who once held them captive and forced Lozen to hunt genetically engineered monsters. Lozen and her allies travel in search of a valley where she and her family once found refuge. But life is never easy in this post-apocalyptic world. When they finally reach the valley, they discover an unpleasant surprise awaiting them--and a merciless hunter following close behind.

Hally, their enigmatic Bigfoot friend, points them to another destination--a possible refuge. But can Lozen trust Hally? Relying on her wits and the growing powers that warn her when enemies are near, Lozen fights internal sickness to lead her band of refugees to freedom and safety. Alongside family, new friends, and Hussein, the handsome young man whose life she saved, Lozen forges a path through a barren land where new recombinant monsters lurk and the secrets of this new world will reveal themselves to her... whether she wants them to or not.

Arrow of Lightning

Killer of Enemies: Book 3

Joseph Bruchac

Months after she has been healed from the Enemy Sickness that afflicted her in Trail of the Dead, Lozen and her family have gathered a community around them in Valley Where First Light Paints the Cliffs and have begun to rebuild. Lozen knows danger still stalks them and she intends to be ready to defend her people, but she hopes to avoid killing another human being--though gemod monsters are not off the table.

Miles away, the remaining Ones plot Lozen's demise, and a threat Lozen thought she'd eliminated comes closer. And a newfound power will complicate everything for Lozen. Masterful storyteller Joseph Bruchac delivers a satisfying conclusion of the acclaimed Killer of Enemies series.

The Care and Feeding of Your Baby Killer Unicorn

Killer Unicorns

Diana Peterfreund

This novelette originally appeared in the anthology Zombies Vs. Unicorns (2010), edited by Holly Black and Justine Larbalestier. It can also be found in the anthology The Best Science Fiction and Fantasy of the Year: Volume Five (2011), edited by Jonathan Strahan.

The Thousand Deaths of Ardor Benn

Kingdom of Grit: Book 1

Tyler Whitesides

Master con artist Ardor Benn and his crew of intrepid thieves are hired to pull off a series of wildly complex heists, from stealing a crown to saving the world, in this daring fantasy adventure.

Liar. Thief. Legend.

Ardor Benn is no ordinary thief. Rakish, ambitious, and master of wildly complex heists, he styles himself a Ruse Artist Extraordinaire.

When a priest hires him for the most daring ruse yet, Ardor knows he'll need more than quick wit and sleight of hand. Assembling a dream team of forgers, disguisers, schemers, and thieves, he sets out to steal from the most powerful king the realm has ever known.

But it soon becomes clear there's more at stake than fame and glory - Ard and his team might just be the last hope for human civilization.

Discover the start of an epic fantasy trilogy that begins with a heist and quickly explodes into a full-tilt, last ditch plan to save humanity.

The Shattered Realm of Ardor Benn

Kingdom of Grit: Book 2

Tyler Whitesides

The second in an action-packed epic fantasy series set in a world with dragon-fueled magic where master con artist Ardor Benn must infiltrate a centuries old secret organization to find a missing royal heir.

Ardor Benn saved civilization from imminent destruction, but his efforts brought war to the kingdom. It is believed that the rightful rulers have all been assassinated. However, a young heir might have survived.

An ancient organization known as The Realm is behind the chaos, working from the shadows. Under the anonymity of masks, information is distributed sparingly.

Ard's been hired to infiltrate them, but he's got competition from an old friend. One who's set to prove she's better than the self-proclaimed "Ruse Artist Extraordinaire."

If Ard can't find the heir then his world may again approach ruin. Stopping the complete and utter collapse of civilization is quickly becoming Ard's specialty.

The Last Lies of Ardor Benn

Kingdom of Grit: Book 3

Tyler Whitesides

The final book in an action-packed epic fantasy series set in a world with dragon-fueled magic where master con artist Ardor Benn takes a job to steal a living dragon.

Ardor Benn has taken his lies to a new level, infiltrating high society so he can steal a priceless resource. But now that he's on the inside, he finds himself poring through ancient texts, searching for answers to his deepest questions. He discovers something is coming. Something world-ending.

Now, an old enemy is extorting him for one last job. Steal a live dragon. He doesn't know how, and he doesn't know why. But he's got a feeling that it's a job he has to take. Only problem is, Ard's running short on time and shorter on lies. And his personal ambitions are alienating all of his allies.

With no one else to rely on, he'll have to trust the one person nobody else does: himself.

The Narrow Road Between Desires

Kingkiller Chronicles

Patrick Rothfuss

Bast knows how to bargain. The give-and-take of a negotiation is as familiar to him as the in-and-out of breathing; to watch him trade is to watch an artist at work. But even a master's brush can slip. When he accepts a gift, taking something for nothing, Bast's whole world is knocked askew, for he knows how to bargain--but not how to owe.

From dawn to midnight over the course of a single day, follow the Kingkiller Chronicle's most charming fae as he schemes and sneaks, dancing into trouble and back out again with uncanny grace.

The Narrow Road Between Desires is Bast's story. In it he traces the old ways of making and breaking, following his heart even when doing so goes against his better judgement.

After all, what good is caution if it keeps him from danger and delight?

The Road to Levenshir

Kingkiller Chronicles

Patrick Rothfuss

This novelette originally appeared in the anthology L. Ron Hubbard Presents Writers of the Future, Volume XVIII (2002), edited by Algis Budrys. It can also be found in the anthologies Subterranean: Tales of Dark Fantasy (2008), edited by William Schafer, The Year's Best Science Fiction & Fantasy 2009, edited by Rich Horton, and Epic: Legends of Fantasy (2012), edited by John Joseph Adams. The story was later incorporated in the novel The Wise Man's Fear (2011).

The Slow Regard of Silent Things

Kingkiller Chronicles

Patrick Rothfuss

The University, a renowned bastion of knowledge, attracts the brightest minds to unravel the mysteries of enlightened sciences like artificing and alchemy. Yet deep below its bustling halls lies a complex and cavernous maze of abandoned rooms and ancient passageways - and in the heart of it all lives Auri.

Formerly a student at the University, now Auri spends her days tending the world around her. She has learned that some mysteries are best left settled and safe. No longer fooled by the sharp rationality so treasured by the University, Auri sees beyond the surface of things, into subtle dangers and hidden names.

At once joyous and haunting, THE SLOW REGARD OF SILENT THINGS is a rich, atmospheric and lyrical tale, featuring one of the most beloved characters from Rothfuss' acclaimed fantasy series.

The Name of the Wind

Kingkiller Chronicles: Book 1

Patrick Rothfuss

Travelers to the village where Kote runs an inn are rare, but those who've shown up lately have brought bad news. A sort of demonic spider attacks a local, and then Kote rescues a wandering scholar, bringing him to the inn to recover. The man recognizes Kote as the legendary hero Kvothe and begs him to reveal the reality behind all the legends.

The Wise Man's Fear

Kingkiller Chronicles: Book 2

Patrick Rothfuss

"There are three things all wise men fear: the sea in storm, a night with no moon, and the anger of a gentle man."

An escalating rivalry with a powerful member of the nobility forces Kvothe to leave the University and seek his fortune abroad. Adrift, penniless, and alone, he travels to Vintas, where he quickly becomes entangled in the politics of courtly society. While attempting to curry favor with a powerful noble, Kvothe discovers an assassination attempt, comes into conflict with a rival arcanist, and leads a group of mercenaries into the wild, in an attempt to solve the mystery of who (or what) is waylaying travelers on the King's road.

All the while, Kvothe searches for answers, attempting to uncover the truth about the mysterious Amyr, the Chandrian, and the death of his parents. Along the way, Kvothe is put on trial by the legendary Adem mercenaries, forced to reclaim the honor of the Edema Ruh, and travels into the Fae realm. There he meets Felurian, the faerie woman no man can resist, and who no man has ever survived. Under her tutelage, Kvothe learns much about true magic and the ways of women.

In The Wise Man's Fear Kvothe takes his first steps on the path of the hero and learns how difficult life can be when a man becomes a legend in his own time.

This title will be released on March 1, 2011. It is available for pre-order.

The Innocent Mage

Kingmaker, Kingbreaker: Book 1

Karen Miller

"The Innocent Mage is come, and we stand at the beginning of the end of everything."

Being a fisherman like his father isn't a bad life, but it's not the one that Asher wants. Despite his humble roots, Asher has grand dreams. And they call him to Dorana, home of princes, beggars?and the warrior mages who have protected the kingdom for generations.

Little does Asher know, however, that his arrival in the city is being closely watched by members of the Circle, people dedicated to preserving an ancient magic.

Asher might have come to the city to make his fortune, but he will find his destiny.

The Awakened Mage

Kingmaker, Kingbreaker: Book 2

Karen Miller

"The evil foretold has risen ... and we are all that stands between it and the end."

Asher has come a long way for a fisherman's son. Together with his friend Prince Gar, he has defended their kingdom against its bitterest enemy, but at great cost.

Now, the evil mage Morg is preparing for his most deadly assault. Desperate, trapped in a broken body, Morg has little time and fewer scruples. And he has a plan.

As Gar and Asher unwittingly fall into a dangerous deception, Morg gets ever closer to his goal. And this victory would be particularly sweet--for who better to destroy the kingdom than the two who would give anything to save it?

A Blight of Mages

Kingmaker, Kingbreaker Prequels: Book 1

Karen Miller

Hundreds of years before the great Mage War, a land lies, unknowing, on the edge of catastrophe...

Barl is young and impulsive, but she has a power within that calls to her. In her city, however, only those of noble blood and with the right connections learn the ways of the arcane. Barl is desperate to learn-but her eagerness to use her power leads her astray and she is banned from ever learning the mystic arts.

Morgan holds the key to her education. A member of the Council of Mages, he lives to maintain the status quo, preserve the mage bloodlines, and pursue his scholarly experiments. But Barl's power intrigues him-in spite of her low status.

Together, he realizes they can create extraordinary new incantations. Morgan's ambition and Barl's power make a potent combination. What she does not see is the darkness in him that won't be denied.

A Blight of Mages is the new novel set in the world of Karen Miller's bestselling debut The Innocent Mage.

Fleet of Worlds

Known Space: Fleet of Worlds: Book 1

Larry Niven
Edward M. Lerner

Fleet of Worlds marks Larry Niven's first full novel-length collaboration within his Known Space universe, the playground he created for his bestselling Ringworld series. Teaming up with fellow SF writer Edward M. Lerner, Fleet of Worlds takes a closer look at the Human-Puppeteer (Citizens) relations and the events leading up to Niven's first Ringworld novel.

Kirsten Quinn-Kovacs is among the best and brightest of her people. She gratefully serves the gentle race that rescued her ancestors from a dying starship, gave them a world, and nurtures them still. If only the Citizens knew where Kirsten's people came from....

A chain reaction of supernovae at the galaxy's core has unleashed a wave of lethal radiation that will sterilize the galaxy. The Citizens flee, taking their planets, the Fleet of Worlds, with them.

Someone must scout ahead, and Kirsten and her crew eagerly volunteer. Under the guiding eye of Nessus, their Citizen mentor, they explore for any possible dangers in the Fleet's path--and uncover long-hidden truths that will shake the foundations of worlds.

Juggler of Worlds

Known Space: Fleet of Worlds: Book 2

Edward M. Lerner
Larry Niven

For too long, the Puppeteers have controlled the fate of worlds. Now Sigmund is pulling the strings...

Covert agent Sigmund Ausfaller is Earth's secret weapon, humanity's best defense against all conspiracies, real and potential - and imaginary - of foes both human and alien. Who better than a brilliant paranoid to expose the devious plots of others?

He may finally have met his match in Nessus, representative of the secretive Puppeteers, the elder race who wield vastly superior technologies. Nessus schemes in the shadows with Earth's traitors and adversaries, even after the race he represents abruptly vanishes from Known Space.

As a paranoid, Sigmund had always known things would end horribly for him. Only the when, where, how, why, and by whom of it all had eluded him. That fog has begun to lift...

But even Sigmund has never imagined how far his investigations will take him - or that his destiny is entwined with the fates of worlds.

Destroyer of Worlds

Known Space: Fleet of Worlds: Book 3

Larry Niven
Edward M. Lerner

Worlds closer to the galatic core than Known Space are --or were-- home to intelligent speciers. Some learned of the core explosion in time to flee. Destroyer of Worlds opens in 2670, ten years after Juggler of Worlds closes; with refugee species fleeing in an armada of ramscoops in the direction of the Fleet of Worlds. The onrushing aliens are recognized as a threat; they have left in their trail a host of desolated worlds: some raided for supplies, some attacked to eliminate competition, and some for pure xenophobia.

Only the Puppeteers might have the resources to confront this threat--but the Puppeteers are philosophical cowards... they don't confront anyone. They need sepoys to investigate the situation and take action for them. The source of the sepoys? Their newly independent former slave world, New Terra.

Betrayer of Worlds

Known Space: Fleet of Worlds: Book 4

Larry Niven
Edward M. Lerner

Fleeing the supernova chain reaction at the galactic core, the cowardly Puppeteers of the Fleet of Worlds have--just barely--survived. They've stumbled from one crisis to the next: The rebellion of their human slaves. The relentless questing of the species of Known Space. The spectacular rise of the starfish-like Gw'oth. The onslaught of the genocidal Pak.

Catastrophe looms again as past crises return--and converge. Who can possibly save the Fleet of Worlds from its greatest peril yet?

Louis Wu? Trapped in the Wunderland civil war, all he wants is to go home--but the only possible escape will plunge him into unknowable danger.

Ol't'ro? The Gw'oth ensemble mind fled across the stars to establish a colony world free from tyranny. But some problems cannot be left behind, and other problems--like the Fleet of Worlds itself--are racing straight at them.

Achilles? Despite past disgrace, the charismatic Puppeteer politician knows he is destined for greatness. He will do anything to seize power--and to take his revenge on everyone who ever stood in his way.

Nessus? The insane Puppeteer scout is out of ideas, out of resources, with only desperation left to guide him.

Their hopes and fears, dreams and ambitions are about to collide. And the winner takes... worlds.

Fate of Worlds

Known Space: Fleet of Worlds: Book 5

Larry Niven
Edward M. Lerner

For decades, the spacefaring species of Known Space have battled over the largest artifact -- and grandest prize -- in the galaxy: the all-but-limitless resources and technology of the Ringworld. But without warning, the Ringworld has vanished, leaving behind three rival war fleets.

Something must justify the blood and treasure that have been spent. If the fallen civilization of the Ringworld can no longer be despoiled of its secrets, the Puppeteers will be forced to surrender theirs. Everyone knows that the Puppeteers are cowards.

But the crises converging upon the trillion Puppeteers of the Fleet of Worlds go far beyond even the onrushing armadas:

Adventurer Louis Wu and the exiled Puppeteer known only as Hindmost, marooned together for more than a decade, escaped from the Ringworld before it disappeared. And throughout those years, as he studied Ringworld technology, Hindmost has plotted to reclaim his power...

Ol't'ro, the Gw'oth ensemble mind -- and the Fleet of Worlds' unsuspected puppet master for a century -- is deviously brilliant. And increasingly unbalanced ...

Proteus, the artificial intelligence on which, in desperation, the Puppeteers rely to manage their defenses, is outgrowing its programming -- and the supposed constraints on its initiative...

Sigmund Ausfaller, paranoid and disgraced hero of the lost human colony of New Terra, knows that something threatens his adopted home world -- and that it must be stopped...

Achilles, the megalomaniac Puppeteer -- twice banished, and twice rehabilitated -- sees the Fleet of Worlds' existential crisis as a new opportunity to reclaim supreme power. Whatever the risks...

One way or another, the fabled race of Puppeteers may have come to the end of their days.

The World Shuffler

Lafayette O'Leary: Book 2

Keith Laumer

Twas boring in Artesia... or so thought Sir Lafayette O'Leary, ex-draftsman from Earth, and now seemingly ex-interdimensional swashbuckler extraordinaire as well. His battles were all won, his dragons all slain, and life was just the same boring round of riches, royal hunts and regattas.

Boring, boring, boring; until he walked past the azalia. Suddenly Artesia was gone, and O'Leary was trapped in "Melange," a world of giants and pirates, a world where goons and harlots are the spitting images (literallly!) of his own aristocratic Arteisan associates. And because they think that he's his double, lots of his new friends want O'Leary dead. Unless he can get through the interdimensional gate and find the continuum path back home, O'Leary's life will never be boring again. Just short.

Dune: The Butlerian Jihad

Legends of Dune: Book 1

Kevin J. Anderson
Brian Herbert

Frank Herbert’s Dune series is one of the great creations of imaginative literature, science fiction’s answer to The Lord of the Rings.

Decades after Herbert’s original novels, the Dune saga was continued by Frank Herbert’s son, Brian Herbert, in collaboration with Kevin J. Anderson. Working from Frank Herbert’s own notes, the acclaimed authors reveal the chapter of the Dune saga most eagerly anticipated by readers: the Butlerian Jihad.

Throughout the Dune novels, Frank Herbert frequently referred to the war in which humans wrested their freedom from “thinking machines.” In Dune: The Butlerian Jihad, Brian Herbert and Kevin J. Anderson bring to life the story of that war, a tale previously seen only in tantalizing hints and clues. Finally, we see how Serena Butler’s passionate grief ignites the struggle that will liberate humans from their machine masters; here is the amazing tale of the Zensunni Wanderers, who escape bondage to flee to the desert world where they will declare themselves the Free Men of Dune. And here is the backward, nearly forgotten planet of Arrakis, where traders have discovered the remarkable properties of the spice melange....

A Canticle for Leibowitz

Leibowitz: Book 1

Walter M. Miller, Jr.

In the Utah desert, Brother Francis of the Albertian Order of Leibowitz has made a miraculous discovery: the relics of the martyr Isaac Leibowitz himself, including the blessed blueprint and the sacred shopping list. They may provide a bright ray of hope in a terrifying age of darkness, a time of ignorance and genetic monsters that are the unholy aftermath of the Flame Deluge. But as the spellbinding mystery at the core of this extraordinary novel unfolds, it is the search itself--for meaning, for truth, for love--that offers hope to a humanity teetering on the edge of an abyss.

A timeless and still timely masterpiece, A Canticle for Leibowitz is a classic that ranks with Brave New World and 1984.

Saint Leibowitz and the Wild Horse Woman

Leibowitz: Book 2

Walter M. Miller, Jr.
Terry Bisson

Forty years after the classic A Canticle for Leibowitz, Walter Miller returns to a world struggling to transcend a terrifying legacy of darkness, as one man undertakes an odyssey of adventure and discovery that promises to alter the destiny of humankind . . . .

Isolated in Leibowitz Abbey, Brother Blacktooth St. George suffers a crisis of faith, torn between his vows and his Nomad upbringing, between the Holy Virgin and visions of the Wild Horse Woman of his people. At the brink of disgrace and expulsion from his order, the young monk is championed by a powerful cardinal who has plans for him. Blacktooth sets out on a journey across a landscape still scarred by the long-ago Flame Deluge, a land divided by nature, politics, and war. He will find horrors and wonders, sins of the flesh . . . and love. As he encounters and reencounters a beautiful but forbidden mutant named Ædrea, he begins to wonder: is a she-devil, the Holy Mother, or the Wild Horse Woman herself?

The Book of the Ler

Ler

M. A. Foster

Out of print since 1985, these three classic novels form a trilogy that chronicles the history of an alternate human race, the Ler, from their origins as a bioengineered "superhuman" race on Earth to their complex civilizations in space. Together, the books form a challenging examination of what it means to be human.

The Warriors of Dawn

Ler: Book 1

M. A. Foster

The human race had divided into two species. One had created the other - normal humans had experimented in forced evolution and had produced the ler, a sort of supermen race, but pacifistic and contemplative. The ler fled from the turbulent worlds of homo sapiens and established their own quiet planetary colonies. Which made it all the more inexplicable when reports came in of fierce planetary marauders, looting and burning, who were of ler ancestry. The existence of barbarian lers was a contradiction in terms. And the search for their reasons for existence was to take a human male and a ler female into an expedition into strange worlds and the unsuspected bypasses of all the systems of science and philosophy.

The Gameplayers of Zan

Ler: Book 2

M. A. Foster

The Ler had been genetically created to be a new race of supermen, and the experiment had not been entirely successful. They were superior to normal humans in certain ways, but all too human in others. Grudgingly the overpopulation billions of Earth allotted the families of the Ler a special reservation - a last wilderness where they could live their odd lives. contribute their talents to humanity's desperate needs - and yet be under constant surveillance. For the ler the situation was precarious and their future dubois. And with the disappearance of a Ler girl outside the reservation, the explosive point had been reached...

The Day of the Klesh

Ler: Book 3

M. A. Foster

His name was Meure and he hired out of an alien ship to see the universe. Ther were Ler aboard that vessel - transmuted humans who were partial supermen - and specifically there was the ler girl Flerdestar who had a mission.

When Meure and Flerdestar were marooned on the world called Monsalvat, they were confronted by a planetary enigma involving time and space. For Monsalvat had a myriad human species, all alien to each other, an all in awe of the myster that dominated their isolated planet.

Here is the long-awaited major novel by the author of THE GAMEPLAYERS OF ZAN and WARRIORS OF DAWN. It is a masterwork of alien wonders, human ingenuities, of the past invading the present, and of the perverted legacy of the legendary mistress of the first starship, the mad ler Sanjirmil.

Dragon in Exile

Liaden Universe

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Star-trading Clan Korval--known to Terrans as the Tree-and-Dragon Family and to the locals simply as "the Dragon"--has been convicted of crimes against the homeworld. No matter that one of the "crimes" consisted of saving the elitist planet of Liad from very real internal threats, the Council of Clans wanted Korval heads to roll. Unfortunately for the Council, the Dragon's allies conspired to impose a milder punishment for saving the world: banishment, rather than execution.

Now relocated to the free-for-all world of Surebleak, the Dragon is under contract to keep the Port Road open to all traffic, and to back the New Bosses in imposing law and order on a society originally based on larceny and assassination. This modest rustication is going surprisingly well, until Korval discovers that the enemy they'd sought to destroy. . .wasn't quite destroyed, and is more determined than ever to eradicate Korval.

While the banishment killed no one initially, many of Korval's trading allies are spooked, and some are reneging on ancient agreements, leaving the Dragon to make its own way. The clan's efforts to stealthily recruit new allies is going haywire, and a secret death toll is rising even as the clan's adherents endure increasing exposure to danger and deceit off-world.

To make matters worse, an active portion of Surebleak's native population liked the Old Ways just fine, and are conspiring to take the New Bosses--and the Dragon--down, and are sure they have the firepower and people to do it.

The exiled Dragon has to make an urgent choice--accept an alliance with criminals or face down each and every enemy in person, one by one.

Necessity's Child

Liaden Universe

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

The kompani see none as an enemy, and yet few as friend. The kompani exist in many places, living quietly in the shadows, thriving off the bounty that others have no wit to secure, nor skill to defend. Their private history is unwritten; their recall rooted in dance and dream. The Clan Korval is in many ways the opposite of the kompani. The interstellar trading clan is wealthy in enemies, fortunate in friends. Korval protects itself with vigor, and teaches even its youngest children the art of war.

And when representatives of Clan Korval arrive on the planet Surebleak where the kompani has lived, secret and aloof, the lives of three people intersect-- Kezzi, apprentice to the kompani's grandmother; Syl Vor, Clan Korval's youngest warrior; and Rys, a man without a world, or a past.

Necessity's Child is a standalone adventure in the popular and exciting Liaden Universe.

Salvage Right

Liaden Universe

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

A door never closes, but a window opens...

With origins in the Old Universe, the malevolent, acquisitive intelligence of Tinsori Light sought to infect others with itself, and send those agents out into the wide new universe to infect even more.

For centuries, two heroes stood between Tinsori Light and the vulnerable universe--Light Keepers Jen Sin yos'Phelium and Lorith of the Sanderat.

Just when it seemed that they--merely human--must fail, Tinsori Light, enfeebled by aged systems, succumbed to the stress of a unique spatial event . . . and died, leaving the station a shell.

Luckily, the light keepers have back-up. A mismatched team of arcane specialists are on-station, working non-stop to preserve the Light, build trustworthy systems, and open the refurbished station for business.

In fact, ships are already incoming, and it becomes a matter of urgency to sort friend from foe. In particular, the Lyre Institute wishes to acquire Tinsori Light, and will do anything, spend anyone, to achieve that goal.

Agent of Change

Liaden Universe: Agent of Change: Book 1

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Fleeing the scene of his latest mission, Val Con yos'Phelium finds himself saving the life of ex-mercenary Miri Robertson, a young Tarren on the run from interplanetary assassins. Thrown together by circumstances, Val Con and Miri struggle to elude their enemies and stay alive without slaying each other-or surrendering to the unexpected passion that flares between them.

Conflict of Honors

Liaden Universe: Agent of Change: Book 2

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Sixteen-year-old Priscilla Delacroix was declared legally dead by her mother, High Priestess of the Goddess. Banished to survive on her own, Priscilla has roamed the galaxy for ten years as an outcast--to become a woman of extraordinary skill....

An experienced officer assigned to the Liaden vessel Doxflon, she's been abandoned yet again. Betrayed by her captain and shipmates, she's left to fend for herself on a distant planet. But Priscilla is not alone. Starship captain Shan yos'Galen is about to join Priscilla's crusade for revenge. He has his own score to settle with the enemy. But confronting the sinister crew will be far easier--and safer--than confronting the demons of Priscilla's own mysterious past.

Carpe Diem

Liaden Universe: Agent of Change: Book 3

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

On the run from interplanetary assassins, covert operative Val Con yos'Phelium and former mercenary sergeant Miri Robertson have wound up stranded on a distant planet with no rescue in sight. Until they figure out a way back to Liad, these two lost souls must find a way to trust each another--and let their love heal the dark wounds of their past....

Back on Liad, Shan yos'Galan, Val Con's cousin and foster brother, and his life-partner, Priscilla Mendoza, have initiated their own search for the missing member of Clan Korval. But what they don't know is that those who seek to destroy Val Con and Miri are just as determined to bring down Clan Korval. All the deadly enemy needs is someone to unwittingly lead them to their target....

Plan B

Liaden Universe: Agent of Change: Book 4

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Val Con yos'Phelium is a fugitive. The heir of Clan Korval is wanted by the covert Liaden agency known as the Department of the Interior, whose rulers have declared unofficial war against the entire clan. With only his love, Miri Robertson, by his side, Val Con plans a desperate gamble by forming an alliance with Clan Erob on the planet where Miri was born.

But Val Con's cousin, Shan yos'Galan, can't wait for help that may never arrive. With enemy agents closing in, he invokes Plan B--setting in motion a series of events that will have dire consequences not only for him and his life-mate Priscilla Mendoza, but for all of Liad...

Local Custom

Liaden Universe: Agent of Change: Book 5

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Each person shall provide his clan of origin with a child of his blood, who will be raised by the clan and belong to the clan. And this shall be Law for every person of every clan...

Master trader Er Thorn knows the local custom of Liaden is to be matched with a proper bride, and provide his prominent clan Korval with an heir. Yet his heart is immersed in another universe, influenced by another culture, and lost to a woman not of his world. And to take a Terran wife such as scholar Anne Davis is to risk his honor and reputation. But when he discovers that their brief encounter years before has resulted in the birth of a child, even more is at stake than anyone imagined. Now, an interstellar scandal has erupted, a bitter war between two families--galaxies apart--has begun, and the only hope for Er Thorn and Anne is a sacrifice neither is prepared to make...

Scout's Progress

Liaden Universe: Agent of Change: Book 6

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

All of her life, Aelliana Caylon has lived by the rules of her overbearing brother, the head of the Caylon family. Though she is a brilliant mathematician, he has convinced her that she has no worth beyond what value she might have in an arranged marriage.

Then, on a dare, she plays a game of chance--and wins a starship. It is her way to escape her home, her planet, her drab life--if she can qualify as a pilot.

Enter the accomplished Scout and Master Pilot known only as Daav. Aelliana hires him as her instructor. She finds him gifted teacher. He finds her a quick study.

And they also find an unexpected attraction, one that could have dangerous repercussions for them both...

I Dare

Liaden Universe: Agent of Change: Book 7

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Lee and Miller's eagerly awaited conclusion to the Agent of Change sequence, of their Liaden Universe series.

This long-awaited culmination of the Locus best-selling Agent of Change sequence of Sharon Lee and Steve Miller's internationally acclaimed Liaden Universe® novels, pits unexpected friends and enemies against each other in a war that spans planets and races and threatens to bring interstellar violence to the very surface of fabled Liad. Val Con yos'Phelium--a Scout, former Agent of Change, husband, brother to Turtles, and designated heir to Clan Korval's fortune and mission.. .whether you considered him respectable or not, no one would call him a gambling man. When he reappears demanding Balance and retribution, on his capable shoulders the fate of his Clan, his world, and his civilization...

Pat Rin yos'Phelium--fond father, bon vivant, ne'er-do-well... and a professional gambler. The enemies of Korval have offered Pat Rin the Ring that would make all of Korval's holdings his own and a Juntavas Judge has offered Pat Rin a world... When he appears with hired guns in tow no one is expecting him and no one knows what he'll do. For you see, Pat Rin is a gambling man.

Mouse and Dragon

Liaden Universe: Agent of Change: Book 8

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Aelliana Caylon has endured much, and finally, she appears to have won all: a spaceship, comrades, friends--and the love of a pilot she adores.

Even better that her lover--the man who was destined for her, a man as much a loner as she--is also the Delm of Korval, arguably the most powerful person on all of Liad. He has the power to remove her and protect her from the toxic environment of her home Clan. Best of all, he agrees to sit as her co-pilot and her partner in a courier business.

Even happy endings sometimes show a few flaws. Such as Aelliana's home clan being not as agreeable to letting her go as it had first seemed. And the fact that someone is stealing pilots in the Low Port, which falls within the Delm of Korval's honor. Oh, and the revelation that the man she loves--the man who is destined for her--isn't entirely the man she thought he was. And finally, she discovers that even the lift from Liad she'd so fervently desired, is part of a larger plan, a plan requiring her to be someone she never thought she was, or could be.

Alliance of Equals

Liaden Universe: Agent of Change: Book 9

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Beset by the angry remnants of the Department of the Interior, challenged at every turn by opportunists on their new homeworld of Surebleak, and somewhat low on funds, Clan Korval desperately needs to reestablish its position as one of the top trading clans in known space. To this end, Master Trader Shan yos'Galan, aboard Korval's premier trade ship, Dutiful Passage, is on a mission to establish new business associations and to build a strong primary route that links well with existing Loops and secondary routes.

But reestablishing trade and preserving the lives of the few remaining members of the clan aren't all of Korval's problems. Matters come to a head as Dutiful Passage, accustomed to being welcomed and feted at those ports on its call-list, finds itself denied docking, and blacklisted, while agents of the DOI mount armed attacks on others of Korval's traders, under the very eyes of port security systems.

Traveling with Dutiful Passage on this unsettling journey is Padi yos'Galan, the master trader's heir and his apprentice. Padi is eager to make up for time lost due to Korval's unpleasantness with the Department of the Interior. She is also keeping a secret so intense that her coming of age, and perhaps her very life, is threatened by it.

Trader's Leap

Liaden Universe: Agent of Change: Book 10

Steve Miller
Sharon Lee

The only bridge between past and future is a leap of faith.

Pursued by enemies, exiled Liaden clan Korval is settling into a new base on backworld Surebleak. Moving is expensive, as is war, and Korval is strapped for cash. Delm Korval has therefore instructed Master Trader Shan yos'Galan to design and implement new trade routes, quickly.

But this is no easy task. Dutiful Passage is targeted by Korval's enemies, denied docking at respectable ports, and cheated at those less respectable. Struggling to recuperate from an attack on his life, while managing daughter Padi's emerging psychic talents, Shan is running out of options--and time. His quest to establish the all-important trade route puts him at odds with his lifemate, while doubting crew desert the ship. Facing the prospect of failure, Shan accepts the assistance of chancy allies and turns the Passage toward a port only just emerging from Rostov's Dust and awash with strange energies.

Without trade, Clan Korval will starve. Will a trader's leap of faith save everything - or doom all?

A Liaden Universe Constellation: Volume 1

Liaden Universe: Constellation: Book 1

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

First collection in one volume. Seventeen short tales of the Liaden Universe brought together for the first time. Space opera and romance on a grand scale in a galaxy full of interstellar trading clans.

Thirty-three shorter tales of the Liaden Universe brought together for the first time in two mega-volumes. Seventeen tales to start with in Volume One!

The nationally best-selling Liaden Universe novels are treasured by space opera aficionados for their wit, world-building, strong characterizations, tender romance, and edge-of-the-chair action.

Since 1995, Sharon Lee and Steve Miller also created shorter tales, illuminating additional facets of the Liaden experience. Here is a vast tapestry of tales of the scouts, artists, traders, priestesses, sleight of hand magicians, and pilots who fill the Liaden Universe with the excitement, action, and romance that readers of the hit series have come to adore.

Celebrating 25 Years of the Liaden Universe.

A Liaden Universe Constellation: Volume 2

Liaden Universe: Constellation: Book 2

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

BOOK 2 in The First Liaden Universe Collection. Fifteen short tales of the Liaden Universe brought together for the first time. Space opera and romance on a grand scale in a galaxy full of interstellar trading clans.

Thirty-three shorter tales of the Liaden Universe® brought together for the first time in two mega-volumes. Fifteen tales complete Volume Two!

The nationally best-selling Liaden Universe® novels are treasured by space opera aficionados for their wit, world-building, strong characterizations, tender romance, and edge-of-the-chair action.

Since 1995, Sharon Lee and Steve Miller also created shorter tales, illuminating additional facets of the Liaden experience. Here is a vast tapestry of tales of the scouts, artists, traders, priestesses, sleight of hand magicians, and pilots who fill the Liaden Universe® with the excitement, action, and romance that readers of the hit series have come to adore.

Celebrating 25 Years of the Liaden Universe.

A Liaden Universe Constellation: Volume 3

Liaden Universe: Constellation: Book 3

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

BOOK 3 in the multivolume Liaden Universe short fiction collection. Tales of the Liaden Universe brought together for the first time. Space opera and romance on a grand scale in a galaxy full of interstellar trading clans.

A dozen recent Liaden Universe short works are added to the collection in the third volume of A Liaden Universe Constellation. Ranging from comic to cosmic, only one of these works was first published before 2011. These welcome new additions bring the collected Constellation of Lee & Miller Liaden short stories to 45 works in three mega-volumes.

The nationally best-selling Liaden Universe novels are treasured by space opera aficionados for their wit, world-building, strong characterizations, tender romance, and edge-of-the-chair action.

Since 1995, Sharon Lee and Steve Miller also created shorter tales, illuminating additional facets of the Liaden experience. Here is a vast tapestry of tales of the scouts, artists, traders, priestesses, sleight of hand magicians, and pilots who fill the Liaden Universe® with the excitement, action, and romance that readers of the hit series have come to adore. Contains all new entries published after 2011.

A Liaden Universe Constellation: Volume 4

Liaden Universe: Constellation: Book 4

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

For more than thirty years, the Liaden Universe novels by Sharon Lee and Steve Miller have captivated readers with their unique blend of action adventure, science fiction, and romance. In addition to twenty-one novels (and counting), Lee and Miller have written dozens of shorter works based in the Liaden Universe, featuring the strong characterization, detailed world-building, wit, and derring-do that readers of the series adore.

This fourth volume collecting Lee aned Miller's shorter Liaden Universe stories features four novelettes, two novellas, and two short stories.

Sure to delight longtime fans and newcomers alike, these tales highlight why the nationally best-selling Liaden Universe® novels are treasured by space opera aficionados, with amazing settings, strong characterizations, compelling romance, and edge-of-the-chair action in stories that range from cosmic to comic.

Table of Contents:

  • Friend of a Friend (2016) - novelette
  • Street Cred (2017) - novelette
  • Due Diligence (2017) - novella
  • Degrees of Separation (2018) - novella
  • Excerpts from Two Lives - (2018) - novelette
  • Revolutionists - (2018) - short story
  • Cutting Corners (2017) - short story
  • Block Party (2017) - novelette

A Liaden Universe Constellation: Volume 5

Liaden Universe: Constellation: Book 5

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

For more than thirty years, the Liaden Universe® novels by Sharon Lee and Steve Miller have captivated readers with their unique blend of action adventure, science fiction, and interpersonal relationships. In addition to twenty-one novels (and counting), Lee and Miller have written dozens of shorter works based in the Liaden Universe®, featuring the strong characterization, detailed worldbuilding, wit, and derring-do that readers of the series adore.

Sure to delight longtime fans and newcomers alike, these tales highlight why the nationally best-selling Liaden Universe® novels are treasured by space opera aficionados, with amazing settings, strong characterizations, compelling romance, and edge-of-the-chair action in stories that range from cosmic to comic.

Table of Contents:

  • 3 - Authors' Foreword (A Liaden Universe Constellation: Volume 5) - essay by Sharon Lee and Steve Miller
  • 5 - Fortune's Favors - [Liaden Universe short fiction] - (2019) - novella by Sharon Lee and Steve Miller
  • 57 - Opportunity to Seize - [Liaden Universe short fiction] - short story by Sharon Lee and Steve Miller (variant of Surebleak: Dudley Avenue and Farley Lane 2019)
  • 63 - Shout of Honor - [Adventures in the Liaden Universe - 29] - (2019) - novella by Sharon Lee and Steve Miller
  • 133 - Command Decision - [Liaden Universe short fiction] - (2019) - short story by Sharon Lee and Steve Miller
  • 147 - Dark Secrets - [Liaden Universe short fiction] - (2019) - short story by Sharon Lee and Steve Miller
  • 171 - A Visit to the Galaxy Ballroom - short story by Sharon Lee and Steve Miller
  • 187 - The Gate That Locks the Tree - [Adventures in the Liaden Universe - 30] - novella by Sharon Lee and Steve Miller (variant of The Gate That Locks the Tree: A Minor Melant'i Play for Snow Season 2020)
  • 269 - Ambient Conditions - (2020) - novelette by Sharon Lee and Steve Miller
  • 303 - Dead Men Dream - [Liaden Universe short fiction] - (2021) - novella by Sharon Lee and Steve Miller

Balance of Trade

Liaden Universe: Jethri Gobelyn: Book 1

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Assistant Trader Jethri Gobelyn is an honest, hardworking young Terran who knows a lot about living onboard his family's space going trade ship 'Gobelyn's Market', something about trade, finance, and risk taking and a little bit about Liadens.

Oddly enough, it's the little bit he knows about Liadens that seems likely to make his family's fortune--and his own. In short order, however, Jethri Gobelyn is about to learn a lot more about Liadens... like how far they might go to protect their name and reputation. Like the myriad of things one might say--intentionally or not--with a single bow. Like how hard it is to say "I'm sorry!" in Liaden. Like how difficult it is to deal with a beguiling set of Liaden twins who may very well know exactly what he's thinking.... Soon it became clear that as little as he knew about Liadens, he knew far less about himself. With his very existence a threat to the balance of trade, Jethri needs to learn fast, or become a pawn in a game that will destroy all he has come to hold dear.

Trade Secret

Liaden Universe: Jethri Gobelyn: Book 2

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Star-spanning galactic trader Jethri Gobelyn's story continues in the seventeenth entry in the Liaden Universe series by master storytellers Sharon Lee and Steve Miller.

In a universe full of interstellar intrigue and burgeoning commerce novice Terran trader Jethri Gobelyn, adopted by a Liaden clan after an ill-directed bow of honor insulted the scion of a major Liaden house, is alive and whole to tell the tale. Convinced that the adoption has saved his life and made his future he settles into a comfortable and even elite routine, a Trader's Ring his goal.

Even as Jethri's initiation into the mysteries and joys of Liaden Festival bring him to manhood he's forced to face Necessity and the facts of life: his adoption has also invigorated a net of unfinished Balance far more complex and potentially deadly than a simple Terran blood feud. He must embrace his Terran birthright as well as his Liaden connections while leaving behind the safety of the great Liaden trade ship Elthoria to defend his honor and that of shipmates past and present. Forced to sit Second Board as a back-up pilot on a Liaden Scout ship, Jethri's convinced he's already at wit's end--when several familiar faces threaten all that he knows of himself, and all that he wishes to do.

Celebrating 25 Years of the Liaden Universe.

Fair Trade

Liaden Universe: Jethri Gobelyn: Book 3

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Jethri Gobelyn has risen far: from despised youngest on a Terran family Loop ship to second trader on premier Liaden tradeship Elthoria under the guidance of his unlikely foster-mother Norn ven'Deelin Clan Ixin. Master Trader ven'Deelin has taught Jethri much, and she expects great things from him. Indeed, one might say she demands them.

Jethri has inherited a mission from his father, a plan that will allow family Loop ships like the one he grew up on to survive the encroachment of Rostov's Dust. In this, he's backed by several prominent Looper families who are scheduled to meet and plan at the South Axis Trade Fair.

In what seems to be a fortunate pairing of missions, Master Trader ven'Deelin sees Jethri become lead trader on his own small ship, which is scheduled to arrive at the South Axis Fair.

Unfortunately, that "fortunate coincidence" may instead be a test of Jethri's loyalties, as he's thrust into a tangle of grey-trading, mistaken identity, misinformation, and galactic politics....

Crystal Soldier

Liaden Universe: The Great Migration Duology: Book 1

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Suddenly, staying alive is more than a personal problem...

In a galaxy worn down by generations of war against an implacable foe, a star pilot's mission brings him an unexpected ally and a chance to serve his troop--and mankind.

M. Jela Granthor's Guard is a soldier who was born to be a~ soldier, a solider whose genes were selected before birth, whose life was chosen for him as one of service and dedication.

Cantra yos'Phelium is an ace pilot and a thoroughgoing rogue. She trades the dark and the gray markets along the war-torn Rim, running solo, and with an eye firmly on her own profit.

When chance deals her an ex-soldier, she's inclined to leave him where she found him. That was before mutual trouble arose, and Jela proved himself a good man in a tight spot. Still, she thought to ditch him next planet down the line.

Only he wasn't being easy to ditch. Worse, he had a puzzle going that just naturally drew a pilot's close attention.

So the two of them form an unlikely--and uncomfortable - alliance, the soldier intent on his mission; the pirate intent on her survival.

And neither one, in the face of alien technology, outlaws, and the enemy's renewed assaults, can quite forget a life lesson shared by people who live on the edge of chance:

Sometimes, no matter what, you're just going to lose...

Crystal Dragon

Liaden Universe: The Great Migration Duology: Book 2

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

You can't go home again...

What do you do when home is a conspiracy that's been 3 discovered and destroyed? When home is a planet in a star system that's gone missing? When home means working for the destroyers of galaxies When home is a spaceship that's calling out to the enemy? Cantra 'yos Phelium isn't a quitter, but she has more than a little problem: the Enemy has accelerated its attacks and how do you fight an Enemy whose, major form of attack is the de-crystallization of everything around itself? A smuggler with a rogue soldier for a co-pilot, and a tree with an attitude for crew, Cantra's the only one who can get close to the man who holds equations that might, that just might&--thwart the Enemy.

All she has to do is help a young pilot from a missing world, juggle a slippery promise she never quite made to a pair of wizards, and then forget who she is along with everything, and everyone, she's ever known.

Fledgling

Liaden Universe: Theo Waitley: Book 1

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Theo Waitley has lived all her young life on Delgado, a Safe World that is home to one of the galaxy's premier institutions of higher learning. Both Theo's mother, Kamele, and Kamele's onagrata Jen Sar Kiladi, are professors at the university, and they all live comfortably together, just like they have for all of Theo's life, in Jen Sar's house at the outskirts of town.

Suddenly, though, Theo's life changes. Kamele leaves Jen Sar and moves herself and Theo back into faculty housing, which is not what Theo is used to. Once settled back inside the Wall, Kamele becomes embroiled in faculty politics, and is appointed sub-chair of her department. Meanwhile, Theo, who has a notation in her file indicating that she is "physically challenged" has a series of misadventures, including pulling her best friend down on the belt-ride to class, and hurting a team mate during a scavage game.

With notes piling up in her file, Theo only wants to go "home," to the house in the suburbs, and have everything just like it used to be.

Then, Kamele uncovers evidence of possible dishonest scholarship inside of her department. In order to clear the department, she and a team of senior professors must go off-world to perform a forensic document search. Theo hopes this will mean that she'll be left in the care of the man she calls "Father," Professor Kiladi, and is horrified to learn that Kamele means to bring Theo with her!

Saltation

Liaden Universe: Theo Waitley: Book 2

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

Theo Waitley is a Nexus of Violence. Thrust mid-year into a school for pilots far from the safe haven of her birth home on scholarly Delgado, young Theo Waitley excels in hands-on flying while finding that she's behind the curve in social intricacies as well as in math. Her mentors try to guide her studies and training into the channels best suited to her special abilities and inclinations, including suggesting that she should join in the off-world student association, a plan resulting in mixed success.

After a series of confrontations, fights, and ultimately a riot after which she is thanked for not killing anyone, Theo is named a "nexus of violence" by the school's administration. Facing suspension and carrying little more than a hastily procured guild card, a pistol taken from an attacker, and the contents of her pants pockets, Theo must quickly decide if she's ready to return to Delgado in disgrace, or launch herself into the universe as a freelance pilot with credentials she's already earned.

The sequel to Fledgling, Saltation is the tenth book in the Liaden Universe series.

Ghost Ship

Liaden Universe: Theo Waitley: Book 3

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

The new novel in the Liaden Universe series. Over a quarter million copies sold in this series to-date! Space ships, action, adventure--all tied together with a strong dollop of romance and family saga--make this a compelling series for a wide range of readers, from romance to military SF lovers alike.

Theo Waitley is an ace starship pilot--and pure maverick. Her mom is a renowned Terran scholar and her birth father is an interstellar aristocrat in hiding. Whatever, thinks Theo. She still feels like a socially-challenged misfit. But after being selected to train with the best-of-the-best at the pilot academy, she figures she can leave behind those gawky, misfit days of teenage angst that made life so complicated before! But for Theo, life is about to get even MORE complicated--and deadlier still. For even though she's survived the Academy and become one of the best pilots in the galaxy, the past is about to blast her with gale-force winds. Theo can run, but she can't hide. Her destiny as master pilot and leader of a powerful Liaden clan calls, and there are LOTS of enemies who will try to make sure she's quite dead before she has the chance to make an answer.

Dragon Ship

Liaden Universe: Theo Waitley: Book 4

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

First Class courier pilot Theo Waitley was already known as a nexus of violence--and then she inherited the precarious captaincy of a mysterious self-aware ship. Now she has a trade route to run for Clan Korval while she convinces the near mythic ghost ship Bechimo--and herself--that she wants to commit herself as the human side to their immensely powerful symbiosis. While her former lover battles a nano-virus that's eating him alive, Theo is challenged to rescue hundreds of stranded pilots and crewmen from an explosive situation in near orbit around a suddenly hostile planet. Lovers, enemies, an ex-roomie, and a jealous spaceship are all in peril as Theo wields power that no one in the universe is sure of, especially her.

The Gathering Edge

Liaden Universe: Theo Waitley: Book 5

Sharon Lee
Steve Miller

The luck runs rough around Theo Waitley. Not only are people trying to kill her and capture the self-aware intelligent ship Bechimo to whom Theo is bonded, they're also trying to arrest her crew members, and throw the dignity of an important passenger, the duly-constituted norbear ambassador Hevelin, into question.

No wonder Theo and her crew felt the need of a break, and retired to what Bechimo refers to as "safe space." Unfortunately, safe space may not be so safe, anymore. It seems that things are leaking through from another universe, and another time. In fact, whole spaceships are coming through. One of those ships is a blasted battleship seemingly fleeing a long-lost war. What's more, its crew may be members of Theo's ancient ancestral line--her relatives. It's certain that they are in dire need of help. Theo has a choice to make. It seems that Bechimo's "safe space" is about to become deadly perilous.

Neogenesis

Liaden Universe: Theo Waitley: Book 6

Steve Miller
Sharon Lee

Menace from Back Space Looming out of the Dust of Time

The Complex Logic Laws were the result of a war waged hundreds of years in the past, when two human powers threw massive AI navies at each other and nearly annihilated themselves. Being human, they blamed their tools for this near miss; they destroyed what was left of the sentient ships, and made it illegal to be, manufacture, or shelter an independent logic.

Strangely, however, the Free Ships and other AIs did not turn themselves in or suicide, they merely became wary of humans, and stayed under their scans. A clandestine support network grew up, including hidden yards where smart ships were manufactured, and mentors--humans specially trained to ease a new intelligence into the universe--socialized them, and taught them what they needed to know to survive.

Among those with a stake in the freedom of Independent Logics is Theo Waitley, who is somewhat too famously the captain of intelligent ship Bechimo. Theo's brother, Val Con yos'Phelium, presides over a household that has for a generation employed an AI butler. Recently, he approved the "birth" of the butler's child, who was sent, with human mentor Tolly Jones, to rescue or destroy an orphaned AI abandoned at a remote space station.

Then there's Uncle, the shadowy mastermind from the Old Universe, whose many projects often skirt the boundaries of law, both natural and man-made--and the puppet-masters at the Lyre Institute, whose history is just as murky--and a good deal less honorable.

All have an interest in the newly-awakening Self-Aware Logic that is rumored to have the power to destroy universes.

The question is: Who will get to it first?

Accepting the Lance

Liaden Universe: Theo Waitley: Book 7

Steve Miller
Sharon Lee

Exiled from Liad after bombing a city to save it from The Department of the Interior's infernal weapons and plans, Clan Korval has gone to ground on the back-water planet Surebleak, whose people are as untamed as its weather. The old Boss-controlled fiefdoms largely fell to Pat Rin yos'Phelium's influence, but the world is restive, the influx of outworld lawyers, guns, and money a brewpot for armed dissatisfaction.

Far beyond the surface of frigid Surebleak Korval's farflung trade network needs a serious reset to recover from exile. From flagship Dutiful Passage to the experimental--if centuries old--self-aware Bechimo co-captained by the Delm's blood-sister Theo Waitley, the clan's ships are prowling space lanes seeking trade. Meanwhile, Old Tech from a failed universe--the ancient but revived Tinsori Light--and the machinations of the mysterious Uncle are coalescing into dangerous opportunity or nefarious trap.

And the Department of the Interior is not done with Clan Korval yet. They seek a final fully reckoned revenge, with Surebleak and Korval's ships and people everywhere in the crosshairs.

Mindkiller

Lifehouse: Book 1

Spider Robinson

Wireheads, addicted to an electric current led into the pleasure centers of the brain, are the new junkies. Karen, a former wirehead who barely escaped death by pleasure, is determined to bring down those who sell the wireheading equipment, but she and her lover Joe intead turn up evidence of a shadowy global conspiracy - not to control the world, but to keep anyone from realizing that the masters of mind control have been controllling us all for some time now...

Lord Moon

Lord Moon

Jane Beauclerk

Nebula Award nominated short story. It originally appeared in The Magazine of Fantasy and Science Fiction, April 1965. There are no other known publications at this time.

Lyonesse II and III: The Green Pearl and Madouc

Lyonesse Trilogy

Jack Vance

The Green Pearl and Madouc in a single volume.

Lyonesse: Suldrun's Garden

Lyonesse Trilogy: Book 1

Jack Vance

The Elder Isles, located in what is now the Bay of Biscay off the the coast of Old Gaul, are made up of ten contending kingdoms, all vying with each other for control. At the centre of much of the intrigue is Casmir, the ruthless and ambitious king of Lyonnesse. His beautiful but otherworldly daughter, Suldrun, is part of his plans. He intends to cement an alliance or two by marrying her well. But Suldrun is as determined as he and defies him. Casmir coldly confines her to the overgrown garden that she loves to frequent, and it is here that meets her love and her tragedy unfolds.

Political intrigue, magic, war, adventure and romance are interwoven in a rich and sweeping tale set in a brilliantly realized fabled land.

Lyonesse II: The Green Pearl

Lyonesse Trilogy: Book 2

Jack Vance

In Lyonesse II: The Green Pearl the magical lands of high enchantment - the Elder Isles, the land, long-vanished beneath the ocean, from which King Arthur's ancestors fled to Britain - come to brilliant life again. In this ancient land the realm of chivalry and the world of faerie exist side by side and it is a place of strange beauty, high adventure and eerie magic. Warring kings renew their conflicts, opposing magicians devise ever more strange and sinister stratagems and Madouc, ostensibly the daughter of the ill-fated Princess Suldrun but in reality a changeling, becomes embroiled in political rivalries, military adventures - and the quest for the Grail.

Lyonesse III: Madouc

Lyonesse Trilogy: Book 3

Jack Vance

Set in the magical world of the Elder Isles, this novel describes the adventures of Madouc, ostensibly the daughter of the ill-fated Princess Suldrun, but really the daughter of a faerie. This is the third volume in the "Lyonesse" saga.

Accelerando

Macx Family

Charles Stross

For three generations, the Macz family has struggled to cope with the rampant technological achievements that have rendered humans near obsolete. And mankind's end encroaches even closer when something starts to dismantle the nine planets of the solar system in an effort to annihilate all biological lifeforms.

Read the full novel for free at the author's website.

Magnus Ridolph

Magnus Ridolph

Jack Vance

"Magnus Ridolph didn't look like an interstellar troubleshooter, at first. He was not tall and muscular, ... and his voice and manner seemed far too mild for an adventurer. Yet there was a chill hardness in his mild eyes that warned of the deceptiveness of his appearance..."

This is a collection of all stories featuring Magnus Ridolph, troubleshooter for hire. Invariably those with whom he associates try to either cheat him or take advantage of him, but Magnus Ridolph always comes up with the answer to their problem and, usually with an unexpected twist, manages to collect his full fee from the cheater.

The Many Worlds of Magnus Ridolph

Magnus Ridolph

Jack Vance

Contains:

  • The Kokod Warriors
  • The Unspeakable McInch
  • The Howling Bounders
  • The King of Thieves
  • The Spa of the Stars
  • Coup de Grace
  • The Sub-standard Sardines
  • To B of not to C or to D

The Müller-Fokker Effect

Masters of Science Fiction: Book 14

John Sladek

Bob Shairp--a writer and dreamer--has agreed to be a guinea-pig in a military experiment to find out if his personality can be turned into data and stored on computer. But a computing error quickly destroys Shairp's physical body, leaving his mind stranded in an encoded world. Can the process be reversed?

Smugglers Gold

Merovingen Nights: Book 5

C. J. Cherryh

Spring comes to Merovingen, City of a Thousand Bridges--and the ferment of religious mania threatens hightowners and canalsiders alike. Hugo Award-winning author C.J. Cherryh returns with another stunning collection of tales set amid the winding byways of Merovingen.

Table of Contents:

  • More Than Meets the Eye - novelette by Mercedes Lackey
  • Paper Chase - short story by Roberta Rogow
  • A Fish Story - novelette by Nancy Asire
  • A Harmless Excursion - (1988) - short story by Robert Asprin
  • Mystery - novella by Chris Morris and Janet Morris
  • Smuggler's Gold - novelette by C. J. Cherryh
  • A Day in the Life - novelette by Lynn Abbey
  • Fair Game - novelette by Leslie Fish
  • Merovingian Folklore 101, or, Alarums, Excursions, and Rumors - short story by Mercedes Lackey
  • Golden Rule - poem by Mercedes Lackey
  • The Cats of Jane - poem by Mercedes Lackey
  • Ladies of the Hightown - poem by Mercedes Lackey
  • Dark Lover - poem by Mercedes Lackey
  • Falken Lover - poem by Mercedes Lackey
  • Canalers' Love Song - poem by Mercedes Lackey

Cemetery of Angels

Michael Chandler: Book 1

Noel Hynd

Bill and Rebecca Moore are an ordinary middle-aged couple raising two children in suburban Connecticut when an unsuccessful attempt on Rebecca's life by a mysterious stranger leaves her with an extreme case of post-traumatic stress. To help her recover, Bill suggests a move to southern California where they buy and renovate an old house in a posh neighborhood. It seems, however, that the house hosts a particularly persistent ghost named Ronny, an ex-actor who apparently has emerged from the small private cemetery adjacent to the backyard.

When both children disappear from the house with no sign of forced entry, LAPD gumshoe Ed Van Allen suspects the Moores of murder, although Rebecca gamely tries to convince him the ghost did it.

The Lost Boy

Michael Chandler: Book 2

Noel Hynd

In the small Connecticut town of Wiltshire, James Corbett, senior member of a local outlaw family, has been hideously murdered. For Ellen Wilder, editor of the local newspaper, the gruesome killing is as disturbing as the irrational fears that have suddenly woven themselves into her mind and left her doubting her own sanity. For state police detective Michael Chandler, whose haunting near-death experience has left him with an uncanny way of sensing things, the murder is only a hint of what is to come.

But nothing could have prepared either of them for the return of Franny Corbett. A hulking child of a man and the blackest sheep in a family of black sheep, his eerie presence may have ushered in all of these bizarre and frightening events. Soon the town of Wiltshire will be shaken again. For in a car sunk beneath the surface of a glimmering blue lake, floats another body.

And the killing has just begun...

The Tolkien Companion

Middle Earth

J. E. A. Tyler

Between 1932 and 1953, Professor John Ronald Reuel Tolkien, of Oxford, England, translated four volumes compiled by the renowned Hobbits Bilbo and Frodo Baggins, written during the Third Age of Middle Earth, far longer ago than the Celtic, Germanic and Icelandic manuscripts Professor Tolkien was used to deciphering. The result was The Hobbit, and readers have never been the same since.

In 1954, seventeen years after The Hobbit first appeared, its sequel, The Lord of the Rings was published, and it became the centerpiece of Tolkien's work. The Ring Epic covers approximately ten thousand years, and contains a vast amount of information as well as a huge variety of words and names which Tolkien translated from the Elvish and Mannish tongues. THE TOLKIEN COMPANION is an impressive endeavor to guide one through the world of Middle Earth, compiling every fact, name, word, and date from all the works into one comprehensive and accessible volume.

Here, in one source, is the High History of the Elven peoples. The origins of Morgoth the Enemy is clarified, as is his Fall, and the subsequent rise to power of Sauron the Great, Lord of the Rings. The heroic epic of how the Free Peoples--Elves, Men, Ents, Dwarves, and Hobbits--survived against the Peril of the Ancient World is meticulously detailed. And a guide to the various Elvish writing systems, together with explanatory maps, charts, even genealogical tables, bring the remarkable genius of Tolkien and the unforgettable world and wonder of Middle Earth to life with focus and accuracy. Presented in alphabetical order for quick and easy reference, THE TOLKIEN COMPANION is an indispensable accompaniment for anyone who embarks on the reading journey of a lifetime.

Octavia E. Butler

Modern Masters of Science Fiction: Book 9

Gerry Canavan

"I began writing about power because I had so little," Octavia E. Butler once said. Butler's life as an African American woman--an alien in American society and among science fiction writers -- informed the powerful works that earned her an ardent readership and acclaim both inside and outside science fiction.

Gerry Canavan offers a critical and holistic consideration of Butler's career. Drawing on Butler's personal papers, Canavan tracks the false starts, abandoned drafts, tireless rewrites, and real-life obstacles that fed Butler's frustrations and launched her triumphs. Canavan departs from other studies to approach Butler first and foremost as a science fiction writer working within, responding to, and reacting against the genre's particular canon.

The result is an illuminating study of how an essential SF figure shaped themes, unconventional ideas, and an unflagging creative urge into brilliant works of fiction.

The Planet Dweller

Moosevan: Book 1

Jane Palmer

Diana hears the voice of Moosevan, an entity who inhabits a distant planet, in her head. Her world is threatened and she wants Diana's help. Yuri believes her, though he's usually drunk, in charge of a ten inch reflector and has a bizarre theory about the movement of the asteroids. Then two cosmic intelligences decide to help. They may understand the Universe, but mere mortals are beyond them.

The Book of Atrus

Myst: Book 1

Rand Miller
Robyn Miller
David Wingrove

The ages of Myst are worlds of adventure and awe; of mystery and beauty; of intrigue and betrayal. The world's best-selling CD-ROM game is just a piece of the picture. Now, take a step into the fictional legend of Myst.

These pages are your link to the story of Atrus, son of Gehn, and the last of the race of D'Ni -- the masters of The Art, the craft of linking to other worlds through the descriptive art of writing in special books. For most of his young life, Atrus thought the stories his grandmother told him were just strange legends. Then his time came to explore the magnificent underground realm...

The Book of Atrus is a tale of son against father; of truth versus evil; and of love and redemption. You will travel to wonderful new ages and have all your questions answered -- for this story ends where the world of the MYST game just begins.

The Book of Ti'ana

Myst: Book 2

Rand Miller
David Wingrove

The ages of Myst are worlds of adventure and awe; of mystery and beauty; of intrigue and betrayal. You have seen a glimpse of the picture, and know the history of Catherine and Atrus. Now take a step further in the fictional legend of Myst.

These pages are your link to the story of Ti'ana--known among humans as Anna--the first woman from the outside world to enter the domain of the D'ni. She wandered into a place she never should have seen, and her intelligence and wisdom surprised some. And terrified others. When one young lord befriends her, then marries her, all layers of D'ni society are shaken. But no one realizes just how deeply.

The Book of Ti'ana is a tale of friend versus friend; of virtue against evil, and of trust and betrayal. It is a story that many do not want told. For you will watch as the unimaginable comes to pass, and only one is left to carry on the legacy.

The Book of D'ni

Myst: Book 3

Rand Miller
David Wingrove

The ages of Myst are worlds of adventure and awe; of mystery and beauty; of intrigue and betrayal. You have seen a glimpse of the images, and know the histories of Catherine, Atrus, and Ti'Ana. Now, take a step further into the fictional legend and origins of Myst.

These pages are your link to the story of Eedrah, son of Jethhe Ro'Jethhe, lord of Terahnee--Eedrah's ethereal homeland. Atrus and Catherine set out to rebuild D'Ni and stumble into his world of spectacular waterfalls, lush fields, rich music, and astonishingly beautiful architecture. Everything is perfect, this is a world they could scarcely imagine. But when a boy gets sick, only a prophecy and some fate can shape Terahnee's destiny.

Myst: The Book of D'ni is a tale of one man against a powerful legacy; of integrity against corruption; and of love and valor. It is the story that has been kept secret for thousands of years. And with good reason, for you will watch as the unthinkable comes to light, and only one man's life and vision is the key to salvation of a culture.

Defilers

Necroscope: Book 12

Brian Lumley

Jake Cutter is reluctantly learning how to be a Necroscope--how to use the Mobius continuum to travel instantaneously from place to place, how to talk to the dead--but dead humans don't like him much. It seems Jake's got a hitchhiker named Korath. Since Korath holds the key to the Mobius equations, Jake can't just kick him out... though he's certainly trying.

Jake's not sure he really wants to be a member of E-Branch, the supersecret ESP-powered organization that's dedicated to eradicating the vampire infestation of Earth. To the freewheeling, passionate Jake, the E-Branchers seem a little stuffy and hidebound--except for the lovely Liz, whom Jake wants to get to know better, body and mind. But Liz is a telepath, and if Jake's not careful, she'll find out about Korath. And that will likely be the end of Jake Cutter.

In Australia, Jake helped E-Branch destroy the aerie of the mind-master , Nephtam Malinari, one of a trio of Great Vampires who came to Earth from the vampire world. Malinari escaped and went to ground with the hideously beautiful Lady Vavara. Vavara has taken over a holy monastary on a beautiful Greek island and turned the nuns into most unholy creature with fearsome appetites for all things carnal.

Jake wants revenge against the Italian mobsters who killed the woman he loved and nearly killed him. As far as he's concerned, E-Branch can search for Malinari, Vavara, and the metamorphic Lord Szwart without him until he's satisfied his own bloodlust. But it seems vampire hunting is truly Jake's job now--the men he's trying to kill aren't men at all, but vampire spawn, hidden for two generations in human guise! To defeat them, Jake will need every weapon in a Necroscope's arsenal, including the power to all the unsleeping dead out of their moldering graves.

Night Gallery

Night Gallery: Book 1

Rod Serling

Contents:

  • ix - Foerword (Night Gallery) - essay by Scott Skelton and Jim Benson
  • 1 - The Sole Survivor - (1971) - novelette
  • 21 - Make Me Laugh - (1971) - novelette
  • 45 - Pamela's Voice - (1971) - shortstory
  • 56 - Does the Name Grimsby Do Anything to You? - (1971) - novelette
  • 75 - Clean Kills and Other Trophies - (1971) - novelette
  • 102 - They're Tearing Down Tim Riley's Bar - (1971) - novelette

Night Gallery 2

Night Gallery: Book 2

Rod Serling

Contents:

  • ix - Foreword (Night Gallery 2) - essay by Jim Benson and Scott Skelton
  • 1 - Collector's Items - (1972) - shortfiction
  • 31 - The Messiah on Mott Street - (1972) - shortfiction
  • 62 - The Different Ones - (1972) - shortfiction
  • 78 - Lindemann's Catch - (1972) - shortfiction
  • 102 - Suggestion - (1972) - shortstory

Rod Serling's Night Gallery Reader

Night Gallery: Book 3

Martin H. Greenberg

Table of Contents:

  • ix - Introduction (Rod Serling's Night Gallery Reader) - essay by Carol Serling
  • 1 - The Escape Route - (1967) - novella by Rod Serling
  • 71 - The Dead Man - (1950) - novelette by Fritz Leiber
  • 104 - The Little Black Bag - (1950) - novelette by C. M. Kornbluth
  • 138 - The House - (1932) - short story by André Maurois (trans. of La maison 1931)
  • 141 - The Boy Who Predicted Earthquakes - (1950) - short story by Margaret St. Clair
  • 152 - The Academy - (1965) - short story by David Ely
  • 163 - The Devil Is Not Mocked - (1943) - short story by Manly Wade Wellman
  • 171 - Brenda - (1954) - short story by Margaret St. Clair
  • 184 - Big Surprise - (1959) - short story by Richard Matheson
  • 191 - House--With Ghost - (1962) - short story by August Derleth
  • 199 - The Dark Boy - (1957) - short story by August Derleth
  • 215 - Pickman's Model - (1927) - short story by H. P. Lovecraft
  • 230 - Cool Air - (1928) - short story by H. P. Lovecraft
  • 240 - Sorworth Place - [Ralph Bain] - (1952) - novelette by Russell Kirk
  • 261 - The Return of the Sorcerer - [Cthulhu Mythos] - (1931) - short story by Clark Ashton Smith
  • 279 - The Girl with the Hungry Eyes - (1949) - short story by Fritz Leiber
  • 297 - The Horsehair Trunk - (1946) - short story by Davis Grubb
  • 308 - The Ring with the Velvet Ropes - (1968) - short story by Edward D. Hoch

Nopalgarth

Nopalgarth

Jack Vance

Omnibus edition: The Brains of Earth (novella) aka Nopalgarth

  • The Houses of Iszm
  • Son of the Tree

Son of the Tree

Nopalgarth: Book 1

Jack Vance

Original publication: Thrilling Wonder Stories, 1951. Also appeared in Ace Double F-265 and #77525.

The Tree ruled the horizons, shouldered aside the clouds, and wore thunder and lightning like a wreath of tinsels- it had come to be worshipped by the first marveling settlers on Kyril". Joe Smith arrives from Earth and soon is caught up in a political plot between opposing worlds. Ultimately he discovers the true, horrific nature of The Tree of Life...

The Houses of Iszm

Nopalgarth: Book 2

Jack Vance

Original publication: Startling Stories, 1954. It also appeared as half of Ace Double F-265 and #77525.

The people of Iszm live in homes which are alive. Their dwellings are elaborate, hollow trees, wherein the very walls, floors- even furniture and plumbing- are all part of a living plant. For decades, inhabitants of other worlds, including Earth, have been trying to steal a female house seed, but every attempt has failed. This is the story of a most ingenious plot to carry off a prize worth billions: one seed from the Houses of Iszm.

Clermont

Northanger Horrid: Book 2

Regina Maria Roche

Clermont is the story of Madeline, a porcelain doll of a Gothic heroine, who lives in seclusion from society with her father, Clermont, whose past is shrouded in mystery. One stormy night, their solitude is interrupted by a benighted traveller, a Countess who turns out to be a friend from Clermont's past.

Madeline goes to live with the Countess to receive her education, but her new idyllic life soon turns into a shocking nightmare. Ruffians attack the gentle Countess, and Madeline is assaulted in a gloomy crypt. And to make matters worse, a sinister stranger appears, threatening to reveal the bloody truth of Clermont's past unless Madeline marries him. Can she avoid the snares of her wily pursuers, solve the mystery of her father's past, and win the love of her dear De Sevignie?

This edition of Clermont includes the unabridged text of the novel, based on the first edition of 1798, as well as a new introduction and other supplementary materials.

The Necromancer; or, The Tale of the Black Forest

Northanger Horrid: Book 4

Ludwig Flammenberg

"The hurricane was howling, the hailstones beating against windows, the hoarse croaking of the raven bidding adieu to autumn, and the weather-cock's dismal creaking joined with the mournful dirge of the solitary owl..."

The Necromancer consists of a series of interconnected stories, all centering on the enigmatic figure of Volkert the Necromancer. Filled with murder, ghosts, and dark magic, and featuring a delirious and dizzying plot that almost defies comprehension, The Necromancer is one of the strangest horror novels ever written.

One of the earliest Gothic bestsellers, The Necromancer was first published in 1794, and after more than two centuries still retains the power to thrill and fascinate readers. This edition includes a new preface which reveals for the first time ever the true identity of The Necromancer's author, as well as an original critical essay by Jeffrey Cass, analysing the novel from a modern queer theory standpoint. The complete text of three contemporary reviews and helpful annotations are also included to further enhance this edition.

Hail Hibbler

Odd Jobs, Inc.: Book 2

Ron Goulart

His name was Adolph Hibbler and he had escaped the doom of Hitler's Reich by inventing the cryogenic deep freeze long before the rest of the world. As a human icicle he had been just a circus sideshow for many decades until he finally thawed our--in the 21st Century.

The trouble began with a series of mysterious events and the government had to call in Odd Jobs, Inc. But when Jake and Hildy Pace started uncovering the clues the found on odder job than any previous capers.

There were the lost cassetes fo the world's greatest sex fiend to locate. There were model planes that fired real bullets. There was the army of baby-doll killers.
And there were the revolutionary gas station attendants and the Arabian shiek who had ignited them.

Only Odd Jobs, Inc. could have connected all these cockeyed clues and come up with Hibbler. When they did ti sure looked as if they--and the world-- were on a spinoff orbit into infinite disaster!

The Science of Herself

Outspoken Authors: Book 12

Karen Joy Fowler

Widely respected in the so-called "mainstream" for her New York Times bestselling novels, Karen Joy Fowler is also a formidable, often controversial, and always exuberant presence in Science Fiction. Here she debuts a provocative new story written especially for this series. Set in the days of Darwin, "The Science of Herself" is a marvelous hybrid of SF and historical fiction: the almost-true story of England's first female paleontologist who took on the Victorian old-boy establishment armed with only her own fierce intelligence--and an arsenal of dino bones.

Plus... "The Pelican Bar," a homely tale of family ties that makes Guantánamo look like summer camp; "The Further Adventures of the Invisible Man," a droll tale of sports, shoplifting and teen sex; and "The Motherhood Statement," a quietly angry upending of easy assumptions that shows off Fowler's deep radicalism and impatience with conservative homilies and liberal pieties alike.

And Featuring: our Outspoken Interview in which Fowler prophesies California's fate, reveals the role of bad movies in good marriages, and intimates that girls just want to have fun (which means make trouble).

Table of Contents:

  • The Science of Herself - (2013)
  • The Motherhood Statement - (2013) - essay by Karen Joy Fowler
  • The Pelican Bar - (2009)
  • More Exuberant Than Is Stristly Tasteful - (2013) - interview of Karen Joy Fowler by Terry Bisson
  • The Further Adventures of the Invisible Man - (2002)
  • Bibliography
  • About the Author

Killer

paperbacks from hell: Book 17

Peter Tonkin

They were caught in the ultimate trap. They faced the ultimate terror.

Five men and one beautiful woman. Marooned on a floating island of arctic ice. Together they had the equipment and skills to fight the freezing cold, the violently savage storms.

Then suddenly from the angry seas the jaws of horror opened wide as nature's deadliest creature rose from the depth--a huge killer whale of enormous intelligence, incredible power, indestructible endurance, ravenous for human prey....

Liege-Killer

Paratwa Saga: Book 1

Christopher Hinz

Two hundred years after a nuclear apocalypse forced humanity to flee earth, humans still remember the most feared warriors of that planet—-the Paratwa, genetically modified killers who occupy two bodies controlled by one vicious mind. The legendary Paratwa named Reemul, known as the Liege-Killer, was the strongest of them all. Now someone has revived Reemul from stasis and sent him to terrorize the peaceful orbital colonies of Earth. Is this an isolated incident, or has the one who unleashed this terrible power announced a gambit for control over the entire human race?

Dying in the Sun

Past Doctor Adventures: Book 47

Jon de Burgh Miller

The Doctor finds himself in Hollywood where a fantastic new movie that's playing in town is everything each one of its viewers ever wanted from a film. But the ex-fiance of the new movie's producer thinks the film is evil, and risks her life to prevent its screening. Then a friend of the Doctor's is found murdered, and his death seems linked to the activities of a secret society, FOCAL.

The Time Travellers

Past Doctor Adventures: Book 75

Simon Guerrier

When the TARDIS touches down in London, 2006, schoolteachers Ian and Barbara are eager to explore their own future. But they have arrived in the middle of a war, a war that has left London a ruin. Mistaken for vagrants, and with no way of proving otherwise, the Doctor's granddaughter and companions find themselves in the execution block on the Isle of Dogs.

The First Doctor has no choice but to help the military refine its ultimate weapon. The British Army has discovered time travel. And the consequences are already terrible.

The Pioneer

Pioneer Series: Book 1

Bridget Tyler

When Jo steps onto planet Tau Ceti e for the first time, she's ready to put the past behind her and begin again. After all, as a pioneer, she has the job of helping build a new home away from Earth.

But underneath the idyllic surface of their new home, there's something very wrong. And when Jo accidentally uncovers a devastating secret that could destroy everything they've worked for, suddenly the future doesn't seem so bright.

With the fate of the pioneers in her hands, Jo must decide how far she's willing to go to expose the truth--before the truth destroys them all.

The Survivor

Pioneer Series: Book 2

Bridget Tyler

Earth is uninhabitable. Tau is our home now.

With that terrifying message, Jo and her family learned the truth: They are trapped forever on Tau Ceti e.

But the planet's current occupants--the Sorrow--are not interested in sharing. The fragile peace Jo negotiated abruptly shatters, and soon a bloody battle is raging between the Sorrow and the Pioneers. As tensions rise, the survival of everyone Jo cares for seems less likely by the second.

When a betrayal that shocks Jo to her core threatens to wipe out both Sorrow and human life, Jo must find the strength to speak up once more--and bridge the gaps between all the warring factions--or lose forever the only home left to her.

Ports of Call

Ports of Call: Book 1

Jack Vance

Myron Tany is an unhappy young economist until his flamboyant great-aunt lets him captain her space yacht on an interstellar hunt for a clinic rumored to restore youth. But when a disagreement with Dame Hester leaves Myron stranded on a distant planet, he signs on as supercargo aboard the tramp freighter Glicca. He travels the exotic worlds of the Gaean Reach, finding adventure or misadventure at every touchdown.

Jack Vance, grandmaster of lighthearted space opera, shapes a picaresque tale of adventure, romance, humor, and youth's eternal yearning to see the wonders that lie beyond the horizon.

Lurulu

Ports of Call: Book 2

Jack Vance

Rejoin the adventures of Myron Tany, rebellious scion of a wealthy family, as he tours the Galaxy on a very questionable interstellar freighter, in a crew of actors, musicians, thieves and other ne'er-do-wells.

A Kiss Before the Apocalypse

Remy Chandler: Book 1

Thomas E. Sniegoski

Generations ago, angel Remiel chose to renounce heaven and live on Earth. He found a place among ordinary humans by converting himself into Boston P.I. Remy Chandler, but he can never tell anyone who he was or that he still has angelic powers. Remy can will himself invisible, speak and understand any foreign language (including any animal language), and hear the thoughts of others.

All these secret powers come in handy for a private investigator, especially when the Angel of Death goes missing and he's assigned to find him. As he gets deeper into the investigation, he realizes this is not a missing persons case but a conspiracy to destroy the human race and only Remy has the powers to stop the forces of evil.

Dancing on the Head of a Pin

Remy Chandler: Book 2

Thomas E. Sniegoski

Still mourning the loss of his wife, fallen angel Remy Chandler has immersed himself in investigating dangerous supernatural cases. His latest: the theft of a cache of ancient weaponry stolen from a collector who deals in antiquities of a dark and dubious nature. The weapons, Remy knows, were forged eons ago and imbued with unimaginable power. And if they fall into the wrong hands, they could be used to destroy not only Heaven but also Earth.

Where Angels Fear to Tread

Remy Chandler: Book 3

Thomas E. Sniegoski

Six year-old Zoe York has been taken and her mother has come to Remy for help. She shows him crude, childlike drawings that she claims are Zoe's visions of the future, everything leading up to her abduction, and some beyond. Like the picture of a man with wings who would come and save her-a man who is an angel.

Zoe's preternatural gifts have made her a target for those who wish to exploit her power to their own destructive ends. The search will take Remy to dark places he would rather avoid. But to save an innocent, Remy will ally himself with a variety of lesser evils-and his soul may pay the price...

A Hundred Words for Hate

Remy Chandler: Book 4

Thomas E. Sniegoski

Once he was known as the angel Remiel, but generations ago Boston PI Remy Chandler chose to renounce Heaven and live on Earth, where he found a secure place among us ordinary humans...

As an Angel, Remy Chandler possesses powers and skills he puts to good use in his chosen profession--but only if the situation calls for it. And the sudden reappearance of the Garden of Eden is definitely one such situation, since the seemingly benevolent Sons of Adam want him to find the Key to the Gates of Eden. But there are those who want the Gates to stay shut, for there is something terrible and dangerous buried in the Garden...

Caught between two warring factions of immortals, Remy must decide how to proceed: find the Key, or not? Desperate for help, he turns to a very old acquaintance--a fallen angel who is sometimes friend, sometimes foe, and always deadly.

In the House of the Wicked

Remy Chandler: Book 5

Thomas E. Sniegoski

Once he was known as the angel Remiel, but generations ago Boston PI Remy Chandler chose to renounce Heaven and live on Earth, where he found a secure place among us ordinary humans....

Though he may appear human, Remy has always been able to rely on Remiel--the embodiment of his angelic nature--whenever the situation calls for it. But now his human and angelic natures are sharing the same space, and Remy can feel himself becoming more and more volatile, no matter how hard he tries to control it.

Then Ashley Berg, a young woman who is like a daughter to him, vanishes without a trace. Dropping everything, Remy plunges into a frantic search for her, hoping all the while that her disappearance has nothing to do with him--or what he is.

But his hope is short-lived. A once-formidable sorcerer has taken her. The man wants vengeance against those he believes have wronged him--and Remy will be the instrument of his wrath... or Ashley will most certainly die.

Walking in the Midst of Fire

Remy Chandler: Book 6

Thomas E. Sniegoski

Once he was known as the angel Remiel, but generations ago, Boston PI Remy Chandler chose to renounce Heaven and live on Earth, where he found a secure place among ordinary humans....

Remy Chandler has found a new love--and his best human friend is reluctantly coming to grips with Remy's "unusual" abilities. He's finally reached a kind of peace between his true angelic nature and the human persona he created for himself so long ago.

But Heaven and the Legions of the Fallen still stand on the brink of war. When one of Heaven's greatest generals is murdered, it falls to Remy to discover who--or what--might be responsible, which could trigger a final conflict that would consume the Earth.

The deeper he digs, the further he goes into a dark world of demonic assassins, secret brothels, and things unsettling even to a being who has lived for eternity. But it is not in his nature--angelic or human--to quit, no matter the personal price....

A Deafening Silence In Heaven

Remy Chandler: Book 7

Thomas E. Sniegoski

He was once known as the angel Remiel. But, generations ago, Boston PI Remy Chandler renounced Heaven and chose to live on Earth, hiding among us humans, fighting to save our souls...

Remy Chandler is hovering on the brink of death, surrounded by friends who are trying to ward off those who would take advantage of his vulnerability. Unbeknownst to them, the greatest threat to Remy is one they can't fight--God himself. The Almighty dispatches Remy far beyond their reach, to an alternate universe where there has been an apocalyptic catastrophe: the Unification.

Only as he hunts down the source of this calamity, it becomes clearer and clearer that the person responsible for the tragedy may have been none other than Remy himself.

And while he searches for a way to stop his world from following in the footsteps of the doomed alternate reality, enemies are massing in his universe. For the Unification is at hand and, this time, Remy may be powerless to affect its outcome...

The Hawley Book of the Dead

Revelation Quartet: Book 1

Chrysler Szarlan

In the tradition of The Night Circus and A Discovery of Witches, The Hawley Book of the Dead is the kind of novel that makes you believe that magic really exists.

An old house surrounded by acres of forest.

A place of secrets, mysteries and magic.

This is where Reve Dyer hopes to keep herself and her children safe.

But a mysterious figure has haunted Reve for over a decade. And now Reve knows that this person is on her trail again.

In Hawley, where the magic of her ancestors reigns, Reve must unlock the secrets of the Hawley Book of the Dead before it's too late...

When the Dream Dies

Rim World: Book 4

A. Bertram Chandler

Appeared in Ace Double F-117 (1961) as Rendezvous on a Lost World.

When a freighter captain stuck on a dead end run at the far end of the galaxy gets a chance to own his own ship - however old and obsolete she may be - he and his crew start to dream big dreams.

Bring Back Yesterday

Rim World: Book 5

A. Bertram Chandler

Originally appeared in Ace Double D-517 (1961).

Second Officer John Peterson is finished as far as the Galactic clippers are concerned. Branded a deserter, stranded on Carinthia and desperate for a job, there are few places left to go.

Private detective Steve Vynalek needs Petersen. Has a fanatical scientist on the planet Wenceslaus really found a way to beat the time travel problem, a way to bring back yesterday?

The Philosopher's Flight

Robert Weekes: Book 1

Tom Miller

A thrilling debut from ER doctor turned novelist Tom Miller, The Philosopher's Flight is an epic historical fantasy set in a World-War-I-era America where magic and science have blended into a single extraordinary art.

Eighteen-year-old Robert Weekes is a practitioner of empirical philosophy--an arcane, female-dominated branch of science used to summon the wind, shape clouds of smoke, heal the injured, and even fly. Though he dreams of fighting in the Great War as the first male in the elite US Sigilry Corps Rescue and Evacuation Service--a team of flying medics--Robert is resigned to mixing batches of philosophical chemicals and keeping the books for the family business in rural Montana, where his mother, a former soldier and vigilante, aids the locals.

When a deadly accident puts his philosophical abilities to the test, Robert rises to the occasion and wins a scholarship to study at Radcliffe College, an all-women's school. At Radcliffe, Robert hones his skills and strives to win the respect of his classmates, a host of formidable, unruly women.

Robert falls hard for Danielle Hardin, a disillusioned young war hero turned political radical. However, Danielle's activism and Robert's recklessness attract the attention of the same fanatical anti-philosophical group that Robert's mother fought years before. With their lives in mounting danger, Robert and Danielle band together with a team of unlikely heroes to fight for Robert's place among the next generation of empirical philosophers--and for philosophy's very survival against the men who would destroy it.

In the tradition of Lev Grossman and Deborah Harkness, Tom Miller writes with unrivaled imagination, ambition, and humor. The Philosopher's Flight is both a fantastical reimagining of American history and a beautifully composed coming-of-age tale for anyone who has ever felt like an outsider.

The Philosopher's War

Robert Weekes: Book 2

Tom Miller

The second book in the thrilling series that began with The Philosopher's Flight finds Robert Canderelli Weekes as a rookie Rescue and Evacuation flier on the front lines of World War I in France. He came to save lives, but has no idea how far he'll have to go to win the war.

Thanks to a stunning flying performance and a harrowing shootout in the streets of Boston, Robert Canderelli Weekes's lifelong dream has come true: he's the first male allowed to join the US Sigilry Corps's Rescue and Evacuation service, an elite, all-woman team of flying medics.

But as he deploys to France during the waning days of the Great War, Sigilwoman Third-Class Canderelli learns that carrying the injured from the front lines to the field hospital is not the grand adventure he imagined. His division, full of misfits and renegades, is stretched the breaking point and has no patience for a man striving to prove himself. Slowly, Robert wins their trust and discovers his comrades are plotting to end the Great War by outlawed philosophical means.

Robert becomes caught up in their conspiracy, running raids in enemy territory and uncovering vital intelligence. Friends old and new will need his help with a dangerous scheme that just might win the war overnight and save a few million lives. But the German smokecarvers have plans of their own: a devastating all-out attack that threatens to destroy the Corps and France itself. Naturally, Robert is trapped right in the thick of it.

Return to Rocheworld

Rocheworld: Book 2

Robert L. Forward
Julie Forward Fuller

Hard SF by the author of Rocheworld and his daughter. When the first interstellar expedition reached Barnard's Star, explorers found a bizarre double planet populated by hyperintelligent water-dwellers. Soon a new aquatic race is discovered--intelligent but unfriendly beings whose territorial instincts make them attack any creature that intrudes on their domain.

Rescued From Paradise

Rocheworld: Book 5

Robert L. Forward
Julie Forward Fuller

Terrans Go Home!

The first interstellar expedition successfully reached Barnard's Star and its amazing double-planet - Rocheworld - and made contact with the flouwen, intelligent aquatic beings with a talent for higher mathematics and a love of surfing. The flouwen joined with the humans to explore the rest of Barnard's planets and moons. When a landing craft carrying ten humans and three flouwen crashlanded on a habitable moon - Eden - the team was marooned on Eden with no hope of rescue until decades later when a second expedition was scheduled from Earth.

Not having another option, the marooned explorers settled down to make the moon their home, befriending the indigenous inhabitants, exploring, learning to live off the land, and, most important, raising families. They struggled to survive natural disasters and unexpected attacks from the sea. The years passed.

A new generation grows up hearing of Earth and its technology as a dim legen, and thinking of Eden as their natural home.

When the Second Expedition finally arrives, its leader announces that he has orders to rescue all the survivors. But twenty-five years have passed. Who of the original members of the expedition will survive to see Earth again, and what new sort of human now waits on Eden to be... Rescued From Paradise?

The Life and Astonishing Adventures of John Daniel

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 1

Ralph Morris

Also Published as: A Narrative of the Life and Astonishing Adventures of John Daniel, a Smith at Royston in Hertfordshire, For a Course of Seventy Years.

In which Daniel is shipwrecked on an Island south of Java, his industrious Robinsonade life being transformed when his companion turns out to be a woman, with whom he has eleven children; as the children grow, Sex issues are resolved by incest. Daniel's son, Jacob, invents a flying machine capable of Space Flight; father and son undertake a realistically-described Fantastic Voyage to the Moon, where they encounter an Alien civilization, and a ur-Food Pill in the shape of a leaf which relieves hunger and thirst. On their return to Earth, they discover on a Pacific Island a race of benign Monsters, the consequence of cross-breeding between humans and intelligent creatures from the deeps. Further adventures ensue, in Lapland and elsewhere; Daniel then returns to England to tell his tale to "Ralph Morris".

A Voyage to Cacklogallinia

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 4

Captain Samuel Brunt

A Voyage to Cacklogallinia; With a Description of the Religion, Policy, Customs and Manners, of That Country

The novel itself is best understood as a Satire on British politics, commerce, and culture of the times (1727).

The novel takes Captain Brunt first to an unknown Caribbean Island inhabited by immense talking fowl and then to the Moon, a venue in which the spirits of humans from Earth await further passage, and act as god-wards.

Gulliver Joi

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 5

Elbert Perce

Gulliver Joi: His Three Voyages; Being an Account of His Marvelous Adventures in Kailoo, Hydrogenia and Ejario.

Contents:

  • Voyage to Kailoo - (1851) - novella
  • Voyage to Hydrogenia - (1851) - novella
  • Voyage to Ejario - (1851) - novella

The Consolidator, Or Memoirs of Sundry Transactions from the World of the Moon

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 6

Daniel Defoe

The Consolidator, or Memoirs of Sundry Transactions from the World in the Moon, translated from the Lunar Language by Daniel Defoe.

The Consolidator is at once early science fiction in the form of an early voyage to the moon, a satire on the moral and intellectual currents of the time, a tongue-in-cheek praise of China's contribution to world knowledge, and a Whiggish version of the historical events of the previous 45 years.

A Daring Trip to Mars

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 7

Max Valier

"A Daring Trip to Mars", which traces with considerable engineering detail a stress-fraught voyage to the Moon and then Mars, which they able only to orbit due to fuel problems.

Trips to the Moon

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 8

Lucian of Samosata

Lucian travels with fifty companions to the Moon, where they become embroiled in a space war; they then fly past the Sun and back to Earth, where they land in the sea and are soon swallowed by an enormous whale, from which they escape and visit various Islands, where Lucian's fertile imagination piles marvel upon lunatic marvel, and simultaneously mocks them.

Daybreak: A Romance of an Old World

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 9

James Cowan

Daybreak: A Romance of an Old World (1896), features an ambulatory Moon which after falling into the Pacific Ocean makes it possible for the narrator of the tale, with companions, to fly to Mars in a Balloon, where they discover a new defence of Christianity in the form of parallel Evolution and multiple incarnations of Christ.

The Conquest of the Moon: A Story of the Bayouda

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 10

Andre Laurie

The Conquest of the Moon: A Story of the Bayouda 1889), in which plans are made to drag the Moon from its orbit to land in the Sahara Desert, where its resources can be plundered; but the executors of the plan are drawn to the Moon instead.

The History of a Voyage to the Moon

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 11

Chrysostom Trueman

The tale itself is divided into two parts.

In "The Voyage", the protagonists learn how to create a new Power Source - an Antigravity element capable of propelling the Spaceship they have had constructed by an eccentric Inventor - and travel to the Moon.

In part two, "The Ideal Life", they discover a Utopia inhabited by "amnesiac reincarnations of select Earthmen", four feet tall, communitarian, pacific. Transportation is via giant roc-like birds. The protagonists, in strong contrast to the behaviour of most visitors to other worlds in the nineteenth century, neither leave nor destroy the world they have discovered.

To the Moon and Back in Ninety Days

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 12

John Young Brown

The protagonist of the SF novel, To the Moon and Back in Ninety Days: A Thrilling Narrative of Blended Science and Adventure (1922), hitches a ride on a spaceship powered by an Antigravity device, and goes to the Moon. The discovery of Selenites there turns out to be a hoax but the trip was real.

Told in a documentary style, it is profusely illustrated with photos and diagrams, including photos of the spacecraft and space-suited astronauts. Indeed, the books contains a remarkably detailed description of a working space suit (Including a photo!).

Pioneers of Space: A Trip to the Moon, Mars, and Venus

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 13

George Adamski

A mundain SF novel that sets the stage for the early rounds of the contact phenomenon.

A Christmas Dinner with the Man in the Moon

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 14

Washington Gladden

Washington Gladden was a noted clergyman, theologian and social reformer whose many books on these subjects were highly respected. It may have come as a surprise to his admirers to find this delightful fantasy, first published in a children's magazine in 1880. And although Gladden was writing with tongue clearly in cheek, he displays a good knowledge of and appreciation for technology, science and astronomy. Indeed, this story contains one of the first mentions of the need of a life support system for lunar explorers.

Drowsy

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 15

J. A. Mitchell

Drowsy (1917), is a sentimental love story whose outcome is a child Telepath who, after maturing into an early Superman figure, discovers Antigravity and builds a spaceship, visiting the Moon and Mars, the latter of which is inhabited by humanoid Aliens.

The Moon Colony

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 16

William Dixon Bell

The Moon Colony (1937), in which the protagonists, adventurously travelling to the Moon, find there a Planetary Romance-style colony, complete with giant grasshoppers which can be ridden like horses.

Julian Epworth the head of secret service for Atlantic Pacific Airlines and his co-pilot Billy pursue a huge sky pirate zeppelin about to steal 1 million dollars in gold.

A fast paced ultra modern sci-fi adventure: planes being shot out of the sky, air pirates in liquid fueled planes, a mad scientists Herman Toplinsky scheming to colonize the moon is the leader of the sky jackers. Toplinsky has captured Julian, Billy and stowaway Joan, Julian"s sister, they are all off to the Moon, only to be greeted by an army of mammoth cricket-shaped creatures in military formation, large as a man, with six legs and two sharp antennas, holding steel pointed lances. Riding on top of the cricket creatures are men-shaped humps, small bodies with legs and arms, and an enormous knotty projection for their heads, seeing through large wide eyes, and this is only the beginning.

The Moon Conquerors

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 17

R. H. Romans

"The Moon Conquerors" is a Space Opera implausibly involving the Moon, though the tale is notable for the suggestion of an electromagnetic drive to launch a Spaceship to the Moon.

Its companion piece, "The War of the Planets" is presented as the text of a work discovered on the Moon. It is the first novel describing the history of the solar system and how a black race established 'human' life on Earth about 30,000 years ago in Africa.

Romans' book is also a uniquely science fictional plea for racial tolerance.

To Mars via the Moon: An Astronomical Story

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 18

Mark Wicks

To Mars Via the Moon: An Astronomical Story (1911) recounts the construction of a Spaceship capable of taking its bereaved solitary builder first to the Moon and then to Mars, which is described in accordance with the theories of Percival Lowell; here he finds a Utopia, and the Reincarnation of his dead son. He remains on Mars.

A Plunge into Space

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 20

Robert Cromie

A group of scientific adventurers builds a space ship for the purpose of exploring Mars. The motor device is a shield that protects against earth's gravity while being attracted to Mars. On the return ship they discover a stowaway -- a Martian girl.

Doctor Omega

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 22

Arnould Galopin

France, 1905. In a quiet Normandy village, amateur violinist Denis Borel meets a mysterious white-haired scientist known only as Doctor Omega, who is building an amazing spacecraft, the Cosmos. Doctor Omega invites Borel to accompany him on his maiden voyage - to Mars!

Doctor Omega: A Classic Tale of Space and Time, in which the ingenious, only seemingly scatterbrained Doctor and (after the pattern of Jules Verne) his contrasting companions travel by Antigravity machine to Mars, which is inhabited, most interestingly by the large-brained Macrocephales, who are clearly based on the Selenites in H G Wells's The First Men in the Moon (1900).

The Brick Moon: from the papers of Captain Frederic Ingham

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 25

Edward Everett Hale

"The Brick Moon" is a short story by Edward Everett Hale, published serially in The Atlantic Monthly starting in 1869. It is a work of speculative fiction containing the first known depiction of an artificial satellite.

"The Brick Moon" is written as if it were a journal. It describes the construction and launch into orbit of a sphere, 200 ft. in diameter, built of bricks. It is intended as a navigational aid, but is accidentally launched with people aboard. They survive, and so the story also provides the first known fictional description of a space station.

Zero to Eighty

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 27

Akkad Pseudoman

Zero to Eighty: Being my Lifetime Doings, Reflections, and Inventions: Also my Journey Around the Moon comprises the slightly wooden memoirs of "Kad" Pseudoman, whose early life incorporates some elements of the Edisonade - he discovers a gold mine in the West from which he profits mightily; he creates various Inventions, usually to do with Transportation; and he saves a country from its enemies, though the country is not America but Switzerland - but who mainly concerns himself with technical and pictorial accounts of the building of an electric-pulse gun, a tube 200 kilometres long whose muzzle is located at the top of Mount Popocatapetl, launching a Spaceship in which Pseudoman circumnavigates the Moon in 1961. The memoir ends with a visit to the Lenin Underground Village, a vast Keep built two kilometres Underground beneath Moscow as an exercise in the engineering of Utopia.

Aleriel: or, A Voyage to Other Worlds

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 28

W. S. Lach-Szyrma

Aleriel is a series of interplanetary fictions, featuring the travels around the solar system of the winged Venusian Aleriel, during the course of which Aleriel - who has been passing as a hunchback to disguises his wings - describes Venus as a Utopia of the unfallen; in the second part of the tale, Aleriel returns to Venus, and sends back missives describing life on further planets.

Contents:

  • Aleriel: or A Voyage to Other Worlds - [Aleriel] - (1883) - novel
  • Letters from the Planets: By Our Roving Commissioner - [Aleriel] - (1887) - shortstory
  • Letters from the Planets: Letter the Second - [Aleriel] - (1887) - shortstory
  • Letters from the Planets: From Our Roving Correspondent - [Aleriel] - (1887) - shortstory
  • Letters from the Planets: IV. From Our Roving Correspondent - [Aleriel] - (1887) - shortstory
  • Letters from the Planets: Canal Life on Mars - [Aleriel] - (1890) - shortstory

Extract from Captain Stormfield's Visit to Heaven

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 29

Mark Twain

"Extracts From Captain Stormfield's Visit To Heaven" is the first-person account of a sea captain's trip to heaven after his death. First published serially in "Harper's Magazine" in December 1907 and January 1908 (though written 30 years earlier), then as a Christmas gift book. "Extracts" was the last book Mark Twain published during his lifetime.

A Honeymoon in Space

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 30

George Griffith

Lenox, the Earl of Redgrave, has made the greatest scientific discovery in the history of the world: a flying ship with the power to break free of Earth's gravity and take to the stars. But before he uses it to expand humanity's understanding of the universe, he has some personal business to attend to--namely, wooing an old flame.

The lady in question is Zaidie, the daughter of Lenox's colleague Professor Rennick. With Zaidie about to be forced into a loveless marriage, Lenox knows he must do something drastic. He steals her away and takes her out of this world--literally.

Griffith's accounts of other planets are spectacularly engaging--from subterranean civilizations on the moon to the warlike Martians to the musical inhabitants of Venus. This remarkable adventure makes for a memorable honeymoon indeed.

A Trip To Venus

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 32

John Munro

A Trip to Venus (1897) is an account of a journey by Spaceship - powered by a new Antigravity as a sustaining Power Source - to an idyllic Utopia on Venus, with a brief excursion to Mercury.

By Rocket to the Moon: The Story of Hans Hardt's Miraculous Flight

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 33

Otto Willi Gail

First published in English in 1931, this novel for young adults is an accurate mirror of many of the space travel concepts that have been discussed by pre-war European experts. The author's imaginative theories about the history of the Earth--many of which presage those of Velikovksy and von Daniken--are explored.

A young German scientist and his uncle, with one mechanic, take off in a rocket-like device, and finally reach the moon. An egotistical young American news reporter succeeds in going with them as a stowaway.

Between Earth and Moon

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 36

Otfrid von Hanstein

First published in English in 1930, this remarkable science fiction novel details the fate of three astronauts whose Spaceship takes off accidentally from its mooring in the artificial Island of New Atlantis, just west of San Francisco. After a daring trip, they reach the Moon. Based on the pioneering work of Hermann Oberth, this suspenseful novel is an accurate mirror of the state of the art of astronautics of the time.

Through Space to Mars or, The Longest Journey on Record

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 37

Roy Rockwood

A turn of the last-century boys adventure, which takes the heros into space, to Mars, and the wonders there.

Adrift in the Stratosphere

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 41

Professor A. M. Low

Adrift in the Stratosphere, aimed at a juvenile audience, has a young protagonists accidentally take off in a professor's experimental Spaceship and they soon find themselves attacked by irrationally hostile Martians with various Rays and a madness-inducing Basilisk radio broadcast; there are subsequent tours of Utopias set on space Islands.

Off on a Comet

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 44

Jules Verne

The story starts with a comet called Gallia, that touches the Earth in its flight and collects a few small chunks of it. The disaster occurs on January 1 around Gibraltar. On the territory that is carried away by the comet there remain a total of thirty-six people of French, English, Spanish and Russian nationality. These people do not realize at first what has happened, and consider the collision an earthquake. During a new collision of the comet with Earth two years later, the castaways return to earth in a balloon they put together.

This novel has has also been split into two parts: To the Sun? & Off on a Comet!

The Crystal City Under the Sea

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 46

Andre Laurie

This is a lost race novel of an Atlantean Kingdom remnant, living beneath the ocean off the Azores, under a glass dome.

The End of Books

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 47

Octave Uzanne

In the 'The End of Books', which is a transcript of an impromptu speech given in 1894, Octave Uzanne brilliantly anticipated the invention of the walkman, radio, TV, Ipods, hearing problems and anticipated the modern form of the 'demise of books argument' by a century.

(Good fun when read upon a kindle or any other ebook platform.)

Under the Sea to the North Pole

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 48

Pierre Maël

Written for a younger audiance, a futurist submarine ventures to where no one has gone before: the North Pole.

Penguin Island

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 49

Anatole France

Penguin Island (1908) has been called "the best social satire ever written" (Toni Ungerer).

The story takes place in Antarctica, where a fictional penguin population mirrors the foibles of human beings. With the devil's help, a missionary arrives in Antartica and baptizes the local penguins. With God's help, he then turns them into human beings. As a result, the penguins must now try to figure out how to live together and create a civilization. They experience their own barbaric Ancient Times and Middle Ages, and in their efforts to create a modern age, they undergo social conflicts and devastating wars.

Written in the spirit of rationalism and enlightenment,Penguin Island is a wickedly funny, incisive portrait of religious fanatacism.

The Earth-Tube

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 50

Gawain Edwards

The Earth-Tube (1929), a Yellow Peril sub-genre novel, in which Asians take advantage of their possession of the invulnerable metal undulal to tunnel under South America, which they soon conquer. After a young hero has penetrated the secret, catastrophic explosions close the tunnel, inundating South America but sparing the USA, which has transformed itself into a socialist regime in response to the free gold which the Asians have been raining from the skies in an effort to destabilize the great capitalist democracy.

Three Go Back

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 51

J. Leslie Mitchell

Three go back... 25,000 years, to lost Atlantis! A tale mixing adventure, science, and sex in the search for solutions to our world's problems.

The Flying Legion

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 52

George Allan England

This a classic novel of adventure reflecting the tangled milieu of the Middle East just after World War I. It is a flying adventure story reflecting the enthusiasm for air travel and constantly improving technology of the period. The super aircraft of the Flying Legion, The Eagle of the Sky, could come, in effect, from the magazine covers of Science and Mechanics of the period.

If you like first rate derring do, cliff hanging situations, heroic characters fighting down to the last ditch against impossible odds, this is it!

The Island of Captain Sparrow: A Lost Race Fantasy

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 53

S. Fowler Wright

This adventure classic tells the adventures of one man against the strange wonders of a not-so-deserted isle.

A stranded sailor is pitted against the strange wonders of a deserted island inhabited by the brutish and nearly inhuman decendents of a pirate crew as well as strange creatures from the mythology of the ancient Greeks---from satyrs to a mysterious Dryad...who speaks fluent French! And, of course, there's a beautiful woman to be won...

This little-known adventure novel is full of intrigue, adventure, lost cities and savages. A must-read for adventure pulp fans!

Fugitive Anne: A Romance of the Unexplored Bush

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 54

Mrs. Campbell Praed

Anne Bedo is unhappily married. Her husband, Elias, is an abusive drunk who cruelly mistreats her, and she decides she can't take it any more. While traveling by ship, Anne decides to make her escape. Making it appear as though she has gone mad and thrown herself overboard, she instead disembarks in disguise with her friend, the Aboriginal youth Kombo.

Anne and Kombo venture through dangerous, unexplored country, braving the murderous tribes and cannibals, as she seeks to put distance between herself and her persecutor. During her travels, she meets up with Danish explorer Eric Hansen, and together, they make an astonishing discovery. Deep in the Australian wilderness lives a tribe of "Red Men," the Aca, part of the ancient Mayan race. Can Anne, Eric, and Kombo survive the myriad threats posed by savage cannibals, the Aca's "Death-Stone," and the vengeance of Elias Bedo?

Lentala of the South Seas: The Romantic Tale of a Lost Colony

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 55

W. C. Morrow

Lentala of the South Seas: The Romantic Tale of a Lost Colony (1908) is a Lost Race tale set on a South Seas Island, where evidences of a lost white race is discovered.

Maza of the Moon

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 57

Otis Adelbert Kline

Ted Dustin, an American inventor, seeks to win a prize of one million dollars by being the first person to touch the moon with an object launched from Earth. He devises a huge gun, which fires upon the surface of the moon. Shortly thereafter, the moon fires back, and war breaks out between the planet and its satellite. Using a videophone he invented, Ted hails communication with the moon. A beautiful woman and her guards first reply, but their transmission is cut off by warlike yellow aliens. Ted eventually heads to the moon in a spacecraft of his own design, and meets the titular character, who turns out to be the beautiful woman from the transmission, as well as a princess of one of the two groups that inhabit the moon.

Out of the Silence

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 59

Erle Cox

A country farmer uncovers remnants of an advanced civilization that contain a woman, asleep in suspended animation for two thousand years.

Upon awakening, the woman, Earani, teleports herself into the office of the Australian Prime Minister and reveals her plans to take over the world -- through mind control!

Does the beautiful Earani mean to save humanity or destroy it?

The Days of Chivalry or, The Legend of Croquemitaine

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 61

Ernest Louis Victor Jules L'Epine

Fantasy adventures.

The Beetle: A Mystery

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 62

Richard Marsh

From out of the dark and mystic Egypt comes The Beetle, a creature of horror, 'born of neither God nor man', which can change its form at will. It is bent on revenge for a crime committed against the devotees of an ancient religion. At large in London, it pursues its victims without mercy and no one, it seems, is safe from its gruesome clutches.

Richard Marsh's weird, compelling and highly original novel, which once outsold Dracula, is both a horror masterpiece and a fin de siecle melodrama embracing the fears and concerns of late Victorian society. Long out of print, The Beetle is now available in this Wordsworth edition, ready to chill you to the marrow and give you nightmares.

Carmilla

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 63

Sheridan Le Fanu

Carmilla is a Gothic novella by Joseph Sheridan Le Fanu. First published in 1871 as a serial narrative in The Dark Blue, it tells the story of a young woman's susceptibility to the attentions of a female vampire named Carmilla. Carmilla predates Bram Stoker's Dracula by 26 years, and has been adapted many times for cinema.

The Lair of the White Worm & The Lady of the Shroud

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 64

Bram Stoker

Here are two great, neglected horror novels by Bram Stoker, author of Dracula, together in one volume for the first time. It is a double treat for lovers of blood-curdling fantasy fiction.

The Lady of the Shroud, published here in its full and unabridged form, is a fascinating and engrossing concoction of a vampire tale, Ruritanian adventure story and science fiction romance. The novel fully demonstrates the breadth and ingenuity of Stoker's imagination.

The spine-chilling The Lair of the White Worm features a monstrous worm secreted for thousands of years in a bottomless well and able to metamorphose into a seductive woman of a reptilian beauty who survives on her victim's life blood. The novel contains some of Stoker's most graphic and grisly moments of horror.

The Sea Lady: A Tissue of the Moonshine

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 66

H. G. Wells

The story involves a mermaid who comes ashore in Edwardian England. Based on past knowledge gleaned from literature cast into the sea, and with the help of newly made human friends, she attempts to become part of well mannered society.

Angel Island

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 67

Inez Haynes Gillmore

This is an exquisite 1914 feminist fantasy adventure novel, which went out of print without fanfare and then was "rediscovered."

It is an allegory about women's freedom and the restraint imposed by heterosexual pair-bonding.

A group of five men are shipwrecked on an uncharted island where they meet five shy but dazzling winged women. While they hammer and build and pass the time Robinson Crusoe style, the women silently flutter in and out of their days, teasing them with unattainable femininity.

The men devise plans to capture and woo the angel-like women, using "bait" such as mirrors and scarves. Finally they succeed, and in a terrible scene, cut the wings from each woman, forcing them to walk from then on.

The men hold a variety of viewpoints about the proper way to treat women which includes lots of dialogue about male/female relationships. A final surprise arrives with the new generation. Wings!!

The Future Eve

Ron Miller Science Fiction Classics: Book 68

Villiers de l'lsle-Adam

The Future Eve (also translated as Tomorrow's Eve and The Eve of the Future; from the French) is a Symbolist science fiction novel by the French author Auguste Villiers de l'Isle-Adam. Begun in 1878 and originally published in 1886, the novel is known for popularizing the term "android".

Villiers opens the novel with his main character, a fictionalized Thomas Edison, contemplating the effects of his inventions on the world and the tragedy that they were not available until his invention. Interrupted in his reverie, Edison receives a message from his friend Lord Ewald, who saved his life some years before and to whom he feels indebted.

When Ewald calls, he reveals that he is close to suicide because of his fiancée, Miss Alicia Clary. Alicia is described as being physically perfect but emotionally and intellectually empty. She will say whatever she believes others want to hear. Far from having any ambition or goals of her own, she lives her life based on what she believes is expected of her. Ewald describes his frustration with the disparity between her appearance and her self and confides that though he can have no other, she is so hopeless that he has resolved to kill himself.

Edison replies by offering to construct for Ewald a machine-woman in the form of Alicia but without any of her bothersome personality. He shows Ewald the prototype of the android, named Hadaly, and Ewald is intrigued and accepts Edison's offer. Edison reveals that he has invited Alicia to his residence at Menlo Park in order to set the process in motion. He then explains to the still somewhat doubtful Ewald how he will interact with the android and how natural it will all feel.

Ewald then presses Edison to tell him why he created Hadaly in the first place. Edison relates a long story about Mr. Edward Anderson who was tempted into infidelity by a young woman named Miss Evelyn. His indiscretion, brought about by the guile of Miss Evelyn, ruins his life completely. Edison then says that he tracked down Miss Evelyn only to discover that she was not as she appeared, rather she was horribly ugly and her beauty was entirely the work of cosmetics, wigs, and other accessories. Edison created Hadaly in an effort to overcome the flaws and artificiality of real women and create a perfect and natural woman who could bring a man true happiness. Edison then takes Ewald back to Hadaly and explains to him the exact mechanical details of her functioning: how she moves and talks and breathes and bathes, all the while explaining how natural and normal Hadaly's robotic needs are, comparing them to similar human actions and functions.

After the details of the android's functioning and construction are covered, Alicia arrives and is escorted in. Edison convinces her that she is being considered for an important theater role. Over the course of the next weeks, she poses for Edison and her exact physical likeness is duplicated and recordings of her voice are made. Eventually, Edison sends Alicia away and introduces Ewald to his android-Alicia without revealing that it is not the real thing. Ewald is very taken with her and she secretly reveals to him that she is in fact not simply an android but has been supernaturally endowed with the spirit of Sowana, Edison's mystical assistant. Ewald does not reveal this fact to Edison but instead leaves with Hadaly-Alicia-Sowana. However, before he can reach home to his new life with his new lover, Ewald's ship sinks and the android, who was traveling with the cargo, is destroyed.

A Princess of the Chameln

Rulers of Hylor: Book 1

Cherry Wilder

First, they murdered her parents... Even as the King and Queen lay dying, the armies of the Mel'Nir swarm across the borders. And so Aidris, Princess and heir to the kingdom of Chameln, must flee her land or herself be killed... or worse, made the wedded slave of a barbarian king. Thus begin the adventures of a maiden born to rule who must first learn the arts of survival in a world where every man's hand seems raised against her. Only then can she control the Power that dwells within her and be ready when her people come to claim her as their Queen: ready to rule, ready to fight --- ready to die that her country may live free. For if she cannot or will not save them, then the people of Chameln will be slaves forever.

Yorath the Wolf

Rulers of Hylor: Book 2

Cherry Wilder

Reared in secret because of a birth defect, Yorath, prince and heir to the throne of Mel'Nir, only learns of his heritage after many adventures and encounters and then must decide what course his life will follow. Sequel to "A Princess of the Chameln" and second book of the "Rulers of Hylor" trilogy.

The Summer's King

Rulers of Hylor: Book 3

Cherry Wilder

Handsome, charming, and vain, Sharn goes to the magical kingdom of Eildon to court a beautiful princess; but nothing goes well, and the lives of his associates, as well as his enemies, are changed forever. Sequel to "Yorath, the Wolf."

The Wanderer

Rulers of Hylor: Book 4

Cherry Wilder
Katya Reimann

Cherry Wilder's The Rulers of Hylor series established a detailed and intricate fantasy world. Katya Riemann completed and polished this last Hylor novel, a tale of warring kingdoms, treacherous advisers and generational conflicts, set in a world of rich physical beauty, vibrant life and a realism leavened with occasional and startling magic.

Gael Maddoc, the child of struggling peasants, leaps at the chance when she is offered training as a kedran, a mounted soldier. She wins glory bringing her charges home safe across a huge desert, seeking aid from the Shee. But the Shee--the dwindling Fair Folk--then recruit her for their own purposes. Her nascent magical talents and her resourcefulness show her to be the Wanderer, a legendary figure for whom they've been waiting.

The Truth-Teller's Tale

Safe-Keepers: Book 2

Sharon Shinn

Innkeeper's daughters Adele and Eleda are "mirror twins"--identical twins whose looks are reflections of each other's--and their special talents are like mirrors, too. Adele is a Safe-Keeper, entrusted with hearing and never revealing others' secrets; Eleda is a Truth-Teller, who cannot tell a lie when asked a direct question. The town of Merendon relies on the twins, no one more than their best friend, Roelynn Karro, whose strict, wealthy father is determined to marry her off to the prince. When the girls are seventeen, a handsome dancing-master and his apprentice come to stay at the inn, and thus begins a chain of romance, mistaken identity, and some very surprising truths and falsehoods.

Point of Honour

Sarah Tolerance: Book 1

Madeleine E. Robins

In a Regency London that isn't quite the one we know, young women of family whose reputations have been ruined are known as the Fallen. Young Sarah Tolerance is one such: a daughter of the nobility who ran away with her brother's fencing-master. Now that the fencing-master has died, everyone expects her to earn her living as a whore.

But Sarah is unwilling. Instead, she invents a new role for herself, and a new vocation: "investigative agent." For Sarah, with her equivocal position in society, is able to float between social layers, unearth secrets, find things that were lost, and lose things too dangerous to be kept. Her stock in trade is her wits, her discretion, and her expertise with the smallsword -- for her fencing-master taught her that as well.

She will need all her skills soon, when she is approached by an agent of the Count Verseillon, for a task that seems routine: reclaim an antique fan he once gave to "a lady with brown eyes." The fan, he tells her, is an heirloom; the lady, his first love. But as Sarah Tolerance unravels the mystery that surrounds the fan, she discovers that she--and the Count--are not the only ones seeking it, and that nothing about this task is what it seems.

Petty Treason

Sarah Tolerance: Book 2

Madeleine E. Robins

Miss Sarah Tolerance refuses to follow the path of the Fallen Women who have gone before her. She's a straight shooter, with her pistol as well as her wit, and her mind is as sharp as the blade of her sword.

Miss Tolerance is an Agent of Inquiry, a private investigator of sorts--the sole one of her kind in London, in this year of 1810 with mad King George III on the throne and Queen Charlotte acting as his Regent. Her aim was to trace lost trinkets, send wastrel husbands back to their wives, and occasionally provide protection to persons with more money than sense--but she is continually drawn into the plots of others.

Her newest case poses a puzzle unlike any she has faced before: who killed the Chevalier d'Aubigny? The French émigré was beaten to death in his own bed, found by his retainers the next morning, all the doors and windows of the house sealed tight. The murder is a classic locked-room mystery, but Miss Tolerance knows she can find the key.

As Miss Tolerance examines the situation and interviews witnesses and suspects, she realizes things are far more complicated than she originally suspected--for the Chevalier had more enemies than he had friends, and Miss Tolerance is hard pressed to find someone who didn't wish him dead. Her search for his killer takes her from the lowest brothels of the seedy London underworld, where men go to indulge their more aggressive desires, to the Royal Family and a Duke who must hide his perversions or risk the Throne.

The Brain-Stealers

Science Fiction from the Great Years: Book 13

Murray Leinster

Strange exiles were landing throughout the night... exiles from the unknown depths of outer space -- seeking human beings for food!

The Storyteller

Sea of Ink and Gold: Book 3

Traci Chee

Sefia is determined to keep Archer out of the Guard's clutches and their plans for war between the Five Kingdoms. The Book, the ancient, infinite codex of the past, present and future, tells of a prophecy that will plunge Kelanna in that bloody war, but it requires a boy--Archer--and Sefia will stop at nothing to ensure his safety. The Guard has already stolen her mother, her father, and her Aunt Nin. Sefia would sooner die than let them take anymore from her--especially the boy she loves.

But escaping the Guard and the Book's prophecy is no easy task. After all, what is written always comes to pass. As Sefia and Archer watch Kelanna start to crumble to the Guard's will, they will have to choose between their love and joining a war that just might tear them apart. Full of magic, suspense, and mystery, Traci Chee brings her Sea of Ink and Gold trilogy to a close in this spellbinding final installment.

Star Healer

Sector General: Book 6

James White

Conway is replaced on the ambulance ship Rhabwar by Diagnostician Prilicla. Conway visits healer Khone on the planet Goglesk, and witnesses first-hand their destructive racial mass-hysteria response to physical proximity. He inadvertently links minds with Khone and learns a great deal more. Back at Hospital Station, Conway decides to treat some Hudlar accident victims with a rear-to-front limb transplant, because stranger transplants require permanent exile. Conway also proposes staving off geriatric Hudlar problems by elective amputation. At the end, he successfully delivers a sentient telepathic Unborn (seen in the other novel of the series Ambulance Ship) from its violent non-sentient Protector.

The Genocidal Healer

Sector General: Book 8

James White

In his zeal to cure the plague that has reduced the peaceful citizens of Cromsag to barbarism and war, Surgeon-Captain Lioren inadvertantly causes the death of the entire population and for punishment is banished to Sector Twelve General Hospital.

The Caller

Shadowfell: Book 3

Juliet Marillier

Just one year ago, Neryn had nothing but a canny skill she barely understood and a faint dream that the legendary rebel base of Shadowfell might be real. Now she is the rebels' secret weapon, and their greatest hope for survival in the fast-approaching ambush of King Keldec at Summerfort.

The fate of Alban itself is in her hands. But confidence is stretching thinner by the day when word of another Caller reaches the rebels: a Caller at Keldec's side with all of Neryn's power and none of her benevolence or hard-earned control. As the days before the battle drop quickly away, Neryn must find a way to uncover--and exploit--her opponent's weaknesses. At stake lies freedom for the people of Alban, a life free from hiding for the Good Folk--and a chance for Flint and Neryn to finally be together.

Zelerod's Doom

Sime/Gen: Book 5

Jacqueline Lichtenberg
Jean Lorrah

The monumental social experiment begun in FIRST CHANNEL and continued in CHANNEL'S DESTINY culminates centuries later in ZELEROD'S DOOM.

Klyd Farris and Risa Tigue forge an alliance to reorganize both the Sime and Gen Territories, politically and economically. But both Territories have factions that are willing to battle each other, while the social fabric of their world falls apart. Still, Klyd and Risa have given their word of honor, and have no choice but to proceed--or perish while trying to avert... ZELEROD'S DOOM!

Galactic Pot Healer

Sirius Five: Book 1

Philip K. Dick

A powerful and enigmatic alien recruits humans and aliens to help it restore a sunken cathedral in this touching and hilarious novel.

Sometimes even gods need help. In Galactic Pot-Healer that god is an alien creature known as The Glimmung, which looks alternately like a flaming wheel, a teenage girl, and a swirling mass of ocean life. In order to raise a sunken city, he summons beings from across the galaxy to Plowman's Planet. Joe Fernwright is one of those summoned, needed for his skills at pot-healing--repairing broken ceramics. But from the moment Joe arrives on Plowman's Planet, things start to go awry. Told as only Philip K. Dick can, Galactic Pot-Healer is a wildly funny tale of aliens, gods, and ceramics.

Skylark of Valeron

Skylark Series: Book 3

E. E. "Doc" Smith

The incredible staship Skylark Three has fought the Fenachone Supermen to a standstill, and Richard Seaton has gone back to his first love - exploration. Roaming the galaxy, he discovers a world of disembodied intelligences; a world of four dimensions where time was insanely distorted and matter obeyed no terrestrial laws, where 3-dimensional intellects were barely sufficient to thwart invisible mentalities! Meanwhile, the villainous DuQuesne is allying himself with the remnants of the Fenachrone, and planning his next attack...

Soleri

Soleri Empire: Book 1

Michael Johnston

The ruling family of the Soleri Empire has been in power longer than even the calendars that stretch back 2,826 years. Those records tell a history of conquest and domination by a people descended from gods, older than anything in the known world. No living person has seen them for centuries, yet their grip on their four subjugate kingdoms remains tighter than ever.

On the day of the annual eclipse, the Harkan king, Arko-Hark Wadi, sets off on a hunt and shirks his duty rather than bow to the emperor. Ren, his son and heir, is a prisoner in the capital, while his daughters struggle against their own chains. Merit, the eldest, has found a way to stand against imperial law and marry the man she desires, but needs her sister's help, and Kepi has her own ideas.

Meanwhile, Sarra Amunet, Mother Priestess of the sun god's cult, holds the keys to the end of an empire and a past betrayal that could shatter her family.

Stormcaller

Space Wolf / Ragnar Blackmane: Book 8

Chris Wraight

The feral warrior-kings of Fenris, the Space Wolves are the sons of Leman Russ. Savage heroes, few can match their ferocity in battle. As events on the plague-wracked world of Ras Shakeh spin out of control, the Imperium descends upon the world in force.

Njal Stormcaller, Space Wolves Rune Priest, arrives to reinforce the embattled Jarnhamar pack, and finds his battle-brothers at one another's throats, each pursuing their own agendas. Meanwhile, the forces of the Ecclesiarchy arrive to retake their world and uncover the sinister secret behind Ras Shakeh's corruption, a secret that threatens the survival of the Imperium itself'

Star Trek: The Poems

Star Trek: Crossovers

Valerie Laws

STAR TREK is part of our lives, our childhoods. We remember thrilling to the heroism and danger of space adventure; cutting our sexual teeth on fantasies about Uhura's legs, Data and Spock's entrancing unattainability, Picard's wonderful voice and shining head.

The opening lines of each episode, the catch phrases, are hard-wired into our consciousness. To boldly go, beam me up Scotty, the final frontier... part of our shared culture in the same way that the myths of the Greeks and Romans were to our ancestors.

But how would the STAR TREK crew cope with the Miners' strike, an encounter with a writer-in-residence in outer space, or a simple request for the toilet? This book holds the answer to these and many other questions.

The Autobiography of Benjamin Sisko

Star Trek: Deep Space Nine

Derek Tyler Attico

The fascinating life of Starfleet's celebrated war captain, and Bajor's Emissary of the Prophets, celebrating the 30th anniversary of Star Trek: Deep Space 9.

Benjamin Sisko tells the story of his career in Starfleet, and his life as a father and Bajor's Emmissary of the Prophets. Charting his rise through the ranks, his pioneering work designing the Defiant-class, his critical role as ambassador and leader during the Dominion War, and his sacred standing as a religious leader of his adopted home.

Discover the hidden history of his childhood and early career in Starfleet, and the innermost thoughts of the man who discovered the Gamma Quadrant, made first contact with the wormhole aliens, and united Starfleet, Klingon and Romulan forces to defeat the Dominion Empire. See Sisko's personal take on his confidents Lieutenant Dax and Major Kira Nerys, the enigmatic Garak, and his adversaries, Gul Dukat and Kai Winn, as well as his fatherly advice for his son Jake.

From the pages of Anselm to the writings of Benny Russell, from father to son, Sisko's story is a unique phenomenon in Starfleet and human history, told in the unique way only he can.

The Left Hand of Destiny: Book One

Star Trek: Deep Space Nine: Left Hand of Destiny: Book 1

J. G. Hertzler
Jeffrey Lang

"The Klingon Empire is dying...and I think it deserves to die."

With those words, Lieutenant Ezri Dax propelled Lieutenant Commander Worf to the most fateful decision of his life -- to vanquish Klingon leader Gowron in honorable combat and install in his place a low-born, one-eyed soldier of the empire who might lead their people back to the path of honor.

Under the weighty mantle of chancellor, General Martok led the forces of the empire to victory in the final Allied assault against the Dominion. Now, with Worf at his side as the newly appointed Federation ambassador to Qo'noS, Martok at last is coming home, bringing with him the hope of a bright new future for his people.

But the new chancellor's triumphant return to the Klingon homeworld is met by treachery and upheaval. As the demons of the general's past rise up, so too does a usurper to the Imperial Throne, one who knows exactly how to crush Martok and all who stand with him -- and who won't be satisfied until they are ashes under the foundation of a new Klingon Empire.

The Left Hand of Destiny: Book Two

Star Trek: Deep Space Nine: Left Hand of Destiny: Book 2

J. G. Hertzler
Jeffrey Lang

"The true test of a warrior is not without...it is within."

Sins of the past collide with hopes for the future as Martok fights for the right to lead the Klingon Empire. With the secret of his usurper exposed, the ousted chancellor and his ragtag band of followers embark on a desperate plan to retake the empire.

But while Worf, Ezri Dax, and the crew of the IKS Rotarran go in search of the Klingons' most revered icon of power, Martok is dealt the most crushing blow of all -- driving him to make his final stand on the ice-strewn cliffs of sacred Boreth. As that frozen world reverberates with the song of armies and bat'leths clashing, the mystery of Martok's past, and the future of the Klingon Empire, is revealed.

The Enterprise War

Star Trek: Discovery: Book 5

John Jackson Miller

An all-new novel based upon the explosive Star Trek TV series!

A shattered ship, a divided crew--trapped in the infernal nightmare of conflict!

Hearing of the outbreak of hostilities between the United Federation of Planets and the Klingon Empire, Captain Christopher Pike attempts to bring the U.S.S. Enterprise home to join in the fight. But in the hellish nebula known as the Pergamum, the stalwart commander instead finds an epic battle of his own, pitting ancient enemies against one another--with not just the Enterprise, but her crew as the spoils of war.

Lost and out of contact with Earth for an entire year, Pike and his trusted first officer, Number One, struggle to find and reunite the ship's crew--all while Science Officer Spock confronts a mystery that puts even his exceptional skills to the test... with more than their own survival possibly riding on the outcome....

Die Standing

Star Trek: Discovery: Book 7

John Jackson Miller

No one in the history of histories has lost more than Philippa Georgiou, ruler of the Terran Empire. Forced to take refuge in the Federation's universe, she bides her time until Section 31, a rogue spy force within Starfleet, offers her a chance to work as their agent. She has no intention of serving under anyone else, of course; her only interest is escape.

But when a young Trill, Emony Dax, discovers a powerful interstellar menace, Georgiou recognizes it as a superweapon that escaped her grasp in her own universe. Escorted by a team sent by an untrusting Federation to watch over her, the emperor journeys to a region forbidden to travelers. But will what she finds there end the threat--or give "Agent Georgiou" the means to create her old empire anew?

Star Trek II: Distress Call

Star Trek: Movie Ties: Book 2

William Rotsler

Aboard the U.S.S. Enterprise, Captain Kirk and Mister Spock respond to a distress call from the planet Varda III.

The reader is allowed to make decisions which determine how the plot will proceed.

Star Trek II: Short Stories

Star Trek: Movie Ties: Book 3

William Rotsler

Contents:

  • To Wherever - novelette by William Rotsler
  • Intelligence Test - shortstory by William Rotsler
  • The Secret Empire - novelette by William Rotsler
  • Wild Card - novelette by William Rotsler
  • Under Twin Moons - novelette by William Rotsler
  • The Blaze of Glory - novelette by William Rotsler

Star Trek II: Biographies

Star Trek: Movie Ties: Book 4

William Rotsler

Biographies of Chekov, Kirk, McCoy, Scott, Spock, Sulu, and Uhura, including excerpts from official records, citations, commendations, letters, historical documents, ship's logs, novels, autobiographies, news accounts, and other sources.

Star Trek III: The Vulcan Treasure

Star Trek: Movie Ties: Book 5

William Rotsler

A civil war rages on Vulcan! Into the conflict is drawn the crew of the "Enterprise".

As the reader, choose how the plot will develop and decide the fate of the planet.

Star Trek III: Short Stories

Star Trek: Movie Ties: Book 6

William Rotsler

Contents:

  • 9 - The Azphari Enigma - shortstory by William Rotsler
  • 41 - The Jungles of Memory - shortstory by William Rotsler
  • 65 - A Vulcan, a Klingon, and an Angel - shortstory by William Rotsler
  • 82 - World's End - shortstory by William Rotsler
  • 108 - As Old as Forever - shortstory by William Rotsler

Rogue Elements

Star Trek: Picard: Book 3

John Jackson Miller

The thrilling adventure based on the acclaimed Star Trek: Picard TV series!

Starfleet was everything for Cristóbal Rios... until one horrible, inexplicable day when it all went wrong. Aimless and adrift, he grasps at a chance for a future as an independent freighter captain in an area betrayed by the Federation, the border region with the former Romulan Empire. His greatest desire: to be left alone.

But solitude isn't in the cards for the captain of La Sirena, who falls into debt to a roving gang of hoodlums from a planet whose society is based on Prohibition-era Earth. Teamed against his will with Ledger, his conniving overseer, Rios begins an odyssey that brings him into conflict with outlaws and fortune seekers, with power brokers and relic hunters across the stars.

Exotic loves and locales await--as well as dangers galore--and Rios learns the hard way that good crewmembers are hard to find, even when you can create your own. And while his meeting with Jean-Luc Picard is years away, Rios finds himself drawing on the Starfleet legend's experiences when he discovers a mystery that began on one of the galaxy's most important days....

Hell's Heart

Star Trek: Prey: Book 1

John Jackson Miller

Continuing the milestone 50th anniversary celebration of Star Trek--an epic new trilogy that stretches from the events of The Original Series movie The Search for Spock to The Next Generation!

When Klingon commander Kruge died in combat against James T. Kirk on the Genesis planet back in 2285, he left behind a powerful house in disarray--and a series of ticking time bombs: the Phantom Wing, a secret squadron of advanced Birds-of-Prey; a cabal of loyal officers intent on securing his heritage; and young Korgh, his thwarted would-be heir, willing to wait a Klingon lifetime to enact his vengeance.

Now, one hundred years later, while on a diplomatic mission for the United Federation of Planets, Captain Jean-Luc Picard and the crew of the USS Enterprise are snared in the aged Korgh's trap--and thrust directly in the middle of an ancient conflict. But as Commander Worf soon learns, Korgh may be after far bigger game than anyone imagines, confronting the Federation-Klingon alliance with a crisis unlike any it has ever seen!

The Jackal's Trick

Star Trek: Prey: Book 2

John Jackson Miller

Continuing the milestone 50th anniversary celebration of Star Trek--an epic new trilogy that stretches from the events of The Original Series movie The Search for Spock to The Next Generation!

The Klingon-Federation alliance is in peril as never before. Lord Korgh has seized control of the House of Kruge, executing a plot one hundred years in the making. The Klingon cult known as the Unsung rampages across the stars, striking from the shadows in their cloaked Birds-of-Prey. And the mysterious figure known as Buxtus Cross launches a scheme that will transform the Klingon Empire forever.

Into danger flies Admiral William T. Riker and the USS Titan, charged with protecting the peace forged nearly a century before during the Khitomer Accords. Aided by Captain Jean-Luc Picard and the USS Enterprise, Riker and his officers scour the stars, seeking to find the Unsung and uncover the truth behind the conspiracy before time runs out.

Yet even as Commander Worf departs on a deeply personal mission of honor, hidden sinister forces seek to turn the crisis to their advantage. And the conspirators' plans threaten to spiral out of control, jeopardizing the very empire they aspire to rule.

The Hall of Heroes

Star Trek: Prey: Book 3

John Jackson Miller

Continuing the milestone 50th anniversary celebration of Star Trek--an epic new trilogy that stretches from the events of The Original Series movie The Search for Spock to The Next Generation!

The Klingon Empire stands on the precipice. In the wake of violence from the cult known as the Unsung, paranoia threatens to break Chancellor Martok's regime. Klingons increasingly call for a stronger hand to take control...one that Lord Korgh, master manipulator, is only too willing to offer.

But other forces are now in motion. Assisted by a wily agent, the Empire's enemies secretly conspire to take full advantage of the situation. Aboard the USS Titan, Admiral William T. Riker realizes far more than the Federation's alliance with the Klingons is in danger. With the Empire a wounded animal, it could either become an attacker--or a target.

Yet even as hostilities increase, Commander Worf returns to the USS Enterprise and Captain Jean-Luc Picard with a daring plan of his own. The preservation of both the Empire and the Federation alliance may hinge on an improbable savior leading a most unlikely force....

The High Country

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds TV: Book 1

John Jackson Miller

When an experimental shuttlecraft fails, Captain Christopher Pike suspects a mechanical malfunction--only to discover the very principles on which Starfleet bases its technology have simply stopped functioning. He and his crewmates are forced to abandon ship in a dangerous maneuver that scatters their party across the strangest new world they've ever encountered.

First Officer Una Chin-Riley finds herself fighting to survive an untamed wilderness where dangers lurk at every turn. Young cadet Nyota Uhura struggles in a volcanic wasteland where things are not as they seem. Science Officer Spock is missing altogether. And Pike gets the chance to fulfill a childhood dream: to live the life of a cowboy in a world where the tools of the twenty-third century are of no use.

Yet even in the saddle, Pike is still very much a starship captain, with all the responsibilities that entails. Setting out to find his crewmates, he encounters a surprising face from his past--and discovers that one people's utopia might be someone else's purgatory. He must lead an exodus--or risk a calamity of galactic proportions that even the Starship Enterprise is powerless to stop...

Takedown

Star Trek: The Next Generation

John Jackson Miller

When renegade Federation starships begin wreaking destruction across the Alpha Quadrant, Captain Jean-Luc Picard and the crew of the U.S.S. Enterprise are shocked to discover that the mastermind behind this sudden threat is none other than Picard's protégé and friend: Admiral William T. Riker. The newly minted admiral is on board the U.S.S. Aventine as part of a special assignment, even as the mystery deepens behind his involvement in the growing crisis. But the Aventine is helmed by Captain Ezri Dax--someone who is no stranger to breaking Starfleet regulations--and her starship is by far the faster vessel... and Riker cannot yield even to his former mentor. It's a battle of tactical geniuses and a race against time as Picard struggles to find answers before the quadrant's great powers violently retaliate against the Federation...

Dwellers in the Crucible

Star Trek: The Original Series: Book 25

Margaret Wander Bonanno

Warrantors of Peace: the Federation's daring experiment to prevent war among its members. Each Warrantor, man or woman, is hostage for the government of his native world -- and is instantly killed if that world breaks the peace.

Now Romulans have kidnapped six Warrantors, to foment political chaos -- and then civil war -- within the Federation. Captain Kirk must send Sulu to infiltrate Romulan territory, find the hostages, and bring them back alive -- before the Federation self-destructs.

Kenobi

Star Wars

John Jackson Miller

The Republic has fallen.
Sith Lords rule the galaxy.
Jedi Master Obi-Wan Kenobi has lost everything...
Everything but hope.

Tatooine--a harsh desert world where farmers toil in the heat of two suns while trying to protect themselves and their loved ones from the marauding Tusken Raiders. A backwater planet on the edge of civilized space. And an unlikely place to find a Jedi Master in hiding, or an orphaned infant boy on whose tiny shoulders rests the future of a galaxy.

Known to locals only as "Ben," the bearded and robed offworlder is an enigmatic stranger who keeps to himself, shares nothing of his past, and goes to great pains to remain an outsider. But as tensions escalate between the farmers and a tribe of Sand People led by a ruthless war chief, Ben finds himself drawn into the fight, endangering the very mission that brought him to Tatooine.

Ben--Jedi Master Obi-Wan Kenobi, hero of the Clone Wars, traitor to the Empire, and protector of the galaxy's last hope--can no more turn his back on evil than he can reject his Jedi training. And when blood is unjustly spilled, innocent lives threatened, and a ruthless opponent unmasked, Ben has no choice but to call on the wisdom of the Jedi--and the formidable power of the Force--in his never-ending fight for justice.

A New Dawn

Star Wars: A New Dawn: Book 1

John Jackson Miller

For a thousand generations, the Jedi Knights brought peace and order to the Galactic Republic, aided by their connection to the mystical energy field known as the Force. But they were betrayed--and the entire galaxy has paid the price. It is the Age of the Empire.

Now Emperor Palpatine, once Chancellor of the Republic and secretly a Sith follower of the dark side of the Force, has brought his own peace and order to the galaxy. Peace through brutal repression, and order through increasing control of his subjects' lives.

But even as the Emperor tightens his iron grip, others have begun to question his means and motives. And still others, whose lives were destroyed by Palpatine's machinations, lay scattered about the galaxy like unexploded bombs, waiting to go off....

Stealth

Star Wars: Clone Wars Gambit: Book 1

Karen Miller

Planet by planet, darkness creeps across the galaxy. Among warriors and generals, among ordinary beings living in far-flung worlds, the fear will not go away: We are losing this war....

Anakin Skywalker feels it, too. The Separatist Alliance, with ruthlessness and treachery, is beating the Republic to every strategic target. But after a costly clash with General Grievous for the planet Kothlis, Anakin has a mission that will focus his anxious mind. Alongside Obi-Wan Kenobi, he is posing as a long-lost native of Lanteeb, an impoverished world on the Outer Rim. This seemingly unimportant planet has drawn the interest of the Seps-and Anakin and Obi-Wan soon discover the disturbing reason: A scientist enslaved by General Lok Durd is drawing on Lanteeb's one natural resource for a devastating bioweapon. Now Anakin and Obi-Wan have entered the eye of a storm. Their presence has been exposed, Lok Durd's plans unveiled, and a fight has begun for survival behind enemy lines-and a chance of winning a war that must be fought at any cost.

Siege

Star Wars: Clone Wars Gambit: Book 2

Karen Miller

On the Outer Rim, the planet Lanteeb has no strategic value, no political power, and one enormous problem: It has been invaded by an emboldened Separatist Alliance. To find out why, Jedi Knights Anakin Skywalker and Obi-Wan Kenobi have snuck onto Lanteeb--and now look oblivion in the eye....

Hiding their lightsabers beneath their dusty disguises, Anakin and Obi-Wan draw on their Jedi skills to stay one step ahead of Lok Durd's droid army on Lanteeb. The Jedi know that a captive scientist has given Durd the keys to a terrifying bioweapon. Durd knows that the Jedi are on his planet. With Yoda calling on the powers of the Jedi Council, with a new Separatist technology jamming the Guardians' communications, and with a traitor at the heart of the Republic's government, the wheels of war are turning. But the Separatists have blockaded Lanteeb. The finishing touches are being put on a weapon to destroy whole worlds. And it will be up to the two Jedi Knights and their most trusted comrades to liberate Lanteeb or forever suffer the consequences.

Canto Bight: Journey to Star Wars: The Last Jedi

Star Wars: Journey to Star Wars: The Last Jedi: Book 4

Saladin Ahmed
Rae Carson
Mira Grant
John Jackson Miller

Soon to be seen in Star Wars: The Last Jedi, welcome to the casino city of Canto Bight. A place where exotic aliens, captivating creatures, and other would-be high rollers are willing to risk everything to make their fortunes. Set across one fateful evening, these four original novellas explore the deception and danger of the lavish casino city.

An honest salesman meets a career criminal as a dream vacation turns into the worst nightmare imaginable, in a story by Saladin Ahmed.

Dreams and schemes collide when a deal over a priceless bottle of wine becomes a struggle for survival, as told by Mira Grant.

Old habits die hard when a servant is forced into a mad struggle for power among Canto Bight's elite, in a tale by Rae Carson

A deadbeat gambler has one last chance to turn his luck around; all he has to do is survive one wild night, as told by John Jackson Miller.

In Canto Bight, one is free to revel in excess, untouched from the problems of a galaxy once again descending into chaos and war. Dreams can become reality, but the stakes have never been higher--for there is a darkness obscured by all the glamour and luxury.

Jedi Healer

Star Wars: Medstar: Book 2

Steve Perry
Michael Reaves

The second of a mass-market original Star Wars duology in which M*A*S*H meets the Clone Wars, as a small group of medics, including Jedi Bariss Offee, struggles to save lives amidst impossible circumstances.

Wild Space

Star Wars: The Clone Wars: Book 2

Karen Miller

The Clone Wars have exploded across the galaxy as Republic forces and Separatists struggle to gain the upper hand. But while the Jedi generals work tirelessly to defeat Count Dooku and his rebels, Supreme Chancellor Palpatine is hatching his own dark plans.

The Separatists have launched a sneak attack on Coruscant. Obi-Wan Kenobi, wounded in battle, insists that Anakin Skywalker and his rookie Padawan Ahsoka leave on a risky mission against General Grievous. But when Senator Bail Organa reveals explosive intelligence that could turn the tide of war in the Republic's favor, the Jedi Master agrees to accompany him to an obscure planet on the Outer Rim to verify the facts. What Obi-Wan and Bail don't realize is that they're walking into a deadly trap concocted by Palpatine... and that escape may not be an option.

Inspired by the full-length animated feature film Star Wars: The Clone Wars and the brand-new TV series, this thrilling adventure is filled with provocative, never-before-revealed insights into the characters of Obi-Wan, Anakin, Padme, Yoda, Count Dooku, and many other Star Wars favorites.

Knight Errant

Star Wars: The Old Republic

John Jackson Miller

A thousand years before Luke Skywalker, a generation before Darth Bane, in a galaxy far, far away...

The Republic is in crisis. The Sith roam unchecked, vying with one another to dominate the galaxy. But one lone Jedi, Kerra Holt, is determined to take down the Dark Lords. Her enemies are strange and many: Lord Daiman, who imagines himself the creator of the universe; Lord Odion, who intends to be its destroyer; the curious siblings Quillan and Dromika; the enigmatic Arkadia. So many warring Sith weaving a patchwork of brutality--with only Kerra Holt to defend the innocents caught underfoot.

Sensing a sinister pattern in the chaos, Kerra embarks on a journey that will take her into fierce battles against even fiercer enemies. With one against so many, her only chance of success lies with forging alliances among those who serve her enemies--including a mysterious Sith spy and a clever mercenary general. But will they be her adversaries or her salvation?

Lost Tribe of the Sith: The Collected Stories

Star Wars: The Old Republic

John Jackson Miller

Contents:

  • 1 - Precipice - (2009) - novelette by John Jackson Miller
  • 31 - Skyborn - (2009) - novelette by John Jackson Miller
  • 63 - Paragon - (2010) - novelette by John Jackson Miller
  • 95 - Savior - (2010) - novelette by John Jackson Miller
  • 127 - Purgatory - (2011) - novelette by John Jackson Miller
  • 157 - Sentinel - (2011) - novelette by John Jackson Miller
  • 187 - Pantheon - (2012) - novelette by John Jackson Miller
  • 219 - Secrets - (2012) - novelette by John Jackson Miller
  • 257 - Pandemonium - (2012) - novella by John Jackson Miller
  • 391 - Mercy Kill (excerpt) - (2012) - shortfiction by Aaron Allston

Crystal Healer

Stardoc: Book 9

S. L. Viehl

Genetically engineered interstellar surgeon Dr. Cherijo Torin, her husband Duncan Reever, and a handpicked crew journey to the planet oKia to locate a strange black mineral that is the source of an intergalactic epidemic. When one of the crew members becomes infected, his body slowly begins to crystallize. While Cherijo races to save the crew member, mercenaries arrive in the oKia system, wanting Cherijo's genes-and her near immortality. It will take all of her abilities to elude the mercenaries and discover the black crystal's secrets before it's too late.

Reading Stargate SG-1

Stargate

Stan Beeler
Lisa Dickson

Stargate SG-1 premiered in 1997 and over the course of eight seasons, the show has developed its own unique mythological superstructure. It has blossomed into a series driven by fierce fan loyalty, with lively Internet discussion groups, the proliferation of *textual poaching* in fan fiction and art, and popular annual conventions.

This book is a lively critical celebration of both Stargate and its spinoff, Atlantis. Its characters, themes, representations of sexuality and *otherness* are discussed, along with its interaction with fan fiction, its locations in Canada, its ideological framing of an American point-of-view, and tensions between its humanistic morality and military/political objectives in the shows' plots. There is also assessment of the currently fledgling Stargate: Atlantis. Written for both fans and scholars, the book also includes an episode guide to the first eight seasons of Stargate SG-1.

Alliances

Stargate SG-1 - Fandemonium: Book 8

Karen Miller

The price of failure...

All SG-1 wanted was technology to save Earth from the Goa'uld, but the mission to Euronda was a terrible failure. Now the dogs of Washington are baying for Jack O'Neill's blood -- and Senator Robert Kinsey is leading the pack.

When Jacob Carter asks General Hammond for SG-1's participation in a mission for the Tok'ra, it seems like the answer to O'Neill's dilemma. The secretive Tok'ra are running out of hosts, and Jacob believes he's found the answer -- but it means O'Neill and his team must risk their lives infiltrating a Goa'uld slave breeding farm to recruit humans willing to join the Tok'ra.

It's a risky proposition, especially since the fallout from Euronda has strained the team's bonds almost to breaking. If they can't find a way to put their differences behind them, they might not make it home alive...

Do No Harm

Stargate SG-1 - Fandemonium: Book 12

Karen Miller

Killing time...

Stargate Command is in crisis -- too many teams wounded, too many dead. Tensions are running high and, with the pressure to deliver tangible results never greater, General Hammond is forced to call in the Pentagon strike team to plug the holes.

But help has its price. When the team's leader, Colonel Dave Dixon, arrives at Stargate Command he brings with him loyalties that tangle dangerously with a past Colonel Jack O'Neill would prefer to forget. Assigned as an observer on SG-1, hostility between the two men escalates as the team's vital mission to secure lucrative mining rights descends into a nightmare.

Only Dr. Janet Fraiser can hope to save the lives of SG-1 -- that is, if Dave Dixon and Jack O'Neill don't kill each other first...

Frank Herbert

Starmont Reader's Guide: Book 5

David M. Miller

An in-depth study of the Man and Work of Frank Herbert.

Hal Clement

Starmont Reader's Guide: Book 11

Donald M. Hassler

Donald M. Hassler examines the life and work of American science fiction author Hal Clement.

Suzy McKee Charnas / Joan Vinge / Octavia Butler

Starmont Reader's Guide: Book 23

Richard Law
Ruth Salvaggio
Marleen S. Barr

A now classic three part monogram on three women SF authors: Suzy McKee Charnas, Joan Vinge, and Octavia Butler.

Contents:

  • Joan Vinge - essay by Richard Law
  • Octavia Butler - essay by Ruth Salvaggio
  • Suzy McKee Charnas - essay by Marleen S. Barr

Ira Levin

Starmont Reader's Guide: Book 34

Douglas Fowler

A now classic study of the Horror work of writer Ira Levin.

Isaac Asimov

Starmont Reader's Guide: Book 40

Donald M. Hassler

Well-known critic Hassler here contributes a comprehensive survey of Asimov's major fiction, from his beginnings as a short-story writer in "The Campbell Years," through his early and juvenile novels, including a complete outline and evaluation of the author's ever-popular Robot and Foundation series.

No Sister of Mine

Taelach Sisters: Book 1

Jeanne G'Fellers

No Sister of Mine is the first entry in a series of lesbian Science Fiction novels set in a world where humans are nothing more than a genetic trace. But that trace has left its mark - namely a race of telepathic women who must fight to coexist with a patriarchal humanoid society who wishes nothing more than the eradication of its "white witch" cousins.

Sister Lost, Sister Found

Taelach Sisters: Book 2

Jeanne G'Fellers

Rankil is marked for life - destined for abuse and neglect at the hands of the Autlach. In her world, the worst that can happen to a Taelach child is not death - but life itself.And even though sister Taelachs constantly search for the younger Taelach children, Rankil is so far yet undiscovered.

Join Rankil on her journey to find a home where she is welcomed and where love is at least a possibility in this long - awaited sequel to No Sister of Mine.

Sisters Flight

Taelach Sisters: Book 3

Jeanne G'Fellers

As the Autlach cleric Longpass' assault on the Tekkroon colony's mountain stronghold increases, Rankil Danston struggles to keep her wounded psyche intact. Though she is one of the Tekkroon colony's Power Barrier Troopers, the bravest of warrior Taelachs, she can no longer ignore her wounded child's cries for recognition nor the flashbacks that accompany those cries.

Drawn from her lover Myrla's side Rankil is pulled into the fight of her life and the greatest battle in Tekkroon history.

Giant Thief

Tales of Easie Damasco: Book 1

David Tallerman

Meet Easie Damasco, rogue, thieving swine and total charmer.

Even the wicked can't rest when a vicious warlord and the force of enslaved giants he commands invade their homeland. Damasco might get away in one piece, but he's going to need help.

Big time.

Crown Thief

Tales of Easie Damasco: Book 2

David Tallerman

Meet Easie Damasco: Thief, swindler and lately, reluctant hero.

But whatever good intentions Damasco may have are about to be tested to their limits, as the most valuable - and dangerous - object in the land comes within his light-fingered grasp.

Add in some suicidally stubborn giants, an old enemy with dreams of empire and the deadliest killers in two kingdoms on his heels, and Damasco's chances of staying honest - or even just surviving - are getting slimmer by the hour.

Prince Thief

Tales of Easie Damasco: Book 3

David Tallerman

Altapasaeda, capital of the Castoval, is about to be besieged by its own king - and where else would luckless, somewhat reformed thief Easie Damasco be but trapped within the city's walls? Faced with a war they can't win and a populace too busy fighting amongst itself to even try, the Castovalian defenders are left with one desperate option. Far in the northern lands of Shoan, rebels have set up the young prince Malekrin as a figurehead in their own quest to throw off the king's tyrannical rule. One way or another, the prince must be persuaded to join forces.

Once again, all hope lies with Damasco and his sticky-fingered approach to problem solving, along with his long suffering partner, the gentle giant Saltlick. But this time it's a human being that needs stealing, with his own desires and opinions, and events only grow more complicated as Damasco realises that he and the rebellious young prince have more in common that either would admit.

The Gambler's Fortune

Tales of Einarinn: Book 3

Juliet E. McKenna

Livak, a beautiful bandit, and her beloved, the swordsman Ryshad, search for a powerful, ancient, and forgotten magic that could save the Empire from total annihilation, but she must confront others who also seek to uncover these lost arts.

In the Palace of Shadow and Joy

Tales of Indrajit and Fix: Book 1

D. J. Butler

Indrajit Twang is the 427th epic poet of his people, the only person alive to carry their entire epic history and mythology in his head. His people are dwindling in number, and if he can't find a successor in the great city of Kish, their story will disappear with them.

Fix grew up a foundling on the ancient streets of Kish and is making his living as a mercenary. The woman he loves married someone else, and Fix has turned to buying and selling risk on the black market - but is he trying to impress her, or prove something to himself?

Indrajit and Fix have been hired by a powerful risk-merchant to protect the life of opera star Ilsa without Peer for the duration of a risk contract he's taken on. When an attempt is made on Ilsa's life, Indrajit and Fix find themselves hunted by multiple mercenary squads and targeted by some of the most powerful men in Kish. Will they be able to save themselves, not to mention protect Ilsa, in the Palace of Shadow and Joy?

Between Princesses and Other Jobs

Tales of Indrajit and Fix: Book 2

D. J. Butler

Indrajit and Fix are the founding partners of the Protagonists, a jobber company in Kish. Since the seven great families of Kish farm out all tasks they and the city need doing, a jobber might one day unblock a well; the next, man a tollgate for the fair; and on the third, hunt down a murderer on the loose, all in a corrupt old city that isn't so much governed as kept barely in bounds.

Indrajit is a poet of a dying race, looking for his successor. Fix is a failed monk, pining for his lost love. They're swordsmen and thinkers, heroes in their hearts and in their deeds. They also recover stolen documents, unravel financial fraud, escort shipwrecked diplomats, and hunt in the ruins beneath the city for missing academics. Meanwhile, the criminals they investigate, rival jobbers, sorcerers, spies, assassins, and other mysterious parties get more and more reason to want the Protagonists dead.

Welcome to Kish.

Among the Gray Lords

Tales of Indrajit and Fix: Book 3

D. J. Butler

Sometimes, the real enemies are the friends we make along the way.

An encounter with an old friend becomes tragically fatal, and Indrajit and Fix set out on a high-stakes, high-adrenaline quest across the ancient city of Kish to bring their friend back to life. At each step, the complications and the enemies alike pile up. The mysterious necromancers, the Vin Dalu priests, bind the heroes on an errand that sends them shuttling from one thieves' guild to the next, pitting Indrajit and Fix against the deadly House of Knives and embroiling them in a plot by the giant, wasplike Kattak to take dire revenge on Kish and all its great houses.

Can the heroes save their friend? Can Indrajit and Fix survive? Will Kish itself fall?

A Memory Called Empire

Teixcalaan: Book 1

Arkady Martine

Ambassador Mahit Dzmare arrives in the center of the multi-system Teixcalaanli Empire only to discover that her predecessor, the previous ambassador from their small but fiercely independent mining Station, has died. But no one will admit that his death wasn't an accident – or that Mahit might be next to die, during a time of political instability in the highest echelons of the imperial court.

Now, Mahit must discover who is behind the murder, rescue herself, and save her Station from Teixcalaan's unceasing expansion – all while navigating an alien culture that is all too seductive, engaging in intrigues of her own, and hiding a deadly technological secret – one that might spell the end of her Station and her way of life – or rescue it from annihilation.

A Desolation Called Peace

Teixcalaan: Book 2

Arkady Martine

An alien armada lurks on the edges of Teixcalaanli space. No one can communicate with it, no one can destroy it, and Fleet Captain Nine Hibiscus is running out of options.

In a desperate attempt at diplomacy with the mysterious invaders, the fleet captain has sent for a diplomatic envoy. Now Mahit Dzmare and Three Seagrass - still reeling from the recent upheaval in the Empire--face the impossible task of trying to communicate with a hostile entity.

Whether they succeed or fail could change the fate of Teixcalaan forever.

The Master Miller's Tale

The Aether Universe

Ian R. MacLeod

Sturgeon and World Fantasy Award nominated novella. It originally appeared in The Magazine of Fantasy & Science Fiction, May 2007. The story can also be found in the anthology Fantasy: The Best of the Year, 2008 Edition, edited by Rich Horton. It is included in the collections Journeys (2010) and Snodgrass and Other Illusions: The Best Short Stories of Ian R. MacLeod (2013).

The World Below

The Amphibians: Book 2

S. Fowler Wright

Contents:

  • v - Introduction (The World Below) - essay by Everett F. Bleiler
  • 1 - The Amphibians - [Amphibians - 1] - (1925) - novel by S. Fowler Wright
  • 204 - The World Below - [Amphibians - 2] - (1929) - novel by S. Fowler Wright

The World Below is about an adventurer who travels 500,000 years into the future with the aid of a time machine. There he encounters a race of intelligent furry beings, the Amphibians. With their help he explores the planet and is eventually captured by the Dwellers, super-intelligent beings who direct the destinies of the planet.

Publication can be confusing as both the first and second installment have been published as The World Below. They are typically paired as The Amphibians (part 1) and The World Below (part 2), or as The World Below (part 1) and The Dwellers (part 2).

The Green Killer

The Avenger: Book 20

Kenneth Robeson

A dread disease that contorts men into ape-like creatures brings a stranger to the Avenger's lab. He asks for an antidote, but will the cure do more harm than the disease? Will it mean death for the Avenger himself?

Paul Ernst authored this novel under the pseudonym Kenneth Robeson.

The Happy Killers

The Avenger: Book 21

Kenneth Robeson

A stolen formula transforms ordinary people into super human murder machines in The Happy Killers!

Paul Ernst authored this novel under the pseudonym Kenneth Robeson.

Eldrie the Healer

The Bastard Princess: Book 1

Claudia J. Edwards

Eldrie wields her sword to fight her way through enchanted forests & war-torn lands to search for the healing mage who can teach her the arts. Along the way she saves a brave huntsman, he swears fealty to her, and they pick up the search together.

The Best American Science Fiction and Fantasy 2016

The Best American Science Fiction and Fantasy: Book 2

John Joseph Adams
Karen Joy Fowler

From quiet, elegiac, contemporary tales to far-future, deep-space sagas, the stories chosen by series editor John Joseph Adams and guest editor Karen Joy Fowler for The Best American Science Fiction and Fantasy 2016 demonstrate the vast spectrum of what science fiction and fantasy aims to illuminate, displaying the full gamut of the human experience, interrogating our hopes and our fears -- of not just what we can accomplish or destroy as a person, but what we can accomplish or destroy as a people -- and throwing us into strange new worlds that can only be explored when we shed the shackles of reality.

Table of Contents
(works which are available to read online for free are linked)

Editorial

  • Foreword by John Joseph Adams
  • Introduction by Karen Joy Fowler

Fantasy

Science Fiction

The Best from IF, Volume I

The Best from IF: Book 1

Ejler Jakobsson

Contents:

  • Headnotes (The Best from If, Volume I ) - essay by James R. Frenkel (variant of Headnotes (The Best from If, Volume 1)) [as by James Frenkel]
  • 9 - The Reality Trip - (1970) - novelette by Robert Silverberg
  • 32 - Troubleshooter - (1970) - short story by Michael G. Coney
  • 49 - The Mind Bomb - (1969) - novelette by Frank Herbert
  • 72 - The Last True God - (1969) - short story by Lester del Rey
  • 81 - By the Falls - (1970) - short story by Harry Harrison
  • 90 - SOS - (1970) - novelette by Poul Anderson
  • 113 - The Right to Revolt - [Andrew Galt] - (1971) - short story by Keith Laumer
  • 131 - The Right to Resist - [Andrew Galt] - (1971) - short story by Keith Laumer
  • 149 - Waterclap - (1970) - novelette by Isaac Asimov
  • 185 - Habits of the Rigelian Nightfox - (1971) - short story by Ed Bianchi
  • 203 - The Nightblooming Saurian - (1970) - short story by James Tiptree, Jr.
  • 211 - Prez - (1970) - short story by Ron Goulart
  • 228 - Occam's Scalpel - (1971) - novelette by Theodore Sturgeon

The Best from IF, Volume II

The Best from IF: Book 2

Ejler Jakobsson

Contents:

  • 9 - Construction Shack - (1973) - short story by Clifford D. Simak
  • 24 - Susie's Reality - (1973) - novelette by Bob Stickgold
  • 57 - Mnarra Mobilis - (1973) - novelette by Sydney J. Van Scyoc
  • 84 - Westwind - (1973) - short story by Gene Wolfe
  • 93 - Death and Designation Among the Asadi - (1973) - novella by Michael Bishop
  • 179 - Guest Editorial (Worlds of If, May/June 1974) - (1974) - essay by Frederik Pohl
  • 185 - Wings Out of Shadow - [Berserker (Fred Saberhagen)] - (1974) - novelette by Fred Saberhagen
  • 206 - Stranger in Paradise - (1974) - novelette by Isaac Asimov

The Best Science Fiction Stories: 1949

The Best Science Fiction Stories: Book 1

Everett F. Bleiler
T. E. Dikty

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction: Trends in Modern Science-Fiction - (1949) - essay by Melvin Korshak
  • Preface - (1949) - essay by Everett F. Bleiler and T. E. Dikty
  • Mars Is Heaven! - (1948) - shortstory by Ray Bradbury
  • Ex Machina - (1948) - novelette by Lewis Padgett
  • The Strange Case of John Kingman - (1948) - shortstory by Murray Leinster
  • Doughnut Jockey - (1948) - shortstory by Erik Fennel
  • Thang - (1948) - shortstory by Martin Gardner
  • Period Piece - (1948) - shortstory by J. J. Coupling
  • Knock - (1948) - shortstory by Fredric Brown
  • Genius - (1948) - novelette by Poul Anderson
  • And the Moon Be Still as Bright - (1948) - novelette by Ray Bradbury
  • No Connection - (1948) - shortstory by Isaac Asimov
  • In Hiding - (1948) - novelette by Wilmar H. Shiras
  • Happy Ending - (1948) - novelette by Henry Kuttner and C. L. Moore

The Best Science Fiction Stories: 1950

The Best Science Fiction Stories: Book 2

Everett F. Bleiler
T. E. Dikty

Table of Contents:

  • Sort of Introduction - (1950) - essay by Vincent Starrett
  • Preface - (1950) - essay by Everett F. Bleiler and T. E. Dikty
  • Private Eye - (1949) - novelette by Lewis Padgett
  • Doomsday Deferred - (1949) - shortstory by Will F. Jenkins
  • The Hurkle Is a Happy Beast - (1949) - shortstory by Theodore Sturgeon
  • Eternity Lost - (1949) - novelette by Clifford D. Simak
  • Easter Eggs - (1949) - novelette by Robert S. Carr
  • Opening Doors - (1949) - novelette by Wilmar H. Shiras
  • Five Years in the Marmalade - (1949) - shortstory by Robert W. Krepps
  • Dwellers in Silence - (1948) - shortstory by Ray Bradbury
  • Mouse - (1949) - shortstory by Fredric Brown
  • Refuge for Tonight - (1949) - novelette by Robert Moore Williams
  • The Life-Work of Professor Muntz - (1949) - shortstory by Murray Leinster
  • Flaw - (1949) - shortstory by John D. MacDonald
  • The Man - (1949) - shortstory by Ray Bradbury
  • About the Authors - (1950) - essay by uncredited

The Best Science Fiction Stories: 1951

The Best Science Fiction Stories: Book 3

Everett F. Bleiler
T. E. Dikty

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction - (1951) - essay by Everett F. Bleiler and T. E. Dikty
  • The Santa Claus Planet - (1951) - novelette by Frank M. Robinson
  • The Gnurrs Come from the Voodvork Out - (1950) - shortstory by Reginald Bretnor
  • The Mindworm - (1950) - shortstory by C. M. Kornbluth
  • The Star Ducks - (1950) - shortstory by Bill Brown
  • Not to Be Opened- - (1950) - novelette by Roger Flint Young
  • Process - (1950) - shortstory by A. E. van Vogt
  • Forget-Me-Not - (1950) - novelette by William F. Temple
  • Contagion - (1950) - novelette by Katherine MacLean
  • Trespass! - (1950) - shortstory by Poul Anderson and Gordon R. Dickson
  • Oddy and Id - (1950) - shortstory by Alfred Bester
  • To Serve Man - (1950) - shortstory by Damon Knight
  • Summer Wear - (1950) - shortstory by L. Sprague de Camp
  • Born of Man and Woman - (1950) - shortstory by Richard Matheson
  • The Fox and the Forest - (1950) - shortstory by Ray Bradbury
  • The Last Martian - (1950) - shortstory by Fredric Brown
  • The New Reality - (1950) - novelette by Charles L. Harness
  • Two Face - (1950) - shortstory by Frank Belknap Long
  • Coming Attraction - (1950) - shortstory by Fritz Leiber

The Best Science Fiction Stories: 1952

The Best Science Fiction Stories: Book 4

Everett F. Bleiler
T. E. Dikty

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction - (1952) - essay by Everett F. Bleiler and T. E. Dikty
  • The Other Side - (1951) - shortstory by Walter Kubilius
  • Of Time and Third Avenue - (1951) - shortstory by Alfred Bester
  • The Marching Morons - (1951) - novelette by C. M. Kornbluth
  • A Peculiar People - (1951) - shortstory by Betsy Curtis
  • Extending the Holdings - (1951) - shortstory by David Grinnell
  • The Tourist Trade - (1951) - shortstory by Wilson Tucker
  • The Two Shadows - (1951) - novelette by William F. Temple
  • Balance - (1951) - shortstory by John Christopher
  • Brightness Falls from the Air - (1951) - shortstory by Idris Seabright
  • Witch War - (1951) - shortstory by Richard Matheson
  • At No Extra Cost - (1951) - shortstory by Peter Phillips
  • Nine-Finger Jack - (1951) - shortstory by Anthony Boucher
  • Appointment in Tomorrow - (1951) - novelette by Fritz Leiber
  • The Rats - (1951) - shortstory by Arthur Porges
  • Men of the Ten Books - (1951) - shortstory by Jack Vance
  • Generation of Noah - (1951) - shortstory by William Tenn
  • Dark Interlude - (1951) - shortstory by Fredric Brown and Mack Reynolds
  • The Pedestrian - (1951) - shortstory by Ray Bradbury
  • About the Authors (The Best Science-Fiction Stories: 1952) - (1952) - essay by uncredited

The Best Science Fiction Stories: 1953

The Best Science Fiction Stories: Book 5

T. E. Dikty
Everett F. Bleiler

Table of Contents:

  • Editors' Preface - (1953) - essay by T. E. Dikty and Everett F. Bleiler
  • Trematode, a Critique of Modern Science-Fiction - (1953) - essay by Alfred Bester
  • The Fly - (1952) - shortstory by Arthur Porges
  • Ararat - (1952) - novelette by Zenna Henderson
  • Counter-Transference - (1952) - novelette by William F. Temple
  • The Conqueror - (1952) - shortstory by Mark Clifton
  • Machine - (1952) - shortstory by John Jakes
  • The Middle of the Week After Next - (1952) - shortstory by Murray Leinster
  • The Dreamer - (1952) - shortstory by Alfred Coppel
  • The Moon Is Green - (1952) - shortstory by Fritz Leiber
  • I Am Nothing - (1952) - shortstory by Eric Frank Russell
  • Command Performance - (1952) - novelette by Walter M. Miller, Jr.
  • Survival - (1952) - novelette by John Wyndham
  • Game for Blondes - (1952) - shortstory by John D. MacDonald
  • The Girls from Earth - (1952) - novelette by Frank M. Robinson
  • Lover, When You're Near Me - (1952) - novelette by Richard Matheson
  • Fast Falls the Eventide - (1952) - shortstory by Eric Frank Russell
  • About the Authors (The Best Science-Fiction Stories: 1953) - essay by uncredited

The Best Science Fiction Stories: 1954

The Best Science Fiction Stories: Book 6

Everett F. Bleiler
T. E. Dikty

Table of Contents:

  • Editors' Preface - essay by Everett F. Bleiler and T. E. Dikty
  • Icon of the Imagination - essay by Fritz Leiber
  • DP! - (1953) - shortstory by Jack Vance
  • The Big Holiday - (1953) - shortstory by Fritz Leiber
  • The Collectors - (1953) - shortstory by G. Gordon Dewey and Max Dancey
  • One in Three Hundred - (1953) - novelette by J. T. McIntosh
  • Wonder Child - (1953) - novelette by Joseph Shallit
  • Crucifixus Etiam - (1953) - shortstory by Walter M. Miller, Jr.
  • The Model of a Judge - (1953) - shortstory by William Morrison
  • The Last Day - (1953) - shortstory by Richard Matheson
  • Time Is the Traitor - (1953) - novelette by Alfred Bester
  • Lot - (1953) - novelette by Ward Moore
  • Yankee Exodus - (1953) - shortstory by Ruth M. Goldsmith
  • What Thin Partitions - (1953) - novelette by Mark Clifton and Alex Apostolides
  • A Bad Day for Sales - (1953) - shortstory by Fritz Leiber
  • About the Authors - essay by uncredited
  • Index, the Best Science-Fiction Stories: 1949- - essay by uncredited

Requiem

The Braintrust: Book 5

Marc Stiegler

The World Economy Crashed and Burned. What's a BrainTrust To Do?

Having barely dodged an extinction level event, humanity now faces a new disaster: the world plunges into a Great Crash deeper and more cruel than the Depression of 1929. The BrainTrust has an answer. But the old, corrupt, dirtside Powers don't need an answer.

They need a scapegoat.

Soon an unholy alliance launches three mighty fleets, each individually powerful enough to destroy all the combined navies of WWII. Relentless and unstoppable, they bear down on the effectively unarmed archipelago.

Now Dash and her mentor Colin must face a last question.

It will be her Final Exam.

Can Dash even accept the only answer?

How terrible is the price she will have to pay?

Welcome to the thrilling finale of the BrainTrust saga!

The Abyss Beyond Dreams

The Chronicle of the Fallers: Book 1

Peter F. Hamilton

TO SAVE THEIR CIVILISATION HE MUST DESTROY IT...

When images of a lost civilization are 'dreamed' by a self-proclaimed prophet of the age, Nigel Sheldon, inventor of wormhole technology and creator of the Commonwealth society, is asked to investigate. Especially as the dreams seem to be coming from the Void - a mysterious area of living space monitored and controlled because of its hugely destructive capabilities. With it being the greatest threat to the known universe, Nigel is committed to finding out what really lies within the Void and if there's any truth to the visions they've received. Does human life really exist inside its boundary?

But when Nigel crash lands inside the Void, on a planet he didn't even know existed, he finds so much more than he expected. Bienvenido: a world populated by the ancestors of survivors from Commonwealth colony ships that disappeared centuries ago. Since then they've been fighting an increasingly desperate battle against the Fallers, a space-born predator artificially evolved to conquer worlds. Their sole purpose is to commit genocide against every species they encounter. With their powerful telepathic lure - that tempts any who stray across their path to a slow and painful death - they are by far the greatest threat to humanity's continued existence on this planet.

But Nigel soon realizes that the Fallers also hold the key to something he'd never hoped to find - the destruction of the Void itself. If only he can survive long enough to work out how to use it...

Night Without Stars

The Chronicle of the Fallers: Book 2

Peter F. Hamilton

After centuries trapped inside the Void, the planet Bienvenido--along with its inhabitants, both human and Faller--has been expelled into normal space. But the survivors are millions of light-years from the Commonwealth, which knows nothing of their existence. As the two races plunge into mortal conflict for sole possession of the planet, the humans seem destined to lose--despite the assistance of the mysterious Warrior Angel, who possesses forbidden Commonwealth technology.

With the Fallers' numbers growing, and their ability to mimic humans allowing them to infiltrate all levels of society, it's only a matter of time before they surge to victory. Then, on a routine space flight, Major Ry Evine inadvertently frees a captive vessel that crash-lands on Bienvenido carrying the last, best hope for human survival: a baby. But a far from ordinary one.

The child not only ages at a remarkable rate but demonstrates knowledge and abilities far beyond those of Bienvenido's humans. Hunted by Fallers and humans alike, she is a crucial link to humanity's lost past--and a glorious future already almost out of reach.

Shadow Prowler

The Chronicles of Siala: Book 1

Alexey Pehov

After centuries of calm, the Nameless One is stirring.

An army is gathering; thousands of giants, ogres, and other creatures are joining forces from all across the Desolate Lands, united, for the first time in history, under one, black banner. By the spring, or perhaps sooner, the Nameless One and his forces will be at the walls of the great city of Avendoom.

Unless Shadow Harold, master thief, can find some way to stop them.

Epic fantasy at its best, Shadow Prowler is the first in a trilogy that follows Shadow Harold on his quest for a magic Horn that will restore peace to the Kingdom of Siala. Harold will be accompanied on his quest by an Elfin princess, Miralissa, her elfin escort, and ten Wild Hearts, the most experienced and dangerous fighters in their world...and by the king's court jester (who may be more than he seems... or less).

Reminiscent of Moorcock's Elric series, Shadow Prowler is the first work to be published in English by the bestselling Russian fantasy author Alexey Pehov. The book was translated by Andrew Bromfield, best known for his work on the highly successful Night Watch series.

The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 1

The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller: Book 1

Carol Emshwiller

Crossing the boundaries between fabulist literature, science fiction, and magical realism, the stories in this collection offer a valuable glimpse into the evolution of Carol Emshwiller's ideas and style during her more than 50-year career. Influenced by J. G. Ballard, Steven Millhauser, Philip K. Dick, and Lydia Davis, Emshwiller has a range of works that is impressive and demonstrates her refusal to be labeled or to stick to one genre. This exhilarating new collection marks the first time many of the early stories have been published in book form and is evidence of the genius of Emshwiller, one of America's most versatile and imaginative authors.

Table of Contents:

  • Foreword - essay
  • Built for Pleasure - 1954 - short story
  • The Victim - 1955 - short story
  • This Thing Called Love - 1955 - short story
  • Love Me Again - 1956 - short story
  • The Piece Thing - 1956 - short story
  • Bingo and Bongo - 1956 - short story
  • Nightmare Call - 1957 - short story
  • Murray is for Murder - 1957 - short story
  • The Coming - 1957 - short story
  • Hunting Machine - 1957 - short story
  • Hands - 1957 - short story
  • You'll Feel Better... - 1957 - short story
  • Two-Step for Six Legs - 1957 - short story
  • Baby - 1958 - short story
  • Idol's Eye - 1958 - short story
  • Pelt - 1958 - short story
  • Day at the Beach - 1959 - short story
  • Puritan Planet - 1960 - short story
  • But Soft, What Light... - 1966 - short story
  • Chicken Icarus - 1966 - short story (variant of A Dream of Flying)
  • Eohippus - 1967 - short story
  • Sex and/or Mr. Morrison - 1967 - short story
  • Krashaw - 1967 - short story
  • Lib - 1968 - short story
  • Animal - 1968 - short story
  • Methapyrilene Hydrochloride Sometimes Helps - 1968 - short story
  • White Dove - 1969 - short story
  • I Love You - 1969 - short story
  • The Queen of Sleep - 1970 - short story
  • Peninsula - 1970 - short story
  • Debut - 1970 - short story
  • The Institute - 1970 - short story
  • A Possible Episode in the Picaresque Adventures of Mr. J.H.B. Monstrosee - 1971 - short story
  • Woman Waiting - 1970 - short story
  • Yes, Virginia - 1971 - short story
  • Al - 1972 - short story
  • Strangers - 1973 - short story
  • The Childhood of the Human Hero - 1973 - short story
  • Autobiography - 1974 - short story
  • Maybe Another Long March Across China 80,000 Strong - 1974 - short story
  • Joy in Our Cause - 1974 - short story
  • Biography of an Uncircumcised Man (Including Interview) - 1974 - short story
  • To the Association - 1974 - short story
  • Destinations, Premonitions and the Nature of Anxiety - 1974 - short story
  • Dog Is Dead - 1974 - short story
  • One Part of the Self Is Always Tall and Dark - 1977 - short story
  • Escape Is No Accident - 1977 - short story
  • Thanne Longen Folk to Goen on Pilgrimages - 1977 - short story
  • Expecting Sunshine and Getting It - 1978 - short story
  • Omens - 1980 - short story
  • Abominable - 1980 - short story
  • The Start of the End of It All - 1981 - short story (variant of The Start of the End of the World)
  • Slowly Bumbling in the Void - 1981 - short story
  • Queen Kong - 1982 - short story
  • The Futility of Fixed Positions - 1982 - short story
  • Mental Health and Its Alternative - 1983 - short story
  • Verging on the Pertinent - 1984 - short story
  • There Is No God But Bog - 1985 - short story
  • Eclipse - 1986 - short story
  • The Circular Library of Stones - 1987 - short story
  • If Not Forever, When? - 1987 - short story
  • Vilcabamba - 1987 - short story
  • Fledged - 1988 - short story
  • The Promise of Undying Love - 1989 - short story
  • What Every Woman Knows - 1989 - short story
  • Not Burning - 1989 - short story
  • Being Mysterious Strangers from Distant Shores - 1989 - short story
  • Clerestory - 1989 - short story
  • Living at the Center - 1989 - short story
  • Yukon - 1989 - short story
  • As If - 1989 - short story
  • Secrets of the Native Tongue - 1989 - short story
  • Moon Songs - 1990 - short story
  • Acceptance Speech - 1990 - short story
  • Looking Down - 1990 - short story
  • Peri - 1990 - short story
  • If the Word Was to the Wise - 1990 - short story
  • There Is No Evil Angel But Love - 1990 - short story
  • Draculalucard - 1991 - short story
  • Emissary - 1991 - short story
  • Mrs. Jones - 1993 - short story
  • Venus Rising - 1992 - novelette
  • Modillion - 1994 - short story
  • After Shock - 1995 - short story
  • The Project - 2001 - short story
  • Foster Mother - 2001 - short story
  • Creature - 2001 - short story
  • Grandma - 2002 - short story

The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller Vol. 2

The Collected Stories of Carol Emshwiller: Book 2

Carol Emshwiller

Crossing the boundaries between fabulist literature, science fiction, and magical realism, the stories in this second volume of the Carol Emshwiller collection offer a valuable glimpse into the evolution of her ideas and style during her more than 50-year career. Including all of her fiction to date and additional stories not available in the first volume, this selection of 56 of Emshwiller's works demonstrate a range that is impressive and exemplifies her refusal to be labeled or to stick to one genre. This exhilarating new collection marks the first time many of the early stories have been published in book form and is evidence of the genius of Emshwiller, one of America's most versatile and imaginative authors.

Table of Contents

  • Carol Emshwiller: The Hunting Machine - essay by Barry N. Malzberg
  • Adapted - (1961) - short story
  • Glory, Glory - (1990) - short story
  • A Is for Abel, B Is for Bird - (1998) - short story
  • Josephine - (2002) - short story
  • Overlooking - (2002) - short story
  • The Prince of Mules - (2002) - short story
  • Water Master - (2002) - short story
  • The Paganini of Jacob's Gully - (2002) - short story
  • Desert Child - (2002) - short story
  • Report to the Men's Club - (2002) - short story
  • Nose - (2002) - short story
  • It Comes from Deep Inside - (2002) - short story
  • Prejudice and Pride - (2002) - short story
  • After All - (2002) - short story
  • The Doctor - (2002) - short story
  • Boys - (2003) - short story
  • Coo People - (2003) - short story
  • Repository - (2003) - short story
  • The General - (2003) - short story
  • Gods and Three Wishes - (2003) - short story
  • Lightning - (2003) - short story
  • On Display Among the Lesser - (2004) - short story
  • Gliders Though They Be - (2004) - short story
  • My General - (2004) - novelette
  • The Library - (2004) - short story
  • The Assassin, or Being the Loved One - (2004) - short story
  • All of Us Can Almost ... - (2004) - short story
  • I Live with You - (2005) - short story
  • The Being of It All - (2005) - short fiction
  • See No Evil, Feel No Joy - (2005) - short story
  • Bountiful City - (2005) - short story
  • World of no Return - (2006) - short story
  • Quill - (2006) - novelette
  • Killers - (2006) - short story
  • The Seducer - (2006) - short story
  • Such a Woman, Or, Sixties Rant - (2006) - short story
  • At Sixes and Sevens - (2007) - short story
  • God Clown - (2007) - short story
  • Master of the Road to Nowhere - (2008) - novelette
  • All Washed Up While Looking for a Better World - (2008) - short story
  • Self Story - (2008) - short story
  • Wilmer or Wesley - (2008) - short story
  • Whoever - (2008) - short story
  • The Perfect Infestation - (2009) - short story
  • The Bird Painter in Time of War - (2009) - short story
  • The Meaning of the Fields - (2009) - short story
  • A Safe Place to Be - (2009) - short story
  • The Dignity He's Due - (2009) - novelette
  • Logicist - (2009) - short story
  • Wilds - (2010) - short story
  • Above It All - (2010) - short fiction
  • The Abominable Child - (2010) - novelette
  • On Not Going Extinct - (2010) - short story
  • No Time Like the Present - (2010) - short story
  • The Lovely Ugly - (2010) - short story
  • Uncle E - (2010) - short story
  • A Hello to Arms - (2011) - short story
  • Mountain Song - (2011) - novelette
  • The News That's Fit - (2011) - short story
  • The Mismeasure of Me And How I Saved the World - (2011) - short story
  • Danilo - (2011) - short story
  • The New and Perfect Man - (2011) - short story
  • All I Know of Freedom - (2012) - short story
  • Riding Red Ted - (2012) - short story

To the King a Daughter

The Cycle of Oak, Yew, Ash, and Rowan: Book 1

Andre Norton
Sasha Miller

To the King a Daughter begins the cycle of Oak, Yew, Ash, and Rowan: the four powers of the world who have been warring for centuries. The Clan of Ash is slowly dying, their totem tree in the sacred square withering away to nothing. There is a prophecy that a daughter of Ash will rise again, but none have survived the mass killings, thereby rendering the prophecy unfillable.

But deep in the swamps, in the care of the witch-healer all need and all fear, there is a young girl-woman who can not be the witch's daughter; a girl who, in fact, by virtue of her beauty and elegance and simmering power, can only be a Daughter of Ash, the one who will rise to fulfill the prophecy--and the destiny of her birthright.

Knight or Knave

The Cycle of Oak, Yew, Ash, and Rowan: Book 2

Andre Norton
Sasha Miller

Times are changing in Rendelsham. The old King is dead, and the foolish Prince Florian has assumed the throne. Florian's mother, Queen Ysa of the House of Oak, still controls the land from behind the scences, but her job grows more difficult every day. Her unworthy, headstrong son is harder to control than her husband was, and she must spend more time than ever masking her own movements. Her husband's illegitimate daughter Ashen, heir to the nearly dead House of Ash, still causes trouble by her very existence, and must never be given an opening to the throne. The barbarian Sea-Rover clan presents problems from the edge of the Bog, Ysa's newest magical ally has been exposed as a traitor, and nothing is going as Ysa had planned.

And still the unknown yet encroaching threat from the North continues to grow.

Through births and deaths, marriages and duels, love and betrayal, magic and force, the four Houses of Rendelsham can only survive by the strength of their unity--but is unity possible in such a court of intrigue as this one?

A Crown Disowned

The Cycle of Oak, Yew, Ash, and Rowan: Book 3

Andre Norton
Sasha Miller

A Crown Disowned is the third volume of the cycle of Oak, Yew, Ash, and Rowan that began with To the King a Daughter and was continued in Knight or Knave.

The earth is shaking and splitting as the forces from the North draw nearer. The Ice Dragon Riders are speaking to the land, and more fire mountains awaken in the Bog. Rohan seeks to join forces with Tusser, leader of the Bog-folk, as Queen Ysa raises an army to clear the Bog.

War draws closer until even the Queen cannot deny it any longer. Raids from the North increase and for the first time, the Riders of the Ice Dragons appear. It is time for the Queen to give up her game of pitting one faction against another. Four great armies assemble and they all march under the same banner. Though they do not--cannot--represent the Four Trees, this is nevertheless seen as a good omen.

Many good men from all four armies fall in battle, yet the Great Foulness is still at large. Is the combined might of the four powers enough to free the land from evil?

Dragon Blade

The Cycle of Oak, Yew, Ash, and Rowan: Book 4

Andre Norton
Sasha Miller

Over a year has passed since the defeat of the Great Foulness, and the ravaged earth has begun to heal. Lost for generations, the signet rings of the Four Great Houses---Oak, Yew, Ash, and Rowan---have been restored to their rightful heirs. And Ashen NordornQueen, mistress of the Land of Ever Snow, looks forward to a life of peace and happiness with her beloved husband and their newborn son---only to learn that an ancient evil still threatens all that she holds dear.

The Mother Ice Dragon, the fearsome progenitor of her deadly breed, has awakened from slumber to menace the world anew. Legend holds that only the Dragon Blade, forged from the scales of her vanquished mate, can slay the deadly female dragon, but the Dragon Blade has been lost for ages.

As Ashen embarks on a perilous quest to find the mystic sword, she leaves her castle and homeland in the care of her closest friends, including Rannore, Lady of the Rowan, who soon faces danger of a different sort....

Dragon Blade continues the saga begun in To the King a Daughter and continued in Knight or Knave and A Crown Disowned.

The Knight of the Red Beard

The Cycle of Oak, Yew, Ash, and Rowan: Book 5

Andre Norton
Sasha Miller

Having rebuilt the NordornLand from rubble, Ashen and Gaurin rule justly and fairly over a reinvigorated land. Beloved by their kingdom, they now turn their attention to the next generation of Nordorn royalty.

Responsible Bjaudin, heir to the throne, focuses on his studies and Hegrin, Queen of Rendel, rears her own growing brood. But the youngest siblings, Elin and Mikkel, seem destined to alter the future of the NordornLand--for better or for worse.

Thirteen-year-old Elin craves power, and believes her new alliance with the evil Ysa may help her achieve it.

Eleven-year-old Mikkel stows away on a Sea-Rover ship, hoping for a brief adventure. But when the ship is attacked, Mikkel is taken prisoner, and soon his bonds to the NordornLand are the last thing on his mind.

Through births and deaths, celebration and wars, Ashen and Gaurin have worked tirelessly to bring peace and prosperity to their kingdom. But it appears that this era of peace may be at its end. This final installment of the Cycle of Oak, Yew, Ash, and Rowan brings the series to a thrilling climax worthy of these fascinating characters.

The Tablet of Scaptur

The Dark Intercept

Julia Keller

In the 23rd century, there is a radiant world of endless summer where peace is maintained through emotional surveillance performed by a peculiar device called the Intercept. When Violet Crowley, the sixteen-year-old daughter of New Earth's Founding Father, is smuggled an artifact covered mysterious markings, it's up to her and her friends to decipher the message.

Read the full story for free at Tor.com.

The Dark Intercept

The Dark Intercept: Book 1

Julia Keller

When the state controls your emotions, how hard will you fight to feel free?

In a radiant world of endless summer, the Intercept keeps the peace. Violet Crowley, the sixteen-year-old daughter of New Earth's Founding Father, has spent her life in comfort and safety. Her days are easy thanks to the Intercept, a crime-prevention device that monitors emotion. But when her long-time crush, Danny Mayhew, gets into a dangerous altercation on Old Earth, Violet launches a secret investigation to find out what he's hiding. An investigation that will lead her to question everything she's ever known about Danny, her father, and the power of the Intercept.

Much like the device itself, The Dark Intercept will get under your skin.

Batman: The Dark Knight Returns

The Dark Knight: Book 1

Frank Miller
Klaus Janson
Lynn Varley

Writer/artist Frank Miller completely reinvents the legend of Batman in this saga of a near-future Gotham City gone to rot, 10 years after the Dark Knight's retirement. Forced to take action, the Dark Knight returns in a blaze of fury, taking on a whole new generation of criminals and matching their level of violence. He is soon joined by a new Robin--a girl named Carrie Kelley, who proves to be just as invaluable as her predecessors.

But can Batman and Robin deal with the threat posed by their deadliest enemies, after years of incarceration have turned them into perfect psychopaths? And more important, can anyone survive the coming fallout from an undeclared war between the superpowers--or the clash of what were once the world's greatest heroes?

Batman: The Dark Knight Strikes Again

The Dark Knight: Book 2

Lynn Varley
Frank Miller

In this sequel to Frank Miller's seminal graphic novel Batman: The Dark Knight Returns , it's three years later and the DC Universe is at peace. At least on the surface. And Batman must return once again to save the world from themselves.

Still, the world looks fine: a perfectly choreographed, pretty little world where everything that's ugly, or even potentially disturbing, is all nicely wrapped up with neat little ribbons and swept under the carpet. Only Batman knows better. He's watched it fester to near-breaking point, and it's time for the only free man left who can effect any real change to bring it all down around their ears once and for all.

The Dark Knight returns once again with a vitality unseen since the first years of his war on crime. Together with his army of Bat-soldiers, including Carrie Kelley--formerly Robin, and now the new Catgirl--the Dark Knight wages a new war on a diseased world that's become completely lost.

Batman: The Dark Knight Strikes Again features appearances by such DC icons as Superman, Wonder Woman, Green Arrow, Martian Manhunter, the Atom, the Question and more. But are they still the World's Greatest Heroes or part of the conspiracy?

Batman: The Dark Knight: Master Race

The Dark Knight: Book 3

Frank Miller
Klaus Janson

In 1986, Frank Miller introduced his iconic take on Batman and changed the face of comics forever. Now, three decades after BATMAN: THE DARK KNIGHT RETURNS, Miller himself has returned with a third chapter to his groundbreaking saga.

It's been three years since the Batman defeated Lex Luthor and saved the world from tyranny. Three years since anyone has seen Gotham City's guardian alive. Wonder Woman, Queen of the Amazons... Hal Jordan, the Green Lantern... Superman, the Man of Steel... all of the Dark Knight's allies have retreated from the front lines of the war against injustice.

But now a new war is beginning. An army of unimaginable power led by Superman's own daughter is preparing to claim Earth as their new world.

The only force that can stop this master race--Batman--is dead.

Long live the new Batman...

Doomsday Match

The Dresden Codex: Book 1

Jeff Wheeler

A vacationing family becomes pawns in an ancient ritual designed to bring about the apocalypse...

A prophecy has waited for five centuries to be fulfilled. That time has come. Sacrifices will be made. Let the games begin.

When Jonathon Roth and his family are invited by their neighbors, the Beasleys, to join them at a luxury retreat in Cozumel, who can refuse? It's the perfect winter getaway. Relaxing on the beach, gourmet food, sightseeing, and free accommodations. But if it sounds too good to be true, it is.

Villa Sara de Calakmul, owned by mysterious tycoon Jacob Calakmul, is more isolated compound than private resort. Armed guards patrol the jungle perimeters. Pictures of previous guests--long disappeared--adorn the walls. And there are whispers of something coming called "the game." Even in the sweltering heat, the Roths feel a chill--and the fear that they haven't been invited to Villa Sara. They've been lured. But for what purpose? And to what end?

From the ruins, a death cult is reborn. A prophecy to bring down Western civilization is being realized. As a legendary blood sport is engaged, the Roths themselves may need to call upon ancient powers if they're to survive, escape, and save the world from annihilation.

Jaguar Prophecies

The Dresden Codex: Book 2

Jeff Wheeler

The fate of the world is in the hands of two men. One is prophesized to end it. The other must save it...

If the end-of-the-world prophecy is true, a vengeful descendant will reign with blood and fury. The planets are already aligning.

For Jonathon Roth and his family, a vacation in Cozumel became a nightmare. Pawns in a deadly ritual, Roth and his children barely escaped with their lives, and with the secrets of mastermind Jacob Calakmul. Calakmul's endgame: to fulfill the Jaguar Prophecies--the foretelling of an inevitable Armageddon, one that will destroy entire nations. The key to stopping it is to retrieve an ancient codex--if Roth can decipher it.

From a museum in Dresden where the mysterious codex is on display to the Roths' Montana home in the dead of winter, no place is safe from Calakmul's reach. Obsessed with the legends of the magic of the Maya, Roth knows Calakmul's powers are real. Roth's own daughter possesses them too. As Calakmul and his henchmen close in, Roth and his children are running for their lives.

In a prepper's lair in the Montana mountains, Roth must piece together a terrifying puzzle to stop an apocalyptic vision from coming true. If it's not already too late. Because the countdown to the end-time has already begun.

Final Strike

The Dresden Codex: Book 3

Jeff Wheeler

Time is running out as an apocalyptic prophecy comes to bear...

As a plague of the gods spreads throughout the world, two men face the end times on opposing sides of good and evil.

It began as a death-defying ritual in the Yucatán. Jonathon Roth and his family were pawns in an inconceivable endgame. Jacob Calakmul was its depraved and mystifying mastermind destined to fulfill an ancient prophecy, destroy the government, and bring about his personal Armageddon. Exposing the unbelievable truth to the authorities has made Roth's life a nightmare.

Roth is under FBI protection in DC. His sons may be safe, but his wife has disappeared, and his daughter, Suki--a girl gifted with a special magic--is now Calakmul's captive. She and her father are the keys to making Calakmul's plot a horrifying reality. It's already in motion. A deadly plague released in Cozumel and rooted in ancient mythology will wipe out cities across the globe so fast it's impossible to imagine the near future. But Calakmul can. His prophesized end of days is here. And only Roth and Suki can stop it.

To save their family, and all of humanity, what will Roth and his daughter risk? And what must they sacrifice in a final match with the ascending ruler of a terrifying new world order?

Druids

The Druids Saga: Book 1

Barbara Galler-Smith
Josh Langston

For over 1000 years, Celts rule Europe. The most revered are the Druids: bards, healers, judges, and seers. A special few protect the secrets of ancient Earth magic, including a healer from Iberia, and a seer from Belgica.

Rhonwen, the healer, keeps the Druidic culture and practises alive in a land ravaged by a Roman civil war. Sworn by her Mother to a blood oath of vengeance, she must choose between fulfilling the promise or following her own heart's path.

Mallec, the seer, is sent from his warrior tribe to the center of druidic learning to become a scholar. His training does not prepare him for an unexpected discovery of an ancient rite for immortality. Once mastered, Mallec must protect the knowledge from those who thirst for its power and are bent on his destruction.

Seemingly separate paths, entwined by dreams and destiny, the DRUIDS saga unfolds.

Captives

The Druids Saga: Book 2

Barbara Galler-Smith
Josh Langston

Cast into slavery, two Druids must escape and protect an ancient magic from one who would abuse it.

As the spiritual heart of his clan, seer Druid Mallec is trusted and adored by all around him. Continuing to wonder at his past visions of a dark haired woman, his attentions shift to a series of calamities overtaking his people. Mallec struggles to understand why they have lost their gods favour, unaware of the untimely resurrection of the evil Driad Dierdre, and her plans for his ultimate downfall.

Meanwhile, healer Driad Rhonwen, Mallec's dark haired vision, remains in slavery passing from bad master to worse. Repeatedly punished for her resistant nature, but kept alive for her healing skills, Rhonwen survives, unaware of her intertwined fate with Mallec and the betrayal that will soon cast him into chains.

Warriors

The Druids Saga: Book 3

Barbara Galler-Smith
Josh Langston

The final book of the DRUIDS trilogy tells a tumultuous tale of the Druidic battle to save their tribes, to protect their children and to preserved their culture, as the brutal soldiers of Julius Caesar's army invades their lands.

History is written by victors, but the vanquished also have a powerful tale to tell.

In 57 BC the Druidic men and women of ancient Gaul banded together to battle against Julius Caesar's campaign to rule the world.

Though the Gauls also faced hostile and bloody conflicts within their own tribes, they worked together to fight against the Roman invasion.

Remarkably, though war was an integral part of their everyday life, they found ways to celebrate their Druidic traditions and act on their most tender passions for life.

The Generation Killer

The Dying Squad: Book 2

Adam Simcox

There's a new serial killer on the streets of Manchester - and only a dead cop can stop them.

Detective Joe Lazarus works for the Dying Squad, solving crimes the living police can't. When the Generation Killer starts wiping out Manchester's innocents, Joe and his new partner Bits have mere hours to catch the murderer. A young woman's life depends on it.

Joe's former partner Daisy-May has her own problems. Children are going missing in the afterlife, and she's the only one who seems to care. Her investigation uncovers a conspiracy so vast, it threatens both the living and the dead.

Her predecessor the Duchess can't help this time; she's tracked her treacherous sister, Hanna, to Tokyo, where she's been recruiting the dead. The Duchess must enlist the help of a local detective if she's to have any choice of stopping her.

Time is running out for the Dying Squad. And if they can't crack their cases, it's the living that will pay...

Hard-Luck Diggings: The Early Jack Vance

The Early Jack Vance: Book 1

Jack Vance

A legend has to start somewhere...

As so many writers have said, it's in the shorter and mid-length work that the storytelling craft is best learned. Hard-Luck Diggings brings together fourteen such pieces from the first twelve years of Grand Master Jack Vance's genre-defining career, from back when he first worked to pay the mortgage, buy the groceries, travel the world, eventually building his own private "dream castle" and starting a family.

Like any writer serious about staying in the game, we see him targeting the markets of the day, doing what was needed to meet the tastes of editors and their readerships while at the same time perfecting his own special way of doing things so that his name, his distinctive voice, stood a chance (in modern marketing parlance) of becoming a viable "brand."

Hard-Luck Diggings brings that fascinating process to life in fine style. As well as serving up vintage entertainment from one of the field's genuine masters, it provides an illuminating armchair tour of how the Jack Vance enterprise came to be, full of zest and life, the thrill of the upward climb and of so much more to be done. This is a book to be savoured with a twinkle in the eye, a knowing smile, but most of all, with a love of adventure and high romance firmly in place.

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction
  • Hard-Luck Diggings (1948)
  • The Temple of Han (1951)
  • The Masquerade on Dicantropus (1951)
  • Abercrombie Station (1952)
  • Three-Legged Joe (1953)
  • DP! (1953)
  • Shape-Up (1953)
  • Sjambak (1953)
  • The Absent-Minded Professor (1954)
  • When the Five Moons Rise (1954)
  • The Devil on Salvation Bluff (1955)
  • Where Hesperus Falls (1956)
  • The Phantom Milkman (1956)
  • Dodkin's Job (1959)

Dream Castles: The Early Jack Vance, Volume Two

The Early Jack Vance: Book 2

Jack Vance

Jack Vance, Magician

Like the professional wizards and sorcerers he so often writes about, Jack Vance has long been a master magician when it comes to storytelling, turning out marvelous tricks with words, using his wonderful knack for names, detail and dialog, his fine eye for rendering the vagaries of the human condition to deliver high adventure set on fascinating worlds and in fabulous realms that are second to none.

In a career spanning nearly sixty years, this peerless F&SF Grand Master has taken us from the Dying Earth to Lyonesse, from the Oikumene of the Demon Princes to the farthest corners of the Gaean Reach, Alastor Cluster and beyond, bringing alive on the page magical places we can only dream about.

Dream Castles presents a generous serving of this celebrated magician's "performances," ten fascinating tales from his long and influential career, among them his two Miro Hetzel adventures, "The Dogtown Tourist Agency" and "Freitzke's Turn," the intriguing "The Narrow Land," a second outing for Jean Parlier in "Choldwell's Chickens," and the classic space opera of "Son of the Tree."

Dream Castles shows a true magician storyteller perfecting his craft, one moment as journeyman finding a voice all his own, the next as fully-fledged maestro intent on exploring worlds and delivering adventure and wonder in equal parts, the very stuff that dreams are made of.

Table of Contents:

  • The Dogtown Tourist Agency
  • Freitzke's Turn
  • I'll Build Your Dream Castle
  • Golden Girl
  • Sulwen's Planet
  • Cholwell's Chickens
  • A Practical Man's Guide
  • The Narrow Land
  • The Enchanted Princess
  • Son of the Tree

Magic Highways: The Early Jack Vance, Volume Three

The Early Jack Vance: Book 3

Jack Vance

The Ultimate Grandeur

Fantasy and Science Fiction Grandmaster Jack Vance is very much a writer of the Space Age. His time "traveling" the magic highways of his imagination spans the period bracketed by the final years of World War 2 and the Cassini-Huygens probe reaching Saturn space in late 2004, the year he brought his magnificent career to a close.

In those first thrilling, dangerous, heady days, science did seem to promise all the answers, and it was in a "double" universe of the familiar workaday world and the utterly unlimited one of the imagination that the ever-practical yet romantic, diligently physics-savvy yet as often wildly improvisational Jack Vance worked.

Even as he wrote tales set in the far future of his acclaimed Dying Earth, even as he produced mysteries and suspense stories of a much less fanciful kind, Jack's determined quest to become a "million words a year" man saw him ranging a universe criss-crossed with busy interstellar highways: a network of flourishing trade and tourist routes leading to new frontiers, far-flung colonies, alien worlds, with ample room for exotic races, travelers, traders and scoundrels, even space pirates, ample opportunity for grand schemes of every kind.

Magic Highways gathers sixteen of those early space adventures from that exciting first decade, spanning the years 1946 to 1956. In these frequently inventive, often surprising space operas, Jack takes us to vivid destinations along the vast interstellar highways of a future where anything is possible.

Table of Contents

  • Phalid's Fate
  • Planet of the Black Dust
  • Ultimate Quest
  • Men of the Ten Books
  • The Planet Machine
  • Dover Spargill's Ghastly Floater
  • Winner Lose All
  • Sabotage on Sulfur Planet
  • The House Lords
  • Sanatoris Short-cut
  • The Unspeakable McInch
  • The Sub-Standard Sardines
  • The Howling Bounders
  • The King of Thieves
  • The Spa of the Stars
  • To B or Not to C or to D

Minding the Stars: The Early Jack Vance, Volume Four

The Early Jack Vance: Book 4

Jack Vance

Strange things happen...

Throughout his long and impressive career as a celebrated professional storyteller, Jack Vance showed a fascination not only with having characters solve mysteries in all sorts of dramatic and wondrous situations using their powers of observation, deduction and common sense, but also with the possibility of higher states of mind in play, other realms of existence, even spirit worlds.

Vance approached such things with a healthy, properly wary, scientific curiosity, even while embracing the liberties allowed any popular entertainer, and so made the exploration of such higher states part of his stock in trade.

Whether richly displayed in his Dying Earth stories with their wizardly spellcasting, eldritch beings and strange dimensions, or in his science fiction tales with the incredible mental powers afforded races like the Green Chasch, the Fwai-chi, the Meks of Etamin 9 besieging the final human strongholds in "The Last Castle," even given to divergent human peoples on Koryphon, Maske and countless other worlds, or to the likes of his most extraordinary Demon Prince, Howard Alan Treesong, Vance was forever drawn to what else might comprise human (and other) natures in all their myriad forms.

Minding the Stars: The Early Jack Vance Volume 4 reflects this beguiling blend of the practical and the otherworldly, combining tales that explore the workings of such mental powers with other stories selected from the earlier days of the Grandmaster's illustrious career.

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction
  • Nogpalgarth
  • Telek
  • Four Hundred Blackbirds
  • Alfred's Ark
  • Meet Miss Universe
  • The World Between
  • Milton Hack from Zodiac
  • Parapsyche

Grand Crusades: The Early Jack Vance, Volume Five

The Early Jack Vance: Book 5

Jack Vance

Avenues into the Future...

"Truth to tell, we're tourists, out to see the wonders of the universe."

--Paddy Blackthorn, The Rapparee

Grand journeys among the stars--pursuits, quests, explorations and encounters. These were very much science fiction and fantasy Grandmaster Jack Vance's stock in trade, whether to have Kirth Gersen roam the Oikumene and Beyond tracking down his five Demon Princes or to strand Adam Reith on far-off Tschai. Or, as in this present volume, to take Earth-style opera to the non-human folk of distant Rlaru, to study the much coveted tree-pod dwellings on Iszm, to follow the clues in five gold bands to the knowledge that lets a handful of races control all space travel in the universe, or to endure servitude at the hands of ruthless alien overlords.

Just as Vance sought adventure and the joys of a fulfilled life by travelling the highways and byways of his own beloved Earth, so he had his heroes and heroines do the same on other worlds. The five early tales featured in Grand Crusades: The Early Jack Vance, Volume Five take us on a fascinating selection of such journeys, showing us how the future was in the earlier years of his writing career.

And inevitably, as with storytellers from Homer to Shakespeare, Dickens to Austen, Tolstoy to Twain, our Grandmaster also used his craft as something on which to hang personal preoccupations, fascinations and longings. For as with any good writer, the completions and pay-offs of these otherworldly travels often deliver more than just a satisfactory conclusion to the affairs on hand and a few hours' pleasant diversion for the reader. Vance also put us in touch with things beyond the page, delivering an awareness of a universe and a future for humanity filled with possibility, leaving us--as the best writers, artists and makers always do--with feelings of connection with something larger.

Table of Contents:

The Traveler

The Fourth Realm: Book 1

John Twelve Hawks

WHAT LIES AHEAD IS ALREADY HERE...

America is a difficult place to live below the surface. But Gabriel and Michael Corrigan are trying to do just that. Since childhood, the brothers have been shaped by the stories that their father has told them about the world in which they live. After his mysterious disappearance, they have been living 'off the grid' - that is, invisible to the intrusive surveillance networks that monitor our modern lives.

But no-one is as invisible as they would like to believe. Nathan Boone, a mercenary, has been tasked to hunt down the brothers. The only person who stands between them and certain death is Maya, a tough young woman playing at leading a normal life. But her background is anything but normal. She has been trained to fight and survive at whatever cost. When she is summoned to protect the brothers, she must leave everything behind if she is to succeed...

Alive

The Generations Trilogy: Book 1

Scott Sigler

For fans of The Hunger Games, Divergent, and Red Rising comes a gripping sci-fi adventure in which a group of teenagers wake up in a mysterious corridor with no knowledge of who they are or how they got trapped. Their only hope lies with an indomitable young woman who must lead them not only to answers but to survival.

"I open my eyes to darkness. Total darkness. I hear my own breathing, but nothing else. I lift my head... it thumps against something solid and unmoving. There is a board right in front of my face. No, not a board... a lid."

A teenage girl awakens to find herself trapped in a coffin. She has no idea who she is, where she is, or how she got there. Fighting her way free brings little relief--she discovers only a room lined with caskets and a handful of equally mystified survivors. Beyond their room lies a corridor filled with bones and dust, but no people... and no answers.

She knows only one thing about herself--her name, M. Savage, which was engraved on the foot of her coffin--yet she finds herself in charge. She is not the biggest among them, or the boldest, but for some reason the others trust her. Now, if they're to have any chance, she must get them to trust one another.

Whatever the truth is, she is determined to find it and confront it. If she has to lead, she will make sure they survive. Maybe there's a way out, a rational explanation, and a fighting chance against the dangers to come. Or maybe a reality they cannot comprehend lies just beyond the next turn.

Alight

The Generations Trilogy: Book 2

Scott Sigler

In Alive, Scott Sigler introduced readers to an unforgettable young heroine and a mysterious new world reminiscent of those of The Hunger Games, Divergent, and Red Rising. Now he expands his singular vision in the next thrilling novel of this powerful sci-fi adventure series.

"If it's war they want, they messed with the wrong girl."

M. Savage--or Em, as she is called--has made a bewildering and ominous discovery. She and the other young people she was chosen to lead awoke in strange coffins with no memory of their names or their pasts. They faced an empty, unknown place of twisting tunnels and human bones. With only one another to depend on, they searched for answers and found the truth about their terrifying fate. Confronted by a monstrous enemy, they vowed never to surrender--and, by any means, to survive.

The planet Omeyocan may be the sanctuary Em and her comrades seek. But the planet for which they were created turns out not to be a pristine, virgin world. Vestiges of a lost civilization testify to a horrifying past that may yet repeat itself. And when a new enemy creeps from the jungle shadows, Em and her young refugees learn there's nowhere left to run. They face a simple choice: fight or die.

In the midst of this desperate struggle, their unity is compromised from within--and a dangerous zealot devoted to a bloodthirsty god moves to usurp Em's command, threatening to lead them all down a path to violent doom.

Alone

The Generations Trilogy: Book 3

Scott Sigler

In the final installment of an exhilarating sci-fi adventure trilogy in the vein of The Hunger Games, Divergent, and Red Rising, Scott Sigler's unforgettable heroine, Em Savage, must come to grips once and for all with the perilous mysteries of her own existence.

"We thought this place was our destiny--not our doom."

Pawns in a millennia-old struggle, the young people known only as the Birthday Children were genetically engineered to survive on the planet Omeyocan--but they were never meant to live there. They were made to be "overwritten," their minds wiped and replaced by the consciousnesses of the monsters who created them.

Em changed all of that.

She unified her people and led a revolt against their creators. Em and her friends escaped an ancient ghost ship and fled to Omeyocan. They thought they would find an uninhabited paradise. Instead, they found the ruins of a massive city long since swallowed by the jungle. And they weren't alone. The Birthday Children fought for survival against the elements, jungle wildlife, the "Grownups" who created them... and, as evil corrupted their numbers, even against themselves.

With these opponents finally defeated, Em and her people realized that more threats were coming, traveling from across the universe to lay claim to their planet. The Birthday Children have prepared as best they can against this alien armada. Now, as the first ships reach orbit around Omeyocan, the final battle for the planet begins.

The Killing Fog

The Grave Kingdom: Book 1

Jeff Wheeler

Survivor of a combat school, the orphaned Bingmei belongs to a band of mercenaries employed by a local ruler. Now the nobleman, and collector of rare artifacts, has entrusted Bingmei and the skilled team with a treacherous assignment: brave the wilderness's dangers to retrieve the treasures of a lost palace buried in a glacier valley. But upsetting its tombs has a price.

Echion, emperor of the Grave Kingdom, ruler of darkness, Dragon of Night, has long been entombed. Now Bingmei has unwittingly awakened him and is answerable to a legendary prophecy. Destroying the dark lord before he reclaims the kingdoms of the living is her inherited mission. Killing Bingmei before she fulfills it is Echion's.

Thrust unprepared into the role of savior, urged on by a renegade prince, and possessing a magic that is her destiny, Bingmei knows what she must do. But what must she risk to honor her ancestors? Bingmei's fateful choice is one that neither her friends nor her enemies can foretell, as Echion's dark war for control unfolds.

The Buried World

The Grave Kingdom: Book 2

Jeff Wheeler

The young warrior Bingmei pits her courage, combat skills, and very life against a brutal tyrant's dark magic...

The orphaned Bingmei didn't choose to be a hero. She has no wish to cross the Death Wall to save the world. But she has awakened Echion, emperor of the Grave Kingdom and Dragon of Night, and it is her destiny to defy him. From his imperial city of ancient sorcery and immortal darkness, Echion conspires to fulfill his own destiny: vanquish Bingmei, revive his queen, and rule together for another eon unchallenged.

Traversing a labyrinth of caves and mountains, Bingmei and her band of allies prepare their defense against a fateful war they cannot win. But when they are overcome by Echion's terrible power, Bingmei is left vulnerable to a ruthless assassin... one with orders to capture, not kill.

Before he destroys her, Echion craves something more than Bingmei's soul. Only she has the power to resurrect Echion's ancient queen, Xisi, whose evil is matched only by his own. Once reunited, their dark shadow will fall like a shroud over the realms. To be a savior, Bingmei must first survive what she has unleashed, and to survive she must begin to understand the seeds of power she's never learned to control.

The Immortal Words

The Grave Kingdom: Book 3

Jeff Wheeler

To defeat an immortal evil, a young warrior must enter the land of the dead...

As kingdoms fall, brave young warrior Bingmei fights to fulfill a prophecy and save what's left of the world from the coming darkness. Should she fail, Echion, the diabolical Dragon of Night, and his queen will hold sway over the next thousand years. With Echion comes his unstoppable army of dragons--powerful, vengeful, and under his control.

Accompanied by her loyal friend Quion, Bingmei journeys toward her last hope. It lies among the savage beasts just beyond the ancient Death Wall--an uninhabited realm from which no one has ever returned alive. Bingmei's mission is to find the phoenix shrine and learn the Immortal Words that will allow her to harness eternal magic. With Echion and his legions in pursuit, Bingmei must choose her words wisely to break Echion's spell and accept her fate.

Bingmei knows what she must do. She must join the ranks of the dead as well. For a fearless and selfless warrior, it's the ultimate sacrifice. But Bingmei is about to discover that even in death, the greatest sacrifices are yet to come.

The Lays of Beleriand

The History of Middle-Earth: Book 3

J. R. R. Tolkien
Christopher Tolkien

A treasure trove of lore for old and new friends of Middle-earth. Enter now, reader, and learn of the hero of the Lay of Leithian. Hear as well of the early years of Turin the Tall, as he journeys through darkness on his quest to find his father. Read of his rescue by Beleg the Brave, and of the dark destiny that haunts their friendship! Only the genius of Tolkien could create a fantasy more real than reality, a reality more fantastic than fantasy!

Smiler's Fair

The Hollow Gods: Book 1

Rebecca Levene

Yron the moon god died, but now he's reborn in the false king's son. His human father wanted to kill him, but his mother sacrificed her life to save him. He'll return one day to claim his birthright. He'll change your life.

He'll change everything.

Smiler's Fair: the great moving carnival where any pleasure can be had, if you're willing to pay the price. They say all paths cross at Smiler's Fair. They say it'll change your life. For five people, Smiler's Fair will change everything.

In a land where unimaginable horror lurks in the shadows, where the very sun and moon are at war, five people - Nethmi, the orphaned daughter of a murdered nobleman, who in desperation commits an act that will haunt her forever. Dae Hyo, the skilled warrior, who discovers that a lifetime of bravery cannot make up for a single mistake. Eric, who follows his heart only to find that love exacts a terrible price. Marvan, the master swordsman, who takes more pleasure from killing than he should. And Krish, the humble goatherd, with a destiny he hardly understands and can never accept - will discover just how much Smiler's Fair changes everything.

Strongest Conjuration

The Incrementalists

Skyler White

A tale of the Incrementalists -- a secret society of two hundred people, with an unbroken lineage reaching back forty thousand years. They cheat death, share lives and memories, and communicate with one another across nations and time. They have an epic history, an almost magical memory, and a very modest mission: to make the world better, a little bit at a time. Their ongoing argument about just how to accomplish this is older than most of their individual memories. They first appeared in the 2013 novel The Incrementalists by Steven Brust and Skyler White; subsequently, Tor.com published an Incrementalists story by Brust, "Fireworks in the Rain." "Strongest Conjuration" takes place directly after the events of the novel.

Read the full story for free at Tor.com.

The Incrementalists

The Incrementalists: Book 1

Steven Brust
Skyler White

The Incrementalists - a secret society of 200 people with an unbroken lineage reaching back 40,000 years. They cheat death, share lives and memories, and communicate with one another across nations, races, and time. They have an epic history, an almost magical memory, and a very modest mission: to make the world better, just a little bit at a time. Their ongoing argument about how to do this is older than most of their individual memories. Phil, whose personality has stayed stable through more incarnations than anyone else's, has loved Celeste - and argued with her - for most of the last 400 years. But now Celeste, recently dead, embittered, and very unstable, has changed the rules - not incrementally, and not for the better. Now the heart of the group must gather in Las Vegas to save the Incrementalists, and maybe the world.

The Skill of Our Hands

The Incrementalists: Book 2

Steven Brust
Skyler White

The Incrementalists are a secret society of two hundred people; an unbroken lineage reaching back forty thousand years. They cheat death, share lives and memories, and communicate with one another across nations and time.

They have an epic history, an almost magical memory, and a very modest mission: to make the world better, a little bit at a time.

Now Phil, the Incrementalist whose personality has stayed stable through more incarnations than anyone else's, has been shot dead. They'll bring him back -- but first they need to know what happened. Their investigation will lead down unexpected paths in contemporary Arizona, and bring them up against corruption in high and low places alike.

But the key may lay in one of Phil's previous lives, in Kansas in 1859, and the fate of a man named John Brown.

Ravencaller

The Keepers: Book 2

David Dalglish

Magical creatures are attacking the capital city, seeking to retake what was once theirs, and no one is safe. Ancient cultists have cursed the highest members of the Church, turning them into twisted abominations. The only hope for a cure lies with Adria Eveson. To learn the cure, she must befriend an imprisoned cultist, and guard her heart against his seductive promises and twisted logic.

The fate of all races, human and magical, rests in her hands, and in the choices she makes. Should she choose wrong, only one person stands in her way: her brother, the Soulkeeper Devin Eveson.

Healer

The LaNague Federation: Book 1

F. Paul Wilson

Steven Dalt should have died in that cave on the planet Kwashi. After all, as the natives say, of a thousand people attacked by the cave-dwelling alaret, one will not die. But Dalt is that one. He survives, but not without personal cost: he has picked up a passenger: an alien intelligence transferred itself from the alaret to take up residence in his brain. Steven Dalt will never be alone again.

But Pard, as Dalt names the alien who shares his life, doesn't believe in freeloading. He pays his rent by using cellular-level consciousness to maintain Dalt's body in perfect health - no disease, no aging. And now Dalt appreciates the full meaning of the Kwashi natives' saying: Of a thousand struck down by an alaret, one will not die... ever.

Spanning twelve hundred years, Healer follows Dalt and Pard through the centuries as they become known as The Healer, an enigmatic figure with the power to cure diseases of the mind. And when a wave of interstellar slaughter threatens the civilizations of the LaNague Federation, only The Healer has the resources to face the onrushing doom.

The Last to See Me

The Last Ghost: Book 1

M. Dressler

For readers of Lauren Oliver and Alice Sebold, a sophisticated, literary ghost story that reminds us the past is never, ever forgotten.

In a small logging town in northern California, young Emma Rose Finnis was born and died. Now, no one remembers her hardworking life and her grand dreams--but she remembers. She remembers everything. Emma Rose is still here, one hundred years after her death... and she doesn't plan on leaving.

But when a determined hunter arrives with instructions to "clean" Emma Rose out of her haunt, the stately Lambry mansion, death suddenly isn't the worst fate imaginable. Emma Rose refuses to be hounded from the only place she's ever found peace, even if it means waging a war on the living... and the dead.

Lyrical and haunting, this spellbinding American ghost story alternates between Emma Rose's life and afterlife as the past and present become entwined in a compelling tale of loss, love and tenacity over a century in the making.

I See You So Close

The Last Ghost: Book 2

M. Dressler

Emma Rose Finnis has never made peace with her death... or with her ghostly afterlife. Finally free from the mansion she haunted for more than a hundred years, she takes on a new, daring form, one that allows her to pass for living among the citizens of the remote Sierra Nevada town of White Bar. But the town is hiding its own deadly truth, buried in its Gold Rush past. As the sleepy town's secrets come to life, they inevitably bring Emma Rose's past back to haunt her.

In this second book in M Dressler's Last Ghost Series, Emma Rose must unlock the secrets of the living, the dead, and even of time itself, if she hopes to be more than an endless fugitive and outlast the ghost hunter who relentlessly stalks her.

The Fuller Memorandum

The Laundry Files: Book 3

Charles Stross

Computational demonologist Bob Howard is taking a much-needed break from the field to catch up on his filing in The Laundry's archives when a top secret dossier known as The Fuller Memorandum vanishes - along with his boss, who the agency's executives believe stole the file.

Determined to discover exactly what the memorandum contained (and perhaps clear his boss), Bob runs afoul of Russian agents, ancient demons, and the apostles of a hideous faith, who have plans to raise a very unpleasant undead entity known as the Eater of Souls.

Now Bob must use all of his skills to learn the secret of the Fuller Memorandum in order to save the world - and avoid becoming an item on the Eater of Souls' dinner menu...

The Left-Handed Booksellers of London

The Left-Handed Booksellers: Book 1

Garth Nix

A girl's quest to find her father leads her to an extended family of magical fighting booksellers who police the mythical Old World of England when it intrudes on the modern world.

In a slightly alternate London in 1983, Susan Arkshaw is looking for her father, a man she has never met. Crime boss Frank Thringley might be able to help her, but Susan doesn't get time to ask Frank any questions before he is turned to dust by the prick of a silver hatpin in the hands of the outrageously attractive Merlin.

Merlin is a young left-handed bookseller (one of the fighting ones), who with the right-handed booksellers (the intellectual ones), are an extended family of magical beings who police the mythic and legendary Old World when it intrudes on the modern world, in addition to running several bookshops.

Susan's search for her father begins with her mother's possibly misremembered or misspelt surnames, a reading room ticket, and a silver cigarette case engraved with something that might be a coat of arms.

Merlin has a quest of his own, to find the Old World entity who used ordinary criminals to kill his mother. As he and his sister, the right-handed bookseller Vivien, tread in the path of a botched or covered-up police investigation from years past, they find this quest strangely overlaps with Susan's. Who or what was her father? Susan, Merlin, and Vivien must find out, as the Old World erupts dangerously into the New.

The Sinister Booksellers of Bath

The Left-Handed Booksellers: Book 2

Garth Nix

There is often trouble of a mythical sort in Bath. The booksellers who police the Old World keep a careful watch there, particularly on the entity that inhabits the ancient hot spring.

This time trouble comes from the discovery of a sorcerous map, leading left-handed bookseller Merlin into great danger, requiring a desperate rescue attempt from his sister, the right-handed bookseller Vivien, and art student Susan Arkshaw, who is still struggling to deal with her own recently discovered magical heritage.

The map takes the trio to a place separated from this world, maintained by deadly sorcery and guarded by monstrous living statues. But this is only the beginning. To unravel the secrets of a murderous Ancient Sovereign, the booksellers must investigate centuries of disappearances and deaths. If they do not stop her, she will soon kill again. And this time, her target is not an ordinary mortal.

Healer's Sword

The Okal Rel Saga: Book 7

Lynda Williams

Change has come at last to the Sevolite empire.

The conservative Demish of Lion House want it stopped -- now!

Ilse Marin is a middle-class leader of a merchant house who gets embroiled in the business of her betters to help pay the bills, and winds up falling for the most dangerous man in the empire - Horth Nersal. Horth's bright idea about using commoners to deal with Reetions under Sword Law winds up in a stand off in space, fleet to fleet with Lion House. Back on Gelion, Erien's new academy breaks out in plague.

Amel, meanwhile, must win his way back into the parlors and reception halls of the Silver Demish if he wants to have an influence politically, and to do that he has to overcome his reputation as the Courtesan Prince - via poetry.

Parable of the Sower

The Parable Series: Book 1

Octavia E. Butler

In 2025, with the world descending into madness and anarchy, one woman begins a fateful journey toward a better future

Lauren Olamina and her family live in one of the only safe neighborhoods remaining on the outskirts of Los Angeles. Behind the walls of their defended enclave, Lauren's father, a preacher, and a handful of other citizens try to salvage what remains of a culture that has been destroyed by drugs, disease, war, and chronic water shortages. While her father tries to lead people on the righteous path, Lauren struggles with hyperempathy, a condition that makes her extraordinarily sensitive to the pain of others.

When fire destroys their compound, Lauren's family is killed and she is forced out into a world that is fraught with danger. With a handful of other refugees, Lauren must make her way north to safety, along the way conceiving a revolutionary idea that may mean salvation for all mankind.

Parable of the Talents

The Parable Series: Book 2

Octavia E. Butler

As America rebuilds itself, bigotry threatens a peaceful haven.

Lauren Olamina was only eighteen when her family was killed, and anarchy encroached on her Southern California home. She fled the war zone for the hope of quiet and safety in the north. There she founded Acorn, a peaceful community based on a religion of her creation, called Earthseed, whose central tenet is that God is change. Five years later, Lauren has married a doctor and given birth to a daughter. Acorn is beginning to thrive. But outside the tranquil group's walls, America is changing for the worse.

Presidential candidate Andrew Steele Jarret wins national fame by preaching a return to the values of the American golden age. To his marauding followers, who are identified by their crosses and black robes, this is a call to arms to end religious tolerance and racial equality-a brutal doctrine they enforce by machine gun. And as this band of violent extremists sets its deadly sights on Earthseed, Acorn is plunged into a harrowing fight for its very survival.

Seed to Harvest

The Patternist

Octavia E. Butler

The complete Patternist series – Butler’s acclaimed vision of a world transformed by a secret race of telepaths and the violence, intolerance, and plague that follow their rise to power.

In the late seventeenth century, two immortals meet in an African forest. Anyanwu is a healer, a three-hundred-year-old woman who uses her wisdom to help those around her. The other is Doro, a malevolent despot who has mastered the power of stealing the bodies of others when his wears out. Together they will change the world.

Survivor

The Patternist

Octavia E. Butler

Survivor depicts the Clay's Ark disease ravaging the Earth, and Doro's telepathic descendants asserting control over what remains of humanity. One group of regular humans decides to escape Earth to a new planet, where they struggle to co-exist with the species that already lives there.

Wild Seed

The Patternist: Book 1

Octavia E. Butler

When two immortals meet in the long-ago past, the destiny of mankind is changed forever.

For a thousand years, Doro has cultivated a small African village, carefully breeding its people in search of seemingly unattainable perfection. He survives through the centuries by stealing the bodies of others, a technique he has so thoroughly mastered that nothing on Earth can kill him. But when a gang of New World slavers destroys his village, ruining his grand experiment, Doro is forced to go west and begin anew.

He meets Anyanwu, a centuries-old woman whose means of immortality are as kind as his are cruel. She is a shapeshifter, capable of healing with a kiss, and she recognizes Doro as a tyrant. Though many humans have tried to kill them, these two demi-gods have never before met a rival. Now they begin a struggle that will last centuries and permanently alter the nature of humanity.

Mind of My Mind

The Patternist: Book 2

Octavia E. Butler

A young woman discovers she has tremendous psychic power.

The baby's name is Mary, and her father is immortal. For thousands of years he has orchestrated a selective breeding project, attempting to create a master race capable of controlling others through thought. Most of his attempts have resulted in volatile mutations, but Mary-whom he has raised in the rough part of a Southern California town-is the closest he has come to perfection. If he doesn't handle her carefully, this greatest experiment will be his last.

As Mary comes of age, she begins to grow aware of her psychic powers. And when she learns of her father's plans for her, she refuses to acquiesce. She challenges him to a psychic war, battling to free her people and set a new course for mankind.

Clay's Ark

The Patternist: Book 3

Octavia E. Butler

In a frightening near future, an alien disease is poised to become a devastating global epidemic - unless someone can stop it.

Blake Maslin and his two daughters are driving to Flagstaff when bandits swarm their car. At gunpoint, the marauders kidnap one of Blake's children, promising to keep her safe in return for medical care. Warily, the doctor goes with them, not realizing that he has just taken the first step down a terrifying path that will consume his life.

The gunmen take him deep into the desert, to a colony of people infected with a gruesome alien disease. It causes weakness, sallow skin, and birth defects so horrible that the children who suffer them cannot rightly be called human. The victims have quarantined themselves in the desert lest their illness spread and doom mankind. But as their willingness to accept isolation falters, Blake becomes the last hope for the survival of an uncontaminated Earth.

Patternmaster

The Patternist: Book 4

Octavia E. Butler

A despot's heirs battle for control of all the minds on Earth.

A psychic net hangs across the world, and only the Patternists can control it. They use their telepathic powers to enslave lesser life forms, to do battle with the diseased, half-human creatures who rage outside their walls, and, sometimes, to fight amongst themselves. Ruling them all is the Patternmaster, a man of such psychic strength that he can influence the thoughts of all those around him. But he cannot stop death, and when he is gone, chaos will reign.

The Patternmaster has hundreds of children, but only one of them-Coransee-has ambition to match his father's. To seize the throne he will have to coopt or kill every one of his siblings, and he will not shy from the task. But when one brother takes refuge among the savages, a battle ensues that will change the destiny of every being on the planet.

Macy Minnot's Last Christmas on Dione, Ring Racing, Fiddler's Green, the Potter's Garden

The Quiet War

Paul J. McAuley

This short story originally appeared in the anthology Edge of Infinity (2012), edited by Jonathan Strahan. It can also be found in the anthologies The Year's Best Science Fiction: Thirtieth Annual Collection (2013), edited by Gardner Dozois, and The Best Science Fiction and Fantasy of the Year: Volume Seven (2013).

Jimmy and the Crawler

The Riftwar Legacy: Book 4

Raymond E. Feist

A fantastic new novella from the master of magic and adventure. Best selling author Raymond E. Feist returns to the city of Krondor and one of his most loved characters, Jimmy the Hand.

The Crawler: a name whispered in fear...

In the crime-ridden back alleys of Krondor a rival gang has sprung up to threaten the Upright Man's Mockers. Does the Crawler control the rival gang? Where does his power come from? And does it threaten the peace of the Kingdom?

James, personal squire to Prince Arutha of Krondor, but in the underworld known as the thief and trickster Jimmy the Hand, must travel to Kesh in disguise. There, working with William, lieutenant of the prince's household guard and son of the magician Pug, and Jazhara, niece to the Keshian lord Hazara-Khan, he must attempt to unmask the mysterious Crawler and rid Krondor of his influence.

The Thousand Names

The Shadow Campaigns: Book 1

Django Wexler

With this stunning series opener, Django Wexler leaps to the upper echelon of today's best fantasy authors. The Thousand Names opens his Shadow Campaigns series with a tale of bloody rebellion that will reshape an empire -- and a world. Captain Marcus d'Ivoire and Winter Ihernglass see their fortunes rise under the command of military genius Janus bet Vhalnich. But Janus' obsession with the supernatural portends a dire fate for the realm.

The Shadow Throne

The Shadow Campaigns: Book 2

Django Wexler

Anyone can plot a coup or fire an assassin's bullet. But in a world of muskets and magic, it takes considerably more to seize the throne. The ailing King of the Vordan lies on his deathbed. When he dies, his daughter, Raesinia Orboan, will become the first Queen Regnant in centuries - and a ripe target for the ambitious men who seek to control her. The most dangerous of these is Duke Orlanko, Minister of Information and master of the secret police. Having meticulously silenced his adversaries through intimidation, imprisonment, and execution, Orlanko is the most feared man in the kingdom. And he knows an arcane secret that puts Raesinia completely at his mercy.

Exposure would mean ruin, but Raesinia is determined to find a way to break herself - and her country - out of Orlanko' s iron grip. She finds unlikely allies in the returning war hero Janus bet Vhalnich, fresh from a brilliant campaign in the colony of Khandar, and his loyal deputies, Captain Marcus d' Ivoire and Lieutenant Winter Ihernglass. As Marcus and Winter struggle to find their places in the home they never thought they would see again, they help Janus and Raesinia set in motion events that could free Vordan from Orlanko' s influence - at the price of throwing the nation into chaos. But with the people suffering under the Duke' s tyranny, they intend to protect the kingdom with every power they can command, earthly or otherwise.

The Price of Valor

The Shadow Campaigns: Book 3

Django Wexler

In the wake of the King's death, war has come to Vordan.

The Deputies-General has precarious control of the city, but it is led by a zealot who sees traitors in every shadow. Executions have become a grim public spectacle. The new queen, Raesinia Orboan, finds herself nearly powerless as the government tightens its grip and assassins threaten her life. But she did not help free the country from one sort of tyranny to see it fall into another. Placing her trust with the steadfast soldier Marcus D'Ivoire, she sets out to turn the tide of history.

As the hidden hand of the Sworn Church brings all the powers of the continent to war against Vordan, the enigmatic and brilliant general Janus bet Vhalnich offers a path to victory. Winter Ihernglass, newly promoted to command a regiment, has reunited with her lover and her friends, only to face the prospect of leading them into bloody battle.

And the enemy is not just armed with muskets and cannon. Dark priests of an ancient order, wielding forbidden magic, have infiltrated Vordan to stop Janus by whatever means necessary...

The Guns of Empire

The Shadow Campaigns: Book 4

Django Wexler

As the "audacious and subversive"* Shadow Campaigns novels continue, the weather is growing warmer, but the frosty threat of Vordan's enemies is only growing worse...

As the roar of the guns subsides and the smoke of battle clears, the country of Vordan is offered a fragile peace...

After their shattering defeats at the hands of brilliant General Janus bet Vhalnich, the opposing powers have called all sides to the negotiating table in hopes of securing an end to the war. Queen Raesinia of Vordan is anxious to see the return of peace, but Janus insists that any peace with the implacable Sworn Church of Elysium is doomed to fail. For their Priests of the Black, there can be no truce with heretics and demons they seek to destroy, and the war is to the death.

Soldiers Marcus d'Ivoire and Winter Ihernglass find themselves caught between their general and their queen. Now, each must decide which leader truly commands their loyalty--and what price they might pay for final victory.

And in the depths of Elysium, a malign force is rising--and defeating it might mean making sacrifices beyond anything they have ever imagined.

The Infernal Battalion

The Shadow Campaigns: Book 5

Django Wexler

The Beast, the ancient demon imprisoned beneath the fortress-city of Elysium for a thousand years, has been loosed on the world. It absorbs mind after mind, spreading like a plague through the north. The fell army it has raised threatens the heart of Vordan, and it is under the command of the Beast's greatest prize: legendary general Janus bet Vhalnich.

As Queen Raesinia Orboan and soldiers Marcus D'Ivoire and Winter Ihernglass grapple with the aftermath of a hard-fought military campaign, they soon discover a betrayal they never could have foreseen. The news arrives like a thunderbolt: Janus has declared himself the rightful Emperor of Vordan. Chaos grips the city as officers and regiments are forced to declare for queen or emperor.

Raesinia must struggle to keep her country under control and risks becoming everything she fought against. Marcus must take the field against his old commander, a man who has seemed an unbeatable strategist. And as Winter recovers from her injuries and mourns her losses, she knows the demon she carries inside her might be the only thing standing between the Beast and the destruction of everything in its path....

In Legend Born

The Silerian Trilogy: Book 1

Laura Resnick

For a thousand years, Sileria has toiled under the yoke of foreign conquerors. Savage Moorlanders, sorcerous Kints, and now the hedonistic Valdani have forced the Silerian mountain clans into harsh slavery. Villages have been razed, and the innocent populace dragged to the mines, there to toil until death with no hope of escape.

But there is hope. Five disparate people have been brought reluctantly together by the prophecy of a young Guardian -- a prophecy that promises the coming of a savior. These five must put aside ages-old blood feuds before the conquerors force all to bend to their vicious will.

The White Dragon

The Silerian Trilogy: Book 2

Laura Resnick

It is a time of vast changes in the island nation of Sileria. Oppressed for centuries by one conqueror after another, this land of fierce pride and ancient rivalries awaited the prophesied Firebringer, who would free them.

Josarian, a mountain peasant, survived his leap into the volcano to become the Firebringer. He united the impoverished shallaheen, the magical fire-wielding Guardians, and the vastly powerful mages known as Waterlords in an unprecedented alliance that defeated the foreign Valdani who had ruled Sileria for too long.

But now Josarian is dead, betrayed by the alliance and slain by the ice-dragon of Kiloran, the most powerful Waterlord in Sileria. Tansen, Josarian's second-in-command, has taken up the banner of independence, and leads the shallaheen and the Guardians against the Waterlords so that Sileria can be free of a tyranny far worse than Valdani rule.

As the volcano goddess Dar rumbles her displeasure in earthquakes and lava flows, the forces of fate, prophecy, and magic combine to create new heroes -- from the desolate mountains, from the water-starved cities, from the sea, and even from beneath the earth. Ancient forces join with unlikely allies to fulfill the prophecies that inspire revolt and excite religious fervor.

But in Sileria, betrayal has long been a way of life, and it wears many faces as the ambitions of the high and the low ensnare the fates of people across the land, wreaking havoc among the faithful.

The Destroyer Goddess

The Silerian Trilogy: Book 3

Laura Resnick

The island nation of Sileria lies in the shadow of Darshon, the Destroyer Goddess, the great volcano that dominates the landscape and people of Sileria. When she awakens, their world trembles. She has lain quiet for decades, throughout the occupation of foreign invaders.

But Darshon has begun to stir.

Sileria has finally been freed from foreign rule, only to fall under the power of the ruthless waterlords, powerful mages who terrorize those who depend on their mercy for the water that all life must have.

Now their mercy is denied.

Tansen, the rebel warrior, joins forces with Mirabar, a Guardian who is feared and admired for her fire magic, and Zarien, a mysterious sea-born boy, in a stand against the waterlords rule.

As the power struggle among Sileria's warring factions intensifies to a fevered pitch, the tremors of Darshon increase, threatening to engulf them all in molten death. There will be a final reckoning that will change Sileria forever. But no one may triumph unless the Destroyer Goddess wills it.

The Strain

The Strain: Book 1

Guillermo del Toro
Chuck Hogan

The visionary creator of the Academy Award-winning Pan's Labyrinth and a Hammett Award-winning author bring their imaginations to this bold, epic novel about a horrifying battle between man and vampire that threatens all humanity. It is the first installment in a thrilling trilogy and an extraordinary international publishing event.

The Strain

They have always been here. Vampires. In secret and in darkness. Waiting. Now their time has come.

In one week, Manhattan will be gone. In one month, the country.

In two months--the world.

A Boeing 777 arrives at JFK and is on its way across the tarmac, when it suddenly stops dead. All window shades are pulled down. All lights are out. All communication channels have gone quiet. Crews on the ground are lost for answers, but an alert goes out to the CDC. Dr. Eph Goodweather, head of their Canary project, a rapid-response team that investigates biological threats, gets the call and boards the plane. What he finds makes his blood run cold.

In a pawnshop in Spanish Harlem, a former professor and survivor of the Holocaust named Abraham Setrakian knows something is happening. And he knows the time has come, that a war is brewing . . .

So begins a battle of mammoth proportions as the vampiric virus that has infected New York begins to spill out into the streets. Eph, who is joined by Setrakian and a motley crew of fighters, must now find a way to stop the contagion and save his city--a city that includes his wife and son--before it is too late.

The Fall

The Strain: Book 2

Guillermo del Toro
Chuck Hogan

The vampiric virus unleashed in The Strain has taken over New York City. It is spreading across the country and soon, the world. Amid the chaos, Eph Goodweather—head of the Center for Disease Control’s team—leads a small band out to stop these bloodthirsty monsters. But it may be too late.

Ignited by the Master’s horrific plan, a war erupts between Old and New World vampires, each vying for total control. Caught between these warring forces, humans—powerless and vulnerable—are no longer the consumers, but the consumed.

Though Eph understands the vampiric plague better than anyone, even he cannot protect those he loves from the invading evil. His ex-wife, Kelly, has been turned by the Master, and now she stalks the city, in the darkness, looking for her chance to reclaim Zack, Eph’s young son.

With the future of the world in the balance, Eph and his courageous team, guided by the brilliant former professor and Holocaust survivor Abraham Setrakian and exterminator Vasiliy Fet, must combat a terror whose ultimate plan is more terrible than anyone first imagined—a fate worse than annihilation.

The Night Eternal

The Strain: Book 3

Guillermo del Toro
Chuck Hogan

From the authors of the instant New York Times bestsellers The Strain and The Fall comes the final volume in one of the most electrifying thriller series in years.

It’s been two years since the vampiric virus was unleashed in The Strain, and the entire world now lies on the brink of annihilation. There is only night as nuclear winter blankets the land, the sun filtering through the poisoned atmosphere for two hours each day—the perfect environment for the propagation of vampires.

There has been a mass extermination of humans, the best and the brightest, the wealthy and the influential, orchestrated by the Master—an ancient vampire possessed of unparalleled powers—who selects survivors based on compliance. Those humans who remain are entirely subjugated, interred in camps, and separated by status: those who breed more humans, and those who are bled for the sustenance of the Master’s vast army.

The future of humankind lies in the hands of a ragtag band of freedom fighters—Dr. Eph Goodweather, former head of the Centers for Disease Control’s biological threats team; Dr. Nora Martinez, a fellow doctor with a talent for dispatching the undead; Vasiliy Fet, the colorful Russian exterminator; and Mr. Quinlan, the half-breed offspring of the Master who is bent on revenge. It’s their job to rescue Eph’s son, Zack, and overturn this devastating new world order. But good and evil are malleable terms now, and the Master is most skilled at preying on the weaknesses of humans.

Now, at this critical hour, there is evidence of a traitor in their midst. . . . And only one man holds the answer to the Master’s demise, but is he one who can be trusted with the fate of the world? And who among them will pay the ultimate sacrifice—so that others may be saved?

The Lost Puzzler

The Tarakan Chronicles: Book 1

Eyal Kless

A brilliantly written, page-turning, post-dystopian debut from Eyal Kless, about a society hoping to salvage the technology of a lost generation, a mysterious missing boy who can open doors no one else can, and a scribe who must piece together the past to determine humanity's future.

More than a hundred years have passed since the Catastrophe brought humanity to the brink of extinction. Those who survived are changed. The Wildeners have reverted to the old ways--but with new Gods--while others place their faith in the technology that once powered their lost civilization.

In the mysterious City of Towers, the center of the destroyed Tarakan empire, a lowly scribe of the Guild of Historians is charged with a dangerous assignment. He must venture into the wilds beyond the glass and steel towers to discover the fate of a child who mysteriously disappeared more than a decade before. Born of a rare breed of marked people, the child, Rafik--known as "The Key"--was one of a special few with the power to restore this lost civilization to glory once again.

In a world riven by fear and violence, where tattooed mutants, manic truckers, warring guilds and greedy mercenaries battle for survival, this one boy may have singlehandedly destroyed humanity's only chance for salvation--unless the scribe can figure out what happened to him.

The Puzzler's War

The Tarakan Chronicles: Book 2

Eyal Kless

There is nothing out of the ordinary in waking up... unless you're dead.

Sent on a dangerous mission with little hope of succeeding, the man known as "Twinkle Eyes" has beaten the odds and found the key that could save civilization: Rafik, a teenage boy with the power to unlock the invaluable Tarakan technology that can restart their world. But the world might not be ready for what is unleashed, and now Twinkle Eyes must find a needle in a haystack in order to save himself... and perhaps the world.

This time, though, he will not go it alone. And while his companions--from the fiery Vincha to the laconic Galinak--have their own motivations, each will be vital in solving the last grand puzzle. One that could bring prosperity and progress to the world or destroy humanity's last hope for ascension.

Now, a lone assassin from another era, two old friends, a dead man, a ruthless rogue mercenary, and a vicious warlord are all hunting for the ultimate prize. But what will happen when the final secret is unlocked, and technology long since buried once again finds its way into the hands of mankind?

The Falcon Throne

The Tarnished Crown: Book 1

Karen Miller

EVERY CROWN IS TARNISHED BY THE BLOOD OF AMBITION.

In a divided Kingdom, some will do anything to seize the crown.

A BASTARD LORD, rising up against his tyrant cousin, sheds more blood than he bargained for.

A ROYAL CHILD, believed dead, sets his eyes on regaining his father's stolen throne.

A DUKE'S WIDOW, defending her daughter, defies the ambitious lord who'd control them both.

And TWO BROTHERS, divided by ambition, will learn the true meaning of treachery.

All of this will come to pass, and nothing will remain as it once was. Royal houses will fall, empires will be reborn, and those who seek the Falcon Throne will pay for it in blood.

WITH THE FALCON THRONE, A MAJOR NEW EPIC FANTASY BEGINS.

Red Lizard Brigade

The Uncanny Dinosaurs

Sam J. Miller

This short story originally appeared in Uncanny Magazine, Issue 23, July-August 2018.

Read the full story for free at Uncanny.

Torn

The Unraveled Kingdom: Book 1

Rowenna Miller

A seamstress who stitches magic into clothing finds herself torn between loyalty to her brother and her secret love for a nobleman in this debut fantasy inspired by the French Revolution.

In a time of revolution, everyone must take a side.

Sophie, a dressmaker and charm caster, has lifted her family out of poverty with a hard-won reputation for beautiful ball gowns and discreetly embroidered spells. A commission from the royal family could secure her future -- and thrust her into a dangerous new world.

Revolution is brewing. As Sophie's brother, Kristos, rises to prominence in the growing anti-monarchist movement, it is only a matter of time before their fortunes collide.

When the unrest erupts into violence, she and Kristos are drawn into a deadly magical plot. Sophie is torn -- between her family and her future.

Fray

The Unraveled Kingdom: Book 2

Rowenna Miller

In this epic sequel to Torn, the magical seamstress Sophie Balstrade navigates a royal court and foreign alliances fraught with danger -- and may well have to risk everything for love and for country.

Open revolt has been thwarted -- for now -- but unrest still simmers in the kingdom of Galitha. Sophie, despite having built a thriving business on her skill at both dressmaking and magic, has not escaped unscathed from her misadventures in the workers' rebellion. Her dangerous foray into curse casting has rendered her powers unpredictable, and her increasingly visible romantic entanglement with the Crown Prince makes her a convenient target for threatened nobles and malcontented commoners alike.

With domestic political reform and international alliances -- and her own life -- at stake, Sophie must discern friend from foe... before her magic grows too dark for her to wield.

Rule

The Unraveled Kingdom: Book 3

Rowenna Miller

In the epic conclusion to the Unraveled Kingdom trilogy, a magical seamstress joins forces with her revolutionary leader brother in a deadly bid to change history.

The civil war that charm caster Sophie and the crown prince, Theodor, have tried so desperately to avert has come to Galitha. While Theodor joins Sophie's brother and his Reformist comrades in battle hoping to turn the tide against the Royalist army, Sophie leverages the only weapon she has: charm and curse casting. Weaving her magic into uniforms and supplies, she soon discovers that the challenges of a full-scale war are far greater than she could have imagined.

The fractured leadership of the Reformist army must coalesce and the people of Galitha need to unite against enormous odds -- all while Sophie creates more than a little magical luck in order to have a chance of victory.

Hitler's War

The War That Came Early: Book 1

Harry Turtledove

A stroke of the pen and history is changed. In 1938, British prime minister Neville Chamberlain, determined to avoid war, signed the Munich Accord, ceding part of Czechoslovakia to Hitler. But the following spring, Hitler snatched the rest of that country, and England, after a fatal act of appeasement, was fighting a war for which it was not prepared. Now, in this thrilling alternate history, another scenario is played out: What if Chamberlain had not signed the accord?

In this action-packed chronicle of the war that might have been, Harry Turtledove uses dozens of points of view to tell the story: from American marines serving in Japanese-occupied China and ragtag volunteers fighting in the Abraham Lincoln Battalion in Spain to an American woman desperately trying to escape Nazi-occupied territory--and witnessing the war from within the belly of the beast. A tale of powerful leaders and ordinary people, at once brilliantly imaginative and hugely entertaining, Hitler's War captures the beginning of a very different World War II--with a very different fate for our world today.

The Wizard's Butler

The Wizard's Butler: Book 1

Nathan Lowell

"He thinks he's a wizard," they said.

For five grand a month and a million dollar chaser, Roger Mulligan didn't care how crazy the old geezer was.

All he had to do was keep Joseph Perry Shackleford alive and keep him from squandering the estate for a year.

They didn't tell him about the pixies.

Stealers' Sky

Thieves' World: Book 12

Lynn Abbey
Robert Lynn Asprin

Edited by Robert Lynn Asprin and Lynn Abbey. Cover art by Gary Ruddell. Cover: Ischade bids a soldier farewell.

Welcome to Sanctuary, a city of outlaws and advernturers in a world of war and wizardry, peopled with colorful characters created by today's top fantasy adventure talents, including:

  • Lynn Abbey
  • Robert Lynn Asprin
  • C.J. Cherryh
  • Andrew J. Offutt

In this dramatic final adventure, clouds of war gather over Sanctuary once again. And as warriors prepare for battle, thieves eagerly await a great dust storm to envelop the city. For then they can silently strike, slipping in and out of the raging currents of the storm...

Contents:

  • Dramatis Personae by Lynn Abbey
  • Introduction by Robert Lynn Asprin
  • Night Work by Andrew Offutt
  • The Incompetent Audience by John DeCles
  • Our Vintage Years by Duane McGowen
  • Quicksilver Dreams by Diana L. Paxson
  • Winds of Fortune by C.J. Cherryh
  • The Fire in a God's Eye by Robin Wayne Bailey
  • Web Weavers by Lynn Abbey
  • To Begin Again by Robert Lynn Asprin

The James Tiptree Award Anthology 1

Tiptree Award Anthologies: Book 1

Karen Joy Fowler
Pat Murphy
Debbie Notkin
Jeffrey D. Smith

Table of Contents:

The James Tiptree Award Anthology 2

Tiptree Award Anthologies: Book 2

Karen Joy Fowler
Pat Murphy
Debbie Notkin
Jeffrey D. Smith

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction (The James Tiptree Award Anthology 2) - (2005) - essay by Debbie Notkin
  • Talking Too Much: About James Tiptree, Jr. - (2005) - essay by Julie Phillips
  • Letter to Rudolf Arnheim - (2005) - essay by James Tiptree, Jr.
  • Congenital Agenesis of Gender Ideation - (2005) - short fiction by Raphael Carter
  • The Gift - (2004) - novella by L. Timmel Duchamp
  • excerpts from Camouflage - (2005) - short fiction by Joe Haldeman
  • excerpts from Troll: A Love Story - (2005) - short fiction by Johanna Sinisalo
  • Looking for Clues - (2005) - essay by Nalo Hopkinson
  • Nirvana High - (2004) - novelette by Eileen Gunn and Leslie What
  • Five Fucks - (1996) - novelette by Jonathan Lethem
  • All of Us Can Almost... - (2004) - short story by Carol Emshwiller
  • The Brains of Female Hyena Twins - (2005) - essay by Gwyneth Jones
  • Another Story or a Fisherman of the Inland Sea - (1994) - short fiction by Ursula K. Le Guin
  • Kissing Frogs - (2004) - short story by Jaye Lawrence

The James Tiptree Award Anthology 3

Tiptree Award Anthologies: Book 3

Karen Joy Fowler
Pat Murphy
Debbie Notkin
Jeffrey D. Smith

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction (The James Tiptree Award Anthology 3) - essay by Jeffrey D. Smith
  • Have Not Have - (2001) - novelette by Geoff Ryman
  • The Glass Bottle Trick - (2000) - short story by Nalo Hopkinson
  • Wooden Bride - (2004) - short story by Margo Lanagan
  • Dearth - (2005) - short story by Aimee Bender
  • Mountain Ways - (1996) - novelette by Ursula K. Le Guin
  • Shame - (2006) - essay by Pam Noles
  • The Future of Female: Octavia Butler's Mother Lode - (1990) - essay by Dorothy Allison
  • Liking What You See: A Documentary - (2002) - novella by Ted Chiang
  • The Girl Who Was Plugged In - (1973) - novelette by James Tiptree, Jr.
  • Dear Alice Sheldon - (2006) - essay by L. Timmel Duchamp
  • Little Faces - (2005) - novelette by Vonda N. McIntyre
  • Knapsack Poems - (2002) - short story by Eleanor Arnason

Tor Double #15: The Last Castle / Nightwings

Tor Double: Book 15

Jack Vance
Robert Silverberg

The Last Castle:

For 700 years the Meks served without complaint; they were indispensable, for no gentleman would demean himself with toil. But now they turn against the strongholds of civilization--Castle Halcyon, then Sea Island, Morninglight, and Maraval--one by one the proud castles of Earth fall; last standing is Castle Hagedorn.

Winner Nebula Award 1966, Hugo award 1967.

Nightwings:

A fabulous tale of pilgrimage and hope, betrayal and transformation by one of science fiction's greatest writers. Only at night on the winds of darkness can she soar. And it was Avluela the Flier's ebony and scarlet wings that lead the Watcher to the seven hills of the ancient city from which, in a moment of weakness, the Watcher failed his vigil, leaving the skies and deep space unguarded. The invaders came and conquered. With Avluela lost in the turmoil of conquest, the Watcher set out alone for the Holy City home of the Rememberers, keepers of the past. This is where the secret of Earth's salvation lay hidden in antiquity. On his journey the Watcher hoped to recapture his youth and find the soaring, beautiful woman he loved. But Avluela held more for the Watcher - and Earth - than love. Her wonder stretched beyond flight, for she knew the riddle that would free all men.

Tor Double #28: A Short Sharp Shock / The Dragon Masters

Tor Double: Book 28

Kim Stanley Robinson
Jack Vance

A Short Sharp Shock:

A man tumbles through wild surf, half drowned, to collapse on a moonlit beach. When he regains consciousness, he has no memory of who he is or where he came from. he know only that the woman who washed ashore with him has disappeared sometime in the night, and that he has awakened in a surreal landscape of savage beauty -- a mysterious watery world encircled by a thin spine of land. Aided by strange tribesmen, he will journey to the cove of the spine kings, a brutal race that has enslaved the woman and several of the tribesmen. That is only the beginning of his quest, as he struggles to find her identity in this wondrous and cruel land -- and seeks out the woman whose hold on his imagination is both unfathomable and unshakable.

The Dragon Masters:

The race of man is growing old, but it's not yet ready to die - not while there are dragons still to kill!

The cross-bred dragon armies of the Men of Aerlith are the most appalling horrors ever to threaten the sanity of our future:

Termagents ~ three hundred reptilian giants with six legs apiece, the most fecund breeders of them all

Jugglers ~ eighteen of them, growling amongst themselves, waiting for an opportunity to snap off a leg from any unwary groom

Murderers (striding and long-horned) ~ eighty-five of each, with scaly tails and eyes like crystals

Fiends ~ fifty-two powerful monsters, their tails tipped with spike steel balls

Blue Horrors, Basics, Spider Dragons...

Dread Empire

Traveller in Black

John Brunner

Hugo Award nominated novella. It originally appeared in the collection The Traveler in Black (1971) and was reprinted in Fantastic, April 1971. The story is included in the collection The Compleat Traveller in Black (1986).

The Compleat Traveller in Black

Traveller in Black

John Brunner

This is a collection of stories of the Traveller in Black. It is set in a world where chaos rules. One man - the man with many names, but one nature - is charged with creating order out of the warring forces of nature.

Table of Contents:

  • Imprint of Chaos - (1960) - novelette
  • Break the Door of Hell - (1966) - novelette
  • The Wager Lost by Winning - (1970) - novelette
  • The Things That Are Gods - (1979) - novelette
  • Dread Empire - (1971) - novelette

This collection was originally issued as The Traveller in Black in 1971 with 4 stories as part of the Ace Science Fiction Specials line; "The Things That Are Gods" was also included in later editions of the collection as The Compleat Traveller in Black.

The Things That Are Gods

Traveller in Black

John Brunner

This short story originally appeared in Asimov's SF Adventure Magazine, Fall 1979. It can also be found in the anthologies The Year's Best Fantasy Stories: 6 (1980), edited by Lin Carter, and Fantasy Annual III (1981), edited by Terry Carr. The story is included in the collection The Compleat Traveller in Black (1986).

The Traveler in Black

Traveller in Black

John Brunner

A collection of stories about the Traveler in Black. In a world where chaos rules, one man is charged with creating order out of the warring forces of nature.

Contents:

  • Imprint of Chaos
  • Break the Door of Hell
  • The Wager Lost by Winning
  • Dread Empire

Tschai

Tschai, Planet of Adventure

Jack Vance

The four Planet of Adventure volumes chronicle Adam Reith's saga on the planet Tschai, under the amber glow of the star Carina 4269. Reith is a Terran first-in scout stranded on a planet which he learns is now occupied, after an ancient struggle which has come to a standstill, by three technically advanced cultures who now guardedly share the surface while the original inhabitants- the mysterious Pnume- dwell in subterranean depths. On Tschai, Reith discovers to his surprise (and disgust) Earth-derived humans whom the three off-world cultures imported long ago, who have undergone physical and perceptual modifications to closely mimic their masters. The enslaved humans retain however that most human of traits- ruthless self-interest.

In The Chasch, Reith encounters a handful of free humans ranging the face of Tschai, and begins his quest to secure a space-worthy craft with which to return to Earth. Resourcefulness is Reith's byword as his odyssey takes him among the domains of aliens, humans, and their various collateral societies.

In the final book of the omnibus, Vance introduces the Pnume, one of his most enigmatic and incomprehensible creations. Forced to live in the depths of Tschai by the long-ago surface struggle between the invading aliens, the Pnume have occupied themselves within an eternal obsession for collecting and preserving Tschai's historical oddities. Reith is horrified to discover that they seek to exhibit him in their Museum of Foreverness.

Jack Vance is at his best as he introduces the cultures and beings who make up the chaotic population of this ancient planet. Reith's path to return to Earth is thorny and fraught with constant threats. His epic tale is a masterpiece of story-telling.

City of the Chasch

Tschai, Planet of Adventure: Book 1

Jack Vance

alternate title (Spatterlight Press): The Chasch

When the Terran starship Explorator IV reached the planet Tschai, its crew didn't know what to expect.

Tschai was so far from Earth that the distress signal which had brought them here must have taken centuries to reach them.

Whatever cataclysm had threatened this planet was probably long past.

The starship Explorator IV is destroyed after entering orbit around the planet Tschai. Adam Reith's scout ship is en route to the surface when the attack occurs, and is damaged in the explosion; Reith crash-lands and is separated from his ship. He finds a world full of violence, where four non-human races rule: the Chasch, the Dirdir, the Wannek, and the Pnume. Humans are present, but dominated by the other races. In this volume Reith sets out to regain his scout ship, and makes his way to Dadiche, ruled by the Blue Chasch and their human servants. Along the way he finds loyal friends, and challenges social inequities with the same aplomb that he rescues fair maidens- like the lovely Ylin Ylan, Flower of Cath.

The Chasch is part 1 of 4 of Tschai. Tschai is a planet orbiting the star Carina 4269, 212 light-years from Earth. It is populated by three alien, mutually hostile species; the displaced, native Pnume; and various human races, some of whom live as slaves or clients of the aliens. Each of the four novels relates Reith's adventures with one of the species, and is named after that species.

Servants of the Wankh

Tschai, Planet of Adventure: Book 2

Jack Vance

Alternate title (Spatterlight Press edition): The Wannek

The second book of the Planet of Adventure series

Marooned on the strange planet Tschai, Adam Reith agreed to lead an expedition to return the princess Ylin Ylan, the flower of Cath, to her homeland halfway accross the globe. Reith is assured of assistance from her father if he delivers her back to Cath; but as events unfold, he is forced to make a dangerous choice. Inevitably he must risk everything against the enigmatic Wannek - and their devious human servants, the Wannekmen.

Monsters of land and sea lay before them, and beings both human and alien who might rob, kill or enslave them. Tschai was a large planet, an ancient planet, where four powerful alien races struggled for mastery while humans were treated as pawns...

The Dirdir

Tschai, Planet of Adventure: Book 3

Jack Vance

Book 3 of Tschai, Planet of Adventure:

Getting back to Earth from the planet Tschai involved either stealing a spaceship or having one built to order - for Tschai was home to several intelligent star-born races, and so they had spaceyards. But Adam Reith's problem was not so simple. He'd already been lucky to escape the Chasch and the Wankh and a dozen different types of humans, and now his course led directly to the Grand Sivishe Spaceyards in the domains of the Dirdir.

The Pnume

Tschai, Planet of Adventure: Book 4

Jack Vance

Book 4 of Tschai, Planet of Adventure:

The mystery-shrouded aliens of Tschai held him captive in a labyrinth of terror.

The Pnume were an ancient race of the planet Tschai, living undergound in a vast network of caverns with their human slave-species, the Pnumekin.

The Pnume were the historians of Tschai, collecting its past with scholarly disinterest. Surface-dwellers never saw the Pnume, if the surface-dwellers were lucky.

Adam Reith was not so fortunate. The Pnume had heard rumors of a strangeman, claining to come from the planet Earth, and they needed him for Foreverness, the museum of Tschai life. Adam Reith was about to become an alien exhibit.

The Stormcaller

Twilight Reign: Book 1

Tom Lloyd

In a land ruled by prophecy and the whims of gods, a young man finds himself at the heart of a war he barely understands, wielding powers he may never be able to control.

Isak is a white-eye, born bigger, more charismatic, and more powerful than normal men. But with that power comes an unpredictable temper and an inner rage he cannot always hide. Brought up as a wagon-brat, feared and despised by those around him, he dreams of a place in the army and a chance to live his own life. But when the call comes, it isn't to be a soldier, for the gods have other plans for the intemperate teenager: Isak has been chosen as heir-elect to the brooding Lord Bahl, the white-eye Lord of the Farlan.

The white-eyes were created by the gods to bring order out of chaos, for their magnetic charm and formidable strength makes them natural leaders of men. Lord Bahl is typical of the breed: he inspires and oppresses those around him in equal measure. He can be brusque and impatient, a difficult mentor for a boy every bit as volatile as he is.

But now is the time for the forging of empires. With mounting envy and malice, the men who would themselves be kings watch Isak, chosen by gods as flawed as the humans who serve them, as he is shaped and molded to fulfill the prophecies that circle him like scavenger birds. Divine fury and mortal strife is about to spill over and paint the world with blood.

The Stormcaller is the first book in a powerful new series that combines inspired world-building, epoch-shattering battles, and high emotion to dazzling effect.

Witch Killer

Warhammer: Witch Hunter: Book 3

C. L. Werner

In the third novel of the series, witch hunter Mathias Thulmann continues his search for the forbidden tome Das Buch die Unholden. Trailing the thieves into the wildest reaches of the Empire, Thulmann and his murderous assistant Streng end up in a mysterious, isolated town. Can they find the book and escape before their souls are trapped forever in this web of evil?

Ship of Smoke and Steel

Wells of Sorcery: Book 1

Django Wexler

Ship of Smoke and Steel is the launch of Django Wexler's cinematic, action-packed epic fantasy Wells of Sorcery trilogy.

In the lower wards of Kahnzoka, the great port city of the Blessed Empire, eighteen-year-old ward boss Isoka enforces the will of her criminal masters with the power of Melos, the Well of Combat. The money she collects goes to keep her little sister living in comfort, far from the bloody streets they grew up on.

When Isoka's magic is discovered by the government, she's arrested and brought to the Emperor's spymaster, who sends her on an impossible mission: steal Soliton, a legendary ghost ship--a ship from which no one has ever returned. If she fails, her sister's life is forfeit.

On board Soliton, nothing is as simple as it seems. Isoka tries to get close to the ship's mysterious captain, but to do it she must become part of the brutal crew and join their endless battles against twisted creatures. She doesn't expect to have to contend with feelings for a charismatic fighter who shares her combat magic, or for a fearless princess who wields an even darker power.

City of Stone and Silence

Wells of Sorcery: Book 2

Django Wexler

After surviving the Vile Rot, Isoka, Meroe, and the rest of Soliton's crew finally arrive at Soliton's mysterious destination, the Harbor--a city of great stone ziggurats, enshrouded in a ghostly veil of Eddica magic. And they're not alone.

Royalty, monks, and madmen live in a precarious balance, and by night take shelter from monstrous living corpses. None know how to leave the Harbor, but if Isoka can't find a way to capture Soliton and return it to the Emperor's spymaster before a year is up, her sister's Tori's life will be forfeit.

But there's more to Tori's life back in Kahnzoka than the comfortable luxury Isoka intended for her. By night, she visits the lower wards, risking danger to help run a sanctuary for mage-bloods fleeing the Emperor's iron fist. When she discovers that Isoka is missing, her search takes her deep in the mires of intrigue and revolution. And she has her own secret--the power of Kindre, the Well of Mind, which can bend others to its will. Though she's spent her life denying this brutal magic, Tori will use whatever means she has to with Isoka's fate on the line...

Siege of Rage and Ruin

Wells of Sorcery: Book 3

Django Wexler

Isoka has done the impossible--she's captured the ghost ship Soliton.

With her crew of mage-bloods, including the love of her life Princess Meroe, Isoka returns to the empire that sent her on her deadly mission. She's ready to hand over the ghost ship as ransom for her sister Tori's life, but arrives to find her home city under siege. And Tori at the helm of a rebellion.

Neither Isoka's mastery of combat magic, nor Tori's proficiency with mind control, could have prepared them for the feelings their reunion surfaces. But they're soon drawn back into the rebels' fight to free the city that almost killed them.

Dealer's Choice

Wild Cards: Book 11

George R. R. Martin
Walter Jon Williams
Edward Bryant
Stephen Leigh

As the final battle between the Nats and Bloat rages on Ellis Island, the Turtle throws in the towel, Modular Man switches sides, Reflector faces defeat, and assassins reach Bloat's chamber.

On Wings of Magic

Witch World: The Turning: Book 3

Andre Norton
Sasha Miller
Patricia Matthews

In the triumphant conclusion to the three-book series Witch World: The Turning, when the Witches of Estcarp combined their powers to prevent the invasion of Karsten, the world was plunged into chaos. Now the survivors struggle to defeat the invaders and rebuild their shattered lives.

Table of Contents:
• The Chronicler • short story by Andre Norton
• We, the Women • novel by Patricia Matthews [as by Patricia Mathews]
• Falcon Magic • novel by Sasha Miller

Witchy Eye

Witchy War: Book 1

D. J. Butler

Sarah Calhoun is the fifteen-year-old daughter of the Elector Andrew Calhoun, one of Appalachee's military heroes and one of the electors who gets to decide who will next ascend as the Emperor of the New World. None of that matters to Sarah. She has a natural talent for hexing and one bad eye, and all she wants is to be left alone--especially by outsiders.

But Sarah's world gets turned on its head at the Nashville Tobacco Fair when a Yankee wizard-priest tries to kidnap her. Sarah fights back with the aid of a mysterious monk named Thalanes, who is one of the not-quite-human Firstborn, the Moundbuilders of the Ohio. It is Thalanes who reveals to Sarah a secret heritage she never dreamed could be hers.

Now on a desperate quest with Thalanes to claim this heritage, she is hunted by the Emperor's bodyguard of elite dragoons, as well as by darker things--shapeshifting Mockers and undead Lazars, and behind them a power more sinister still. If Sarah cannot claim her heritage, it may mean the end to her, her family--and to the world where she is just beginning to find her place.

Witchy Winter

Witchy War: Book 2

D. J. Butler

Sarah Calhoun paid a hard price for her entry onto the stage of the Empire's politics, but she survived. Now she rides north into the Ohio and her father's kingdom, Cahokia. To win the Serpent Throne, she'll have to defeat seven other candidates, win over the kingdom's regent, and learn the will of a hidden goddess--while mastering her people's inscrutable ways and watching her own back.

In New Orleans, a new and unorthodox priest arises to plague the chevalier and embody the curse of the murdered Bishop Ukwu. He battles the chevalier's ordinary forces as well as a troop of Old World mamelukes for control of the city and the mouth of the great Mississippi River. Dodging between these rival titans, a crew of Catalan pirates--whose captain was once a close associate of Mad Hannah Penn--grapples with the chevalier over the fate of one of their mates.

Meanwhile, a failed ceremony and a sick infant send the Anishinaabe hunter Ma'iingan on a journey across the Empire to Cavalier Johnsland, to a troubled foster child named Nathaniel. Ma'iingan is promised that Nathaniel is a mighty healer and can save his imperiled baby, but first Nathaniel--a pale young man with a twisted ear who hears the voices of unseen beings--must himself be rescued, from oppression, imprisonment, and madness.

Witchy Kingdom

Witchy War: Book 3

D. J. Butler

An encounter with her father's goddess has not turned out to be the end for Sarah Elytharias Penn. Now, with the Imperial fist tightened around her city of Cahokia and the beastkind of the Heron King ravaging across the river, she must find a way to access the power of the Serpent Throne itself--a feat, she has learned, that her father never accomplished. To complicate her efforts, Cahokia's Metropolitan, a beloved and charismatic priest who despises the goddess as a demon, returns from a long pilgrimage and attempts to finalize the Wisdom-eradicating reform that dogged Sarah's father when he was king.

Meanwhile, Sarah's brother Nathaniel and her brilliant but erratic servant Jacob Hop find their steps dogged by the Emperor's Machiavel, Temple Franklin, as they hunt in New Amsterdam for the third Elytharias sibling. As Simon Sword's destroying storm threatens from the south and west, and New Orleans is thrown into deadly turmoil when a vodoun priest and mameluke assassins contend for ultimate power and control of the Mississippi, the chance for a unified New World teeters on the brink. Sarah Penn understands she may face a hard fate in the final reckoning. But she also knows that only she can access the power of the Throne--if she can find the Wisdom inside to unlock it.

World Made by Hand

World Made by Hand: Book 1

James Howard Kunstler

For the townspeople of Union Grove, New York, the future is not what they thought it would be. Transportation is slow and dangerous, so food is grown locally at great expense of time and energy. And the outside world is largely unknown. There may be a president and he may be in Minneapolis now, but people aren't sure. As the heat of summer intensifies, the residents struggle with the new way of life in a world of abandoned highways and empty houses, horses working the fields and rivers replenished with fish.

A captivating, utterly realistic novel, World Made by Hand takes speculative fiction beyond the apocalypse and shows what happens when life gets extremely local.

The Witch of Hebron

World Made by Hand: Book 2

James Howard Kunstler

In the sequel to his novel, World Made by Hand, Kunstler expands on his vision of a post-oil society with a new novel about an America in which the electricity has flickered off, the Internet is a distant memory, and the government is little more than a rumor.

In the tiny hamlet of Union Grove, New York, travel is horse-drawn and farming is back at the center of life. But it's no pastoral haven. Wars are fought over dwindling resources and illness is a constant presence. Bandits roam the countryside, preying on the weak. And a sinister cult threatens to shatter Union Grove's fragile stability.

In a book that is both shocking yet eerily convincing, Kunstler seamlessly weaves hot-button issues such as the decline of oil and the perils of climate change into a compelling narrative of violence, religious hysteria, innocence lost, and love found.

A History of the Future

World Made by Hand: Book 3

James Howard Kunstler

A History of the Future is the third thrilling novel in Kunstler's "World Made By Hand" series, an exploration of family and morality as played out in the small town of Union Grove.

Following the catastrophes of the twenty-first century--the pandemics, the environmental disaster, the end of oil, the ensuing chaos--people are doing whatever they can to get by and pursuing a simpler and sometimes happier existence. In little Union Grove in upstate New York, the townspeople are preparing for Christmas. Without the consumerist shopping frenzy that dogged the holidays of the previous age, the season has become a time to focus on family and loved ones. It is a stormy Christmas Eve when Robert Earle's son Daniel arrives back from his two years of sojourning throughout what is left of the United States. He collapses from exhaustion and illness, but as he recovers tells the story of the break-up of the nation into three uneasy independent regions and his journey into the dark heart of the New Foxfire Republic centered in Tennesee and led by the female evangelical despot, Loving Morrow. In the background, Union Grove has been shocked by the Christmas Eve double murder by a young mother, in the throes of illness, of her husband and infant son. Town magistrate Stephen Bullock is in a hanging mood.

A History of the Future is attention-grabbing and provocative, but also lyrical, tender, and comic--a vision of a future of America that is becoming more and more convincing and perhaps even desirable with each passing day.

The Harrows of Spring

World Made by Hand: Book 4

James Howard Kunstler

From renowned social critic, energy expert, and bestselling author James Howard Kunstler, The Harrows of Spring is a moving and gripping novel that completes the story of the quaint upstate New York town of Union Grove, thrown into a future world that in many ways resembles the nineteenth century.

In Union Grove, early spring is a challenging season, known as the "six weeks want," a time when fresh food is scarce and the winter stores are dwindling. The town is struggling in particular this year as the Hudson River trade route to Albany has been halted by the local plantation tycoon Stephen Bullock, who has deemed it too resource-intensive and is now striving for self-sufficiency. Meanwhile, after returning from his travels around what is left of the United States, Daniel Earle is intent on resurrecting a newspaper for the community, and finds an interesting story to cover when representatives of a group of anti-establishment, hyper-liberals known as the Berkshire People's Republic arrive in the town. The thrilling conclusion to Kunstler's beloved series, The Harrows of Spring is a powerful, moving tale of insurrection, survival, and what it means to be human.

Lilith's Brood

Xenogenesis

Octavia E. Butler

Butler’s acclaimed Xenogenesis trilogy about humanity’s struggle for survival after nuclear apocalypse, and the alien race that could save the world—or destroy it.

The newest stage in human evolution begins in outer space. Survivors of a cataclysmic nuclear war awake to find themselves being studied by the Oankali, tentacle-covered galactic travelers whose benevolent appearance hides their surprising plan for the future of mankind. The Oankali arrive not just to save humanity, but to bond with it—crossbreeding to form a hybrid species that can survive in the place of its human forebears, who were so intent on self-destruction. Some people resist, forming pocket communities of purebred rebellion, but many realize they have no choice. The human species inevitably expands into something stranger, stronger, and undeniably alien.

Dawn

Xenogenesis: Book 1

Octavia E. Butler

Rescued from Earth's destruction, one woman is called upon to revive mankind.

Lilith Iyapo has just lost her husband and son when atomic fire consumes Earth-the last stage of the planet's final war. Hundreds of years later Lilith awakes, deep in the hold of a massive alien spacecraft piloted by the Oankali-who arrived just in time to save humanity from extinction. They have kept Lilith and other survivors asleep for centuries, as they learned whatever they could about Earth. Now it is time for Lilith to lead them back to her home world, but life among the Oankali on the newly resettled planet will be nothing like it was before.

The Oankali survive by genetically merging with primitive civilizations-whether their new hosts like it or not. For the first time since the nuclear holocaust, Earth will be inhabited. Grass will grow, animals will run, and people will learn to survive the planet's untamed wilderness. But their children will not be human. Not exactly.

Adulthood Rites

Xenogenesis: Book 2

Octavia E. Butler

As humans and Oankali struggle to live together, the future of both species rests in the hands of Lilith's hybrid son.

Nuclear war had nearly destroyed mankind when the Oankali came to the rescue, saving humanity - but at a price. The Oankali survive by mixing their DNA with that of other species, and now on Earth they have permitted no child to be born without an Oankali parent. The first true hybrid is a boy named Akin - son of Lilith Iyapo -and to the naked eye he looks human, for now.

He is born with extraordinary sensory powers, understanding speech at birth, speaking in sentences at two months old, and soon developing the ability to see at the molecular level. More powerful than any human or Oankali, he will be the architect of both races' intergalactic future. But before he can carry this new species into the stars, Akin must decide which unlucky souls will stay behind.

Imago

Xenogenesis: Book 3

Octavia E. Butler

Child of two species, but part of neither, a new being must find his way.

Human and Oankali have been mating since the aliens first came to Earth to rescue the few survivors of an annihilating nuclear war. The Oankali began a massive breeding project, guided by the ooloi, a sexless subspecies capable of manipulating DNA, in the hope of eventually creating a perfect starfaring race.

Jodahs is supposed to be just another hybrid of human and Oankali, but as he begins his transformation to adulthood he finds himself becoming ooloi-the first ever born to a human mother. As his body changes, Jodahs develops the ability to shapeshift, manipulate matter, and cure or create disease at will. If this frightened young man is able to master his new identity, Jodahs could prove the savior of what's left of mankind. Or, if he is not careful, he could become a plague that will destroy this new race once and for all.

Year's Best Science Fiction Novels: 1952

Year's Best Science Fiction Novels: Book 1

Everett F. Bleiler
T. E. Dikty

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction (Year's Best Science Fiction Novels: 1952) - essay by Everett F. Bleiler and T. E. Dikty
  • Izzard and the Membrane - (1951) - novella by Walter M. Miller, Jr.
  • ...And Then There Were None - (1951) - novella by Eric Frank Russell
  • Flight to Forever - (1950) - novella by Poul Anderson
  • The Hunting Season - (1951) - novella by Frank M. Robinson
  • Seeker of the Sphinx - (1951) - novella by Arthur C. Clarke (variant of The Road to the Sea)

Year's Best Science Fiction Novels: 1953

Year's Best Science Fiction Novels: Book 2

Everett F. Bleiler
T. E. Dikty

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction (Year's Best Science Fiction Novels: 1953) - (1953) - essay by Everett F. Bleiler and T. E. Dikty
  • Firewater - (1952) - novella by William Tenn
  • Category Phoenix - (1952) - novella by Lyle G. Boyd and William C. Boyd [as by Boyd Ellanby]
  • Surface Tension - [Pantropy] - (1952) - novelette by James Blish
  • The Gadget Had a Ghost - (1952) - novelette by Murray Leinster
  • Conditionally Human - (1952) - novella by Walter M. Miller, Jr.

Year's Best Science Fiction Novels: 1954

Year's Best Science Fiction Novels: Book 3

Everett F. Bleiler
T. E. Dikty

Table of Contents:

  • Introduction (Year's Best Science Fiction Novels: 1954) - essay by Everett F. Bleiler and T. E. Dikty
  • The Enormous Room - (1953) - novella by H. L. Gold and Robert W. Krepps
  • Assignment in Aldebaran - (1953) - novella by Kendell Foster Crossen (variant of Assignment to Aldebaran)
  • The Oceans Are Wide - (1954) - novella by Frank M. Robinson
  • The Sentimentalists - (1953) - novelette by Murray Leinster
  • Second Variety - [Claws - 1] - (1953) - novelette by Philip K. Dick